Railroad Reorganization Stuart Daggett 1812 downloads.pdf

449 pages · Make another flipbook

Page 1

Page 2

Page 3

The Project Gutenberg eBook of Railroad Reorganization

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.

Title: Railroad Reorganization

Author: Stuart Daggett

Release date: August 21, 2017 [eBook #55397]
Most recently updated: October 23, 2024

Language: English

Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/55397

Credits: Produced by WebRover, MWS, Adrian Mastronardi, Charlie
Howard, the Philatelic Digital Library Project at
http://www.tpdlp.net and the Online Distributed
Proofreading
Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from
images generously made available by The Internet
Archive/American Libraries.)

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK RAILROAD
REORGANIZATION ***

Page 4

HARVARD ECONOMIC
STUDIES
Volume I: The English Patents of Monopoly,
by William H. Price. 8vo, $1.50, net.
Postage 17 cents.
Volume II: The Lodging-House Problem in
Boston, by Albert B. Wolfe. 8vo, $1.50,
net. Postage 17 cents.
Volume III: The Stannaries; A study of the
English Tin Miner, by George R. Lewis.
8vo, $1.50, net. Postage 17 cents.
Volume IV: Railroad Reorganization, by
Stuart Daggett. 8vo, $2.00, net. Postage
17 cents.
Volume V: Wool-Growing and the Tariff, by
Chester W. Wright. 8vo, $2.00, net.
Postage 17 cents.
Volume VI: Public Ownership of Telephones
on the Continent of Europe, by Arthur N.
Holcombe. 8vo, $2.00, net. Postage 17
cents.
Volume VII: The History of the British Post
Office, by J. C. Hemmeon. 8vo, $2.00,
net. Postage 17 cents.
Volume VIII: The Cotton Manufacturing
Industry of the United States, by M. T.
Copeland. 8vo, $2.00, net. Postage 17
cents.

Page 5

HARVARD UNIVERSITY
Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.

HARVARD ECONOMIC STUDIES

PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF
THE DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS

VOL. IV

Page 6

RAILROAD
REORGANIZATION

BY

STUART DAGGETT, Ph.D.
INSTRUCTOR IN ECONOMICS IN HARVARD UNIVERSITY

BOSTON AND NEW YORK

HOUGHTON, MIFFLIN AND COMPANY
The Riverside Press, Cambridge
1908

Page 7

COPYRIGHT 1908 BY THE PRESIDENT AND FELLOWS OF HARVARD COLLEGE

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Published May 1908

Page 8

PREFACE
It sometimes happens that experiences long since past seem to be repeated,
and that knowledge apparently forgotten proves again of service. This is
illustrated by the subject of railroad reorganization. In the years between
1893 and 1899 an imposing group of American railroads passed into
receivers’ hands. In 1893 alone more than 27,000 miles, with an aggregate
capitalization of almost $2,000,000,000, were taken over by the courts, and
in the following years the amount was largely increased. Foreclosure sales
aggregated 10,446 miles in 1895, 12,355 in 1896, and 40,503 between 1894
and 1898. Among the more important failures were those of the Richmond
& West Point Terminal, the Reading, the Erie, the Northern Pacific, the
Atchison, and the Baltimore & Ohio;—to say nothing of the Norfolk &
Western, the Louisville, New Albany & Chicago, the Ann Arbor, the
Seattle, Lake Shore & Eastern, the Pecos Valley, and many other smaller
lines.
The railroads which failed between 1893 and 1898 were subsequently
reorganized. In order to restore the equilibrium between income and outgo
the companies turned to their creditors, and demanded the surrender of a
part of the rights of which bondholders were then possessed. This demand
the creditors were forced to concede. Some of them yielded without legal
compulsion, assenting to “voluntary reorganizations”; some insisted upon
the sale of the property securing their loans, but without escaping the loss
which fell upon their more pliant associates. Much injustice to individuals
came to light at this time. Men who had invested in good faith were obliged
to sacrifice their holdings through no fault of their own. The savings of
years were swept away. The demand of the railroads was one, nevertheless,
which the courts supported, and rightly. The companies could not be
operated unless the creditors were deprived of part of their legal rights. At
the same time, these rights no longer had a material basis on which to rest,
and their surrender meant but the recognition of a loss which had already
taken place.

Page 9

Most of the reorganizations were completed by the year 1899. Since
that date the improvement in railroad earnings has been marvellous. Gross
earnings from operation were $1,300,000,000 in 1899, they were
$2,300,000,000 in 1906, the last year for which the figures of the Interstate
Commerce Commission are at present available. Total income, after the
deduction of operating expenses, was $605,000,000 in 1899, and
$1,046,000,000 in 1906. It is not to be wondered at that the distress of the
years 1893–9 has not been duplicated during the years 1900–7. On the
contrary, weak roads have had opportunity to strengthen their positions, and
strong ones have spent enormous sums for improvements, and have
declared liberal dividends besides. In no year save 1905 has the new
mileage put into receivers’ hands been greater than 800 miles, and in but
one has the mileage sold at foreclosure equalled that figure. Operating
expenses have increased because the amount of business has exceeded the
ability of the railroads to handle it. Equipment has been so inadequate as to
provoke drastic legislation by the legislatures of many states; yards and
terminals have been crowded until a prominent railroad officer has declared
the expenditure of over five billion dollars to be necessary to restore the
equilibrium between facilities and traffic.
These conditions have caused the earlier problems of failure and
reorganization to be lost to view. Nevertheless, the financial panic of
October, 1907, and the recession in activity which has become more and
more apparent since that time, have again brought these problems forward.
The Seaboard Air Line, one of the important railroad systems of the South,
failed on January 5, 1908. The Chicago Great Western followed three days
later. The Detroit, Toledo & Ironton, the Chicago, Cincinnati & Louisville,
the International & Great Northern, the Western Maryland, and the Macon
& Birmingham have since been put in receivers’ hands. In all, the operation
of 5938 miles of railroad, with a capitalization of nearly $415,000,000, and
total liabilities of $462,000,000, has been taken over by the courts during
the first ten weeks of 1908. Whether this is but the beginning of still more
extended trouble it is of course impossible to say. There are a number of
weak lines in the American railroad system, and the difficulty in obtaining
credit is bound to reveal weaknesses where they exist. At present new loans
have for some months been difficult to obtain, and even strong railroads
have resorted to the issue of short time notes. The Erie, indeed, escaped
bankruptcy on April 8, 1908, only through the timely aid of important

Page 10

bankers who took up its maturing notes. This points to serious
consequences for the weaker lines. It is true, on the other hand, that
American railroads are generally in better financial and physical condition
than they were in 1893. It is not probable that any railroad collapse will be
so widespread now as it was then. Whether this be so or not, the failure of
nearly 6000 miles of railroad in ten weeks invests reorganization problems
at present with an importance which they have not had for ten years. How,
it will be asked, shall the financial operations necessary to reorganization be
performed? What methods shall be adopted, what dangers avoided, and
what results expected?
The experience of earlier years will provide answers to many of the
questions asked in 1908. In the hope, therefore, that a study of railroad
reorganization, on which the author has been intermittently engaged during
the last six years, will prove of service, the following pages have been
published. They discuss in some detail the financial history of the seven
most important railroads which failed from 1892–6, and that of one
railroad, the Rock Island, which was reorganized in 1902; and summarize in
a final chapter the characteristics of the various reorganizations in which
these roads have become involved. In some respects the history of each
road considered is peculiar unto itself. The Reading had coal to sell, the
Atchison did not. The Southern ran through a sparsely settled country, the
Baltimore & Ohio through a thickly settled one. The Erie has never
recovered from the campaigns of Gould, Drew, and Fisk from 1864–72, the
Northern Pacific was not opened until 1883. In other respects, however, the
roads have had much in common. Excepting only the Rock Island, each of
them has found itself at one time or another unable to pay its debts, and has
had to seek measures of relief. The problems of the different companies at
these times have been strikingly alike. However caused, their financial
difficulties have been expressed in high fixed charges, and, usually, in
excessive floating debts. Greater annual obligations have been assumed
than the roads could meet, and current liabilities have accumulated while
pressing demands have been satisfied. To this state of affairs the remedy has
been sought in comprehensive exchanges of old securities for new. The
exchanges, it is true, have been carried out in different ways, and the
collateral expedients employed have not been the same. To similar
problems different solutions have been applied. It is possible, for this very
reason, for a careful study of the alternative reorganization methods which

Page 11

have been developed to point out some policies which have been
dangerous, and to make clear others which are both just, and likely to be
successful. Such a study also throws light upon the history of the companies
upon which it is based.
For the way in which the different roads have been handled, the reader
is referred to the text. The order of treatment is very roughly determined by
geographical location; that is, the Eastern roads are first considered, then
the Southern, and then the Western. Each chapter, except the last, should be
examined as a “case” in reorganization experience, and as part, therefore, of
a united whole. No one has been so continuously with his work as the
author himself, and no one can more keenly realize its defects. It is offered
as a contribution in a field in which very little has as yet been done, and it is
hoped that it will prove of value to those concerned with reorganization
plans, as well as to those interested in the development of corporation
finance during the last generation.
Without the unselfish and intelligent assistance of the writer’s Mother,
the preparation of this book would have been long delayed. To her, first of
all, thanks are due. To Professor William Z. Ripley, of Harvard University,
should be made warm acknowledgment of his constant interest and helpful
suggestions. To the Carnegie Institution the author is indebted for grants in
aid of research in this special field. Grateful acknowledgment should also
be made of gifts by friends of the University to cover the expenses of
publication.

Page 12

CONTENTS

CHAPTER I
Baltimore & Ohio 1
Early history—Extension to Chicago—Trunk-line rate wars—Effect
on the company—Extension to New York—Sale of bonds to pay off
floating debt—Unsatisfactory traffic conditions—Receivership—Mr.
Little’s report—Reorganization—Subsequent history.

CHAPTER II
Erie 34
Early history—Reorganization—Wall Street struggles—Financial
difficulties—Second reorganization—Development of coal business
—Extension to Chicago—Grant & Ward—Financial readjustment—
New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio—Third reorganization—Later
history.

CHAPTER III
Philadelphia & Reading 75
Early history—Purchase of coal lands—Funding of floating debt—
Failure—Struggles between Gowen and his opponents—
Reorganization—Second failure and reorganization.

CHAPTER IV
Philadelphia & Reading 118
Difficulties of the Coal & Iron Company—McLeod’s policy of
extension—Collapse of this policy—Failure of company—Summary
of subsequent history.

Page 13

CHAPTER V
The Southern 146
Richmond & Danville—East Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia—
Formation of the Southern Railway Security Company—Growth and
combinations—Failure and reorganization of the East Tennessee—
Reversal of position between the Richmond & Danville and the
Richmond & West Point Terminal—Acquisition of the Central of
Georgia—Failure and reorganization of the whole system—
Subsequent development.

CHAPTER VI
Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe 192
Charter—Strategic extensions—Competitive extensions—Effect on
finances—Raise in rate of dividend—Reorganization of 1889—
Acquisition of the St. Louis & San Francisco and of the Colorado
Midland—Income bond conversion—Receivership—English
reorganization plan—Mr. Little’s report—Final reorganization plan—
Sale—Subsequent history.

CHAPTER VII
Union Pacific 220
Acts of 1862 and 1864—High cost of construction—Forced
combination with the Kansas Pacific and the Denver Pacific—
Unprofitable branches—Adams’s administration—Financial
difficulties—Debt to the Government—Receivership and
reorganization—Later history.

CHAPTER VIII
Northern Pacific 263
Act of 1864—Failure and reorganization—Extension into the
Northwest—Villard and the Oregon & Transcontinental Company—
Lack of prosperity—Refunding mortgage—Lease of Wisconsin
Central—Financial difficulties—Receivership—Legal complications
—Reorganization—Subsequent history.

CHAPTER IX

Page 14

Rock Island 311
Charter—Early prosperity—Reorganization of 1880—Conservative
policy—Extension—Pays dividends throughout the nineties—
Moores obtain control—Reorganization of 1902—Further extensions
—Impaired credit of the company.

CHAPTER X
Conclusion 334
Definition of railroad reorganization—Causes of the financial
difficulties of railroads—Unrestricted capitalization and unrestricted
competition—Problem of cash requirements—Problem of fixed
charges—Distribution of losses—Capitalization before and after—
Value of securities before and after—Provision for future capital
requirements—Voting trusts—Summary.

Page 15

RAILROAD REORGANIZATION

Page 16

Page 17

CHAPTER I

BALTIMORE & OHIO
Early history—Extension to Chicago—Trunk-line rate wars—Effect
on the company—Extension to New York—Sale of bonds to pay
off floating debt—Unsatisfactory traffic conditions—
Receivership—Mr. Little’s report—Reorganization—
Subsequent history.

The Baltimore & Ohio Railroad was the first important railway company to
be incorporated in the United States. It was designed to aid the city of
Baltimore in securing the Western trade, and not only private citizens but
the city of Baltimore and the state of Maryland early subscribed to its stock.
When in the course of construction it became expedient to extend into
Virginia, the city of Wheeling and the state of Virginia likewise subscribed,
1
though the action of the latter was subsequently withdrawn. As a result the
funds required for first construction were obtained from the sale of stocks
instead of bonds. In 1844, seventeen years after the granting of the charter,
the annual report showed $7,000,000 in stock as against $985,000 in 6 per
cent bonds; while in 1849, though the loans had been increased, they yet
2
stood in the proportion of one to two.
On December 1, 1831, the first train was run over the line, then 72½
3
miles in length. The early history of the road does not much concern us. It
was one of steady growth, not through an unsettled territory, as with our
Western roads, but through a country the industries of which were already
established. Tracks led, not into prairies, but to populous cities; and the
future of the company, once the initial difficulties should have been
overcome, was at no time uncertain. Thus extension to Cumberland

Page 18

increased the gross receipts from $426,492 to $575,235, and that to
Wheeling in 1853 likewise brought a great increase in traffic.
The Civil War bore upon the Baltimore & Ohio heavily because of the
peculiar location of its mileage. On May 28, 1861, possession was taken by
the Confederates of more than one hundred miles of the main stem,
4
embracing chiefly the region between the Point of Rocks and Cumberland.
Government protection was temporarily restored in 1862, but raids occurred
until the end of the war. Each time the Confederates occupied the line they
tore it up, and as soon as they retired the company hastened to make repairs.
The road did not default. A portion of the track yielded a revenue from first
to last, and presumably the Government paid generously for the
transportation of its troops.
It was after the Civil War that the real history of the road began. The
key-note was competition;—competition of the fiercest sort between
parallel lines from Chicago to the seaboard, intensified by the rivalry of the
great seaboard cities, and involving traffic in both directions. The decade
1850–60 had seen the extension of Eastern roads to Western connections. In
1851 the Erie had reached Lake Erie; in 1853 the New York Central and
Lake Shore, and in 1855 the Pennsylvania and Fort Wayne had opened
continuous routes from the Atlantic to Chicago. In 1857 the Baltimore &
Ohio had obtained connection with Cincinnati and St. Louis; and in 1858
the Grand Trunk had arrived at Sarnia on its way from Portland to Chicago.
After the Civil War there was both consolidation and extension. The New
York Central was united with the Hudson River, and the Pennsylvania
leased the Pittsburgh, Fort Wayne & Chicago in 1869. The Baltimore &
Ohio reached Chicago in 1874, and the lines which in April, 1880, were
consolidated into the Chicago & Grand Trunk were completed between Port
Huron and Chicago in February of that year. The completion of these
through routes opened the way for very bitter competition. Five
independent lines struggled for Chicago business, and all of them were
prepared to cut rates deeply in order to test their rivals’ strength. In
particular the Baltimore & Ohio was aggressive. “At the time of its
[Chicago branch] opening,” said Mr. Blanchard before the Hepburn
Committee, “it was heralded all over the Northwest as a ‘Relief for the
Farmer,’ ‘the Grangers’ Friend,’ and all other sorts of headlines were put
into the Chicago and Northwestern papers; and President Garrett’s public

Page 19

utterances, and those to his Board, were filled with enough statements to
show what he intended to do.... I heard him [say] that upon the completion
of his lines, like another Samson, he could pull down the temple of rates
5
upon the heads of these other trunk lines.”
Under these circumstances a dispute between the Baltimore & Ohio
and the Pennsylvania in 1874 over the former’s connection with New York
6
had far-reaching consequences. The Pennsylvania refused to carry
Baltimore & Ohio cars over its line north from Philadelphia, and as a
retaliatory measure the Baltimore & Ohio reduced passenger fares from
7
Washington and Baltimore to Western points from 25 to 40 per cent. The
reduction in rates thus begun inaugurated the first of the great railroad wars.
The cuts soon extended to east-bound passengers and to freight, and forced
corresponding cuts on the Pennsylvania, the Lake Shore & Michigan
Southern, the Michigan Central, the New York Central, and the Erie. Rates
on fourth class and grain from Chicago to New York, which had been 60
cents per 100 pounds in December, 1873, and 40 cents in December, 1874,
8
fell to 30 cents in March, 1875. Rates on special, or sixth class, went as
low as 12 cents from Baltimore and Philadelphia to Chicago. Passenger
fares from Chicago to Baltimore and Washington were reduced from $19 to
$9, to Philadelphia from $19 to $12, to New York from $22 to $15, and to
Boston from $22 to $15. The New York Central and the Erie quoted fares
from New York to Chicago of $18 and to St. Louis of $20, and the
Baltimore & Ohio replied by a cut to $16.25 to Chicago. In April, 1875, the
Baltimore & Ohio cut freight rates from Cumberland to Baltimore over 50
per cent on the four regular classes, and the Pennsylvania at once
9
announced still greater reductions.
The effect of this warfare on railroad revenues was sufficiently serious
to cause the Baltimore & Ohio to recede somewhat from its independent
10
position and to enter into negotiations with the Pennsylvania; but the
terms of the resulting agreement proved unsatisfactory to the other trunk
lines, and no general pacification was obtained. Late in 1875 rates
nevertheless generally advanced, and in December a general agreement was
concluded, followed by a general increase. This agreement was again
hopelessly disrupted by the following April, when cuts in east-bound rates

Page 20

followed each other with rapidity. The published rates on grain, which had
been 45 cents at the beginning of March, 1876, fell to 40 cents on March 7,
35 cents on April 13, 22½ cents on April 25, and 20 cents on May 5. In June
rates on west-bound freight fell to 25 cents first class to Chicago, and 16
cents fourth and fifth class, actual rates going much lower; and it was
11
possible to travel from New York to Chicago first class for $13.
Warfare between railroads became intensified by the competition
between the cities which the railroads served, and by 1876 the question of
relative rates to New York, Philadelphia, and Baltimore had grown to be of
12
primary importance. By an agreement in 1869 Baltimore had been given a
differential on east-bound freight of 10 cents per 100 pounds, which had
been reduced to 5 cents on grain in 1870. On west-bound freight Baltimore
had enjoyed a differential in 1875 which had ranged from 10 cents on first
class to 5 cents on special class freight, and Philadelphia one which had
been 2 cents less except on first class, where the Philadelphia differential
had been 3 cents less than that to Baltimore. A temporary agreement of
March, 1876, had replaced these allowances by differentials of 13 per cent
in favor of Baltimore and 10 per cent in favor of Philadelphia as against
New York. This relation was fought over in the rate war of 1876. In
December of that year another agreement was reached on the basis of equal
rates from Western points to Europe on export traffic via all four competing
seaboard cities, and reduced percentage differentials on local traffic to those
cities; but this proved temporary, the subsequent advances in rates were not
general, and final agreement was not secured until April, 1877. The contract
then executed was in the nature of a compromise. The differential to
Baltimore was reduced from 13 per cent to 3 cents, and from Philadelphia
from 10 per cent to 2 cents, to apply equally to local and to export traffic.
Rates to Boston were at no time to be less than those to New York.
Differentials on west-bound traffic were to be the same as those on east-
bound on third class, fourth class, and special freight, and on first and
second classes to be 8 cents less per hundred from Baltimore and 6 cents
13
less from Philadelphia than from New York.
The years following the agreement of 1877 were marked by low and
fluctuating rates, extensive cutting under the published schedules, and
frequent attempts at pooling and at apportionment of traffic. At a meeting at

Page 21

Chicago on December 19, 1878, tariff rates were agreed upon by all lines,
but the existence of time contracts depressed receipts for months thereafter.
Another meeting on May 8 was followed by sharp competition. In June an
agreement to raise rates was made, but proved unsatisfactory owing to long
time contracts. “During the period between December 18, 1878, and July 5,
1879,” said Mr. King in a letter to the Trunk-Line Arbitrators on July 17,
1879, “the Baltimore & Ohio Company has practically been out of the
market, on account of the low rates by the Northern lines. It has not secured
enough east-bound freight to give return loads for the small west-bound
traffic sent over its lines to that city, and has repeatedly moved its cars
14
empty from Chicago to other points on its lines east of that city.”
Early in 1881 the cutting of rates became sufficiently important to force
15
official recognition by the chairman of the trunk-line pool. By June 17
quoted rates on grain were 15 cents per 100 pounds from Chicago to New
16
York, and a railroad war was in full swing. By October the grain rate had
been reduced from 15 cents to 12½ cents; by August passenger fares were
$7 from New York to Chicago, and $16 from Chicago to New York, and
there was quoted besides a $5 Boston to Chicago rate over the Grand Trunk.
The radical nature of these cuts can be appreciated from Mr. Albert Fink’s
testimony before the Hepburn and Cullom Committees. Fifteen cents, said
17
he in 1879, just covered the actual cost of hauling the grain; twenty cents,
he asserted in 1885, was the bare cost of movement, including the general
18
expenses, but without any profit to the road. Grain was therefore not
repaying the specific cost of hauling, and passengers were obviously in
similar case. Temporary relief occurred through the large increase in
business which took place at the end of 1881. In October the Pennsylvania
and the Baltimore & Ohio advanced east-bound rates because of the
abundance of traffic offering, and the New York Central, Erie, and Grand
Trunk followed to a less degree. In November further advances occurred,
though west-bound rates remained low; but throughout December and
19
January rates were low and fluctuating, and negotiations were carried on
for the settlement of the differential question which underlay the trouble.
None of the combatants were open to conviction; the only outlet was
20
therefore arbitration, and this was reluctantly resorted to. In January,
1882, the roads divided the through trunk-line business, agreed to raise

Page 22

rates, and left the subject of differentials to be investigated by Messrs.
21
Thurman, Washburn, and Cooley.
This solution settled nothing. During the following three years constant
22
disputes arose over the proper division of traffic, and in 1884 the old
struggle was resumed with unabated vigor. Rates on grain to the seaboard
fell from 30 cents to 20 cents on March 14 of that year, and to 15 cents on
23
March 21; remaining low and fluctuating through the year. Immigrant
business from New York to Chicago was handled by the Pennsylvania at
one dollar a head. By February, 1885, rates for traffic in both directions
were completely demoralized. Nominal east-bound charges on grain were
25 cents, or a 10 cent advance since the preceding March, but actual rates
were as low as 8 and 10 cents. Meanwhile published rates on west-bound
freight were a third less than the standard tariff, and passenger rates in both
directions were, roughly, one-half the regular charges. The following month
still further reductions occurred. The warfare was finally terminated by an
24
agreement to maintain rates late in 1885, followed by an elaborate pooling
25
agreement between the competing lines.
From 1875 to 1885 the trunk lines to the Atlantic ports were thus
engaged in active competition. What was the effect of this upon the
Baltimore & Ohio? This road was highly prosperous in 1875. Dividends of
6 per cent and 10 per cent were being paid. The capitalization was small,
and the management conservative. During the ten years following 1875 the
rate of dividend was not materially decreased. In 1876 10 per cent was paid.
In 1877 the old 8 per cent rate was restored, and the following year the
distribution was made in stock instead of in cash. After the agreement of
1878 one-half year’s dividend was paid in cash; and in 1879 9 per cent
cash, and in 1880 10 per cent cash was declared, this rate enduring until
1886. But although dividends were maintained, the effect of the railroad
wars appeared in the slowness with which net earnings increased. A
comparison of the net returns of 1884 with those of 1874 reveals a gain of
40 per cent, on a mileage 27 per cent greater; but the figures for 1885 show
an increase of less than 2 per cent over those for 1874, while the totals for
1884 were not again equalled until 1900. Meanwhile more bonds had been
issued, and the percentage of fixed charges to net earnings had increased
from 16 in 1874 to 63 in 1884. In other words, money was borrowed to put

Page 23

into the road which did little more than keep the net earnings from
declining. In that same time the stock increased $2,900,000, and according
to the profit and loss account $15,559,636 were put into the property,
making a total of $55,743,092 (of this $37,197,696 were bonds); the only
result of which was the building of 313 miles of line, and the securing of an
increase in net earnings for 1884, which was swept away the following
year.
In 1884 the elder Garrett died, and his son Robert was elected to
succeed him. The old policy of independence and competition was
continued, the objective point being now an entrance into New York.
“When in 1885 the other trunk lines harmonized their differences, ...” said
the Chronicle, “the Baltimore & Ohio ... pursued its policy of aggression....
The road must reach Philadelphia ... nay, must push ... on to New York....
Instead of seeking to avoid rivalry, its every effort seemed to encourage it.
Rates were reduced, concessions made to shippers and travellers, the one
26
idea apparently being to get traffic no matter what the cost.” The necessity
of a secure New York connection had been impressed upon the company in
the course of the rate wars. The first step was to be actual construction to
Philadelphia, the second, construction or traffic agreements from
Philadelphia to New York. Bonds were issued in April, 1883, for
construction of a so-called Philadelphia branch from Baltimore to the
27
northern boundary of Cecil County, Maryland, there to connect with the
Baltimore & Philadelphia Railroad, which was being built through
Delaware and Pennsylvania to Philadelphia. Entrance into Philadelphia was
secured over the Schuylkill River East Side Railway, a corporation
organized under the laws of Pennsylvania and doing business in the city
28
only. The distance was approximately ninety-nine miles; the cost was later
asserted to have been $20,000,000. Beyond Philadelphia the Baltimore &
Ohio relied on an agreement with the Philadelphia & Reading for trackage
29
to Bound Brook, New Jersey, and on a traffic contract with the Central of
30
New Jersey for its line from Bound Brook to Elizabeth. Terminals on
Staten Island were secured by purchase of a controlling interest in the
31
Staten Island Rapid Transit Company, and connection between Elizabeth
and the Island was obtained by new construction. The strength of this route
was in its directness and in its independence of trunk-line control; its

Page 24

weakness was in its excessive cost between Baltimore and Philadelphia, and
in its reliance upon traffic contracts north of the latter city. A proposition
was advanced to unite the Baltimore & Ohio, the Philadelphia & Reading,
and the Central of New Jersey with the Richmond Terminal System. This,
32
however, fell through, and the possibility still existed that the Baltimore &
Ohio might some day construct a line of its own from Philadelphia to New
York.
Pending the completion of the preceding arrangements rate conditions
remained naturally unsatisfactory. The Pennsylvania objected to the
paralleling of its Philadelphia-New York branch, and refused to allow
temporary use of that line by the Baltimore & Ohio while the latter’s
33
independent connections were being established. Freight rates were
slowly and painfully raised after the conflict of 1884–5, and did not regain a
high level. In 1886 the Baltimore & Ohio was forced to reduce its dividends
from 10 to 8 per cent. The following year it cut to 4 per cent, and in 1888 no
dividend at all was declared. The surplus on the year’s operations, which
had not since 1878 fallen below $1,000,000, dropped to $110,819 in 1885,
and to $36,259 in 1886. As dividends decreased, the funded debt
34
increased, the percentage of fixed charges to net income rose from 63 to
89, and the floating debt attained the portentous amount of $11,148,007.
The only item which did not grow was net earnings. There was nothing
occult in the situation. Every one was well aware that the competition to
which the Baltimore & Ohio had been subjected had been severe, and that
the cost of its New York extension had been large. In 1887 the bonds
outstanding were $56,868,201, the stock $19,792,566, and the accumulated
surplus $48,083,720, or a total of $124,744,487. This stood for the sums
invested in the property. Net income on the other hand was $4,994,721; so
that on an investment of over $100,000,000 but 4 per cent was being
obtained to cover interest, improvements, and whatever dividend might be
declared.
That no general apprehension was felt by investors before 1887 was
due to the great prestige which the Baltimore & Ohio enjoyed. The long
series of dividends counted heavily in favor of the road. The enormous
accumulated surplus, said to have been invested in valuable improvements
35
and extensions; the enterprise of the company in making extensions; the

Page 25

large volume of business; and the confident statements of the president, all
36
conspired to prevent a too keen analysis of the business returns. Relief of
two sorts was nevertheless required. In the first place the floating debt had
grown so large that some means of paying it off was necessary; in the
second place the road needed a sufficient reduction in fixed charges to
restore some of the margin of non-mortgaged earnings which had been so
great a safeguard in the early days. Only the first of these requirements was
met. Cash the road had to have; the existing fixed charges, it was thought, it
could endure if only some abatement of the intensity of trunk-line
competition could be obtained.
The method chosen for raising cash was the sale of bonds. In
September, 1887, J. P. Morgan & Co. announced that a preliminary contract
had been entered into between the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad Company
and J. S. Morgan & Co., Baring Bros. & Co., and Brown, Shipley & Co., of
London, and their allied houses in America, for the negotiation of
$5,000,000 Baltimore & Ohio Consolidated 5s and of $5,000,000 preferred
stock, for the purpose of paying off the entire floating debt, and of placing
37
the company upon a sound financial basis. The consolidated bonds were
to be part of an authorized issue of $29,600,000, of which $21,423,000
were to be reserved to retire the main stem mortgage indebtedness when it
should fall due, and $8,177,112 were to be exchanged for securities in the
company’s sinking fund, the freed securities to be used to pay the floating
debt in part. In case this exchange should not be made, $7,500,000 of the
issue might be sold direct, and the syndicate before mentioned agreed to
take $5,000,000 of this amount and to place $5,000,000 in preferred stock
on condition:
(a) That the statements of the company should be verified;
(b) That the management of the company should be placed in
competent hands, satisfactory to the syndicate;
(c) That satisfactory contracts should be made between the Baltimore &
Ohio and other roads for New York business, which should remove all
antagonism between them on the subject, and should ensure the permanent
working of the first-named in entire harmony with the other trunk lines,
besides avoiding the construction, or the threat of construction, of
expensive lines north and east of Philadelphia.

Page 26

Annual payments to the Baltimore & Ohio sinking funds were to be
38
made in the future in consols instead of in cash.
The essence of this arrangement was a funding of the floating debt,
plus agreements with other roads in order to maintain earnings. The funding
involved, however, a certain increase of charges through the issue of bonds,
while the agreements offered but a doubtful chance of increased earnings.
Only by an effective community of interest or of ownership among the
trunk lines could a saving have been secured on which the new bond issues
could safely have relied. That this was to take place through the syndicate,
that body was emphatic in denying. “The statement,” said Vice-President
Spencer, “that the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad has passed into the hands of a
syndicate, of which J. P. Morgan is the head, is absolutely without
foundation.... The syndicate has the greatest interest now in the growth of
the Baltimore & Ohio, and to secure this growth and progress absolute
independence of other corporate predominance is essential, and the road
39
must be worked in the interest of the states and territories it reaches.” This
declaration left only informal agreements as a resort; for pooling had been
forbidden in 1887. It did more, it implied the necessity of a maintenance of
competition, for to work the Baltimore & Ohio in the interest of Baltimore
meant to work it against the interest of New York. In principle the plan was
nevertheless adopted. Bondholders saw no necessity for a radical
reorganization, and were willing to consent only to a new issue of bonds.
Certain modifications were, however, imposed. The exchange of new bonds
for securities in the sinking fund was abandoned, and the alternative of
direct sale was embraced. It was found impossible to secure the consent of
stockholders to an increase in the preferred stock, three attempts to obtain
40
the required authorization failing in the week ending January 20, 1888.
41
Furthermore, the failure of the stock issue led President Spencer to
request that the city of Baltimore extend for five years at 4 per cent a
$5,000,000 loan to the company, which was to mature in two years, and that
it return the sinking fund of $2,400,000 which had accumulated in its hands
42
for the eventual cancellation of the debt. It may be added that this
suggestion was not accepted.
While awaiting final settlement of the syndicate scheme the Baltimore
& Ohio obtained some cash from the disposal of all its free resources; that

Page 27

is, from the telegraph, express, and sleeping-car businesses which it had
conducted since early in the administration of John Garrett. In August,
1887, it sold its express business to the United States Express Company for
a period of thirty years, in return for $1,500,000 of the capital stock of the
express company plus a certain percentage of the annual earnings of the
43
express lines handed over. In October of the same year its telegraph
business was turned over to the Western Union Telegraph Company in
return for $5,000,000 of the Western Union stock, and an annual payment of
44
$60,000 in cash. Finally, in June, 1888, its sleeping-car equipment and
franchises were transferred to the Pullman Company for a period of twenty-
45
five years at a reported price of $1,250,000. The company agreed to
furnish all the sleeping and parlor cars required. This brought the incidental
advantage of ending long-continued suits over patents. The terms of sale to
the telegraph and express companies brought in no ready money, but the
securities obtained were readily salable, and being independent for their
value of the commercial success of the Baltimore & Ohio were available for
times of difficulty. It was this policy which offset the refusal of the city of
Baltimore to return the sinking fund to the company, and which by March,
1888, rendered the road even to some extent independent of the syndicate.
At that date a modification of the syndicate agreement took place. The
bankers gave up all claim to the $5,000,000 of stock so long under
discussion, and took instead the balance ($2,500,000) of the $7,500,000
consolidated mortgage bonds which the company was authorized to sell.
“The syndicate acted,” said the Baltimore Sun, “in an entirely friendly
spirit, and, with a desire to continue its financial relations with the
company, took the remaining $2,500,000 ... at a better price than was paid
46
for the $5,000,000.”
With temporary financial requirements provided for, President Spencer
was enabled to achieve some much-needed reforms. At a meeting of the
directors on March 14 a complete reorganization of the service was
authorized, with changes and transfers affecting employees from the first
vice-president down. Later a committee of mechanical experts was
organized “to examine thoroughly all the shops, shop tools, etc., of the
entire Baltimore & Ohio system, and to report on all the improvements
47
needed.” The form of the annual report was improved. The much-quoted

Page 28

surplus, which had proved such an unreliable support, was cut in two by the
writing off of bad investments, the marking down of the price of securities,
and the like; and, finally, a committee was appointed to make a general
48
examination of the financial as well as the physical condition of affairs.
“Great anxiety,” said a resolution of the directors, “exists in the public mind
as to the financial condition and the value and earning capacity of the road
and property ... [and] it is due to all interests that a full, frank, and complete
statement of its affairs should be made public.” So far as lay in his power
President Spencer, and through him the syndicate, tried to secure a real and
permanent improvement in the condition of the road, and to gain, through
increased efficiency in operation, the margin which the refusal to cut down
fixed charges had denied. The failure of the attempt may be ascribed to the
continuance of the Garrett family in power. Any irregularities or mistakes
which had taken place in the past reflected on the Garretts, so that it was to
their interest to stifle investigation. Moreover, any change in policy for the
future implied a criticism of their acts to which they were reluctant to
accede. In 1888 the Garrett holdings amounted to from 50,000 to 60,000
shares out of a total of 150,000 shares, or, deducting 32,500 shares held by
the city of Baltimore, which were not entitled to vote, to about one-half of a
total of 117,500 shares. This gave undisputed control. The effect was seen
in the annual election in November. Of 12 old members of the board only 5
were reëlected, and of the 7 dropped 3 formed part of the investigating
committee engaged in securing “the full, frank, and complete statement of
49
the company’s condition” promised at an earlier date. The same month
President Spencer was ousted and Mr. Charles F. Mayer was elected in his
place.
This revolution was fatal to any radical reform, so that during the next
seven years the condition of the Baltimore & Ohio improved but little. Net
income grew, it is true, up to the panic year of 1893, but fell so sharply after
that that the reported figures for 1895 exceeded those of 1888 by but
$1,283,843, and even this gain was practically wiped out during the
following year. Meanwhile fixed charges grew from $6,550,972 in 1888 to
$6,934,052 in 1895, and to $7,303,781 in 1896; an increase which
transformed the profits of the company the following year into a deficit. A
comparison of the balance-sheets of 1888 and 1895 shows an increase of
$10,207,434 in stock, of $16,261,000 in funded debt, and of $4,554,939 in

Page 29

floating debt. These changes were offset mainly by increases in bonds and
stock owned, or in the hands of trustees, by advances to subsidiary lines,
and by a reduction of $11,080,000 in bonded debt secured by collateral or
by mortgage on the main line. During this time dividends were nevertheless
steadily paid on the preferred stock, and, beginning in 1891, upon the
common stock as well. The liberal tendencies of the management were also
evinced by a 20 per cent dividend upon the common stock, declared in 1891
to compensate shareholders for expenditures in betterments and
50
improvements of the physical condition of the property. It will be seen
how different this was from the policy of retrenchment and economy which
had been inaugurated by President Spencer, and which might fairly have
been expected from a corporation barely escaped from bankruptcy.
Traffic conditions from 1887 to 1893 were very far from satisfactory.
The difficulties between the Baltimore & Ohio and the Pennsylvania were
indeed patched up, and the opening of the former’s lines to New York
rendered it independent of other trunk-line connections; but frequent
charges of rate cutting were made in 1887, and a war in dressed-beef rates
was inaugurated by the Grand Trunk in November of that year. In 1888
rates were pretty much demoralized. Published rates on grain dropped from
27½ cents in January to 20 cents in October. Emigrant rates from New York
to western points became the subject of active competition; and, most
important of all, the dressed-beef controversy was pushed till it developed
into a war of the most active kind. The trouble here was started by cuts on
dressed beef by the Grand Trunk. In May other lines retaliated by cuts in
live-stock rates; by July 14 published rates on cattle from Chicago to New
York were 5½ cents per 100 pounds, and on dressed beef and hogs 7 cents.
In November the New York Central extended the contest by a general
51
reduction in west-bound rates. These struggles, though terminated for a
52
time by an agreement of February, 1889, seriously diminished railway
revenues, and prevented the rapid growth which the general prosperity of
53
the country might have occasioned. In fact, the Erie management stated in
their annual report for 1888 that their company had retired altogether from
certain classes of through business for a time during the preceding twelve
months, owing to the unremunerative level of rates. Conditions during the
54
greater part of 1889 were better, and during the following three years

Page 30

constant attempts at agreement and arbitration, joined with a considerable
55
volume of business, prevented a long continuance of any difficulties
which arose.
It was perhaps traffic conditions such as we have described which led
the Garrett family to favor a community of interest scheme which should
improve the Baltimore & Ohio connections with the West. In June, 1890,
Mr. E. R. Bacon formed a syndicate to control the stock of the Baltimore &
Ohio Company. Acting in harmony with the Garrett family, the syndicate
was made up of Philadelphia, New York, Baltimore, and Pittsburg
capitalists, including the Richmond Terminal, Pittsburgh & Western,
Northern Pacific, and Reading interests. The plan was to establish a
community of interest between a vast network of lines reaching from the
Atlantic to the Pacific, and from New York to the Mississippi. “The
buyers,” it was said, “came in simply as investors without condition that
their other properties would be benefited, although it was of course
56
intimated that something was to be done.” They were required to pool
their stock for three years, and to give an irrevocable proxy for that period
to President Charles F. Mayer. The amount of the syndicate purchase was
45,000 shares, of which 32,500 were obtained from the city of Baltimore,
57
and 9686 (preferred) from the state of Maryland; and the purchase
brought the incidental advantage of removing city and state from any direct
interest in the road. The preferred state stock the syndicate later exchanged
for common stock owned by the Johns Hopkins University. The purchase
once made, the pool was formed on well-known lines. The stock was
deposited with a trust company, trust certificates were issued, and proxies
58
transferred to Charles F. Mayer. The shares to be deposited were limited
in amount to 110,000; the actual amount put in was 89,750. The results of
the agreement were less sensational than the forecasts made. It undoubtedly
did much to promote friendly feeling among the roads concerned. When, in
1891, the Baltimore & Ohio was compelled to vacate the Chicago terminals
of the Illinois Central, which it had occupied for years, it was able to make
prompt arrangements with a corporation controlled by the Northern Pacific
for the use of its facilities both for passengers and for freight. But the
influence of the Garrett family was not lessened, and inasmuch as the main

Page 31

competitors of the Baltimore & Ohio were not included there was no check
to competition, and earnings showed no striking change.
59
Matters stood thus at the beginning of 1893. No progress had been
made toward restoring the Baltimore & Ohio to a permanently stable
condition, and the prosperity which its reports declared was fictitious only.
The reorganization to which bondholders had refused to submit in the
comparatively prosperous times of 1888 was compelled by the depression
following the panic of 1893. In 1894 earnings fell off. The gross earnings
for the year ending June 30, 1893, were $26,214,807, and the net income
$9,210,666; the following year the same items were $22,502,662 and
$8,719,830. The directors reduced the dividend and called attention to the
60
losses incurred through protracted strikes in the coal and coke industry.
The following January (1895) President Mayer stated that the fixed charges,
including the car trusts, sinking funds, etc., due January 1, amounting to
nearly $1,000,000, had been paid without borrowing one dollar. “I name
this fact especially,” said he, “because it is not unusual for us to make a loan
for the unusually heavy payments January 1. I doubt if the Baltimore &
Ohio has owed so small a floating debt for twelve or fifteen years, perhaps
longer, and it never had the large volume of stocks and bonds it now has,
something over $16,000,000, not put down at their face value but rather at
their market value, or far below their intrinsic value. I can safely say the
61
road has not been in so strong a position as now for at least fifteen years.”
It required more than confident statements by the managers, however,
to demonstrate the secure position of the road; and this all the more because
the acts of these gentlemen belied their public assertions. Dividends on the
common stock were passed in 1895, and again in 1896. The ratio of charges
to earnings, according to the company’s reports, rose from 75 per cent of
net earnings in 1894 to 80.2 per cent in 1895, and to 98.2 per cent in 1896;
that is, less than 2 per cent of the net earnings of $6,300,000 was admitted
62
to be available for dividends on $30,000,000 of stock. Some relief was
evidently necessary. In January, 1896, it was announced that arrangements
had been made with a strong syndicate to provide for all immediate
financial requirements; but the appointment of receivers in February could
scarcely have come as a surprise. During the two weeks just before the
failure Mr. J. K. Cowen, who had succeeded Mr. Mayer in the presidency,

Page 32

spent a great deal of time in New York trying to borrow money to meet the
pressing demands. On his eventual failure and return to Baltimore the
63
directors felt that a friendly receivership was the only resource.
To the well-wishers of the road this failure may have seemed an
opportunity as well as a disaster. It was now possible to accomplish what
the management in 1888 had refused to attempt, i. e. a reduction in the fixed
charges of the company which should remove the burdens under which the
road had labored, and should open up the way for a long period of
improvement and prosperity. At least one more unpleasant experience was,
however, to be passed through. With a view to determining the Baltimore &
Ohio’s real position, an expert accountant, Mr. Stephen Little, had been set
to work upon its books, and from time to time notices had been appearing
that he was at work, that his examinations confirmed the statements of the
company, and that questions raised by hostile critics would be considered in
his report. Thus in April a reorganization committee, composed of Messrs.
Alexander Shaw, C. Morton Stuart, and six others, with whom were
deposited the Garrett shares, issued a circular referring to the large amount
of new capital, estimated by them at $30,000,000, which had been received
by the company since 1888 “without adequate or satisfactory results,” and
to the floating debt, which they asserted had been increased from about
$3,500,000 to $16,000,000. “We make no charges, or even intimations of
wrongdoing,” wrote their secretary, “but desire and require that a full
explanation of the management of the property from the year 1888, when
the road was set on its feet by Mr. Morgan, shall be given, and that the
causes which led to the wrecking of the property shall be clearly shown.”
To which another committee, which directly represented the management,
64
replied by reference to Mr. Little.
The much-heralded report came out in December, having been withheld
since the previous March for fear of the effect on the company’s securities;
and so far from sustaining the management, it contained charges of
irregularity almost as sensational as those made against the Atchison at an
earlier date. The books of the company, according to Mr. Little, were in
error to the amount of $11,204,858. During the period of seven years and
two months which his report covered he found:
An overstatement of net income of $2,721,068

Page 33

A mischarge of worn-out equipment to profit and loss of 2,843,596
Improper capitalization of charges to income under the head
of construction, main stem, 2,064,741
Improper capitalization of so-called improvements and
betterments of leased and dependent roads, 3,575,453
Total, 65
$11,204,858

Deducting these sums from the annual income returns of the company,
he found that but $971,447 had been earned which had been properly
applicable to dividends, whereas $6,269,008 had been declared in the seven
years, of which $3,312,089 were cash and $2,956,920 stock. Earnings had
been increased by the most arbitrary of book-keeping devices. In 1892 the
value of the Western Union stock held in the treasury since the sale of the
Baltimore & Ohio telegraph lines in 1888 had been written up $468,038,
and the stock of another company, the Consolidated Coal Company, had
been written up $114,300. Not only had advances to branch lines been
entered as assets, but the interest on these advances had been credited to
income, the only basis being that it was hoped that such interest would
some day be paid; and on the other side of the account, charges against
operating expenses had been charged to profit and loss on the same
principles by which the Garretts had rolled up their fictitious surplus of
1888. Turning to the capital account, Mr. Little showed an increase in
liabilities from 1888 to 1895 of $22,180,000, not including $5,481,835
representing chiefly the company’s endorsements of notes of its subsidiary
roads which stood here for the first time revealed. This money apparently
had been put into the property, and yet Mr. Little’s corrected figures showed
net earnings to be actually smaller in 1895 than in the earlier years.
Criticisms of the report attached themselves mainly to the last items treated.
That the extensive endorsement of branch-line notes, absent as any mention
of the practice was from the annual reports, was most misleading and
unsound, nobody could deny; but the broad question of what charges during
the seven years should have been paid out of income, and what not, gave
rise to lively discussion. Severe strictures on Mr. Little’s statements were
made by Patterson and Corwin, two accountants appointed to re-examine
the books of the company. “It would appear,” said they, “that Mr. Little has
66
made some curious errors, and has been strikingly inconsistent.”
Nevertheless the more damaging of the latter’s accusations seem to have
been accepted, and the Baltimore & Ohio took its place with other

Page 34

American corporations, the managements of which have indulged in secret
juggling with the books.
Pending Mr. Little’s report, reorganization was of course delayed. The
67
receivers were then in control, and under their direction a vigorous policy
of improvement was carried out. The rolling stock of the system was found
to be insufficient to handle its business, and the motive power was in
similar condition. All testified to the consistent desire of the old
management to employ every device which might contribute to greater
apparent earnings. Contracts for 5000 freight cars were let as early as May,
1896, to be paid for in receivers’ certificates, and bids for 75 locomotives
68
were at the same time received. During their whole administration the
receivers purchased over 28,000 freight cars, 216 locomotives, 123,000 tons
of rails, besides ties, ballast, new steel bridges, and miscellaneous
69
improvements of various sorts. On the financial side they had to resist an
attempt to compel payment of dividends on the preferred stock. The case
dragged on through 1897 and 1898, and was finally decided in favor of the
70
company.
After the publication of Mr. Little’s report there remained no serious
bar to reorganization, while the needs to be met were more apparent than
ever before. If the proportion of charges to earnings had been too heavy on
the management’s own showing, how much more burdensome was it when
the reported earnings had been proved too high, and the reported liabilities
too low! The first step after the appointment of receivers had been the
springing up of reorganization committees. The two most prominent were
the Fitzgerald Committee, representing the directors, and the Baltimore
Committee. There were besides committees representing the 5 per cent
bonds of the loan of 1885, the consolidated mortgage 5s, the 6 per cent
bonds of 1874, the preferred stock, and others. These were all to some
extent antagonistic. It was hoped to secure a reorganization without
foreclosure, but to provide against all contingencies a bill was introduced
and passed through the Maryland legislature, permitting a new company to
succeed, after reorganization, to the property of the Baltimore & Ohio
system.
By April, 1898, a reorganization plan was ready, and was withheld only
on account, first of the threatened, and then of the actual, war with Spain.

Page 35

Two months later this difficulty seemed no longer serious, and a plan was
71
formally announced. There were contemplated two great issues of bonds
and two of stock as follows:
3½ per cent prior lien gold bonds, $70,000,000
4 per cent first mortgage gold bonds, 50,000,000
4 per cent non-cumulative preferred stock, 35,000,000
Common stock, 35,000,000

These were to be parts of larger amounts authorized but not issued. Thus the
authorized amount of prior liens was $75,000,000, of which $5,000,000
were to be reserved, and to be issued after January 1, 1902, at the rate of not
exceeding $1,000,000 a year, for enlargement, betterment, or extension of
properties covered by the prior lien mortgage; or for the acquisition of
72
additions thereto. The authorized amount of first mortgage 4s was
$165,000,000. Since the prior liens matured in 1925, and this mortgage not
till 1948, $75,000,000 were reserved for retirement of the prior issue.
$7,000,000 were further put aside for the new company; $6,000,000 for the
retirement of the Baltimore Belt Line 5s, and $27,000,000 for enlargements,
betterments, or extensions, etc., at a rate not exceeding $1,500,000 a year
73
for four years, and not exceeding $1,000,000 a year thereafter. The
reserves from these two mortgages, therefore, made liberal provision for
new capital requirements. All of the common stock authorized was to be
issued at once; but besides the $35,000,000 preferred stock before
mentioned, $5,000,000 preferred were to be held in reserve for the new
company.
Of the immediate issues $60,073,090 prior liens, $36,384,535 first
mortgage 4s, $17,218,700 preferred stock, and $31,178,000 common stock
went toward the retirement of old securities; and $9,000,000 prior liens,
$12,450,000 first mortgage 4s, and $16,450,000 preferred stock were for
cash requirements. The better of the old mortgages received cash for their
overdue interest, something over par in prior liens for their principal, and
from 12½ to 32 per cent in first mortgage 4s and preferred stock to
compensate for reductions in their annual return. Inferior bonds received
new first mortgage 4s with preferred stock (except in one instance) as a
douceur. The old stock, common and preferred, and the Washington City &
Point Lookout 6s got mostly new stock for the principal of their holdings,

Page 36

and preferred stock for their assessments. The fundamental principle on
which the exchanges were based was the retirement of old bonds bearing
high interest rates by an increased volume of new bonds bearing lower
rates; thus permitting a much smaller reduction in fixed charges than
occurred in other reorganizations which we shall consider. To some extent
reductions in annual yield were made up by allowance of preferred stock.
The consolidated mortgage 5s of 1887, on which interest was reduced from
$50 annually to $41.75, received $85 in 4 per cent preferred stock as a
compensation. The Baltimore & Ohio Loan of 1874 saw a reduction in
interest from $60 to $40.41, partially made up from the dividends on $160
of new preferred stock. In fact, out of thirteen cases in which new bonds
were given for old, ten included an allowance of preferred stock, thus
bringing the Baltimore & Ohio in line with other reorganizations of the
period. But the proportion of preferred stock given was small in each case,
74
and the principle was not well carried out.
The cash requirements of the system were estimated at $36,092,500;
being swelled by arrears of interest, receivers’ certificates, need for working
capital, reorganization expenditures, and the like. The plan proposed to
cancel them by assessments on stockholders and by the sale of securities
before described. On the first preferred stock, $2 a share was levied, $20 on
the second preferred, and $20 on the common stock, with a syndicate
guarantee for each. This netted $5,460,000. Stockholders received new
preferred stock for their payments. Deducting $5,460,000 preferred stock
from the securities reserved under the plan to be sold for cash, there
remained $9,000,000 prior liens, $12,450,000 first mortgage 4s, and
$10,990,000 preferred stock, or a total of $32,440,000; all of which a
75
syndicate agreed to take. In addition the company disposed of securities in
the treasury, including $3,800,000 stock of the Western Union Telegraph
76
Company, for $3,500,000.
Both classes of stock were vested in five voting trustees, for a period of
five years. The trustees might, however, deliver the stock at an earlier date
in their discretion, and in fact did so in August, 1901. No additional
mortgage was to be put upon the property, and no increase in the amount of
the preferred stock was to be made, except in each instance after obtaining
the consent of the holders of a majority of the whole amount of preferred

Page 37

stock outstanding, given at a meeting of the stockholders called for that
purpose, and the consent of the holders of a majority of such part of the
common stock as should be represented at such meeting, the holders of each
class of stock voting separately. During the existence of the voting trust
similar consent of holders of like amounts of the respective classes of trust
certificates was to be necessary for the purposes indicated. Only a portion
of the leased and dependent lines were provided for in the plan, but the
various cases were left to be passed on separately. Thus the Baltimore Belt
Line was finally leased at a rental equivalent to 4 per cent on the
outstanding 5 per cent bonds; while the acquisition of the Baltimore & Ohio
Southwestern and the Central Ohio railroads involved the payment of a cash
bonus, and an increase in the preferred and common stock outstanding. The
mileage of the system suffered little change. Many of the branches were
sold at foreclosure, and bought in by the parent line; and a glance at the
balance-sheet in 1899 shows that besides the prior liens and the first 4s, an
issue of Pittsburg Junction and Middle Division bonds was the principal
tool employed. These securities, bearing 3½ per cent, and falling due in
1925, were issued; 1st, to retire branch-line securities, and to weld the
system into one united whole; and 2d, to provide new capital for
enlargement and betterment and extension.
The success of this Baltimore & Ohio reorganization plan was very
largely due to the time at which it was put through. In other words, the
reorganization was completed just when an unparalleled era of prosperity
was fairly under way. The moderate reduction in fixed charges which it
secured proved more than adequate when earnings rapidly grew. The net
earnings of the property for the year ending June 30, 1898, were estimated
77
at $7,724,758, and the new fixed charges were set at $6,252,351. Net
earnings for 1899 were $6,621,599. In 1900, on a mileage 11 per cent
greater, they were $12,359,443, and fixed charges were $6,831,463 only. In
subsequent years, with an increase both in mileage and in earnings, the
margin between charges and income further increased. In 1903 $3,500,000
were spent out of earnings for additions and improvements; $7,370,482
were declared in dividends; and $2,947,681 were carried to surplus. In 1907
$3,000,000 were spent in additions and improvements, $6,965,245 paid in
dividends, $7,480,385 carried to surplus. This situation was in no way due
to the reorganization plan, and would have restored the company to

Page 38

solvency even if no reorganization had taken place. It may be said that the
receivership did much to enable the road to take advantage of the later
prosperity. The character of the receivers’ work has been mentioned. By
June 30, 1899, they had spent as much as $17,000,000 for cars alone,
$2,500,000 for locomotives, $2,100,000 for rails, and other sums for
improvements and renewals of all kinds. The maintenance of way pay-rolls
in three years amounted to nearly $12,000,000, and the total expenditure
aggregated about $35,000,000; of which $15,000,000 were secured by the
issue of receivers’ certificates, and the balance through car trusts, earnings
78
from the property, and from the reorganization managers. This was an
indispensable and invaluable preliminary to a growth in earnings, but was,
however, distinct from the financial problems of reorganization. In brief, the
Baltimore & Ohio increased its nominal capitalization more, and reduced its
fixed charges less than any of the seven other reorganizations of the nineties
which we shall consider except the Erie. Its need was perhaps less crying,
but not sufficiently so to explain the difference.
It will be remembered that, while provision had early been made for
foreclosure, it had been hoped to avoid such a drastic step. Hopes in this
respect were fulfilled, and while a number of branch lines were sold the
main stem escaped. Vigorous objections to the plan came from the preferred
stock, which was in 1898 suing to compel payment of its dividends. In July,
at a meeting of shareholders it was declared to be the sense of the meeting
that the preferred stock could not justly be required to determine whether it
would accept the proposition published by the reorganization committee
79
before the case in the Supreme Court should be decided. Late in July an
injunction was obtained, which, however, was dissolved in October. Still
later in that year the suits were settled by the sale of the bulk of the first
80
preferred stock to the reorganization committee. The only other
considerable complaint came from the holders of the 4½ per cent Baltimore
& Ohio Terminal bonds, and was a protest against the reduction of ½ per
cent in their interest without, as they said, the smallest compensation. Suits
for the foreclosure of the mortgages of 1887, 1872, and 1874 were
instituted in October, 1898. Decrees were obtained in February. Decrees
were also given against the Philadelphia Division, the Parkersburg Branch,
the Staten Island Rapid Transit Company, and others. Separate receivers
had previously been appointed for the Sandusky, Mansfield & Newark, the

Page 39

Central Ohio, the Washington Branch, and others. Decrees were not asked
for against the main line. In August, 1898, only three months after the
publication of the plan, the reorganization managers were able to pronounce
it effective.
81
The receivers surrendered control July 1, 1899, and the company
started on its new career amid a buzz of satisfaction from all who had
participated in its reorganization. In an address before the Maryland Bar
Association Mr. John K. Cowen summarized the result as follows:
(1) Every bondholder of the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad has received
new securities which substantially pay his full debt. In other words, the
bondholders have been paid in full.
(2) The floating debt creditors have received every cent of their
indebtedness.
(3) The first preferred stockholders have received in cash 75 per cent of
the par value of their stock, the court overruling their claim of preference
over the bondholders and creditors. The second preferred stockholders have
received securities which, after payment of the assessment, net about $70
per share, at the market price, and at times over $80 net could have been
realized.
(4) The common stockholders, instead of being wiped out, have
received their common stock in the new company upon paying an
assessment, the net amount of which (because of the value of the securities
received for such assessment) would not exceed $5 or $6.
(5) The company saves its old charter for whatever value may be
82
attached to it.
This statement presents the favorable side of the picture. On the whole,
securityholders were tenderly handled, though the bondholders were by no
means paid off in full. And on the other hand, this very tenderness made a
voluntary reorganization possible, whereby the charter of the company was
saved. The pertinent objections were from the point of view of the company
itself, and these were silenced by the increase in earnings.
Since reorganization the Baltimore & Ohio has been enjoying great
prosperity. On a mileage operated, which was some 1800 miles greater in

Page 40

83
1907 than in 1900, it earned a return increased by over $40,000,000;
while its income from dividends and interest mounted from less than half a
million to over $3,000,000. Ton mileage figures were about 11,300,000,000
in 1907 as against 6,800,000,000 in 1900; passenger mileage had grown
from 459,000,000 to 723,000,000. This prosperity has but reflected the
condition of the country at large, but the Baltimore & Ohio has taken
advantage of it in far-sighted fashion. No less than $17,000,000 have been
spent from earnings for additions and improvements between June 30,
1899, and June 30, 1907, not to mention maintenance of way expenditures
which have ranged from about $1500 to over $2500 per mile of road
operated. Besides the provision made by the reorganization plan,
$15,000,000 convertible debentures were issued under date of March 1,
1901, for new construction and improvements. There were authorized
$40,000,000 of common stock in November, 1901, to go in part for
improvements, and the bulk of $27,750,000 new common stock of 1906
will be applied to similar ends. As a result the company’s equipment has
largely increased, grades have been reduced, curves straightened, light rails
replaced by heavy, and subsidiary track increased. There were two miles of
second, third, and fourth track and sidings for every three miles of main
track in 1900; there were three miles to every four in 1907. A considerable
increase in average freight train load has accordingly occurred. In 1900 the
average load was 366 tons; in 1907 it was 433.02. That this figure has not
still more greatly increased from the 406.53 tons of 1901 is probably due to
the somewhat greater proportion of manufactures handled and to a
considerable decrease in average distance hauled, and is compensated for
by an increase of over one cent in the average rate received.
The events of most vital importance in the Baltimore & Ohio’s recent
history have been connected with its control. In September, 1898, Philip D.
Armour, Marshall Field, and Norman D. Ream, executors of the Pullman
estate, together with James J. Hill of the Great Northern, bought a large
interest in the stock, though whether or not sufficient to control no one
knew. From statements by Mr. Cowen it would appear that the deal was
somewhat similar to the earlier one in which the Northern Pacific had been
interested: that is, it involved the sale of Baltimore & Ohio stock to secure
the good will of men strong enough to support the road in case of difficulty,
and influential enough to open desirable connections or to modify the

Page 41

stringency of competition. “The recent transaction,” said Mr. Cowen, “has
been the realization of my hopes about the future of the road.” It was not
Mr. Hill’s influence, however, that was destined to be dominant. By the end
of the year rumors connected the Pennsylvania with the purchase of an
interest in the property, and the election of Mr. S. M. Prevost, third vice-
president of that company, to a directorship, gave assurance of the truth of
the reports. It was, of course, impossible to purchase actual control so long
as the Baltimore & Ohio stock remained in trust; but the trustees seemed
very ready to accord to new buyers that representation and influence to
which their stock might give them claim. At the annual election in
November, 1900, an additional representative of the Pennsylvania was
elected to the board, showing the probable increase of the Pennsylvania
holdings, and the following year an absolute majority was said to have been
passed, the shares held by Mr. Hill and his associates, and apparently sold
84
to the Pennsylvania, being thought to contribute powerfully to that result.
In May, Mr. Hill and Mr. Charles H. Tweed, chairman of the Southern
Pacific, resigned from the directorate, to be replaced by two further
representatives of the Pennsylvania. In June, President Cowen was replaced
by Mr. S. F. Loree, fourth vice-president of the Pennsylvania lines west of
Pittsburg, and in August the voting trust was dissolved.
The last step has been the sale of part of the Pennsylvania holdings to
the Union Pacific system. It appears that the former’s interest in the
company was largely due to anxiety over the coal situation. Before 1895
rates on bituminous coal had been depressed and demoralized. Rebates had
been freely given in spite of any agreements which could be arranged.
Under these circumstances the Pennsylvania had determined to buy enough
stock of the Chesapeake & Ohio, the Baltimore & Ohio, and the Norfolk &
Western companies to control the policies of these roads, and, through stock
ownership in the Reading by the Baltimore & Ohio, to influence that
85
company also. Unfortunately for the project public attention became
concentrated on the coal industry at this time because of the discovery of
certain flagrant abuses, and it seemed wise for the Pennsylvania to
86
dispossess itself of a part of its stock. The Union Pacific was in the market
with large resources derived from its sale of Great Northern and Northern
Pacific stock. It was out of the question for the Pennsylvania to sell its
shares to a competitor, but there was less objection to a sale to Mr.

Page 42

Harriman, providing a reasonable portion should be retained. Accordingly,
the Pennsylvania sold and the Union Pacific interests bought, in October,
1906, some $39,540,600 in Baltimore & Ohio common and preferred stock,
being in the neighborhood of half of the former’s holdings. This is the
present situation of the property. The Baltimore & Ohio is independent, in
the sense that it is not controlled by any single interest, but large amounts of
its stock are owned by its competitor, the Pennsylvania, and by its
connection, the Harriman system. On the whole the alliance with these
87
interests augurs well for the future of the company.

Page 43

CHAPTER II

ERIE
Early history—Reorganization—Wall Street struggles—Financial
difficulties—Second reorganization—Development of coal
business—Extension to Chicago—Grant & Ward—Financial
readjustment—New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio—Third
reorganization—Later history.

The New York & Erie Railroad was organized in 1833 in the hope of
bringing to the southern tier of counties in New York State a prosperity
equal to that which the Erie Canal had secured for the northern tier. It was
to run from New York or some suitable point in its vicinity to Lake Erie. A
six foot gauge was adopted, partly because the grades encountered were
thought to require locomotives with more power than a narrower gauge
could accommodate, and partly because it was wished to make the road
independent of any connection which might lead trade away from the city
88
of New York.
The events of the early years may be briefly dealt with. Difficulty was
experienced in getting subscriptions, and in 1836 the legislature granted a
loan of $3,000,000. An assignment was made in 1842, due to the difficulty
of getting the enterprise under way, which resulted in the release of the
company from liability to the state on condition that it complete its line
from the Hudson to Lake Erie by 1851. Stockholders were to exchange two
shares of old for one share of new stock, and a first mortgage of $3,000,000
89
was authorized. In 1851 the line was completed to Dunkirk on Lake Erie,
and the following year it reported a bonded indebtedness of $14,000,000,
capital stock of $6,000,000, and floating debt to the amount of $3,080,000,
or a total of $43,961 per mile of line; a high figure, but probably necessarily

Page 44

so in view of the difficult work to be performed. Although nominally
completed, the troubles of the road were not over; and a precarious
existence was maintained only by the placing of additional loans in 1852
and 1855, and by the aid of Daniel Drew on two distinct occasions. A war
of rates with the New York Central aggravated the situation; heavy storms
and ice floods in January, 1857, caused serious loss, and the panic of that
year, with the ensuing depression, proved more than the road could stand.
Proceedings were begun in 1859 by the trustees of the fourth mortgage, and
90
in August a receiver was appointed. The wonder was that such action had
been delayed so long. The income of the road had been so far short of
meeting current expenses that claims for labor, supplies, rents, and unpaid
taxes, and judgments rendered against the company before the receivers
were appointed, had mounted up to $741,510; while not only had interest
on three mortgages fallen due in April, May, and June, but the principal of
the second mortgage, amounting to $4,000,000, had matured. The
settlement of claims and the reorganization of the company were put in the
hands of J. C. Bancroft Davis and Dudley S. Gregory. Since the earnings of
the road were at so low an ebb, wisdom would have seemed to dictate some
scaling of the charges to correspond. This did not enter into the views of the
trustees; instead, they proposed to give preferred stock for all unsecured
indebtedness, to extend the principal of the second mortgage coming due, to
exchange old common stock for new, to levy an assessment of 2½ per cent
on both classes of new stock, and with the proceeds of the assessment to
pay all coupons in arrears. Provision was made for the retirement of certain
fourth mortgage bonds, and for a sale under foreclosure of that mortgage.
By the arrangement no saving in fixed charges worth mentioning was
secured; no sacrifice was demanded of bondholders; and, save for the
payment of assessments and the (new) stock given for floating debt, the
stockholder’s position was not made worse. The scheme was an easy and
temporary means of escape from an embarrassing position. Before the
reorganization the bonds outstanding had amounted to $18,006,000, the
stock to $11,000,000, and the unsecured indebtedness to $8,504,000. After
reorganization the totals were: indebtedness, $17,953,000, and stock,
$19,911,000 (of which $8,911,000 preferred); or a capitalization of $67,728
per mile. The road was sold in 1862, and the Erie Railway took the place of
the original New York & Erie Railroad Company.

Page 45

With 1864 began the career of the Erie as a speculative Wall Street
stock. Its large capitalization and the painful slowness with which its
earnings grew kept the quotations of its shares normally at a low figure and
invited speculation; while the location of its lines tempted more serious
efforts to obtain control. Up to 1867 Daniel Drew was in power, while
Commodore Vanderbilt spent his best efforts to drive him out; after that
date Jay Gould and Jim Fisk became more and more prominent, and
manipulated the Erie securities with enthusiastic regard to profits which
they might derive both from the Erie Company itself and from operators
who wished to speculate in its stock. In the course of the abundant litigation
to which Gould’s methods gave rise, various receivers were appointed; but
the orders of appointment were subsequently vacated, and the receiverships
were nominal only. The details of the Wall Street struggles have little
91
interest for us here. But the result is of importance. In the eight years from
1864 to 1872, when Gould was turned out of Erie by General Sickles and
his English backers, the bonded indebtedness of the company increased
from $17,822,900 to $26,395,000, and the common stock from $24,228,800
to $78,000,000; in the one case a growth of 48 per cent and in the other of
221 per cent, at a time when the mileage increased 53 per cent and the net
92
earnings but 22 per cent. No more disgraceful record exists for any
American railroad. The stock was not issued for the sake of improving the
road, and it was subsequently shown that the road was not improved; but it
was thrown upon the market at critical times in support of bear operations
by the Erie managers, while portions of it, on at least one occasion, were
bought back with the funds of the company to aid speculation for a rise. The
result was to ruin the credit of the Erie, and to make it the favorite tool of
cliques of gamblers. The increase in bonds occasioned an unmistakable
increase in fixed charges, which rose from 20 per cent of gross earnings in
1864 to 25 per cent in 1871, 21 per cent in 1872, and 30 per cent in 1873,
while the purchase of worthless bonds of subsidiary roads, such as the
Boston, Hartford & Erie, lessened the assets without disclosing the real
position to the casual observer.
In 1872 the control of Erie was taken from Gould through a vigorous
campaign managed by General Daniel E. Sickles, and an “eminently
respectable” board of directors was elected. Temporary relief was obtained
from the use of $6,000,000, available from an issue of bonds previously

Page 46

93
approved, and dividends, first on the preferred and then on both preferred
and common stock were declared. Unfortunately the dividends were not
earned; and this fact, which was suspected from the previous record of the
company and the marvel of its so early restoration to a dividend basis, was
shown in the statements of ex-Auditor S. H. Dunan, who resigned in March,
1874, alleging that the accounts had been falsified to suit the company’s
94
purposes, and that he was unwilling any longer to be a party thereto.
Investigations conducted by representatives of English bondholders showed
that in the three years ending in September, 1875, the profits of the road had
been $1,008,775 instead of $5,352,673 as stated in the company’s accounts;
and the severity of this finding was scarcely mitigated by the conclusion
that in the opinion of the committee the dividends on the preferred stock at
95
least were justified by the books. At the same time the report of Captain
Tyler, another English representative, laid emphasis on the necessity for a
change of gauge, a double track, improvements in gradient, fresh extensions
and connections, and other similar matters.
The real position of the company at the time was shown but too well by
the frequency of strikes upon its road. Thus in February, 1874, a strike of
freight brakemen on the Susquehanna division broke out, caused principally
by an order to discharge one of the brakemen from each freight crew,
leaving only three on a train; and at the same time there was a strike of the
switchmen on some of the divisions owing to a decrease in pay. In March
occurred a serious strike among the employees of the road in Buffalo,
mainly on account of irregularity and delay in payment of wages, and,
finally, in April, there was trouble both in the Susquehanna shops and in the
Jersey City freight yard over this same cause. The indications afforded by
these troubles were borne out by the figures of the annual reports. The gross
earnings of 1874 were $1,413,708 less than those of 1873, while the
decrease in operating expenses was so slight as to reduce net earnings by
nearly the same amount. If, now, there is deducted from the net earnings of
the years 1871–3, inclusive, the sum which the London accountants
declared to have been improperly reported as profits, there results an
average of $4,175,699 net; or less than the net earnings for either 1864,
1865, or 1866, although the average charges for the years mentioned
exceeded the average of the earlier period by $1,769,060 each year. These
figures exclude the influence of the panic of 1873, which, as has been seen,

Page 47

caused a still further falling off in the earnings of the company. It was a
time, moreover, when the Erie could not be content to sit still and wait, for
competition was daily becoming more severe. By 1874 the Baltimore &
Ohio, the New York Central, and the Pennsylvania had connections with
Chicago, and the Erie was competing with them for business by means of
traffic agreements with connecting lines. The next decade was to see the
bitterest rate wars that the country has ever known; and the Erie, with its
exceptional gauge and single track, was to compete with rivals of normal
gauge, who were adding third and fourth tracks to the two which they
already possessed. The one bright spot was the development of the coal
traffic, which in 1874 formed the greatest item of the Erie’s tonnage, and
was in a measure apart from the competition of other lines.
Suit was brought in July, 1874, for the appointment of a receiver. The
complaint reviewed alleged improper acts of the management in declaring
dividends, in buying Buffalo, New York & Erie stock and sundry coal lands,
96
and in issuing the new $30,000,000 mortgage before mentioned. In
October the Attorney-General of New York instituted suit on nominally the
same grounds; not, as he explained, in the expectation that the appointment
of a receiver would be required, but in order that this action might be taken
if the conduct of the directors should make it necessary. Still other suits
were begun before the year was out.
Meanwhile the management was changed. Whether or not Mr. Watson,
who had been president since 1872, had done all humanly possible to set
the Erie on its feet, his administration was not unnaturally in bad odor after
the charges of Dunan and the report of the London accountants, to say
nothing of the admittedly low earnings for the year 1874. An attempt was
made to secure the very best man possible for the presidency, and to support
him in necessary reforms, in the hope of some different results from those
with which securityholders had become familiar. The man for the place was
thought to be Mr. H. J. Jewett, a railroad man then in Congress from Ohio;
and this gentleman was accordingly secured at an extremely liberal salary.
Soon after his election a ten per cent cut in salaries was decreed, and an
examination of the accounts of the stations along the line in behalf of the
company was begun. It was too late, however, for the company. The
business of the last of 1874 and first of 1875 was poor; floods in the spring
damaged the property of the road, and rumors of a receivership were rife.

Page 48

On May 22 a private meeting of stockholders in New York passed
resolutions to the effect that the borrowing of money by the sale of 7 per
cent bonds at 40 cents on the dollar, and other means adopted by the Watson
administration, would inevitably result in bankruptcy; that sound interest
required that the money needed to pay interest should be raised by an
assessment on the stockholders, and that the directors should be thereby
requested to open books to examination, and to invite stockholders to
contribute voluntarily a sum sufficient to keep the company from immediate
97
failure. The proposal showed a proper spirit, but was impracticable. Four
days later Mr. Jewett was appointed receiver on application of
98
representatives of the Attorney-General and of the Railroad.
This was the second receivership which the Erie had had to face, and
the situation was materially worse than at the previous failure. According to
the statement of President Jewett the funded indebtedness in May, 1875,
amounted to $54,394,100, and the fixed charges to $5,059,828; while the
net earnings for the previous nine months had decreased 13.4 per cent from
the corresponding period for the previous year, and a serious deficit was in
view. Temporary measures of relief had served but to drag the company
99
further into the mire; and, most important of all, the causes for the
existing difficulties were of a permanent nature, so that the future gave
promise of still harder conditions than had existed in the past. What was
needed was a reorganization which should undo the evil work of Gould,
Fisk, Drew, and their associates, and which should secure the margin of
surplus earnings which the reorganization of 1859–62 had failed to provide.
Perhaps the chief difficulty lay in the fact that the men who were
responsible for the increased capitalization were not at all those on whom
the brunt of reconstruction would fall; for while the managers of the road
had been Americans, the gullible investors had been Englishmen; and it was
reported that much of the watered stock of the Gould régime had been
unloaded on the English market.
Committees sprang up promptly. The most important of them were the
English committees of bond- and stockholders, soon consolidated under the
chairmanship of Sir Edward Watkin. On August 7, Sir Edward left England
on a visit of inspection, accompanied by Mr. Morris, counsel for the
bondholders. Conference with the board of directors and with President

Page 49

Jewett followed, and a provisional scheme of adjustment was decided upon.
In his report to his English constituents Sir Edward outlined the results.
Current indebtedness, said he, was $42,180,075; estimated net revenues for
the year ending in June last were $3,715,609; operating expenses had been
for that year 79 per cent, due largely to the cost imposed by exceptional
gauge, while the chief lines with which the Erie competed showed
proportions of only from 60 to 66 per cent. Out of fourteen branches only
three showed a profit above rentals, and pay-rolls had ordinarily been
months in arrears. These facts were familiar; the remedy proposed was
unfortunately familiar as well. “Let it be hoped,” said this English financier,
“that the bond- and stockholders will have the courage now to submit to a
period of self-denial, and will consent to pay their debts and complete
essential obligations out of available net profits, the bondholders receiving
in place of cash such equitable obligations, realized out of surplus revenue
100
in the future, as each, according to right of priority, may justly expect.”
What could this have meant save an issue of stock or income bonds for
coupons falling due, with the result of adding to the unwieldy capitalization
of the road instead of reducing it as should have been done! For the rest, Sir
Edward Watkin concluded with Mr. Jewett the following arrangement:
(1) Three nominees of the bond- and stockholders’ committee proposed
by Watkin were to take seats in the Erie board;
(2) Mr. Morris was to be associated with counsel for the receiver and
for the company, and was to be regarded and treated as one of the
professional agents and officers of the undertaking;
(3) Mr. Jewett was to transmit a memorandum of his views on
reorganization;
(4) Net earnings were to be retained for a while, and bondholders were
to have a voice in their expenditure. Thus a vote was to be taken under the
charge of the stock- and bondholders’ committee in London on the
constitution of a committee of consultation, consisting of representatives of
each class of bondholders and of preferred and ordinary stock, and that
committee was to designate a special representative whose consent and
approval were to be taken by Mr. Jewett in the expenditure of net earnings;
(5) Monthly reports of actual earnings and expenditures, together with
reports from the president and receiver, were to be regularly transmitted to

Page 50

the office of the committee in London;
(6) Bond- and stockholders were to be urged to give power of attorney
and proxies to Watkin, or to such other person or persons as the above
representatives of the bond- and stockholders should designate;
(7) Any scheme of reorganization was to include a provision giving
bondholders a voting power.
On the above resolutions Jewett, with his board, and Watkin, with his
101
committee, agreed to coöperate. Under the circumstances the increased
power given the bondholders was both a natural and a just demand, and it is
probable that Mr. Jewett’s prompt acquiescence in it had something to do
with Sir Edward’s advice to the securityholders “to rely on the honor, as I
feel you may also upon the anxious labors and full experience of the
President and Receiver.”
The report did not go uncriticised. It was pointed out, first, that a
majority of English proprietors could not unhesitatingly share the
confidence expressed in Mr. Jewett; second, that the first mortgage
bondholders were well secured, and would surely refuse to fund their
indebtedness; and third, that the payment of the floating debt, according to
the Watkin plan, would simply create another debt of equal or greater
amount due to the bondholders whose coupons were not paid. The only
sound way, said a committee of bondholders in Dundee in a letter to the
Watkin Committee, is resolutely to shun an accumulation of mortgage
liabilities on the one hand, and on the other to give increased reality to the
bonds and stocks of the company already existing as items in capital
account, i. e. an assessment on the stock and a sweeping reduction in the
interest on the bonds secured by the second mortgage:—the first mortgage
bonds are in different case—they represent investment of cash instead of
mere water, and even if foreclosure is difficult, they have beyond question
an absolutely good security for the ultimate payment of both principal and
102
interest.
In September, 1875, a plan of reorganization was anonymously put
forward as follows: Instead of assessment on the shareholders, it suggested
the issue of 50 per cent more common stock; one new share for every two
shares then existing. If a price of $25 per share could be obtained a total of

Page 51

$10,000,000 cash would be thereby secured. Besides the new stock issued
bond- and preference-holders were to capitalize their interest for two years
in bonds or shares bearing their present priorities. This funding should yield
$8,000,000; and the $18,000,000 in all obtained was to be expended on the
road over the next two years, during which period the new shares were to be
paid up by half-yearly instalments. With the line furnished and equipped as
proposed, continued this optimistic plan, the working expenses could be
reduced from 79 per cent to 60 per cent, and the traffic within three years
would be at least $24,000,000 per year, affording a net revenue of
$9,600,000 per annum, sufficient to meet all bond and preference liabilities
103
and to leave 3 per cent for the ordinary charges. The all sufficient
criticism to this plan was that it required too great a combination of
favorable circumstances to ensure its success. In some respects, however, it
was not unlike the plan ultimately adopted.
Two months later appeared a plan by Mr. John C. Conybeare, an
English bondholder, which was superior to the foregoing in that it proposed
an assessment, and made some slight provision for an ultimate reduction in
fixed charges. Mr. Conybeare proposed to assess preferred stock $11 and
common stock $9. Payment of the assessment was not to be compulsory,
but was to have the effect of giving to the stock which did pay a right to
dividends before anything should be received by that which did not pay.
Shares of the company by the plan would thus have ranked as follows:
(1) Preferred shares on which assessment had been paid, entitled to 7
per cent dividends before any other dividends were paid.
(2) Preferred shares on which no assessment had been paid, with rights
inferior to the preferred A shares, but superior to the common shares.
(3) Common stock on which assessment had been paid, entitled to 4 per
cent before further dividend on the common.
(4) Unprivileged, unassessed common stock which was to take what
there was left.
In addition there was to be a pre-preference 8 per cent stock, ranking
before all the above, which was to be issued to exchange in part for second
preferred and convertible bonds. First consolidated bonds and sterling
bonds of 1865 were to accept one or two per cent of their 7 per cent interest

Page 52

in bonds, secured perhaps by the coal property of the company, while the
second consolidated and the convertible gold bonds were to receive 4 per
cent in gold and 3 per cent in the new pre-preference stock as above. To the
obvious possibility that the stockholders would refuse to pay an assessment
the plan opposed no remedy. In this case the very moderate amount of
104
interest funded would have been the only relief secured.
These plans were, however, but preliminary to the elaborate Watkin
scheme which appeared in December. The most prominent feature herein
was, as previously indicated, the funding of coupons, both those past due
and those to become due for a time into the future. Given net earnings
sufficient to meet fixed charges, the postponement of interest by this plan
would obviously have released revenue with which to make needed
improvements on the road. This funding was to be, however, limited to the
first consolidated 7s, convertible sterling 6s, second consolidated 7s, and
convertible gold 7s; the six earlier issues were to be left untouched. One
permanent reduction was also to be made, in that for the second mortgage
and convertible 7s were to be given two classes of ninety-year gold bonds:
the first for 60 per cent of the principal, with interest at 6 per cent, and
payable in bonds of the same class from the dates of default until March,
1877, and thereafter in gold; the second for 40 per cent of the principal,
carrying 4 per cent until 1881 and thereafter 5 per cent, payable only out of
net earnings. To start the company on its way and to meet present
obligations an assessment was proposed of three dollars on the preferred
and six dollars on the common stock, in return for which 5 per cent income
bonds were to be given; while finally the dividends on the preferred stock
were to be reduced from 7 to 6 per cent, and foreclosure was contemplated,
so that the opposition of an irreconcilable minority might be more easily
105
overcome. According to the figures in the Watkin plan, the old and new
capitalization and interest compared as follows:
The amount of capital stock was unchanged.
Total bonded indebtedness Principal Interest
Before reorganization, $54,394,100 $4,073,106
After reorganization, 61,330,241 4,139,240
Increase $6,936,141 $66,134

Indebtedness on which interest was obligatory:

Page 53

Principal Interest
Before reorganization, $54,394,100 $4,073,106
After reorganization, 46,634,134 3,316,238
Decrease $7,759,966 $756,868

The net earnings for 1874–5 had been $3,715,609, and those from
1871–3 inclusive, with the deductions declared proper in the report of the
London accountants, had averaged $4,175,699 each year, so that a safe
margin seemed to intervene. The extent of the margin depended, however,
on the fixed charges, such as rentals, over and above interest on the funded
debt; and although it was proposed to cancel burdensome leases and
contracts the actual leeway after 1880 was to be very small indeed. To
speak briefly, the plan was definite but not sufficiently radical to meet
conditions which were likely to arise. In counting upon the ability of the
company to spare considerable sums from revenue for improvements during
the next few years, it was leaning on a broken reed; in increasing the
nominal amount of bonded indebtedness, it was making a step in the wrong
direction; and by interposing additional claims on earnings while leaving
the volume of stock the same, it took from the stockholders any very lively
interest in the road’s future welfare. The plan was nevertheless accepted by
the English securityholders, subject to such modifications as might
106
afterwards be found desirable.
The next step was to obtain the unanimous acceptance of this Watkin
scheme. Messrs. Robert Fleming and O. G. Miller were accordingly sent to
New York in February, 1876, to consult with the officers of the company
and the securityholders in America. No very vigorous interest was taken on
this side, but the Erie directors appointed a committee to confer with the
English representatives, and discussions took place for something over a
month. The committee criticised the plan proposed from the point of view
of the stockholders; they maintained that it would destroy all their interest
in the property unless they made further sacrifices, which they were unable
to do, and suggested that the funding of from four to eight coupons by the
first consolidated, gold convertible, and second consolidated bonds was all
that would be needed to put the road in a prosperous condition, provide for
107
steel rails, and for the narrowing of the gauge. This was so plainly
inadequate that it is a matter of surprise that it was entertained by the
English committee; and even they insisted that the stockholders agree to put

Page 54

a majority of the $86,000,000 of stock in the hands of the bondholders as a
preliminary, and would do no more than lay the proposal before their
constituents.
On their return home in April Messrs. Miller and Fleming stated that
the essential conditions to a successful reorganization were:
(1) An effective control of the management by the real owners,—the
bondholders;
(2) The restoration of the equilibrium between the compulsory interest
charge on the mortgage debt and the minimum net earnings;
108
(3) A change of gauge from 6 ft. to 4 ft. 8½ in.
“The foreclosure scheme of the committee” (Watkin plan), said they,
“is certainly the soundest plan and would doubtless be preferred by those
shareholders who really care for the welfare of their property.” Then
referring to the directors’ plan, “If it were possible to present to the
bondholders the scheme of proceeding by amicable arrangement as
practicable, and therefore as presenting a real alternative for their
acceptance, we should suggest to you at the same time to lay the option
before them. We feel, however, that that scheme can only be regarded as
such an alternative when stockholders enough have signified their
willingness to vest their shares in trustees on the footing of it, and so secure
an effectual control to the bondholders for a certain period. We must,
therefore, content ourselves for the present with suggesting that the
committee should proceed with vigor in the direction of foreclosure, at the
same time inviting the stockholders to signify their willingness to vest their
109
stock in trustees as above mentioned.”
The suggestion of the directors was the last alternative plan proposed,
and from April, 1876, the only question was how to perfect and carry
through the Watkin plan. As eventually put forward, this differed in a few
points from its form as earlier announced. The fundamental principle was
still the funding of coupons of the first and second consolidated and the
convertible bonds. Of these the first consolidated mortgage and sterling 6
per cents were now to fund alternate coupons from September 1, 1875, to
September 1, 1879, instead of funding all coupons to March 1, 1876, and
receiving cash thereafter: and whereas in the earlier plan mortgage bonds of

Page 55

the same class had been given for funded interest, the later plan created
special issues of funded coupon bonds, secured by deposit of the funded
coupons, and bearing the same interest as the first consolidated bonds
themselves. A more serious difference appeared in the treatment of the
second mortgage and the gold convertibles. It will be remembered that it
had been proposed in December, 1875, to exchange these for two classes of
new bonds, of which 60 per cent were to bear interest at the rate of 6 per
cent and 40 per cent were to consist of 4 per cent income bonds. The new
plan did away with this permanent reduction in fixed charges. Instead, the
second consolidated and convertible gold bonds funded alternate coupons
from June 1, 1875, to December 1, 1879, and received a new 6 per cent
bond for the principal of their holdings, and funded coupon 6 per cent
bonds for the interest thus postponed; the new mortgage bonds not having
the right of foreclosure until after default for six successive interest periods
(3 years). The funded coupon bonds were to be funded at the existing rate
of interest on the second consolidated and convertible bonds, i. e. 7 per
cent, so that the reduction in interest was compensated for by the greater
volume of securities given; and both classes of these coupon bonds were to
bear lower interest at first than that to which they would ultimately attain.
The assessment proposed in 1875 was retained in 1876, except that
stockholders were given the choice of paying $6 on common and $3 on
preferred stock and obtaining therefor income bonds, or of paying $4 on
common and $2 on preferred and receiving nothing but new stock, dollar
110
for dollar for their old. One-half of the shares of the new company (after
foreclosure) were to be issued in the name of one or more sets of trustees,
who were to hold them to vote on until a dividend had been paid on the
preferred stock for three consecutive years. Provision was made for an issue
of $2,500,000 in prior lien bonds, to take precedence of the remainder of
the second consols, the proceeds to be applied to capital requirements.
Voting power was conferred on the first and second consols, funded income
bonds, prior lien bonds, and income bonds, in all about $57,000,000; one
111
vote to every $100 of bonds. The property of the company was to be
foreclosed by or under the direction of certain reconstruction trustees, for
the choice of whom careful provisions were inserted.
Divested of all complications, what this reorganization plan proposed
for the salvation of the property was the funding of the coupons on four

Page 56

classes of bonds from 1875 to 1879; the reduction of the interest to be paid
on $25,000,000 second consolidated and convertible 7s one per cent per
share; and the raising of a certain amount of cash by assessment upon the
stockholders; while it dropped the one point of the earlier plan which might
have given a key to the solution of the whole problem, viz. the exchange of
mortgage and income bonds for the old second consolidated in the ratios
respectively of 60 per cent and of 40 per cent. When we remember the
desperate straits to which the company had been reduced, the permanent
relief seems slight enough; and given the fact, which proved but too true,
that the net earnings were to fall off until the road was little more than able
to meet the alternate coupons which it was obliged to pay in cash, it appears
to have been nothing at all. If we suppose no changes to have occurred in
capital account between 1878 and 1883 save those provided for in the plan
of reorganization itself, a comparison of the two periods would have stood
as follows:

Before reorganization Principal Interest
Sterling convertible 6s, $4,457,714 $267,463
First consolidated 7s, 12,076,000 845,320
Convertible 7s, 10,000,000 700,000
Second consolidated 7s, 15,000,000 1,050,000
$41,533,714 $2,862,783
Old Mortgages, 13,155,500 921,062
Guaranteed bonds, etc., 6,003,360 449,411
$60,692,574 $4,233,256
Rentals, 742,226
$4,975,482

After December 1, 1883 Principal Interest
Consolidated 7s, $20,005,794 $1,400,405
Consolidated 6s, 33,516,666 2,011,000
$53,522,460 $3,411,405
Old bonds, 13,155,500 921,062
Guaranteed bonds, etc., 6,003,360 449,411
Rentals, 742,226
$72,681,320 $5,524,104
Total before reorganization 60,692,574 4,975,482
Increase, $11,988,746 $548,622

It thus appears that this reorganization plan contemplated an immediate
increase in the cumbrous capitalization of the company to the amount of

Page 57

nearly $12,000,000, and an eventual increase in fixed charges of over
$500,000. It offered no reasonable assurance that the solvency of the
company could be maintained under the average conditions existing in the
past, and left no margin for contingencies of any kind. The trouble lay in the
unwillingness of bondholders to sacrifice any part of their holdings to meet
difficulties caused largely by inflation over which they had had no control.
This reluctance was natural,—it should have been met, however, by the
realization that the question was now of the future and not of the past, and
that the best interests of the bondholders themselves demanded a
reconstruction sufficiently radical to leave no doubt of the ability of the new
company to pay its debts.
The plan adopted, foreclosure was in order, and suits which had been
begun as early as 1875 were taken up and pushed. In November, 1877, a
decree of foreclosure under the second consolidated mortgage was
obtained, appointing a referee to conduct the sale, and providing for the sale
of the road to representatives of the bondholders in case they made the
highest bid. The opposition, which had not been able to prevent the
approval of the plan, now appeared with a multiplicity of suits to prevent its
consummation. In January, 1878, demands were made to secure a re-
accounting from the receiver, and the reopening of an earlier suit of the
people against the Erie which had been previously discontinued. On
January 18 the postponement of the sale to March 25 was obtained. On
January 19 a suit demanded the removal of Receiver Jewett, making
sweeping charges of fraud; and on January 30, in still other proceedings,
Mr. Jewett was arrested on a charge of perjury for swearing to incorrect
statements in the annual report to the state engineer;—a culmination as
disgraceful as it was absurd. In February a suit in Orange County, New
York, demanded the removal of the receiver, and the appointment of a
special receiver during the pendency of the action, with an injunction to
prevent the sale of the road. In March a petition of one Isaac Fowler, a
stockholder, for permission to examine the company’s books, was granted;
argument was heard on the petition of James McHenry to intervene in the
foreclosure suits and further to postpone the sale; the application of Albert
Betz and others to be made parties was granted; and postponement of sale
to April 24 obtained. Last of all, on April 23 and 24, arguments in behalf of
John F. Brown and F. W. Isaacson were heard, asking for postponement to a
still later date. The litigation availed nothing. Judge Potter in the Brown suit

Page 58

held that the courts could relieve against any injustice occasioned by the
sale, and on April 24 the property of the Erie Railway was sold for
112
$6,000,000 under foreclosure of the second consolidated mortgage. The
new corporation formed to take over the railroad was called the New York,
Lake Erie & Western Railroad Company, and had its articles of
incorporation regularly filed at the office of the Secretary of State. Mr.
113
Jewett was elected president. In May the receiver was discharged, and a
new stage in the history of the road began.
For about seven years the Erie was to be free from the necessity for
further reorganization. This result, unexpected from the nature of the
adjustment of 1878, was due to the vigorous policy of Mr. Jewett, first, in
developing the coal traffic for which the Erie was well located; second, in
improving the condition of the road; and third, in securing connections with
Chicago.
For some time the Erie had been a considerable carrier of coal and a
large owner of coal lands as well. In 1877, the first year in which the figures
were separated in the annual report, roughly 273,000,000 out of
1,113,000,000 ton miles reported, or something over one-quarter, were due
to the carriage of coal; and $2,697,776 out of a total of $10,647,807 of the
freight earnings came from that business. The lands owned by the company
consisted of 8000 acres in fee, and large tracts in leasehold and mining
rights in the anthracite territory in the northeast corner of Pennsylvania;
together with 14,000 acres in fee and 13,000 acres of mining rights in the
114
bituminous territory in the northwest portion of the state. Mr. Jewett felt
that this property could be made of great value to the road, and it was under
his administration as receiver that steps were taken to extend the holdings
of bituminous land, and to control branch roads leading into the district. The
result appeared in a remarkable extension of the company’s business. While
the total freight ton mileage from 1878 to 1884 increased 103 per cent, the
ton mileage of coal increased 190 per cent, or nearly tripled; and while the
gross earnings on ordinary freight grew from $7,950,031 to $11,687,520,
those on coal increased from $2,697,776 to $5,437,000. At the same time
McKean County, directly north of the coal lands, and containing large tracts
purchased by the Erie in the course of its other negotiations, turned out to

Page 59

be an abundant oil-producing district, and made the Bradford branch, which
115
tapped it, Erie’s most valuable collateral property.
It was partly because of the success of the policy in respect to coal
lands that the Erie was enabled to spend large sums in the improvement of
its road. In the six years from 1878 to 1883 the company put nearly
$14,000,000 into improvements of the road, property and equipment, and of
this about one-half was paid out of surplus earnings. In December, 1883,
alone, $304,565 were spent, and in the three succeeding months nearly
double that amount; making a total of nearly $1,000,000 in the four months
previous to April, 1884. The money went toward reducing grades,
straightening curves, increasing weight of rails, etc., including the
completion of a third rail to Buffalo by which the serious disadvantage of
an exceptional gauge was removed. Its result was seen in the decrease in the
ratio of operating expenses from 75.13 in 1875 and 77.16 in 1876 to 64.78
in 1883; and in the rise of net earnings per ton mile from .251 cents to .261
cents, while the gross earnings per ton mile decreased from 1.209 cents to
.780 cents. No policy which the Erie managers pursued met a more crying
need, and none did so much toward maintaining the solvency of the
company.
The project of controlling a line of their own to Chicago was brought
actively to the attention of the Erie managers by the danger of being cut off
from a connection with that city. The original line of the Erie had run to
Dunkirk on Lake Erie, from which a branch to Buffalo had soon been built.
For western traffic the Erie had had to rely largely on the Atlantic & Great
Western (later the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio), which connected with
the main line at Salamanca, New York, and extended by 1884 west to
Dayton, Ohio. In 1857 the Erie first leased this property. Placed in
receivers’ hands in 1869, the Atlantic & Great Western was re-leased to the
Erie on January 1, 1870; sold July 1, 1871, it was again leased to the Erie in
May, 1874, only to enter upon a new receivership on December 9 of that
year. The persistent attempt to control the road showed the value which the
Erie placed upon it, and in fact it was invaluable as a link in a prospective
line to the West. Even while the leases were in force, however, the Erie
lacked that connection of its own with Chicago which seemed necessary to
make it a successful competitor for trunk-line business. In 1882 it was
forwarding passengers over not less than five different routes, over no one

Page 60

of which could it feel assured of the continuance of contracts of a favorable
nature. In 1881 Mr. Jewett relieved the situation by acquiring control of the
franchise of the Chicago & Atlantic Railway, extending from Marion, Ohio,
on the line of the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio towards Chicago, and
soon after he entered into a contract with certain private parties for
construction of the road. In 1883 he executed a new lease of the New York,
Pennsylvania & Ohio, which he hoped would secure for the Erie permanent
control of the property, and about the same time (1882) he purchased a
controlling interest in the stock of the Cincinnati, Hamilton & Dayton,
which extended the Erie system to the important city of Cincinnati. These
operations put the Erie upon a footing which was secure so long as the
obligations which they entailed could be met, and showed a broad-minded
appreciation of strategic necessities. The terms of the arrangement with the
Chicago & Atlantic were as follows: For the construction of the road the
Erie agreed to give to the directors the entire proceeds of the mortgage
bonds of that branch ($6,500,000), and its entire capital stock
($10,000,000); making an aggregate of $61,710 per mile of line. The
proceeds were, however, to be deposited with the president of the New
York, Lake Erie & Western in trust, together with certain subsidies which
had been voted by the counties and townships along the line, and upon him
was to devolve the duty of seeing to the proper application thereof; and
besides this, 90 per cent of the stock was to be deposited and an irrevocable
116
proxy given thereon for the thirty years’ life of the bonds. The obligation
which the Erie assumed amounted in practice to guaranteeing that the road
should be constructed for the sum provided, and that interest on the bonds
should be paid. In leasing the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio the Erie
involved itself more heavily. As lessee it agreed to pay the minimum sum of
$1,757,055 yearly (the net earnings of 1882); the actual rental to be 32 per
cent of all gross earnings up to $6,000,000 and 50 per cent of all gross
earnings above $6,000,000, until the average of the whole rental should be
raised to 35 per cent, or until the gross earnings should be $7,200,000. If 32
per cent of the gross earnings should ever be less than the $1,757,055 to be
paid yearly, then the deficiency was to be made up, without interest, out of
the excess in any subsequent year. Out of the rental the New York,
Pennsylvania & Ohio was to pay the interest on its prior lien bonds, the
rentals of its leased lines, the expenses of maintaining its organization in
Europe and America, and for five years a sum of $260,000 each year to the

Page 61

117
car trust. Finally, in purchasing the Cincinnati, Hamilton & Dayton, the
Erie gave to the holders of the $2,000,000 of stock which it bought
beneficial certificates to the amount of $1,500,000, on which it agreed to
make good any failure of the Cincinnati company to pay 6 per cent per
annum.
But though the Erie managers did their best with the conditions which
they were called upon to face, they were unable to hold the company up
under the enormous capitalization and heavy charges left by the
reorganization of 1874–8, at a time when rate wars were sapping its
resources, and when contracts which it was being forced to make were
118
entailing an annual loss. In spite of the declaration of sufficient dividends
on the comparatively small amount of preferred stock to terminate the
voting trust, it is certain that for most of the years from 1874 to 1884 the
solvency of the road was a precarious matter, and that there never was a
time when any considerable falling off in earnings or any severe shock to its
credit would not have driven it to the wall.
Such a shock was preparing in the early months of 1884. For some
weeks before the last of April there had been a tendency for the quotations
of Erie securities to fall; no reason was assigned, but it was hinted that
default might be made in the payment of the June interest on the second
consols, and that a receivership was not unlikely. This weakness was
accompanied, and perhaps accentuated, by a strike of the brakemen on the
New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio in consequence of an order reducing the
number of brakemen on each train from three to two. The truth of the matter
came out in May, when the failure of the Wall Street firm of Grant & Ward
both precipitated a stock exchange panic and laid bare the straits to which
the company had been reduced. Investigation showed that a large floating
debt had been piling up for four principal purposes: First, advances to the
Chicago & Atlantic Railroad; second, advances for coal mines; third,
advances for improvements on the Hudson River at Weehawken; fourth,
119
equipment instalments. Attempts to raise funds to cover the debt had
resulted in the negotiation of promissory short time notes with the firm of
Grant & Ward, for which $2,500,000 of Chicago & Atlantic second
mortgage bonds had been deposited as security. The company had been
attracted to Grant & Ward by their offer to purchase and dispose of Chicago

Page 62

& Atlantic bonds at a price 15 per cent above that offered by any other
120
parties; and had trusted so implicitly in their integrity as to deposit notes
and collateral for its short time loans detached and independent, one from
the other, so that Grant & Ward were able to, and did, fraudulently raise
money upon them to an amount much larger than the advances they had
made. The losses entailed by the transaction were serious, and the blow to
Erie’s credit was even more severe. The floating debt which had been so
hard to carry became doubly menacing now that the possibility of further
short time loans was practically cut off; and to cap the climax, the earnings
for the first half of the year 1884 showed an unusually large decrease with
the cessation of the fall business. Under these circumstances it was the part
of wisdom to take advantage of every loophole of escape, and the peculiar
provisions of the second consolidated mortgage, denying to these bonds the
right of immediate foreclosure in case of default, were turned to for relief. It
will be remembered that by the terms of the reorganization of 1878 no right
of action was to accrue to the second mortgage bondholders until on each of
six successive due dates of coupons (three years) some interest secured by
the second indenture should be in default. This being the case the Erie
directors decided to pass the June interest on these bonds. “As a general
rule,” said they in a circular, “the business and earnings of the company are
much less for the first half than for the last half of the year. The falling off
in earnings for the first six months of the previous year has been unusually
large. The coupons of the second consolidated mortgage bonds are due and
payable on the first of June prox.... Under ordinary circumstances the board
might at the present as on the former occasions provide to some extent for
the deficit of the first six months, relying on the usual increase in earnings
of the last half of the year, but in the present depressed condition of the
business of the country and of the earnings of this company, as well as of
others, the board does not feel at liberty to deal with anything but the
business and earnings as now ascertained, and therefore deems it wise to
accept the provisions of the mortgage as the lawful rule for their
121
government in the existing emergency....”
However necessary the action, the bondholders of the company could
not have been expected to receive it quietly; and naturally again, the
indignation was intense among the English securityholders, to whom, more
than to any one else, the existing situation was due. In June, 1884, a

Page 63

meeting of stockholders of the company was held in London, at which
much complaint was made of the fall in value of the securities of the
company, and an inquiry into the management was demanded. A committee
was appointed, and two of its members, Messrs. Powell and Westlake,
landed in New York July 15, with protestations of a friendly spirit toward
all concerned. The situation was not encouraging. The day before their
arrival President Jewett had offered his resignation, and the directors were
busy selecting his successor; a large floating debt was demanding most
vigorous attention, and confidence in the company was at a low ebb.
Beyond a doubt the raising of a large amount of cash, $4,000,000 to
$5,000,000, was a pressing necessity, and the English representatives were
anxious to make it plain that at least a fair share of this should come from
American as well as from English bondholders. Force of circumstances
compelled them to give assurance that the money would be raised, and this
done, Mr. John King accepted the position which Mr. Jewett professed
himself ready to resign. Pending the annual election Mr. King took the
position of Assistant to the President.
On their return to London Messrs. Powell and Westlake reported the
floating debt to be as follows:

Unpaid coupons, June 1, 1884, $1,007,922
Balance of actual and early maturing liabilities other than the
June 1 coupons over and above cash in hand and money
assets considered good and available, $4,447,316

“All the purposes, the expenditures on which have caused the floating
debt,” said they, “seem to us to have been in themselves wise and politic,
but the piling up of a large floating debt for even the best of purposes is
always more or less imprudent and dangerous. The company’s credit might
have borne the strain of the panic, but it was broken down by the Grant &
Ward disaster, and the funding of its floating debt is now indispensable....
We have suggested to the president and directors, and now recommend to
the committee that an effort should be made without delay to raise a
122
permanent loan on the securities available for a total of $5,000,000.”
This, it will be observed, was the old remedy. Inability to meet current
expenses was to be removed by capitalizing the debts which this inability
had caused.

Page 64

The year 1885 was taken up with suits brought against the Erie by
certain of its branch lines. In February the directors of the Buffalo &
Southwestern Company brought suit to recover $345,000 interest defaulted
during the previous January. The complaint alleged that the Erie was
insolvent, and asked that it be restrained from using the gross receipts of the
road until the default should have been made good. The Erie paid the back
interest, but in July, after another default, an injunction was obtained
forbidding it to divert any part of the earnings received or to be received
from this property. It was recited that on May 24, 1881, the Buffalo &
Southwestern had been leased to the Erie for 35 per cent of the gross
earnings, subject to certain deductions; that the Erie had delayed payment
of the rental due in January, 1885, and had refused to pay that due in July,
1885, but that it was still receiving the gross earnings of the plaintiffs’ road,
and had applied these to the payment of its debts other than the rentals of
123
this road. In November, after the Erie’s other troubles were settled, the
litigation was terminated by an agreement to reduce the Buffalo &
Southwestern rental from 35 per cent to 27½ per cent. Other suits arose,
directly or indirectly, because of the control which Mr. Jewett maintained as
trustee of the stock of the Chicago & Atlantic and the Cincinnati, Hamilton
& Dayton railways even after his resignation from the Erie Company. On
the one hand President King was anxious to repossess himself of these
important branches for the Erie, and on the other Mr. Jewett was not
disinclined to do what damage he could to the managers who had succeeded
in supplanting him. In the matter of the Chicago & Atlantic Mr. Jewett
gained the first victory in a temporary injunction forbidding the Erie to
divert traffic from this line contrary to contract. This injunction was soon,
however, substantially vacated, and President King in his turn obtained a
decision that Jewett had been made trustee of the Chicago & Atlantic
simply because he had been at the time vice-president of the New York,
Lake Erie & Western Railroad Company and could be relied upon to control
the road as the western outlet of the Erie. A receiver was subsequently
appointed and the road reorganized as the Chicago & Erie Railroad
Company, the Erie agreeing to guarantee payment of its first mortgage
bonds, and receiving in return the $100,000 of capital stock and $5,000,000
in income bonds, besides $2,000,000 first mortgage bonds which were in
124
part payment of old advances. In his action concerning the Cincinnati,

Page 65

Hamilton & Dayton President King was less successful; and Mr. Jewett was
sustained in his refusal to deliver proxies for the stock held to the larger
company. The result was to turn the Erie to the Big Four, upon which,
instead of upon the Dayton road, the management was for some time to rely
for an entrance into Cincinnati.
During these various contests the suggestions of the English committee
were not lost to view, and in the latter part of 1885 they crystallized into
definite propositions. The floating debt then consisted of two parts: first, the
defaulted coupons on the second consolidated bonds; and second, the
current liabilities accumulated for the purposes before described. The relief
proposed was likewise in two parts, and involved the issue of a 5 per cent
mortgage, secured by deposit of the second consolidated coupons maturing
and to mature in June and December, 1884, June, 1885, and June, 1886, and
a 6 per cent mortgage upon the property of the Long Dock Company,
125
comprising the valuable terminals of the Erie at Jersey City. The funding
of the coupon issue proved simplicity itself; the funded coupons were
exchanged for bonds of the new gold mortgage, which were to be
126
redeemable at 105 at the pleasure of the company. By the end of 1886
these bonds had been accepted by the holders of $32,982,500 of the
outstanding $33,597,400 of the second consols, and $3,957,900 of them had
been issued. Dealing with the Long Dock Company was slightly
complicated by the fact that 8000 shares of that company were pledged as
part security for the issue of Erie collateral bonds. To free them $800,000 in
cash were deposited with the trustee of the mortgage, which were in turn
employed by him to pay off $727,000 of the 6 per cent collateral bonds,
thus reducing the interest charge on that issue $43,620 per annum. This
done, the Long Dock Company extended the lease of its property and
franchises to the Erie to 1935 at a rental of $480,000 per annum, and
contemporaneously therewith placed a consolidated mortgage upon its
property to secure $7,500,000 of 50-year 6 per cent gold bonds; of which
$3,000,000 were reserved to retire existing indebtedness, and the proceeds
of $4,500,000 were paid to the Erie for the cancellation of its floating debt.
The total result was to increase fixed charges by $270,000 of interest at 6
per cent on the Long Dock bonds, and by $197,895 on $3,957,900 of the
new funded 5s, less the reduction of $43,620 on cancelled collateral bonds;
127
leaving a net increase of $424,275. For its ingenuity the scheme was to

Page 66

be admired; from any other point of view it was to be condemned as
another example of that borrowing to pay interest which had brought the
Erie to its existing straits. The incapacity of the creditors of the company to
realize that continued borrowing of money to pay current obligations was
only to ensure repeated bankruptcy seemed complete.
After this new “salvation,” the Erie started once more on its laborious
attempt to pay interest on its outstanding bonds. From 1887 to 1892 the
business increased somewhat, and despite a decrease in the average receipts
128
per ton mile a gain of about $4,700,000 in gross earnings was secured;
from which is to be deducted an increase of $310,996 in fixed charges, and
of $4,076,111 in operating expenses.
The prohibition of pooling in 1887 affected the company unfavorably.
Previous to the passage of the Interstate Commerce Act the other lines had
been paying it an annual average of $42,500 on west-bound business from
New York for shortages under the operation of the trunk-line pool, besides
about $88,000 annually on east-bound dead freight and $19,770 on live
stock. These payments ceased when the Act was passed, although a
129
differential on west-bound traffic was subsequently allowed. But the
leakage which was most apparent lay in the large rental and heavy operating
cost of the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio. It will be remembered that the
Erie had leased that road for 32 per cent of the gross earnings when
earnings were $6,000,000 or under, and 50 per cent when they should be
above that figure. In 1887 this was amended so as to provide that for every
increase of $100,000 over $6,000,000 in the gross earnings the Erie should
pay to the lessor an additional one-tenth of one per cent of such gross
earnings until the gross earnings should be $7,250,000, and the rental 33½
130
per cent, after which the percentage was not to increase. Under the old
lease the Erie had guaranteed to carry over the line 50 per cent of all its
east-bound and 65 per cent of all its west-bound through traffic—under the
new lease, these maxima were increased to 55 per cent and 70 per cent; but
even this failed to make the branch road pay. Its grades were high, its
equipment and sidings were limited, its cost of operation was well above 68
per cent; and the increase in tonnage provided for emphasized each and
every disadvantage. Up to 1893 the results of operations were as follows:

Page 67

Loss Profit
First 5 months to Sept. 30, 1883 $199,540
Twelve months ending Sept. 30, 1884 $270,281
1885 239,820
1886 51,322
1887 91,965
1888 343,911
1889 331,134
1890 77,376
1891 19,586
1892 425,888
1893 197,106
$1,827,726 $420,203
Net loss, 1,407,523

It thus appears that the terms of the amended lease were in reality more
onerous than the contract which they succeeded, and that whatever the
value of the branch as a feeder, its operation involved large and fairly
regular deductions from the net income of the parent line. Emphasis on
these facts was laid in the annual reports, and frequent demands were made
that the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio bring its road up to the standard of
like connections of through trunk lines. Meanwhile improvements were
imperative on the Erie’s own lines: new equipment was needed, new rails
and new motive power, and at the same time surplus earnings were
somewhat less. The directors adopted the expedient of allowing current
liabilities to accumulate, and put $8,496,572 into the road from October 1,
1884, to September 30, 1892, of which $3,351,977 represented surplus
earnings, $2,375,400 increase in bonded indebtedness, and the balance
floating debt. In the matter of traffic policy they paid particular attention to
the coal business, which, however, lost ground as compared with other
freight, and to the local business, which it was the policy of the
management to encourage. In 1890 the board declared that “the time had
arrived when extraordinary expenditure for improvements and the
131
necessities of the property were no longer necessary.” In 1891 3 per cent
132
on the preferred stock was paid, the first dividend since 1884.
From 1887 to 1893, with all its struggles, the Erie was continually on
the verge of failure. The capitalization in 1892 was at the enormous total of
$163,607,485 on an operated mileage of 1698 miles, while fixed charges

Page 68

133
were $4993 per mile, and the available net revenue but $4830. Given,
with this condition, a gross floating debt which amounted in 1892 to
$9,163,166, and represented in a large measure the inability of the company
to make necessary repairs, no further explanation is needed for the
bankruptcy which soon took place.
Early in 1893 rumors were current that the Erie might be thrown into
the hands of a receiver. The reports were vigorously denied, but on July 25,
nevertheless, on application of the company itself, Judge Lacombe
appointed President John King and Mr. J. G. McCullough as receivers of
the property. The measure was taken to avoid the sacrifice of collaterals
deposited. “Within the last few weeks,” said President King, “during the
severe money stringency the floating debt of the Erie ... became impossible
of renewal, and in order not to sacrifice the best interests of the company it
was decided to place the road in receivers’ hands, and preserve the system
intact, and preserve and develop the transportation business for the
134
company.” The action occasioned no surprise, and there was even a
disposition to praise the management for having preserved the solvency of
the company. “The company was bankrupt de facto when it passed to its
new control,” says Mott, and “that the time when it must become bankrupt
de jure was held off so long was a striking demonstration of the tact and
resourcefulness which the new régime had been able to bring to bear in the
management of the company’s unpromising affairs, and in judicious shifting
and manipulating of the heavy burdens Erie bore upon its chafed and weary
135
shoulders.” What a receivership meant was a new opportunity to put the
company upon a genuinely sound foundation, by providing new capital to
pay off the floating debt and to allow for future additions and
improvements, and by getting fixed charges to a point well within the road’s
capacity to earn. We shall see what use was made of the chance.
The matter of reorganization was set about at once. On January 1 a plan
appeared, prepared, at least nominally, by a special committee chosen by
136
the directors, and backed by the well-known firms of Drexel, Morgan &
137
Co. of New York and J. S. Morgan & Co. of London. By its terms no
mortgage senior to the second consolidated mortgage was to be disturbed
save the first mortgage, which matured in 1897. The bonds to be dealt with
were thus reduced to $41,481,048, besides which provision had to be made

Page 69

for the floating debt and for future capital requirements. The plan proposed
to authorize a blanket mortgage of $70,000,000 at 5 per cent, of which
$33,597,000 were to exchange at par for the 6 per cent second consolidated
bonds and funded coupons thereof, $4,031,400 to exchange for the funded
coupon bonds of 1885, and $508,008 for the income bonds. Of the balance,
$6,512,800 were to be reserved to settle with the old first lien and collateral
trust bonds, $15,915,208 to supply capital requirements in the future, and
$9,915,208 to be offered for subscription in order to pay the floating debt.
The new management did not conceive that these last bonds could be sold
to advantage in the general market, but imposed as a condition of the
exchanges as above that second consols, funded coupon, and income bonds
should subscribe at 90 to the extent of 25 per cent of their holdings; hoping
that the grant of the right of immediate foreclosure upon default would
induce the second consols to come in. Both these consols and the funded
coupon bonds of 1885, it may be remarked, were to be kept alive and
deposited with the trustee for the protection of the new bonds. Stated in
tabular form the distribution of securities was to be as follows:

To acquire the existing second consols, $33,597,400
To acquire the funded coupons of 1885, 4,031,400
To acquire the income bonds, 508,008
For subscription as above, 9,915,208
To acquire the old reorganization first lien and collateral trust
bonds, 6,512,800
To be expended for construction, equipment, etc., not to exceed
$100,000 in any year, except that $500,000 might be used to
acquire existing car trusts, 15,435,184
Total, $70,000,000

The new mortgage was to cover the property of the New York, Lake
Erie & Western, including its leasehold of the New York, Pennsylvania &
138
Ohio, and the capital stock of the Chicago & Erie Railroad. There was to
be no assessment, no syndicate to raise money, and no voting trust.
This plan was advanced as adequate to restore the prosperity of the
company. Examination will show its weakness. It comprised two measures
of relief: first, reduction of interest by one per cent on the second
consolidated bonds; second, the settlement of the floating debt. The first
might be thought to have been the kernel of the plan, and the reduction in
fixed charges the principal thing aimed at. That it was not is shown by the

Page 70

fact that so liberal were the new bond issues that the total fixed charges
after reorganization were to be greater than those before. The floating debt
which remained had arisen from lack of funds with which to make current
and necessary improvements and repairs. This debt was the immediate
cause of the failure of the company, and its cancellation was the real
purpose of the plan. The method proposed was a forced levy upon
bondholders, but the levy took, not the form of an assessment, but that of a
subscription to new bonds on which payment of interest was to be as
obligatory as any other charge. The operation differed, therefore, from an
ordinary sale of securities in the more favorable selling price which it
assured. It did little, however, to lighten the burden which had crushed the
company. The only bright spot in the plan was the provision for future
construction and improvement, which, though involving a still further
increase in indebtedness, was justified because these improvements would
serve not only to maintain but to make greater the earning powers of the
company. Finally, it was the peculiar effect of this plan that it put the
pressure imposed upon the wrong parties: the second consolidated and other
junior bondholders were to be forced to subscribe to the new issue, when in
fact it was the stockholders who should have been turned to, and whom it
was consonant with no sound principle of finance to spare. Other matters
come out in the objections raised by bondholders.
Opposition to the plan was vigorously headed by men like Kuhn, Loeb
& Co., E. H. Harriman, August Belmont, Hallgarten, Peabody, Vermilye,
139
and others. In England a meeting of dissentients was held and a
140
committee was elected; in America the first formal action was the
dispatch of a letter to the Erie managers by opposing bankers which is
important enough to be quoted in full.
“Consultations and comparisons of views have recently taken place,”
said these gentlemen, “between the owners and representatives of the
second consolidated mortgage bonds and other bonds of your company, to
whom the proposition as detailed in your circular of January 2 is not
satisfactory.... Your plan seems unjust, inasmuch as it demands a permanent
reduction of interest on the bonded indebtedness for which no adequate
equivalent is offered, and it levies a forced contribution upon the
bondholders through the demand for a subscription to new bonds at a price
considerably over and above the market value these new bonds are likely to

Page 71

command, while the fixed charges proposed to be created appear to be
considerably larger than, in the light of past earnings and experience, the
property of the company can carry with safety.
“Instead of 5 per cent bonds, as provided in the published plan, 4 per
cent bonds, in our opinion, should be issued, while for the interest to be
surrendered the bondholders should receive an equivalent in interminable
non-cumulative 4 per cent debentures, interest payable if earned; the
holders of the debentures to have sufficient representation in the
management to protect them.
“The floating debt should be liquidated from the proceeds of an
adequate amount of new 4 per cent bonds (and debentures if desirable),
which shall be offered to the shareholders and bondholders at a price rather
below than above the probable market value of the new securities, and
under the guarantee of an underwriting syndicate.
“Provision should also be made to obtain the conversion on fair terms
of the reorganization prior lien bonds into the new bonds, so that it shall
become practicable to secure the new 4 per cent bonds at once by a lien
second only to the ‘Erie first consolidated 7 per cent bonds’; the new 4 per
cent bonds to be issued under a general mortgage to an amount sufficient to
provide for future additions and improvements, and with adequate provision
for the taking up of the underlying bonds, and the issue of 4 per cent bonds
in their stead.... Any plan now adopted for the readjustment of the finances
of your company should seek, as its first object, to reduce the permanent
charges so well within the earning capacity of the property as to make
another default in the future an improbability.... We trust this
141
communication will be received in the spirit in which it is submitted.”
The directors refused to modify their plan, and the bankers, therefore,
142
notified them of the election of a protective committee. On March 6 a
meeting of stockholders approved the plan, and the same week Messrs.
Drexel, Morgan & Co. gave notice that, having received deposits of a
majority of each class of bonds, they had declared the plan operative as
143
announced.
Defeated in their appeal to the securityholders, the opposition turned to
the courts. As a preliminary, they obtained an opinion from the well-known

Page 72

firm of Messrs. Evarts, Choate & Beaman, which held, first, that the Erie
could not legally pay interest on the new bonds proposed until it had paid
the interest on every one of the old second mortgage bonds, regardless of
whether the latter was deposited with the reorganization committee; second,
that if the old second mortgage bonds which were deposited as security for
the new issue should be kept alive as proposed, the company would be
144
increasing its obligations beyond the legal limit; and third, that much of
the stock voted at the special meeting at which the new mortgage had been
authorized was not really owned by the persons who had issued the proxies
145
thereon as the law provided. Following the opinion, suit was commenced
by Mr. Harriman in April for an injunction against the recording of the new
mortgage, on the ground that the Drexel & Morgan proxies did not
represent the actual stockholders, and in June by one John J. Emery to
prevent the execution of the mortgage. Judge Ingraham in the Supreme
Court Chambers denied an injunction, using in his opinion the following
language: “While it is clear,” said he, “that there are certain obligations
resting upon the majority to refrain from infringing the legal right of the
minority, and that a court of equity will enforce and protect the rights of the
minority, still, when the holder of a very small number of bonds or shares of
stock seeks to enjoin a very large majority from carrying out a plan such
majority deem to be for their benefit, I think the court should not interfere
unless it plainly appears that some legal right of the minority is
146
endangered.”
What could not be accomplished by the hostile bankers was
nevertheless to happen from the inherent weakness of the plan itself. It has
been said that the new scheme involved an increase instead of a decrease in
fixed charges. How this was to be met was not demonstrated; and already in
June, 1894, it was necessary to announce that the coupons then due would
not be paid for the present. In December matters were even worse, and a
circular from Drexel, Morgan & Co. confessed the company’s inability to
meet the coupons maturing. “Nevertheless,” the firm continued, “it seems to
us inexpedient to treat the inability of the company to pay interest as an
occasion for present foreclosure without giving a further chance to the
company, especially as payment of bondholders’ subscriptions to the new
bonds has not yet been called to provide the company with money
necessary to pay the floating debt. It is, therefore, now proposed that the

Page 73

new bonds be issued with the coupons of June 1, 1894, and December,
1894, attached, but stamped as subject to a contract with the company
which shall provide that they shall be paid as soon as practical out of the
first net earnings over and above the railroad company’s requirements to
meet interest and rentals accruing after December 1, 1894, except in case a
default on later coupons shall give power of foreclosure, in which event the
stamped coupons shall retain all their original rights.” The modification was
147
assented to, but could not save the plan. Reluctantly the managers were
forced to abandon it, and to consent to more radical propositions.
August 26, 1895, the new and final reorganization plan appeared. There
were to be issued:

$175,000,000 first consolidated mortgage 100-year gold bonds;
30,000,000 first preferred 4 per cent non-cumulative stock;
16,000,000 second preferred 4 per cent non-cumulative stock;
100,000,000 common stock.
The first consolidated mortgage bonds were to be divided into prior
lien bonds to the amount of $35,000,000, and general lien bonds to the
amount of $140,000,000; the former to have priority of lien over the latter
for both principal and interest. Both classes of bonds were to be secured by
mortgage and pledge of all railroads and properties of every kind embraced
in the reorganization as carried out and vested in the new company, and also
all other properties which should be acquired thereafter by issue of any of
the new bonds. Both issues were to bear interest at 4 per cent, except
$29,435,000 of the general lien bonds, which were to bear 3 per cent for
two years from July 1, 1896, and 4 per cent thereafter. The stock was to
rank for dividends in the order given. Provision was made that no additional
mortgage could be put upon the property to be acquired, and that no
additional issue of first preferred stock could be made except with the
consent in each instance of the holders of a majority of the whole amount of
each class of preferred stock, given at a meeting of the stockholders called
for that purpose; and with the consent of the stockholders of a majority of
such part of the common stock as should be represented at such meeting,
the holders of each class of stock voting separately; also that the amount of
second preferred stock could not be increased except with like consent of
the holders of a majority thereof, and a majority of such part of the common

Page 74

stock as should be represented at the meeting. All classes of stock were to
be deposited in a voting trust until December 1, 1900, and until the
expiration of such further period, if any, as should elapse before the Erie
should in one year have paid 4 per cent cash dividends on the first preferred
stock; though the voting trustees might terminate the trust earlier at their
discretion.
Generally speaking, the prior lien bonds were relied on to pay the
floating debt, to buy in the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio, and to retire
certain prior liens of the old company. The general lien bonds were reserved
for undisturbed bonds, and, with the first preferred stock, exchanged for
junior New York, Lake Erie & Western securities. The second preferred
stock went for old preferred stock and income bonds, and the new common
stock exchanged for old common.
The distribution was as follows: The old New York, Lake Erie &
Western reorganization first lien and collateral bonds were paid off from the
proceeds of the new prior lien bonds; the second consols received 75 per
cent in new general lien bonds and 55 per cent in preferred stock; the
funded coupon bonds of 1885 received 100 per cent in general lien bonds,
10 per cent in first preferred, and 10 per cent in second preferred stock; the
income bonds 40 per cent in general liens and 60 per cent in first preferred
stock; the New York, Lake Erie & Western preferred stock, on payment of
assessment, 100 per cent in new common. For all other bonds included in
the plan there were reserved general lien bonds in amounts usually equal to
the par of the securities to be retired.
The cash requirements and the floating debt were as follows:

Floating debt, receivers’ certificates, etc., $11,500,000
Collateral trust bonds (Erie), at 110, 3,678,400
Reorganization first lien bonds (Erie), 2,500,000
Early construction and expenditures, 5,337,288
Car trusts for three years, 2,000,000
$25,015,688

The necessity for retirement of the first lien and collateral bonds arose
from the early maturity of the former, and from the fact that stocks and
bonds of various Erie properties which it was desirous to consolidate with
the new company were pledged for the latter. The wisdom of allowing for

Page 75

early construction and expenditure could not be denied; car trust payments
were required to preserve the rolling stock, and the floating debt and
receivers’ certificates called obviously for cash. Provision was made, first,
by an assessment on the stock of $8 on preferred and $12 on common, with
higher payments in case of delay, and estimated to yield $10,023,368;
second, by a contribution from the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio of
$742,320; and third, by the sale of $15,000,000 prior lien bonds as
indicated above. A syndicate of $25,000,000 was formed to subscribe to the
prior liens, and to take the place of and succeed to all the rights of
stockholders who should not deposit their stock and pay the assessment
thereon.
With the settlement of cash requirements, unification of the Erie system
was assured; “subject only to the undisturbed bonds and stock until retired
by use of the bonds reserved for that purpose or the rentals corresponding
thereto.” “The new bonds and stock will,” said the plan, “represent the
ownership (either in fee or in possession of securities) approximately of:

N. Y., L. E. & W. proper, 538 miles
N. Y., P. & O., 600
Chicago & Erie, 250
N. Y., L. E. & W. Auxiliary Companies, 550
Total, 148
1938 miles

—with valuable terminal facilities at Jersey City, Weehawken, Buffalo, etc.,
and also one-fifth ownership in the stock of the Chicago & Western Indiana
Railroad Company. Also all the Erie coal properties, ... representing an
aggregate of 10,000 acres of anthracite, of which about 9000 acres are held
in fee, and 14,000 acres of bituminous, held under mining rights ... also the
Union Steamboat Company, with its terminals and other properties in
Buffalo, and its fleet of five lake steamers on which the Erie mainly
depends for the lake and railway traffic,” etc.
Fixed charges under the plan were estimated at $7,850,000. Fixed
charges in 1894 had been $9,400,000. For the first two years after
reorganization, moreover, the charges were to be further reduced by
$300,000 per annum, as the new general lien bonds were to bear only 3 per
cent interest during that period; and an additional saving of $1,000,000 was
looked for when the exchange of old bonds for new on the maturity of its

Page 76

existing prior issues should have been eventually completed. This sum of
$7,850,000 the company was expected to have no difficulty in earning in
view of the immediate expenditure of $5,337,208 for new construction,
additions, and betterments, and the gradual distribution of the proceeds of
$17,000,000 of general lien bonds to the same end. The compensation to
Messrs. J. P. Morgan & Co. and Messrs. J. S. Morgan & Co. for their
services as depositaries, and in carrying out the plan was put at $500,000
and expenses. Foreclosure was finally to take place and a new company was
to be organized.
This plan differed from its abandoned predecessors in four important
particulars, each of which was in its favor:
(1) It employed bonds and stock instead of bonds alone;
(2) It lowered instead of increased fixed charges;
(3) It procured cash from stockholders instead of from second
consolidated mortgage bondholders; and
(4) It absorbed the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio into the Erie
system instead of continuing the lease thereof.
In the employment of bonds and stock instead of a simple issue of
bonds, the Erie managers adopted what experience has shown to be the best
method of dealing with the complicated situation arising from a great
railroad default. The use of securities on which return was optional side by
side with those on which return was obligatory tended both to protect the
railroad company when earnings were low, and to benefit the recipients of
the new securities when earnings were high. As worked out, it gave to the
second consols and funded coupons a less return in the one case, and an
equal or greater return in the other, than did the plan of 1894, and to the
income bonds, though it offered no chance of equal gain, it at least
promised a minimum below which payments should not fall. It further
made a far nicer recognition of the relative priorities of different classes of
old bonds possible, and whereas the previous plan had made the same
demands on, and had given the same return to the second consols, the
funded coupon bonds of 1885, and the income bonds, the new plan gave, as
has been pointed out, to the first 75 percent in general lien bonds and 55 per
cent in first preferred stock; to the second, 100 per cent in general lien

Page 77

bonds, 10 per cent in first preferred, and 10 per cent in second preferred;
and to the third, 40 per cent in general liens and 60 per cent in first
preferred stock. Income, coupon, and consolidated bonds benefited alike
from the assessment upon the stock, which laid the burden of raising cash
upon the owners of the road, where it most properly fell. No species of
security was given for the assessment, not even common stock, with which
the managers might well have been generous; although it must be
remembered that the sale of $15,000,000 prior lien bonds for cash was part
of the reorganization plan. It may be remarked that since, on July 2, 1895,
the common stock was being offered at 10⅝, with no sales, and the
preferred at 22½, and since the chance for dividends which the new stock
was to enjoy was most remote, it was perhaps well that the syndicate
guarantee of the payment of assessments had been obtained. Fixed charges
by the new plan were lower, as a result of the liberal use of stock in the
exchanges and the cancellation of floating debt as above; while the terms
under which the outstanding New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio bonds were
retired were the most drastic part of the scheme. In all, the total mortgage
indebtedness of the Erie Company and its leased or controlled lines of
$234,680,180 for January, 1896, was reduced to $137,704,100 by June 30
149
of that year.
A weak point in the plan was, nevertheless, the small reduction in
bonded indebtedness which it occasioned. Although, to repeat, the bonded
indebtedness of the system was reduced from $234,680,180 to
$137,704,100, the shrinkage was more apparent than real, since it consisted
chiefly in the exchange of stock for New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio
mortgage bonds, on which interest had not been paid by the Erie, and but
seldom by the New York, Pennsylvania, & Ohio itself. These securities
were slashed in most drastic fashion, particularly such of them as were
inferior to the first mortgage. The amount of the reduction in the volume
outstanding is indicated by the fact that for $5000 first mortgage New York,
Pennsylvania & Ohio bonds were given $1000 Erie prior lien bonds, $500
Erie first preferred, $100 Erie second preferred, and $750 Erie common
stock; and for $500 second mortgage, or for $1000 third mortgage, were
given $100 Erie common stock. If, now, we exclude the New York,
Pennsylvania & Ohio bonds from our consideration of the funded debt, we
find the indebtedness of the Erie system on January 1, 1896, excluding the

Page 78

non-assumed New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio bonds to have been
$121,399,431; and on June 30, excluding the new prior lien bonds used to
exchange for these securities, to have been $123,304,100; or an increase
150
through the reorganization of $1,904,669. Further, there was an
accompanying increase in the capital stock of the combined companies,
which did not, of course, involve an increase in fixed charges, but which
151
increased the volume of securities outstanding. What the reduction in the
capital of the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio, joined with its
amalgamation with the Erie system, did do was to lessen the burdens of that
line to the parent company. For many years the Erie had engaged to operate
the branch for 68 per cent and had paid 32 per cent of its gross earnings to
the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio, to be applied to payment or partial
payment of interest on the excessive issues which were now retired. It was
probably to be long before an operating ratio of 68 per cent could be
successfully maintained; but the Erie after reorganization was obliged to
turn over, not 32 per cent of gross earnings, but 4 per cent on the
$14,400,000 prior lien bonds which had been given for New York,
Pennsylvania & Ohio securities, or an amount of $576,000; which
amounted to a reduction of the minimum rental of more than one-half, and
152
of the sums actually paid of almost three-quarters.
Turning again to fixed charges, we find them estimated, after the first
two years, at $7,850,000. The average net earnings for the period 1887–94
had been $9,331,250. These earnings will not serve strictly as a basis for
calculation, for from 1887 to 1892 they include an average of perhaps
$750,000 derived from Lehigh Valley trackage payments and other sums
now discontinued. With the deduction, therefore, of this amount from the
net earnings of the period named, the average is reduced to $8,768,750; or
$918,750 more than it was thought fixed charges would be. When it is
considered that this $918,750 represented the sum available for dividends
on $146,000,000 of outstanding Erie stock, it is plain that the over-
capitalization of the company in 1895 was still very great.
With these comments it is necessary to leave the plan. It was far the
best that had ever been applied to the rehabilitation of Erie’s affairs; it was
discriminating in its nature, and, thanks to the increasing prosperity of the
last eleven years, it has been fortunate in its results. In August, 1895, a

Page 79

decree of foreclosure was signed in the city of New York, and the following
November the property was sold under the second consolidated mortgage,
153
and purchased by the reorganization committee for $20,000,000.
Since 1895 the Erie has shared in the prosperity of the country. Its ton
mileage has increased from 3,939,679,175 in 1897 to 6,275,629,877 in
1907; its gross earnings have grown from $31,497,031 to $53,914,827; and
its net earnings, which had hovered for so many years near or below the
level of fixed charges, have now soared away above. Under these
circumstances it is but natural that large sums should have been applied to
improvements. Between December 1, 1895, and June 30, 1907,
$12,732,486 were spent in the purchase of land, in yards, stations, and
buildings, in reducing grades, relocating tracks, and in other ways, and
charged to capital; $36,511,046 were spent for new equipment, and charged
to capital; and $8,625,307 were taken from income for equipment and
improvements of various sorts. These expenditures have had a most
gratifying result. The average train load has grown from 224.74 tons in
1895 to 471.67 in 1907, although coal now constitutes a smaller proportion
of the freight; and the average revenue per train mile has more than
doubled, in face of a revenue per ton mile which has only slightly increased.
In 1907 the Erie’s ton mileage was 59 per cent greater than in 1897, and its
passenger mileage was 73 per cent greater, but the expense of conducting
transportation had increased but 27 per cent. Instead of freight cars with an
average capacity of 22½ tons the company now uses cars which average 34
tons. Instead of locomotives which on the average could exert a tractive
force of only 24,500 pounds as late as 1901, it has now engines which
average 31,000. Freight train mileage is 2,600,000 less than it was in 1896,
and passenger train mileage has only slightly increased.
And yet, with all this prosperity, it cannot be said that the Erie enjoys
an assured position. In 1907 it had to pay out 89 per cent of the largest
income which it had ever received for operating expenses, fixed charges,
and taxes. Of its net income of about $6,000,000 the modest dividends of 4
per cent on its first and second preferred stock absorb some $2,500,000, and
the widespread financial difficulties of 1907 have led its management to
declare the dividends for that year payable in scrip and not in cash. And
although the present period of reaction dates back but a little way the
company has been already obliged to the issue of short term notes.

Page 80

In matters of railroad policy the Erie has accordingly been
conservative. In 1898 it acquired control of the New York, Susquehanna &
Western, from New York City to Wilkesbarre in northeast Pennsylvania.
Three years later it bought the entire stock of the Pennsylvania Coal
Company in order to protect its tonnage, and, as the directors expressed it,
for other reasons which seemed good; and in 1901 also it bought an interest
in the Lehigh Valley. The most sensational episode which has occurred has
been the purchase and subsequent release of the Cincinnati, Hamilton &
Dayton. It seems that in 1905 Mr. J. P. Morgan bought a majority of a
syndicate’s holdings in Cincinnati, Hamilton & Dayton stock, amounting to
a majority of the total issue; a purchase which carried control of the Pere
Marquette and of the Chicago, Cincinnati & Louisville, or of a total system
of 3675 miles. This stock Mr. Morgan turned over to the Erie at a price
reported to be $160 a share. From a traffic point of view the deal seemed
likely to strengthen the Erie’s position in Ohio, Indiana, and Michigan,
while more than doubling the mileage of its system. Because of the
financial condition of the new companies, however, the purchase was
decidedly unwise; and, after an investigation, Mr. Morgan’s offer to take the
road off the Erie’s hands was gladly accepted. On December 4, 1905, Mr.
Judson Harmon was appointed receiver of the Cincinnati, Hamilton &
Dayton and of the Pere Marquette, and the reorganization of these
properties is just being completed.
At present the Erie is operating 2169 miles of road as against 2166 in
1896. Its earnings have greatly increased, its capitalization has grown in
154
less proportion, but it has not yet a sufficient margin of surplus earnings
to meet a decline in prosperity without serious misgivings. Dividends on its
first preferred stock have been paid since 1901, and on its second preferred
since 1905. The common stock cannot expect a dividend in any period
which can be foreseen.

Page 81

CHAPTER III

PHILADELPHIA & READING
Early history—Purchase of coal lands—Funding of floating debt—
Failure—Struggles between Gowen and his opponents—
Reorganization—Second failure and reorganization.

The Philadelphia & Reading Railroad has been peculiarly unfortunate.
Although serving a region of abundant traffic, it failed three times between
1880 and 1895, and was in the hands of receivers ten years. It was
reorganized after each failure, and each reorganization was marked by bitter
struggles between contending parties, due in part to divergence in financial
interests, and in part to personal rivalries.
In 1833 the Philadelphia & Reading Railroad was chartered by the
Legislature of Pennsylvania to build a road from Philadelphia to Reading, a
distance of 58 miles. Its early history does not concern us. In 1862 it leased,
owned, and operated 437.4 miles of track, equivalent, roughly, to 119.4
miles of line; and derived $2,879,419 out of its gross earnings of
$3,911,830 from the carriage of coal. Its capitalization was extremely high,
155
roughly, $193,417 per mile of line, and the necessary payments each
year, not including dividends, took up $1,454,635. At this time the road
owned no coal lands, but, like the Lehigh Valley Railroad and the Schuylkill
Canal, remained a common carrier, and relied upon the advantages of its
position in respect to the Southern coal fields to secure the tonnage which it
required.
From 1862 to 1865 inclusive the Reading enjoyed a period of extreme
prosperity. The Navy Department, during the war, required large quantities
of fuel, and in the revival of business after the conclusion of peace the
Reading took its part. Merchandise earnings increased from $523,416 in

Page 82

1862 to $1,165,277 in 1865; coal earnings from $2,879,419 to $8,627,292;
and though expenses also increased, yet net earnings grew from $2,375,247
to $5,236,655, and the balance of earnings, after all charges had been paid,
from $920,612 to $2,632,566. Dividends meanwhile ranged from 14 per
cent on the preferred stock in 1862 to 10 per cent on both preferred and
common in 1866, though the majority of the distributions were made in
stock. On the whole, during the Civil War and for a whole year afterwards,
the Reading was able to carry without difficulty the burden of an enormous
capitalization. What increase in capital occurred at this time was in stock,
and did not add to the load, although the desire to pay dividends on the
increased stock led to the piling up of new issues.
In 1869 an entirely new departure in Reading policy occurred. Whereas
the road had previously owned no coal lands, with the advent of Mr. F. B.
Gowen to the presidency it began to purchase on an enormous scale. “The
repeated and serious interruptions of the business of the company,” said the
annual report for 1871, “caused by strikers in the coal regions during the
last few years, and the many fluctuations in the coal trade, produced by
alternate periods of expansion and depression resulting therefrom, have
attracted the attention of the managers of the company to the necessity of
exercising some control over the production of coal, so as to prevent a
recurrence of the difficulties heretofore experienced; and it was believed
that the best way to accomplish this result, without injuriously affecting
individual interests, was for the company to become the owner of coal lands
156
situate upon the line of its several branches.” Further, it was felt that
some steps were necessary to retain for the Reading even the coal tonnage
which it enjoyed. In 1871 every rival carrier had invested large sums in coal
properties, and all the fields but the Schuylkill and Mahanoy (western
middle) were occupied, while carriers had begun to enter the Mahanoy
district, and it was reported to be their intention to build lines straight
through to the Schuylkill fields.
The anthracite coal regions of Pennsylvania lie in four main districts:
the Northern or Wyoming; the Southern or Schuylkill; and two smaller
intermediate fields known respectively as the Eastern Middle or Lehigh
region and the Western Middle or Mahanoy and Shamokin basins. The
Northern field is the more easily worked, and the Southern field is the
157
richer. Between 1869 and 1881 the Reading Railroad and its alter ego,

Page 83

the Coal & Iron Company, formed for the purpose, spent $73,326,668 for
lands in the Schuylkill and Western Middle districts, securing 142 square
miles, or 60 per cent of all the anthracite lands of these districts, and 30 per
cent of all in Pennsylvania. Of the purchase money $69,816,204 were
supplied either by the Railroad Company or by sale of Coal & Iron
Company bonds which the Railroad Company guaranteed. The Coal & Iron
158
Company incurred non-guaranteed liabilities for the rest. This gave
ample resources for the permanent supply of coal tonnage to the railroad,
and was sufficient also to give a considerable measure of control over
production in the Southern district. Independent operators did continue,
however, and the Reading coal was subject to the competition of coal from
other fields. More important still, in attaining control, “all kinds of coal
properties, good, bad, and indifferent, were purchased without regard to
159
original cost, location, or revenue producing capacity.” In 1880 an
engineer of reputation was appointed to evaluate the Reading coal lands,
and recommended the surrender of five properties that originally cost
$5,207,167, upon which there were encumbrances of $5,015,000. “But little
weight,” said he, “should be given to the fear that rivals will possess the
surrendered property; most of it is not a tempting investment.” Exorbitant
prices were paid for the lands purchased. By 1881, as noted, there had been
expended in all by the two Reading companies $73,326,668. This same
report said that, “assuming the profit on the future coal product to be 30
cents per ton of coal shipped, that the company will be able to reduce the
rate of interest on the money needed to hold and develop the property from
7 per cent to 6 per cent per annum, and that the development will be at the
rate just stated [outlined earlier in the report], the whole estate has a value
of $32,394,799: the company’s interest in the estate is worth $30,630,648,
and, including colliery improvements belonging to the company, but situate
on lands owned by others, the whole of the company’s property is worth
160
$31,197,484.”
It is unquestionable that the Reading did acquire an enormously
valuable property in the decade succeeding 1870. It seems just as clear that
it paid more for this than was necessary; but what is perhaps more to the
point is the fact that the Reading paid more than it could afford. Whatever
the ultimate advantages to be gained by exclusive possession of any
considerable section of the coal fields, the Reading was not large enough

Page 84

nor financially strong enough to make such vast purchases within so short a
space of time. The prosperity of the Civil War had disappeared, net profits
were fluctuating without marked tendency to increase, the figures for 1870
being actually less than those of 1863, while the interest on bonds had more
than doubled since 1867, and the sum required for dividends had increased.
To advance $54,886,647 to the Coal & Iron Company under these
conditions, and to become responsible as guarantor for $14,929,557 more,
would have been ill-advised even had the prices paid by the company been
in strict accord with the commercial estimate of the time. Under the best of
circumstances returns from much of the property acquired could not be
secured for many years. The parts of the coal fields which were worked
yielded an income, though it was seldom that the collieries were allowed to
run to their full capacity; but those districts which were bought for the sake
of controlling the coal situation, or in order to secure a future reserve, and
which in many cases could not be worked at existing prices, occasioned a
drain upon the company to the amount of interest on the purchase money,
with no return of any kind. Moreover, the purchase of the coal lands put the
Reading in the anomalous position of a railroad corporation interested in
industrial lines. It could no longer be content with encouraging the
transportation of its main source of revenue (coal), but had to care as well
for the price at which this coal was sold. When depression in the coal trade
came, the Reading lost both as producer and as carrier, for less was
transported, and that amount was sold at a lower price; but when good times
came, from which as a simple carrier it might have profited largely, it
struggled with conditions of over-production which should rightly have
been none of its concern. There was, finally, a peculiar fatality in the time
which the Reading chose for its expansion. The year 1873 will always be
remembered as one of the most disastrous in the history of the United
States. Commencing with the failure of Messrs. Jay Cooke & Co. on the
18th of September, the panic spread with such rapidity as to lead to the
closing of the New York Stock Exchange on September 30. All railroad
securities were exceedingly depressed, call loans were high, and it was
nearly impossible to secure new capital. Business the next five years was
very dull, and the Reading actually earned less gross in 1879 than in the
year before the panic, and this at the very time that its liabilities were so
largely extended. The natural result was the financial difficulty which can
be detected as early as 1876. In June it appears that, owing “to the

Page 85

continued depression in the iron and coal trades and the consequent falling
off in transportation,” the road was obliged to reduce its working force. In
July the usual dividend was passed; salaries were lowered in September,
and still later a temporary loan was secured to tide over the floating debt,
which then amounted to $8,272,359. By the next year the matter had
become serious enough to necessitate a formal proposition to creditors for
the postponement of interest payments and of payments on the floating
debt. The company professed itself able to carry out the following:
(a) To pay the interest on prior liens in full.
(b) To pay one-half the interest on the general mortgage bonds and on
the Perkiomen sterling mortgage bonds for three years in cash, and one-half
in five-year interest-bearing scrip, with the option to the holder of receiving
instead scrip for the three coupons first maturing and cash for the rest.
(c) To pay for five years in scrip the interest on the debenture bonds of
both the Railroad and Coal & Iron Companies; the convertible bonds of the
Railroad Company, the bonds due in 1885, 1902, and 1918 of the Tidewater
& Susquehanna Canal Company, and so much of the rent due to the
Schuylkill Navigation Company as was applicable to the payment of
dividends to stockholders of the Company and to the interest upon its
mortgage loan of 1895.
(d) To suspend the drawings for the payments of sinking funds and of
the improvement and general mortgage bonds for a period not exceeding
four years, if so long a time should be required for the payment of the
161
floating debt.
“The relief to be obtained from the above,” said President Gowen, “will
undoubtedly enable the managers, even with no improvement in traffic or
increase of rates, to meet the fixed charges on all obligations of both
companies other than those above named, and to pay off the entire floating
debt within such time as will be satisfactory to the holders thereof.” Certain
modifications were suggested by the London securityholders, providing for
162
trustees with some power to protect the creditors, and the plan went
quietly into effect.
From now on matters went from bad to worse. The year 1878 showed a
falling off in almost every source of revenue, while expenses and charges

Page 86

remained very nearly the same. Depression in the coal trade and connection
with the Coal & Iron Company, general dulness of business after 1873,
troubles with employees, over-capitalization, all had their share in pushing
the company still further into the mire. It became unable to keep its share of
the existing business, and the percentages of the Schuylkill output carried
by it steadily decreased from 83.49 in 1877 to 75.45 in 1881, while its
percentage of the aggregate output from all the anthracite region diminished
from 32.82 to 24.44. “It appears, therefore,” said the annual report for 1881,
“that while other companies have steadily increased their capacity of
production by regular and judicious expenditures for new openings,
breakers, machinery, and other facilities for mining and delivering coal, the
Reading Company has apparently remained stationary.... For this policy the
local officers in charge are not probably responsible, as it was undoubtedly
forced upon them by the management, because of the impoverished and
163
embarrassed condition of the company’s finances.”
Throughout 1879 there was trouble over the payment of wages, perhaps
as good a sign of financial difficulty as can be desired. Employees were
paid in scrip, not cash, and even scrip wages were left overdue. President
Gowen went to Europe toward the middle of the year, but not at all, as he
carefully explained, in order to place a new loan, or to transact any business
except a little in relation to some railroads for the company; in fact, the
condition of the Reading was an open secret, and new loans were
impossible to obtain. In May, 1880, the New York and Philadelphia banks
began to refuse further accommodations. At the same time the period during
which, according to the agreement of 1877, cash payment of general
mortgage coupons was suspended, drew to a close, and on May 21 the
Philadelphia & Reading announced its inability to meet its obligations. As
was said at the time, the company did not fall with a crash because it had
not far to fall.
The failure occurred on May 21, and on May 24 Messrs. F. B. Gowen
(president of the company), Edwin A. Lewis, and Stephen A. Caldwell were
appointed receivers. Their resources were scanty and they had to do with
them as best they could. On the one hand they applied to the court for
authority to borrow $1,000,000 to pay the wages of employees and interest
falling due July 1, and on the other they cut down expenses by reducing the
working force in the repair shops, by putting the shops on short time, by

Page 87

discontinuing many of the trains on different lines, and by ceasing all dead
work at the collieries.
Before any plan could be proposed for the rehabilitation of the
company the condition of its finances had to be known, and this again the
receivers took in charge. Their report in June, 1880, showed a sufficiently
serious state of affairs. The floating debt of the Railroad Company had
mounted up to $10,254,766, besides $1,900,482 more for the Coal & Iron
Company. This represented an increase of $3,604,000 as compared with
November 30, 1879, and an English bondholders’ committee declared that
164
only $2,930,000 of it were represented by value. The rest had apparently
been incurred in desperate attempts to preserve the solvency of the
company. The total liabilities of the Railroad and Coal & Iron Companies,
including mortgage, debenture debt, floating debt, and miscellaneous items,
but excluding stock, were $152,436,890. The deduction from these figures
of the Coal & Iron bonds held by the Railroad Company, which would have
constituted a duplication of indebtedness, left a total of $106,215,830.
The stock of the two companies amounted to $42,278,175, and the
stock in the hands of the public to $39,278,175. The grand total of liabilities
was thus the enormous sum of $145,494,005. The charges for interest and
sinking funds were $7,542,094, and the annual payment of $5,629,764, due
on $87,558,482 of railroad bonded indebtedness, shows that the rate of
interest upon the bonds was high. The net revenue was $5,494,979, and
there was therefore a deficit of $2,047,115. Meanwhile the Coal & Iron
Company had reported a regular deficit up to 1880, which, though not
significant in itself, because of close relations with the Railroad Company
and the impossibility of determining how much the Coal Company’s
rightful profits were reduced by exorbitant transportation rates, yet made it
very clear that from this source the Railroad Company could expect no aid
toward the cancellation of the railroad deficit revealed.
The combined companies were unable to earn their fixed charges: the
continuation of the struggle to do so was sure to mean, as it had in the past,
merely a piling up of the floating debt. The coupon-funding scheme of 1877
had shown the inevitable result of temporary measures of relief; and though
business in 1880 was rapidly improving, there was need for a radical
reduction in the burden resting upon the company. Pending action, a bill for

Page 88

165
foreclosure was introduced under the general mortgage of 1874. A
valuation of the Reading coal properties, to which reference has already
been made, was started. It was entrusted at first to Mr. S. B. Whitney, chief
engineer of the Coal & Iron Company, and to Mr. Frank Carver, the land
agent; but was later given over to Mr. Joseph S. Harris, chief engineer of the
Lehigh Coal & Navigation Company, in order to have the opinion of an
166
unprejudiced expert.
The first suggestion for a plan of reorganization came from England.
The consolidated mortgage, prior to the general mortgage, was to be
foreclosed; general mortgage bonds were to be deprived of their right to sue
or to foreclose; all unsecured bonds and junior mortgages were to be
exchanged for preferred stock; and a $15 assessment was to be levied upon
the stock, for which collateral trust 7 per cent bonds were to be given. This
assessment was relied on to pay off the floating debt, and the new company
167
was to start free, with but $33,564,000 of mortgage indebtedness.
This plan was a step in the right direction. It recognized the validity of
prior liens, followed a sound principle in providing for the floating debt by
assessments upon the stock, and relieved the company from the likelihood
of a future failure by its treatment of the general mortgage bonds; but it was
weak in that it reduced the general mortgage to the anomalous position of a
bond entitled to a fixed return without the power to enforce it. Stockholders,
moreover, objected strenuously to the assessment, maintaining that business
conditions were now such as to make milder measures sufficient.
In October, 1880, Mr. J. W. Jones, formerly vice-president of the
Reading Company, urged that an assessment on the stock was not
necessary, and proposed the following:
(1) To convert the income, debenture, and convertible bonds and scrip
into second preferred stock bearing 5 per cent interest if earned;
(2) To issue $15,000,000 of first preferred stock, with which to retire
the floating debt;
(3) To scale the Coal Company mortgage bonds $200,000 per annum,
which could possibly be done by consent of holders, if not, then by
168
foreclosure.

Page 89

The main difference between this and the English scheme lay in the
treatment of the floating debt. It is improbable, however, that the substitute
which this plan offered would have been sufficient, and that the preferred
stock could have brought $66, at which price alone it would have covered
the floating debt. Reading common stock was selling in the middle of the
month at 16⅜; general mortgage 6s were bringing only 74¼, while
debentures and convertible 7s were being quoted at 28 and 37 respectively.
In October a representative of the English bondholders arrived in
Philadelphia for the purpose of examining into the condition of the
company, and the following month agreed with the board of managers upon
a reorganization committee to act in the United States. “The probabilities
are,” said this gentleman (Mr. Thomas Wilde Powell), “that it will be found
that the bondholders in London will be willing to do as they did in the case
of the Erie, that is, fund a reasonable number of coupons ... for the purpose
169
of setting at liberty a portion of the revenue to pay unfunded claims.”
The next move in the reorganization of the company came, however, not
from this committee but from President Gowen, the man who had led the
Reading into the purchase of coal lands, and who still remained in office in
spite of the hostility shown toward him. His scheme comprised two parts:
the first an issue of income bonds with which to pay off the floating debt
(together with $5,000,000 mortgage bonds); the second a grand general
mortgage to retire existing indebtedness. The plan in more detail was as
follows:
(1) The company was to create $34,300,000 deferred income bonds, on
which interest was to be deferred to a dividend of 6 per cent on the common
stock. After this amount had been paid the bonds were to take all revenue
up to 6 per cent and were then to rank pari passu with the common shares
for further dividends. The debentures were to be issued at 30 per cent of
their par value, or $15 per bond; and before selling or disposing of said
bonds in the market the option of taking a pro rata share was to be first
170
offered to the stockholders of the company.
(2) A more permanent relief for the company was to be obtained from
the proposal to issue a new long time or perpetual 5 per cent funding
mortgage of $150,000,000, divided into two classes, A and B, of
$75,000,000 each: class A having priority of lien and interest charge over

Page 90

class B. With this issue it was proposed, by purchase or exchange, to retire
all outstanding indebtedness, and to acquire by purchase the securities of
the companies owning the leased lines. It was estimated that $140,000,000
of the new issue would provide for all of this, the total interest on which
would be $7,000,000, as against fixed charges for interest, sinking funds,
171
and rentals, of $10,657,116, making an annual saving of $3,657,116. Mr.
Gowen did not expect to secure so large an annual reduction, owing to the
impossibility of purchasing the higher securities and the probable
appreciation in value of the lower ones; but he did expect to realize in all a
saving of some $2,700,000.
In part this plan was commendable; in part it was inadequate, and in
part it relied on a mere juggling with words. The proposal to unify all
classes of indebtedness by a grand consolidated 5 per cent mortgage was a
good one, both in the simplification of accounts which was to be expected,
and in the reduction in fixed charges so far as this reduction went; but on
the one hand a reduction of $2,700,000 in charges was too little for a
company which had reported for that very year a deficit of $2,000,000, and
on the other hand too little allowance was made for the difficulty of forcing
securityholders without a foreclosure sale to submit to a definitive scaling
down of their holdings, with not even a preferred stock to show for the
sacrifice. In its handling of the floating debt, the plan was a second edition
of Mr. Jones’s stock-selling scheme, with all the good points left out. What
justification there could have been for calling securities, such as the
deferred incomes, “bonds,” which were to be issued for no definite time,
ranked even after the common stock for dividends, and were of such
doubtful character that Mr. Gowen himself proposed to sell them for one-
third of their face value, does not appear; unless it be that the lack of voting
power, itself a disadvantage, entitled them to the more respected name. The
deferred income bonds were a device for saddling the holders of the
unsecured debt with a worthless certificate which they might be induced to
accept because of its name, and to which not even the Reading stockholders
could object. Furthermore, even if the creditors had been eager for this new
issue, in itself it would not have been sufficient. The issue, if taken up,
would have yielded $10,200,000. It was proposed besides to sell $5,000,000
of unissued general mortgage bonds, which, after the success of the
deferred income bonds, it was presumed would sell at par. Income bonds

Page 91

and general mortgage together promised a total of $15,200,000, or more
than $1,000,000 over cash requirements after commissions had been
172
paid.
However poor the prospect, there was no lack of syndicate guarantee.
In November, 1880, a London syndicate agreed to deposit with an American
bank, to be named by the company, the sum of $2,058,000, to be forfeited
in case they failed to take at the issue price all deferred income bonds not
taken by the shareholders. This syndicate further agreed that the company
might retain, up to $1,000,000, out of the deposit money, whatever might be
173
necessary to make up a second instalment of $4 on such neglected bonds.
Nothing was asked from the company in return except the chance to sell the
bonds purchased at a premium. “As long as the bond- and shareholders find
the money,” remarked the London Times, “there is nothing to be said. In all
probability, however, these deferred bonds will become a medium for the
very worst kind of gambling, and their chances for a dividend appear to us
174
to be very small.”
In December Mr. Gowen’s plan received the approval of the American
committee and of the board of managers of the company. Bondholders were
in no way injured by the worthlessness of the deferred income bonds, and
only the most far-sighted could be expected to have demanded a larger
reduction in their claims. The same month a meeting of London bond- and
shareholders passed unanimously a resolution expressing confidence in
175
President Gowen, and adopting his scheme. Opposition came from the
influential London banking firm of McCalmont Bros., and the struggle
centred about the annual election set for January 10, 1881. The last of
November or first of December President Gowen issued a circular in which
he said: “As I am about to visit Europe on business of the company, and as
it is possible that I may not return until the first week in January, I think it
proper to call your attention to the fact that it is highly important that all
shareholders who can possibly do so should attend the annual meeting in
Philadelphia on the second Monday in January. An effort will undoubtedly
be made at the next election to control the management of the company in
the interest of rival lines, and if the effort is successful the future of the
Philadelphia & Reading Railroad Company will be little, if any, better than
that of the Philadelphia & Erie Railroad Company, or of the Northern

Page 92

176
Central Railroad Company.” In Europe, or, more strictly speaking, in
London, Gowen busied himself in placing his deferred income bonds, with
apparently a very considerable measure of success. As to the result of the
coming election he professed absolute confidence. It made little difference,
said he, which way the McCalmonts decided to vote their shares. He could
be elected without any English votes at all, and with the backing of the
English bondholders who had resolved to support him, the matter was not at
177
all in doubt. On January 4, six days before the date set for the election,
Gowen actually issued a prospectus for his new income and mortgage
loans, and cabled to Vice-President Keim that he was satisfied that he could
dispose of the general mortgage A bonds at 110 and the general mortgage B
178
bonds at par.
Meanwhile in America both parties had recourse to the courts: the
McCalmonts, to prevent the issue of the deferred income bonds, and the
friends of Mr. Gowen to get the election postponed in order to give the
president time to return from Europe. The latter suit was the first decided.
Judge McKennan, of the United States Circuit Court, refused to grant an
order, but unofficially advised postponement. The board of managers
therefore withdrew the notice of the annual meeting, and on January 12
voted to postpone it indefinitely. Counsel for the McCalmonts then made
application to the Court of Common Pleas in Philadelphia for a mandamus
to compel the board to call a meeting. They obtained a peremptory
mandamus on January 24, but accepted the date of March 14 as satisfactory,
and forbore further proceedings.
The matter of the deferred income bonds was complicated by a full and
complete authorization which Mr. Gowen had before obtained from the
Circuit Court for the issue of his bonds. The request of the McCalmonts was
twofold: the court was prayed to revoke the previous decree, and to enjoin
any further action in the negotiation or consummation of the said scheme;
or, failing this, to direct the officers of the company and the receivers to
refrain from the issue of the bonds until the form thereof should have been
settled by the said court, and also until deposit with the receivers should
179
have been made of the $2,058,000 provided as a guarantee. The first
request sought a prohibition of the issue; the second attempted to delay the
negotiation of the bonds until the annual election should have passed and

Page 93

the McCalmonts should have had a chance to obtain control. The immediate
result was the transference to Philadelphia of the $2,058,000 guaranteed,
from its place of deposit in London. In February the McCalmonts obtained
a revocation of the original grant of authority for the deferred income
bonds, a continuance of the suit for a preliminary injunction, and an order
restraining the respondents from “making any agreement or ordering any
act by which the Philadelphia & Reading Railroad Company [might] be
definitely bound touching the deferred bond plan or the proposed mortgage
180
loan of $150,000,000.”
In January the Coal & Iron Company quietly held its annual election,
and chose Mr. Gowen president. As the time for the postponed election of
the Railroad Company came round, the activity of both sides became
intense. Both Gowen, who was still in London, and the McCalmonts issued
calls for proxies. The former appealed to the shareholders to save the
property from passing into the hands of the Pennsylvania Central Railroad
Company, which he said was believed to be the ruling power behind the
McCalmont litigation. The latter objected vigorously to this charge, and
pointed out that the Reading managers held only 16,500 shares of the
company’s stock, and that some of them had barely enough to qualify them
181
for the positions which they held. The McCalmonts, furthermore, applied
to the courts for an injunction to prevent Gowen from voting on the shares
pledged as collateral for the floating debt. They maintained with some
justification that these shares could not legally be voted, and that it was
182
particularly illegal for the president to use them to elect himself.
On March 12 the Court of Common Pleas issued a decree regulating
the conditions under which the election should be held, providing for the
separate count of votes of shares transferred three months before the
election, and for the ultimate reference of all disputed points to the Court.
By this time Mr. Gowen had become alarmed at the apparent strength of the
McCalmonts, and had come to realize that a possible disenfranchisement of
a part of his own holdings on the ground of too recent transference might
lessen his chances of retaining control. He recalled, however, that the
annual meeting had been postponed from January 10 to March 7, and
finally to March 14. This, it occurred to him, might transform it from a
regular to a special meeting, and might, according to the terms of the

Page 94

company’s charter, make necessary the presence and vote of a majority of
all the shares outstanding, instead of a simple majority of all the shares on
hand. If this should be true a disenfranchisement of his holdings would be
of less importance; for whether disenfranchised or not, these would form
part of the total shares outstanding, of which an absolute majority would be
required.
On March 12, two days before the appointed date, Mr. Gowen issued a
letter to the shareholders. “I hold,” said he, “up to the present time, the
proxies of 1921 shareholders of the company, owning 359,500 shares of the
capital stock, being very considerably more than a majority of all the
shares.... Of the shares for which I hold proxies, so large a proportion,
however, may possibly be disenfranchised by failure to register, that if the
legal meeting of the stockholders is held on Monday next, and it should
subsequently be determined by the Court that three months’ prior registry is
essential to confer the right of voting, it may be possible that the wishes of
the great majority of bona fide shareholders may be overruled by a
minority.... I have determined to abstain from attending the meeting, and I
earnestly request all shareholders who support the present management to
absent themselves from the meeting on Monday, and thus to give legal
effect to their wishes by making it impossible for the minority to secure the
183
attendance of a quorum....”
Mr. Gowen’s friends, English and American, followed his suggestion;
and at the meeting on Monday but 211,095 out of 687,663 registered shares
appeared to vote. The immediate result was the almost unanimous election
of Mr. Bond, the candidate of the McCalmonts, which was followed by
litigation on the part of Mr. Gowen, disputing the legality of the election.
By the terms of the decree under which the election had been held, the
matter came first before the Court of Common Pleas, which, on April 9,
decided that the meeting had been a legal one, and that the officers then
voted for by the McCalmonts had been duly elected. With the above court
ranged against him, Mr. Gowen took appeal to the Supreme Court of the
state, and meanwhile declined to surrender his position. On April 11 the
new board proceeded to the Reading offices in Philadelphia, made formal
demand for admittance, and were refused. On April 22 President Bond
issued formal notice of his election. An injunction was asked against Mr.
Gowen, but was held back until the Supreme Court should have taken

Page 95

action. Meanwhile the old board of managers announced that if a decree
supporting the decision of the Court of Common Pleas should be rendered
they would make no further opposition; and the transfer agents of the
company in Philadelphia and New York refused to transfer any stock until
the dispute should have been settled. On April 19 an order of the United
States Court interfered with Mr. Gowen’s exclusive possession, and
compelled him to furnish to Messrs. Frank S. Bond, etc., suitable
accommodations in the offices of the Philadelphia & Reading Railroad
Company, with free access to all books and papers. In May the Supreme
Court rendered its decision, holding the meeting of March 14 to have been a
regular meeting, and a majority of all the stock outstanding not to have been
required for a quorum. Gowen asked for a rehearing, which was denied, and
in June, nearly four months after the election, he grudgingly acknowledged
Mr. Bond and his associates as the legally elected president and board of
managers.
During all this time the deferred income bond scheme had not remained
untouched. In April, 1881, on application of the McCalmonts, the United
States Circuit Court at Philadelphia had granted a preliminary injunction
against it. “Whatever power the defendant has in the premises can only be
found in the general authority to borrow money,” said Judge McKennan,
and went on to state that the issue did not constitute a loan, because a loan
implied reimbursement, and the income bonds were redeemable at no
184
special time. Mr. Gowen promptly proposed to make them redeemable,
and insisted that this made them still more desirable. A week later the
185
$150,000,000 general mortgage was also enjoined.
Once out of the presidency Mr. Gowen endeavored to induce the
McCalmonts to accept his plan. If they would adopt the deferred income
bond scheme, he said in an address to shareholders, he would resign the
receivership of the road at once, give bonds never to stand for the
presidency again, and further coöperate with them in selecting a new board
of directors. As an alternative he offered to buy the McCalmont shares at
$40 each, and threatened to beat that party at the next election if it
186
refused. In September he assured the stockholders that he could without
difficulty put the road upon its feet. “If Bond and his colleagues will resign
and reinstate the old management,” he cabled from London, “and advise me

Page 96

by cable of the change, I can, before sailing on Saturday, procure sufficient
advances against the proceeds of preferred [deferred?] income bonds and
new 5 per cent consols to pay the floating debt, receivers’ certificates, and
187
all arrears of interest.” Finally, appealing to Mr. Bond direct, Gowen
made formal application that the new board should adopt his plan after
changing the form of the proposed obligations by making them payable in
188
100 or 200 years. Bond refused. He pointed out that the deferred income
bondholders would be in constant conflict with the management in their
endeavor to secure dividends on their holdings, and would attempt to
prevent proper and necessary expenditures upon the property from current
net revenues. He declared that it was questionable whether the company
had authority to sell its unsecured obligations below par, and that in any
case the process would be enormously expensive; and, further, that the
language of the obligation did not limit the payment of interest to the source
of net revenue only, but might be construed to compel the declaration of 6
per cent on the income bonds whenever 6 per cent should be paid on the
189
common stock. Failing in his attempts to win over his opponents, Gowen
turned his energies toward securing their defeat.
Meanwhile President Bond brought forward a plan of his own. He had
grasped three points of weakness in Gowen’s scheme, namely,—
(1) The issue of a mass of worthless obligations in the deferred income
bonds;
(2) The high level of fixed charges which a $150,000,000 5 per cent
mortgage entailed;
(3) The lack of any security which had a right to interest only when
earned, and which might be given to the bondholders in return for sacrifices
which they would otherwise refuse to make.
He proposed, therefore, to create a general consolidated mortgage to
cover all the property of the Reading Railroad and Coal & Iron Companies,
together with the interest of both companies in all other corporations and
property, whether owned or controlled by lease or otherwise. This mortgage
was to be junior to the consolidated and to the improvement mortgages
only, but was to contain a provision by which, as bonds under these senior
mortgages should be retired, additional bonds might be issued under the

Page 97

new mortgage, which was eventually to become a first lien upon all the
190
properties of both companies. The total was to be $150,000,000, to be
divided into two series: of which series A, for $90,000,000, was to run for
fifty years, and was to have a prior lien over series B upon the revenues for
interest at the rate of 4½ per cent, with a right to enforce foreclosure in case
of a twelve months’ default; and series B was to run sixty years, and was to
carry interest at 3 per cent, with a right to enforce foreclosure in case of a
three years’ default. In prosperous years series B might receive more than 3
per cent: thus the mortgage provided that from current net revenue
applicable to dividends it should get 1½ per cent additional interest before
any dividend should be paid on the stock of the company; after that 3 per
cent might be paid on the capital stock, and then 1½ per cent additional
might be paid on series B; it being understood that the interest in excess of
3 per cent should not be cumulative, but was to be paid only from current
net revenues of the company otherwise applicable to dividends. These two
issues of unequal worth were to be used for different purposes. Series A was
to be in part reserved to retire the senior obligations, and in part to be sold
to pay off the general mortgage bonds, the general mortgage scrip, the
income bonds, the floating debt of the Railroad and Coal & Iron Companies
secured by collateral, the receivers’ obligations, and the mortgages on real
estate that could be paid off. Series B was to be exchanged for the junior
obligations, such as the debenture or convertible loans, or was to be held in
reserve for subsequent acquisition of the guaranteed stock or obligations of
affiliated corporations of the Railroad and Coal & Iron Companies.
What this meant for the immediate future was that all prior liens were
to remain untouched, while everything from the general mortgage down
was to be funded into the new obligations. In some ways this resembled the
earlier scheme of Mr. Gowen, since in each case there was to be a
$150,000,000 general mortgage in two parts, of which one part was to have
priority over the other, and in each case this grand mortgage was to be used
ultimately to retire all previously existing indebtedness. An innovation was
now made, however, in the difference introduced between the two series. In
Gowen’s scheme the amount of each series was to be the same, and each
was to fare alike, except for the priority of series A; in that of President
Bond, series A was to be half again as large as series B, and was to bear a
higher rate of compulsory interest; although, a point of extreme importance,

Page 98

the return upon series B was to run from a minimum of 3 per cent to a
maximum of 6 per cent whenever the road should earn it. Thus President
Bond gained two things: he reduced the rate of interest which his new
bonds could claim in any year from 5 per cent (as under Gowen’s scheme)
to an average of something under 4 per cent, which would yet, in
prosperous times, net them as much as the old bonds surrendered; and as a
still further concession, he gave to the 3 per cent bonds a term of sixty
instead of fifty years, raising their value to that extent. As the various
existing issues of bonds had different market values, he thought it proper to
equalize these values in the exchange by the grant of a bonus in stock, for
which the capital stock of the company was to be increased one-third. Here
were two of Gowen’s problems in a fair way of solution: the reduction of
fixed charges was accomplished, while some incentive was given to the
junior bondholders to assent. Scarcely less from the point of view of sound
finance was the gain from the abandonment of the anomalous deferred
income bond scheme, with its $34,300,000 of worthless speculative
securities. Instead, the floating debt, under President Bond’s plan, was to be
cared for by the sale of series A bonds, not at one-third their face value, but
as near par as possible; by the best of the company’s new securities, in other
words, and not by the worst. And, finally, the acquisition of the securities of
subsidiary roads was provided for rather ingeniously by the conversion into
series B bonds of $10,527,900 convertible 7 per cent bonds, against which
had perforce been reserved an equal amount of stock. Conversion released
the stock, which became a free asset available for any uses to which the
company saw fit to apply it.
Yet while the advance which the plan of President Bond marks over
that of President Gowen may be recognized, its defects must also be
observed. It was, in the first place, in common with all other schemes
suggested, too mild, too little drastic in its operations. The condition of the
Reading companies was desperate in the extreme. By President Bond’s own
figures the previous five years had shown a deficit of $11,479,217, or an
average loss per annum of $2,295,853. The net earnings for 1881 by the
same computation had been $8,418,009, and the fixed charges
191
$11,265,666. What was needed was a radical scaling down of
indebtedness, to take effect not in the far distant future but at once.
President Gowen, face to face with a similar situation, had evolved a

Page 99

reduction in fixed charges from about $11,000,000 to about $7,000,000, but
had explained that, owing to the impossibility of retiring all of the prior
liens at once, the actual figures would be approximately $7,957,000.
President Bond, less optimistic, or more honest, stated that the ultimate
charge under his plan would be about $6,000,000; but that the immediate
reduction would be to about $8,339,000 only, scarcely more than $100,000
below the net earnings of the current year. Both estimates would probably
have been under the mark; but the relief which President Bond proposed
was utterly inadequate even on his own showing. A margin of surplus
earnings which could be wiped out in a single month was no answer to the
demand for a restoration of the Reading companies to solvency. In regard to
the floating debt, too, Bond’s plan left something to be desired, in that it
provided for no assessment, but cared for the floating obligations by the
sale of bonds. The danger in relying upon the sale of securities to supply the
cash requirements of a bankrupt road has been mentioned in connection
with Mr. Gowen’s scheme, as indeed at other times before. At best it is
advisable only in prosperous times, and when the bonds offered are of high
grade; and though the series A bonds might perhaps have been considered
high grade, the prosperity of 1880 was not repeated in 1881, and a year of
bankruptcy and litigation had not improved the Reading’s credit. That the
plan failed, however, was due neither to its inadequacy nor to its method of
dealing with the floating debt; but rather to the resolute and
uncompromising opposition of Mr. Gowen and his friends, and to the
determination of the junior securityholders to stand out for better terms.
This twofold resistance caused a syndicate of bankers, which had been
relied upon to place the new loan, ultimately to reject it, and the plan fell
192
through.
To return now to Mr. Gowen. This gentleman had been strengthening
his following in every possible way, and had secured one ally of particular
importance in the person of Mr. Vanderbilt, who in October, 1881, was
reported to be buying largely of the company’s stock. Early in November
Mr. Gowen and President Bond both issued addresses to the shareholders.
The former maintained that although the present management had been in
power for over four months it had done nothing to extricate the company
from its difficulties, and promised that if elected he would “retain the office
long enough to place the company in a good financial condition, by

Page 100

completing the issue of deferred income bonds and by issuing and selling
the 5 per cent consolidated mortgage bonds, the result of which will be the
193
resumption of dividends upon the company’s shares.” The business
prospects of the company were never better, he continued, and the wisdom
of the purchase of the great anthracite coal estate was being demonstrated.
Bond, on the other hand, alluded to the failure of Mr. Gowen’s many
promises, to the wasteful expenditure of money, to the coal speculations in
which the road had been engaged, to the payment of unearned dividends,
194
and to other points of Gowen’s policy, actual or alleged; and his
statements were repeated by the McCalmonts in spite of Mr. Gowen’s
195
vehement denials.
The election was held from January 9 to January 14, 1882. There were
cast 493,601 votes, of which Gowen received 270,984 and Bond 222,617; a
result mainly due to the 72,000 Vanderbilt shares voted for Mr. Gowen. The
same meeting approved by resolution Gowen’s financial plans, and called
on the incoming board of managers to carry them into effect. To clear the
way a test suit was brought in the Supreme Court of the state of
196
Pennsylvania, and a close decision obtained favoring the issue. Counsel
for the McCalmont Bros. petitioned in the Circuit Court for leave to
withdraw their complaint, stating that the McCalmonts had disposed of
almost all their holdings, and the Circuit Court vacated the injunction which
197
it had previously granted.
Gowen’s plan was now triumphantly brought forward, with the few
alterations which time had suggested. There was to be as before a deferred
income bond issue of $34,300,000, which was to retire the floating debt; the
general mortgage was to be increased in amount from $150,000,000 to
$160,000,000, but was still to be divided into two series, equal in amount,
and differing in privileges only on the point of priority of lien; of which
series A was ultimately to exchange for the senior, series B for the junior
obligations of the company. $13,500,000 of the first series and $10,000,000
of the second series were to be put out at once, and $4,000,000 convertible
adjustment scrip were to be issued to settle back coupons. Time had
apparently made more modest Mr. Gowen’s estimate of the saving to be
secured; for instead of not more than $7,000,000 as before, he now hoped
for fixed charges of not more than $8,000,000; but with undaunted

Page 101

optimism he made up for this admission by glowing pictures of what the
company in the future was going to earn. “Net earnings last year” (1881),
said he, “were over $10,000,000—in 1882 they may be expected to reach
$11,000,000, and they will before long be over $12,000,000. With net
earnings of $12,000,000, and fixed charges of $8,000,000, there will remain
a dividend fund of $4,000,000, equal to 6 per cent on the share capital, and
6 per cent upon the par, or 20 per cent upon the issue price, of the deferred
income bonds. “In order to get the property out of the hands of the receivers
an earnest effort was made to sell the $13,500,000 series A bonds of which
mention has been made, but at the minimum price of 98 subscriptions for
but $723,500 were received, and the company was obliged to have recourse
to the $5,000,000 unissued general mortgage 7 per cent bonds, which it
fortunately had at its disposal. Even before this the management had been
forced to abandon any immediate attempt to retire the old general mortgage
198
bonds, and had been compelled to answer inquiries as to the reasons for a
decline in the price of the deferred income bonds. On February 28 the
receivers of the Railroad and Coal & Iron Companies formally surrendered
the control of the property to the officers of those corporations.
One of the first acts of the reconstructed company was the lease for 999
years of the Central Railroad of New Jersey. This road in many ways
formed a natural complement to the Reading system. Like it, it was a coal
road, carrying something less than half as great a tonnage as the Reading
itself, and owning extensive coal lands in the Wyoming region; while in
location it supplied the necessary connection between the Reading lines and
New York. At a later date Mr. Joseph S. Harris testified that all the business
of the Reading coming from the South or Southwest went to New York over
the Central; while, on the other hand, business from the Northwest was
carried by the Jersey Central from Scranton, where its lines began, to
Bethlehem, and was there handed to the Reading for transportation to
199
Philadelphia. The advantages of the Central to the Reading were thus
enumerated by General Traffic Manager Bell in 1885: “The joint traffic
with the Central Railroad, outside of coal, and outside of passengers, adds
$1,500,000 to the revenue of the old Reading system. By means of the
Lehigh & Susquehanna division of the Central Road we extend from
Phillipsburg to Scranton or Green Ridge through the entire Lehigh Valley;
that system feeds our North Pennsylvania line; it is our connection for the

Page 102

Catawissa system by way of Tamanend and Tamaqua; it is the connecting
link in the cross line or Allentown system; it creates the shortest line from
interior Pennsylvania, and from Northwest Pennsylvania to New York
waters. Through the operations of the lease we reach the largest slate
territory in Pennsylvania, and the largest iron producing furnaces anywhere
200
in this country, with the exception of Pittsburg.” In 1883 the Central was
bankrupt with no immediate prospect of recovering from its difficulties, and
had therefore an incentive to accept any arrangement by which interest on
its obligations should be paid; while Mr. Gowen, with misplaced confidence
in his scheme of reorganization, was ready to put fresh burdens on his road
in the hope of future gain.
Rumors of a lease were abroad in 1882, and after the termination of the
Reading receivership the operation was pushed to a speedy conclusion. The
Reading undertook to assume all the obligations of the Central, and to pay 6
per cent on its capital stock then outstanding, as well as $18,000 annually
for maintaining the corporate organization of the lessor. In case any of the
Central bonds should be retired, or rentals or interest reduced, the rental to
be paid by the Reading was likewise to be reduced. The roadbed and rolling
stock of the Central was to be maintained undiminished, but if the Reading
should make any additions or improvements, or if from its own funds it
should pay off any of the Central’s obligations, it was to receive equivalent
bonds with interest not exceeding 6 per cent from the Central Company.
The lease was terminable on 60 days’ notice in case the lessee should fail at
201
any time to carry out its provisions. This involved something more than a
nominal obligation. The net earnings of the Jersey Central in 1882 had been
$5,091,072, while the sum due for rentals, interest, 6 per cent dividends,
etc., had mounted up to $5,898,087, not including payments on car trusts or
certain contingent obligations. Broadly speaking, the Reading proposed to
guarantee 6 per cent on the stock of a road which had failed because unable
to meet its fixed charges; and however great the ultimate advantages, it is
apparent that the prospect of a drain upon the Reading Company was real.
In order to get the road out of receivers’ hands, the Reading had further to
take care of a floating debt of $2,062,000, and to compromise with certain
creditors by settling back interest on their bonds. This was done, and on
May 29, 1883, possession formally passed over. The same day was
concluded another arrangement, whereby the Central of New Jersey leased

Page 103

the coal and railroad companies comprised in the Lehigh Coal &
Navigation Company for one-third of their gross receipts, and the
Philadelphia & Reading Railroad became liable for the faithful execution of
the contract. The Reading agreed that the Lehigh coal lands should be
developed pari passu with its own, so that the product of the two estates
should be constantly as 28 to 72 until the Lehigh production should reach
3,000,000 tons. The rental of the road was not in any year to be less than
$1,414,400, nor more than a sum rising from $1,728,700 before 1887 to
$1,885,800 from 1887 to 1892, and $2,043,000 after 1892, plus certain
minor payments; and there was provision for arbitration of any disputes
202
which might arise.
The year 1883 now seemed to find the Reading imbued with new life.
Earnings increased, both gross and net, fixed charges as reported rose less
rapidly, and the net profits for the year, or balance on all operations, showed
a threefold increase. “The company,” said Mr. Gowen, “has now
203
surmounted the difficulties of the last four eventful years.” The annual
meeting in January was a genuine love-feast, marked by the presentation of
resolutions highly flattering to Mr. Gowen. “We trust,” said one, “we
thankfully appreciate your herculean efforts in our behalf, in the face of
unparalleled difficulties and obstacles, in rescuing our property from
bankruptcy against the malignant and determined efforts of its enemies and
conspirators to foreclose and wreck it.” “As citizens of this great
commonwealth,” said another, “we beg to add our gratitude and admiration
for your untiring, brave, honest, and able devotion, which has preserved the
Philadelphia & Reading Company intact, and has fairly started it on a
204
broader career of usefulness.” Not less extraordinary was the further
action of this harmonious meeting. In the first place, it authorized the
creation of a collateral trust loan of $12,000,000 for the purpose of paying
the floating debt, the balance due upon the purchase of Central Railroad
Company of New Jersey stock, and the retirement of the outstanding
income mortgage bonds. What, may be inquired, had become of the
deferred income bonds of which Mr. Gowen had been so proud, and the
$5,000,000 additional first series consols which with them were to cover the
floating debt, if a new collateral loan was needed for the purpose for which
they had been considered ample? As for the purchase of Jersey Central
shares, an account would require a chapter in itself. The intent had been to

Page 104

secure more complete control of this subsidiary road. The purchase had
been made on margin in May. By January, 1884, more funds were necessary
to carry the stock; and as the business depression grew acute, the Reading
was obliged to seek a time loan from Mr. Vanderbilt, and to pledge the
purchased securities as collateral therefor. When the loan matured Reading
was no better off than it had been before, and Vanderbilt, who seldom
mixed philanthropy with business, sold the stock. The original purchase had
been at 78; the prices obtained when the stock was thrown on the market
ranged from 57 to 50, and the Reading lost the difference, besides those
advantages which it had expected to gain.
In the second place, the meeting proposed a dividend of 21 per cent on
the preferred stock, representing arrears due, and of 3 per cent on the
common; both cash, and to be paid in case the collateral loan should
205
succeed. In order to give shareholders time to consider, an adjournment
was taken for two weeks, after which the dividend on the preferred stock
was approved, though that on the common was not. It seems almost
superfluous to insist upon the folly of this dividend. The Reading had not,
in reality, “surmounted the difficulties of the last four eventful years.”
Scarcely any of the benefits promised by Mr. Gowen’s plan of
reorganization had been secured; fixed charges had not been reduced,
because it had been found impossible to get creditors to take new securities
in exchange for the old, and equally impossible to sell any considerable
amount of the new securities for cash. While old charges had remained
unabated, new charges had been added through the lease of the Jersey
Central, new car trusts, and the like, and the very gain in earnings which
might have been construed as favorable was due to increased mileage, and
206
was not proportional to the growth of the system. A fitting sequel to Mr.
Gowen’s words and acts was the scrip payment for labor and supplies
which took place in May, 1884, and the accompanying fall in the prices of
the company’s securities. On June 2 the company again passed into
receivers’ hands. The same judges were applied to as in 1880, and the same
receivers were appointed, except that Mr. Gowen, who had given up the
presidency of the company, was replaced by Mr. George de Keim, his
207
successor.

Page 105

The various creditors had now to do what should have been done
before, and, by lightening the charges upon the road, to put it in a position
where its solvency could be maintained. The chances for obtaining radical
action from the bondholders were somewhat brighter, since even the most
obstinate were being forced to realize that no halfway measures would
avail; and a reasonable solution was even thus early hinted at in the
suggestion that some of the bonds under which the road was staggering
should be replaced by stock. Nevertheless, we shall find in this
reorganization a slow working out of the requirements for a plan, and a
slow process of at least partial reconcilement to the inevitable.
The receivers’ report was issued in October, but contained little not
known or suspected before. From November 30, 1883, to June 2, 1884,
there had been a net loss in operation for the Railroad Company of
$2,322,282, and for the Coal & Iron Company of $1,049,702, showing
conclusively the condition of the companies. The total bonded indebtedness
was $94,613,042; a total to be compared with the $78,101,894 of four years
previous. The total floating debt was $16,549,968 as compared with
$10,254,766 at the beginning of the previous receivership. Including the
Central of New Jersey, the total fixed charges for the Railroad and Coal &
Iron Companies were $18,241,051; a sum which certain offsets, however,
208
reduced to $16,584,732.
The first suggestion for a reorganization came from a committee
primarily representing the general mortgage bondholders, though including
other interests as well. The chairman was Mr. Townsend Whelen, and the
committee may be taken to represent the views of the management. “The
present fixed charges of the company,” said Mr. Whelen, “are in round
numbers $16,650,000, while the earnings of the past fiscal year are, in
round numbers and after proper deductions, $12,900,000. The objects
sought to be accomplished by the committee are:
“(1) To reduce fixed charges to the limit of last year’s earnings;
“(2) To preserve the proper order of priorities of each class of
securities, so that no income applicable to any senior security that remains
unpaid can by any possibility be diverted to paying the interest on a junior
security;
“(3) To provide a method of paying the floating debt.”

Page 106

The plan was, roughly, to leave the prior liens untouched, to fund one-
half the coupons upon the general mortgage for three years, and to convert
all of the other obligations into income bonds. Preferred stock was to be
changed from cumulative to non-cumulative; rents of leased lines, including
the Central of New Jersey, were to be reduced to the amounts which the
properties had earned; the canal leases were to be reduced; the interest on
some of the divisional coal land mortgages was to be reduced, and on some
was to be paid in full. In regard to the floating debt the committee decided
to postpone any attempt to raise money for its extinction. If the bondholders
should accept the scaling down of their indebtedness, the company might
have no difficulty in procuring cash by a collateral loan; if this should prove
impossible, the duty of providing funds would devolve upon the junior
209
securities. The committee found it impossible to prepare within the short
time at their disposal a complete plan of reorganization with exact figures of
present and proposed fixed charges; and it is therefore impossible to
ascertain how great was the saving which they expected to secure.
The plan marks sufficiently well the advance which had been made
since the reorganization of 1880–3. The best that could then be imagined
had been the creation of a grand general mortgage for which the old
bondholders might, but mostly did not, exchange their holdings; while now
the very first suggestion endeavored to retain for all bondholders a chance
for the same return as before, and found the salvation of the company in the
transformance of certain bonds from mortgage to debenture obligations.
The general criticisms which may be made are three: first, that it was
unwise to defer all provision for the floating debt; second, that the new
income bonds might better have been replaced by stock; and third, that the
probable reduction in fixed charges would have been insufficient. So far as
the committee suggested any action in relation to the floating debt, it
favored a funding of it. This funding might have been either into mortgage
or into income bonds: if the former, the fixed charges of the company
would have been increased, or else the other mortgage bondholders would
have been compelled to accept a lower rate of interest; if the latter, the
volume of securities of slight value would have been increased, or the
junior securities would have had to take less for their holdings. The action
taken would have gone far to determine what classes of securities would
assent, while in the absence of definite declaration it was on the whole

Page 107

likely that all classes would hold off. As for the income bonds, it is in
general true that they are an unsatisfactory sort of security, and likely to
hinder the legitimate increase of capital. Most important was the question of
fixed charges. It will be remembered that of the first and second series 5s of
the previous reorganization only $23,500,000 had been intended for
immediate sale, and that of these but a portion had been disposed of; and
yet these consols were the only securities the nature of which was really
changed by the Whelen plan. Interest had been optional before on the
income bonds, the convertible bonds, the convertible adjustment scrip,
debenture and deferred income bonds; interest was not made optional on the
general mortgage or prior liens. The result would not have been, in spite of
the reduction in rents and the scaling of the divisional coal mortgages, any
sufficient lessening of the fixed requirements. This fact was, moreover,
perceived. The board of managers, to whom the scheme was reported,
concluded a favorable opinion with the declaration, “to conclude, we are
satisfied that the large economies already in operation, with those which are
still being introduced, should be regarded as a margin to meet adverse
contingencies.... That the revenue we reckon on, though reasonably certain
under such reorganization, will surely not be realized in case the property
210
should be torn asunder by foreclosure sale.” In other words they relied,
much as Mr. Gowen had done two years before, on a subsequent increase in
earnings to ensure the solvency of the company. A final objection made at
the time was that the plan asked too little of the junior securities.
The Whelen plan was reported to the general managers’ committee, and
was approved by them. Some slight modifications were made, and a large
number of signatures was secured. Opposition was not slow to spring up. In
February a meeting of general mortgage bondholders elected a committee,
known as the Bartol Committee, to prepare a plan more suited to their
interests. This body conferred with the Whelen Committee, and two
211
members from each were selected to construct a new reorganization plan.
In March it reported to its constituents that it had made all the concessions
which were possible without sacrificing the interests of the general
mortgage bondholders, and that in spite of this, the negotiations had not
212
proved successful.

Page 108

In April, ten months after the beginning of the receivership, the
Reading managers evolved a plan for dealing with the floating debt.
Holders were to agree to accept renewals at intervals of three months for
three years, with interest at the rate of 6 per cent, paid at the time of each
renewal, and to hold the collateral pledged as security until the whole of the
debt should have been discharged. In case the Philadelphia & Reading
should fail at any time punctually to pay the interest on any of the
obligations agreed to be renewed, or should fail to cause the same to be
renewed, or in case nine-tenths of the floating-debt holders should not
assent to the plan, or in case an adverse judicial sale should be made, the
213
obligation to accept further renewals should immediately cease. The
scheme deservedly fell through. Creditors were asked to tie up their assets
for three years, with no concession in return except the payment of interest
quarterly in advance; while the unofficial suggestion that the Reading pay ¼
per cent commission on each renewal was felt to be too expensive for the
company to entertain.
The following month the Whelen and Bartol committees came out with
a new edition of the Whelen plan, which introduced an assessment on the
junior bonds and stock, but preserved the same method of dealing with the
214
old securities as before. Assent to the plan was to be on the condition that
sufficient money should be raised to pay off the floating debt. Interest on
such debt was not to have priority of payment over interest on the general
mortgage for longer than three years; and during those three years the
preference was to be limited to that part of the floating debt secured by
collateral yielding income to cover interest, or important for other reasons
to be retained. There were to be seven reorganization trustees to receive the
assents of parties in interest, and to receive and hold the securities and
assessments thereon pending reorganization, and when accomplished to
215
return such securities duly stamped to their respective owners. The
trustees were further to decide whether the assents to the plan in question
should be considered adequate, and if they should conclude on or before
May 1, 1886, by a vote of six of their number, that the assents were not
sufficient, they were to call into a council the managers of the Philadelphia
& Reading Railroad Company, the receivers of that company, and the
committees of the general mortgage (Bartol) and income mortgage
bondholders; and this council, by a vote of four of the five interests therein

Page 109

represented, was to formulate a plan of reorganization adapted to the
circumstances, and involving no larger contribution in money to be paid
than under the plan as then modified; and under such power the trustees
were to proceed to foreclose under such mortgage or mortgages as they
216
might deem advisable. The plan was obviously a compromise whereby
the Whelen Committee clung to the main lines of its previous proposition,
and the Bartol Committee secured modifications which benefited the
general mortgage at the expense of the junior securities. Criticisms which
applied to the earlier plan largely apply to this also; but it is to be noticed
that at last the idea of funding the floating debt was abandoned for the
sounder scheme of paying it off in cash. The reorganization trustees were an
innovation, but were destined to be a useful one. On the whole the
compromise was a step forward; and yet it was not more successful in
obtaining assents than the scheme which had preceded it. Although the
directors approved it, as was to have been expected, the bulk of the
bondholders held off.
Matters now went on in much the same old way. The seven
reorganization trustees, representing the principal interests concerned, held
meeting after meeting with no apparent result. The courts became
impatient; bondholders clamored for their interest; but after the failure of
the earlier plan the way out seemed harder and harder to find. In September,
1885, Mr. E. Dunbar Lockwood addressed an open letter to Mr. John B.
Garrett, one of the trustees, in which the following points were made:
(1) “The trustees should recognize promptly and unequivocally that the
Reading Railroad is bankrupt, and has not sufficient available assets to meet
its obligations.
(2) “Two dollars of obligations cannot be paid with one dollar and a
half of assets, and the sooner all persons interested ... recognize this fact,
and agree to scale both principal and interest sufficient to meet the
obligations of the company and put it upon a strong financial basis, with
sufficient working capital to enable it to conduct its future business
economically, the better it will be for all concerned.
(3) “The trustees should look only at the facts as they exist ... and while
endeavoring to rehabilitate the road, also bring it into harmonious relations
with its adversaries.

Page 110

(4) “The trustees should consider the problem ... precisely as business
men consider the matter of the settlement of a bankrupt firm. The question
at once presents itself, is it best that the company should continue in
217
business, or should it be wound up?”
In his reply Mr. Garrett pointed out the difficulties to be overcome, and
concluded by saying that in his judgment no reorganization would be final
that did not ensure the establishment of credit, the entrusting of the
management to an interest having an actual equity in the property, and just
expectation of pecuniary return from it, and harmony with competing lines,
218
coupled with due regard for the rights of the public.
The reorganization trustees by this time appeared discouraged, and the
following month called a conference of creditors at which a resolution was
passed looking toward foreclosure. In November a suit was actually begun,
supplementary to a similar suit instituted a year before. It was during the
pendency of these proceedings that the plan of reorganization devised by
the reorganization trustees themselves came out, and marked a third effort
to rehabilitate the road. The first plan proposed, it will be remembered, had
suggested the conversion of all of the junior securities into income bonds,
plus a funding of one-half the general mortgage coupons for three years;
and the second had introduced an assessment on the junior bonds and stock.
This third plan, while preserving the assessment, and making it more
severe, added a provision for the conversion of general mortgage liens into
3 per cent bonds, and of junior liens into preferred stock. For the ultimate
retirement of the prior liens a new fifty-year 5 per cent mortgage was to be
created; for both the prior and general mortgage liens the difference
between the return from the old bonds and that from the new was to be
adjusted by the use of 5 per cent preferred stock, so that bondholders in
prosperous times would not find their incomes diminished. Preferred stock
was to be of two kinds, of which the first was to go to satisfy the general
mortgage bondholders and for assessments, while the second was to
exchange at varying rates for the junior securities above the second series
5s. Everything below the second series 5s was to receive common stock
instead. Under the scheme the company’s obligations would have been
reduced to $60,731,000, of which $33,400,000 prior liens and $24,686,000
new 3 per cents; while its stock would have been increased to the very
considerable figure of $96,516,282. The total cash assessments, if all paid,

Page 111

would have amounted to $13,506,620; and, joined with the balance of
stock, were expected to be sufficient to cover the floating debt. The new
219
fixed charges were to be $7,064,830.
Various points in the plan deserve mention. For the first time since the
failure of 1880 it was proposed to use two kinds of securities, of which
interest on one should be fixed, and interest on the other optional. For the
retirement of senior bonds President Bond had suggested a bond on which
half the interest should be fixed and the other half variable, but his plan had
been inferior in flexibility to the one now proposed. The junior securities
received less favorable treatment than before; but the general mortgage
itself did not escape, and was required to accept 3 per cent plus preferred
stock instead of a mere funding of its coupons. The increase in the amount
of stock was very great, and naturally so, in view of the new uses to which
220
it was put. Assessments were made heavier, and for the first time the
management frankly excluded from their calculations the Central of New
Jersey, foreshadowing the abandonment of the lease. To repeat, the first two
plans described had developed the idea of an assessment and the conversion
of the junior bonds into income obligations. To this the reorganization
trustees added the use of preferred stock, and, more important still, the
combination of two securities, respectively with obligatory and optional
liens, which were to be given for the general mortgage bonds. In principle
the result was excellent, in practice the degree of reduction was somewhat
too slight from the point of view of the company, although it seemed more
than the creditors were willing to accept. The general mortgage bondholders
in particular were loud in their protest. “The truth of the matter is this,” said
one of them, “while the plan of the trustees has much to commend it, and is
based on an excellent theory, it fails to cover the whole ground, and falls
terribly short of meeting our reasonable demands.” Thus, although the
Bartol and Whelen committees accepted the plan, matters again stood still
for a while, while the financial powers talked and wrote and threshed the
question out.
In February, 1886, the reorganization trustees received a letter signed
by J. Pierpont Morgan and John Lowber Welsh, which is important enough
to be quoted in full.

Page 112

“A syndicate has been formed,” said these gentlemen, “composed of
leading bankers and capitalists here and in Europe, together with
corporations or their representatives controlling large transportation and
coal producing interests, who have agreed to subscribe in the aggregate
$15,000,000 for the purpose of aiding in the reorganization of the
Philadelphia & Reading Railroad Company and its affiliated lines. The
syndicate has no commitment of any kind with any other railroads or
corporations upon this subject beyond securing a management in harmony
with the principle that capital invested in internal improvements should be
so managed as to result in a fair return in the way of interest and dividends.
Their object and purpose is to secure the reorganization on business
principles for the Philadelphia & Reading bondholders, stockholders, and
creditors without prejudice to the relative position of either, and in their
interest only.
“To do this effectually there must be suitable arrangements made with
the Pennsylvania Railroad and other kindred coal interests for harmonious
relations, in order that suitable prices may be obtained for coal produced
and shipped. These objects we shall endeavor to secure, and we now
enclose you a copy of a correspondence with Mr. Roberts, president of the
Pennsylvania Railroad, on these subjects, which seems to us sufficient to
warrant the syndicate in placing reliance upon the assurance given by that
company.
“As the reorganization shall proceed our effort and expectation will be
to bring about satisfactory arrangements with all the anthracite coal roads,
and also the trunk lines, which shall secure to the Philadelphia & Reading
Railroad Company, when reorganized, its just share of the business at
remunerative rates.
“The syndicate have believed that your plan was, in the main, suitable
for the purpose of reorganization, and that your board was composed of
gentlemen who would command the confidence of all parties in interest.
“They therefore prefer to make an arrangement with you and to aid you
in working out a plan.
“But they also think that there should be certain modifications as to
your organization, and also as to your plan, as follows:

Page 113

“(1) The syndicate would wish two persons, to be named by them,
added to your board.
“(2) Your plan should be made so flexible that it could be modified
hereafter in such respects as may be found necessary to success.
“(3) There should be an executive committee of five to take charge of
the foreclosure proceedings, the purchase of the property, the organization
of the new company, and generally of whatever may properly appertain to
reconstruction under the plan. There should be five voting trustees who
should vote on the stock when deposited under the plan, and to whom the
power of voting on the stock in the reorganized company should be
confided for five years after reorganization. These two committees should
be composed of parties satisfactory to the syndicate and the trustees, and
shall fill their own vacancies. But in case the syndicate and trustees cannot
agree upon the five, then, and in that case, three shall be named by the
syndicate and two by the trustees, and each class shall fill any vacancy
occurring in its own number.
“(4) The compensation to be allowed to the syndicate shall be 5 per
cent on the amount of the syndicate capital.
“(5) The syndicate to be allowed interest at the rate of 6 per cent upon
any amount they may advance the company in the course of the process of
foreclosure and reorganization.
“(6) Proper provision must be made for securing to the syndicate the
refunding of the money they may advance on account of interest not
exceeding 4 per cent per annum on the general mortgage bonds during
reconstruction, and also for the substitution of the syndicate in the place of
any creditor or stockholder who may abandon his holding and refuse to pay
his assessment, it being the purpose of the syndicate to pay 4 per cent per
annum interest on the general mortgage bonds during reconstruction, and
also to pay the assessments of such parties as may abandon their holdings or
221
right to take the securities to which they may be entitled under the plan.”
The correspondence with Mr. Roberts referred to contained the
assurance that the Pennsylvania Company would not hold aloof from an
understanding with the Reading either in respect to the coal or
transportation business, and would, moreover, “cordially unite in the

Page 114

222
arbitration of all differences.” This could not, of course, force distasteful
terms upon the Reading bondholders, but it could and did supply sufficient
capital to ensure the success of any plan adopted, and it infused confidence
and vigor into the action of the nearly discouraged reorganization trustees.
The executive committee which they were to name was perhaps a useful
tool, but the suggestion of a voting trust was a genuine contribution, and
aided powerfully in securing necessary backing for future schemes.
It is to be remarked that the syndicate appeared with no panacea, was
without a plan of its own, and at first merely adopted that of the trustees,
with a few modifications which it thought advisable; but that by March,
1886, it had so worked over the proposals of the reorganization trustees as
to make in many respects a new plan; which retained the assessments,
likewise the combination of fixed and optional charges and the use of
preferred stock, but reserved 4 per cent bonds against prior liens, gave 4 per
cent bonds with preferred stock in exchange for the general mortgage
instead of 3 per cents, and created four classes of stock instead of three.
Somewhat more in detail this plan was as follows: The Reading was to
issue a new 4 per cent general mortgage for $100,000,000, and four kinds
of stock: a preferred, income, consolidated, and common. Of the general
mortgage $9,792,000 were to be for future use in the improvement of the
railway; of the remainder $38,422,000 were to be reserved against prior
liens; $24,686,000 were to exchange for the general mortgage if such
should not be paid off in cash; $15,000,000 were to take up shares or bonds
of leased lines, and $10,000,000 were to exchange for or to redeem Coal &
Iron Company divisional mortgages. The total amount issued was to be
$90,208,000, and no mortgage in addition was to be placed on the Reading
properties for five years after the reorganization without the consent of a
majority of the preferred stockholders. Of the different classes of new stock
the preferred was to be given dividends up to 5 per cent non-cumulative,
and then the income and consolidated stocks were to have up to 5 per cent
non-cumulative. Generally speaking, the preferred stock was to go for
assessments; the income stock for the income mortgage and convertible
adjustment scrip; the consolidated stock for the first series 5s and one-
quarter of the principal of the second series 5s; the common stock for the
rest of the second series 5s, for the convertible debentures, deferred income
bonds, and for old preferred and common stock. New fixed charges were

Page 115

estimated at $6,971,687, which dividends on the preferred stock would raise
to $8,198,636. There was to be a voting trust for five years, consisting of J.
Lowber Welsh, J. P. Morgan, Henry Lewis, George F. Baer, and Robert H.
Sayre; and a syndicate was to advance necessary expenditures and
disbursements pending reorganization, including unpaid assessments. The
syndicate compensation was to be 6 per cent on its advances, plus a
commission of 5 per cent upon its $15,000,000 of subscribed capital. The
property was to be sold at foreclosure sale, and a new company was to be
223
organized.
A comparison of this with the plan of the reorganization trustees at first
announced will show the changes made. Nothing of value which previous
reorganizations had worked out was cast aside. The fixed interest allowed
the general mortgage bondholders was raised in the hope that they might
support the plan, and more care was taken to follow the order of priority in
the advantages offered to the various classes of junior securityholders; an
end to which the four classes of stock were admirably adapted. The voting
trust was altogether new, and was doubtless intended to ensure a policy in
accord with the syndicate’s wishes for a series of years, and to prevent a
renewal of the vagaries of Mr. Gowen’s administration. The provision for
foreclosure was to be expected in view of the extreme difficulty of
obtaining the assents of so many conflicting interests; but with a net
revenue of $12,026,309 (both companies) and fixed charges of $6,971,687,
the task of maintaining the solvency of the companies in future did not
seem an impossible one.
In opposition to the plan the Lockwood Committee urged that the
scheme was unjust to certain classes of bonds; that it was cumbersome,
expensive, conferred power on the trustees which should have been
reserved for the direction of the new company, and that the reserved powers
to change any part of the plan, and the uncertainties connected with the
224
settlements under it, involved risks which creditors should not accept.
The objections were not weighty. If the Lockwood or any other committee
had proved itself able to formulate and carry through a plan, or if the
syndicate arrangement had been proposed at the very beginning of the
receivership, bondholders might fairly have criticised its expense. In point
of fact numerous attempts to reconcile divergent interests had failed, and
what with Messrs. Lockwood, Bartol, Whelen, Gowen, and their respective

Page 116

followings, the future offered no more promising result. Meanwhile
bondholders were going without their interest, and costs of the receivership
were mounting up; so that a greater expense than that of which Mr.
Lockwood complained was being incurred by delay. As for the general
mortgage bondholders, they were given a chance at their old interest
whenever the road should earn it, and could fairly ask no more; while that it
was inequitable to ask income bondholders to accept a reduction to $50 in
their annual interest, or holders of the first series 5s to wait for their interest
until liens before theirs had been satisfied, are conclusions to which few
will agree.
In April Messrs. Whelen and William H. Kemble, representing the
Reading consolidated mortgage bondholders, announced that they had
determined not to accept the syndicate plan. Even before this Mr. Gowen
announced that he was organizing a syndicate and would soon be able to
pay off overdue coupons on the general mortgage bonds, and to prevent any
225
foreclosure under that mortgage. It is scarcely necessary to say that he
had a plan of his own. He proposed to issue $100,000,000 4 per cent 70-
year consolidated mortgage bonds much as did the syndicate, part of which
should go to redeem the general mortgage and the floating debt; but second
to this he suggested a cumulative 4 per cent first preferred income bond, to
take the place of the income and consolidated stock under the syndicate
plan, and to be exchanged for the first series 5s, a portion of the second
series 5s, and some of the leased canal securities; while finally he planned a
second preferred cumulative 4 per cent income bond, to be exchanged for
those securities down to the deferred income bonds, which under the
syndicate scheme were to receive common stock. The surplus of income
offered by the old general mortgage was to be made good by first
preference bonds. The existing preferred and common stocks were to
remain as they were, and the deferred income obligations were to remain
untouched. Finally, the New Jersey Central was to be retained in friendly
alliance, either under a modified lease at a rental equal to earnings, or under
a special traffic contract.
A comparison of this with the syndicate plan shows that Mr. Gowen
gave up the idea of an assessment; provided for the floating debt through
first preference bonds; swept away three of the four classes of stock,
replacing them by two kinds of income bonds; and retained the deferred

Page 117

income bonds which the syndicate proposed to retire. His plan was to be
carried through without foreclosure, but outside of this its advantages are
rather difficult to ascertain. The abandonment of the assessment was
distinctly bad; the retention of the deferred income issue was also bad; the
reduction in the number of kinds of securities tended towards simplicity, but
made impossible the nice distinction of priority on which the syndicate had
relied; while even the replacement of stock by income bonds must be
condemned, substituting as it did an obligation without any very distinct
character of its own for a stock which represented frankly only a share in
the profits of the enterprise. These things were realized, and the plan
received no serious support; but as every plan so far proposed contributed
something to the final product, so Mr. Gowen’s income bonds and his
aversion to foreclosure were not without influence upon the scheme which
ultimately attained success.
The next few months saw active hostilities between Mr. Gowen and the
syndicate; the former taking the position that he would never consent to
foreclosure, nor to the placing of the property for five years under the
226
management of a board of trustees named by his adversaries. To Mr.
Garrett, chairman of the reconstruction trustees, he wrote suggesting that
the board should substitute his plan for that of the syndicate, and that seven
reconstruction trustees should be appointed by the managers of the
company to carry it through. “Upon this being done,” said he, “I will
engage that the plan shall be underwritten by an association of capital
sufficient for the purpose of paying off all the general mortgage bonds
which do not voluntarily accept the new securities provided by the plan, and
I will agree that the financial responsibility of these subscribers to this fund
shall be determined by the presidents of the Bank of North America, the
Farmers’ & Mechanics’ National Bank, the Pennsylvania Company for
227
Insurance of Lives, etc., and the Union Trust Company....” Mr. Garrett
naturally refused.
As in many cases before, the struggle ended in a compromise. The new
agreement was as follows: The syndicate was to be enlarged by $4,000,000
additional subscriptions, and the reconstruction trustees increased to
thirteen by the addition of certain friends of Mr. Gowen, one of whom was
also to be given place upon the executive committee. The syndicate plan
was to be carried through without foreclosure, providing sufficient assents

Page 118

could be obtained, and was to be modified by the substitution of first,
second, and third 4 per cent income bonds for preferred, income, and
consolidated 5 per cent stock. Dividends on the bonds, like those on the
stock, were to be payable from net earnings only; but net earnings were
defined as the profits derived from all sources after paying operating
expenses, taxes, and existing rentals, guarantees and interest charges, but
not fixed charges of the same sort subsequently created. All third preference
bonds issued for convertible bonds were to have the right to be converted
into common stock; and the company was to have the privilege of
increasing the issue, subject for five years to the approval of the voting
trustees. As finally worked out, the first preference bonds were to be given
for assessments; the second preference for all securities which had been
promised income or consolidated stock; and the third preference for the
second series 5s, convertible and debenture bonds, and preferred stock to
which common stock had before been allotted. Somewhat more emphasis
was laid on the possibility of paying off the general mortgage. It was
proposed to reduce the aggregate of rentals and guarantees (exclusive of the
Central of New Jersey, the Schuylkill Navigation Company, and the
Susquehanna Canal Company) to an annual charge of less than $2,350,000
by direct negotiation with the companies affected. And to deal directly with
the three companies above named upon the basis of a continuance of their
respective leases at rentals involving no fixed liability beyond the earning
power of the leased line, or on the basis of a surrender of the said leases,
and the cancellation of the traffic agreement with the Schuylkill Navigation
Company for a consideration. The voting trust was to be composed of three
representatives of the syndicate and one friend of Mr. Gowen, which four
should elect a fifth who should be satisfactory both to the syndicate and to
the reconstruction trustees. A united effort was to be made by the company,
the reconstruction trustees, and the syndicate to secure the immediate
appointment of Mr. Austin Corbin as an additional receiver; and, if Mr.
Corbin would take the position and legally qualify himself to fill it, it was
understood that the presidency of the company would be offered to him.
228
The other provisions of the syndicate plan were to remain unchanged.
The total capital and charges under the plan were to be as follows:
Fixed
Est’d Capital
Charges

Page 119

Prior mortgage liens, $85,807,920 $4,233,055
Annual rental of leased lines not to exceed 2,350,000
$6,583,055
First preference income mortgage, 24,410,822 1,220,542
$110,218,742 $7,803,597
Second preference income mortgage, 26,140,518 1,307,026
$136,359,260 $9,110,623
Third preference income mortgage, 14,956,016 747,800
$151,315,276 $9,858,423
Common stock, 38,369,076
Deferred incomes, $20,751,090 at issue
price, 6,225,327
$195,909,679

We have now the reorganization in its final shape, and it will be
interesting to review briefly the gradual way in which this shape was
fashioned. With the company plunged anew into bankruptcy after a
reorganization insufficient to afford any genuine relief, the proposal was
made to fund one-half the general mortgage coupons for three years and to
convert all junior claims into liens on income. This scheme failed because
plainly inadequate to meet the needs of the situation, and a modified version
was presented providing for an assessment with which to pay the floating
debt. The assessment was approved, but not the plan, and an ensuing
scheme supplied an altogether new method of treatment, whereby on the
one hand the assessment was made more heavy, and on the other two
classes of preferred stock were proposed, with one issue of bonds at 3 per
cent. This plan failed, not so much because of its inadequacy, although it
was inadequate, but because general mortgage bondholders felt that a 3 per
cent bond was less than they could reasonably expect for their holdings, and
insisted on a security with a higher obligatory rate of interest. The next plan
took note of these objections: it raised the interest on the bonds which it
proposed from 3 to 4 per cent; and in the endeavor to please the junior
bondholders as well, created four classes of preferred stock, by means of
which the relative priority of different issues was carefully and completely
recognized. Assessments were retained, and a guarantee by a syndicate and
a voting trust for five years was suggested. In the discussion that followed,
a new scheme was introduced, which replaced the preferred stock by two
classes of income bonds, and forced the managers to realize the desire of
the old bondholders for some new security with at least the name of bond.
As a result, the syndicate which had fathered the previous plan consented to

Page 120

substitute for three of their classes of stock first, second, and third
preference bonds. Meanwhile the fixed charges estimated for the successive
plans steadily decreased. The first looked for $12,911,000, or $14,266,051
as variously reckoned; the second for $14,143,384, or, deducting the Jersey
Central, for $8,223,177; the third for $7,064,830; the fourth for $6,971,687;
and the sixth for $6,583,055. Thus each plan took over what was most
satisfactory in its predecessor; and there was on the one hand a steady
decrease in the fixed charges proposed, and on the other a continuous effort
to discover some plan which might be satisfactory to all concerned.
That the compromise plan last mentioned succeeded was in part due to
the feeling of all contending parties that concessions must be made; it was
due also to endorsement by the leaders of the more important interests; and,
finally, to an appreciation that the plan was after all a good one, reducing
largely the fixed charges which the company would have to pay, while
depriving no one of a return which, under the circumstances, he could fairly
expect to receive. Mr. Corbin proved willing to undertake the new
responsibilities put upon him. He was therefore appointed receiver in
October, and elected president in the January following.
Nevertheless, it would be a mistake to suppose that the plan was
unanimously accepted from the start. The Lockwood Committee of general
mortgage bondholders were prompt in their disapproval, pronouncing it
“unjust, uncertain, and indefinite”; saying that reorganization under it
would be unduly expensive, and that it was more objectionable than the
229
plans which had preceded it. Equally decided was a small group of
capitalists which held a majority of the first series 5s outstanding, the
members of which were said to have agreed to hold their bonds and to abide
230
the result. The original time limit for deposits expired on March 1, 1887;
it was then extended to March 15, and again to March 31, and deposits of
$110,409,464 out of a total of $117,972,859 were secured. By October
certain other bondholders had been induced to come in, and the trustees
declared the plan operative. Holders of $3,348,000 of first series 5s stayed
out, and forced an arrangement by which they were practically paid off in
231
cash. Arrangements were made with some of the subsidiary Reading
lines, but the lease of the Central of New Jersey was not renewed. Only
odds and ends now remained to be cleared up, and all through the rest of the

Page 121

year the managers were busy paying off receivers’ certificates, floating
debt, overdue interest, etc. On January 1, 1888, without formalities, the
Reading passed out of receivers’ hands and into the control of the
stockholders.

Page 122

CHAPTER IV

PHILADELPHIA & READING
Difficulties of the Coal & Iron Company—McLeod’s policy of
extension—Collapse of this policy—Failure of company—
Summary of subsequent history.

With the year 1888 a new period in the history of the Reading began. The
long struggle to bring the company back to solvency was fairly over, and
for the first time in seven years the road saw before it a chance for genuine
prosperity. Unlike the reorganization of 1880–3, that of 1884–7 succeeded
in accomplishing the greater part of the saving expected of it. According to
the plan, interest charges were to be reduced to $4,233,055;—in 1888 they
were $4,516,433, and in 1889 $4,058,139; rentals were not to exceed
$2,350,000;—in 1888 they were $2,882,582, and in 1889 $2,842,319. Other
payments, it is true, the necessity for which was passed over by the
advocates of the plan, raised the total which the road was obliged to meet,
but did not prevent a comfortable balance of over $2,000,000 for the
Railroad Company in 1888, and one of $1,444,000 for both Railroad and
Coal Companies combined. During the next few years large sums were
spent in improving the permanent way. By January, 1889, almost the entire
line between New York and Philadelphia had been relaid with 85 and 90
pound rails; grades had been smoothed, bridges strengthened, and culverts
strengthened or rebuilt.
Less satisfactory than the results for the Railroad Company, however,
were those for the Coal & Iron Company. In this case profits of $654,211
for 1887 turned into a loss of $806,222 for 1888, and in the following year a
weak demand for coal, combined with a high cost of mining, increased the
loss to $974,373. President Corbin felt called upon to explain that prior to
1886 the deficits of the Coal Company had been habitually met by inflating

Page 123

the capital account of the Railroad Company; so that with allowance for this
fact the showing of the companies under his management had been
232
relatively good. In November, 1889, a letter of Mr. Gowen’s was issued,
hopeful as ever, criticising the management for their refusal or neglect to
give authoritative information about actual earnings, but pointing to the
large expense for new coal cars, barges, and collieries, and explaining the
233
benefit which these would confer.
The weakened position of its allied company pulled the Reading down,
and prevented it from attaining the secure position which had seemed in
sight. The payment of dividends only increased the general dissatisfaction.
In February, 1889, holders of a considerable amount of second preference
bonds circulated a petition objecting to the official statement of net earnings
applicable to these securities, and demanded an examination of the books.
After an investigation their expert declared that a 7½ per cent dividend had
been earned, but the bondholders could not induce the company to increase
its distribution. The next year preference bondholders fared even worse.
The managers declared that the surplus over all fixed charges for the year
was barely $100,000, and that no dividends at all upon their holdings could
be paid. Again an investigation was demanded and accorded, and Mr.
Howard Lewis, the expert appointed, reported that there was applicable to
the payment of interest upon first preference bonds the sum of $90,101, or
⅜ of one per cent; a sum which the company promptly agreed to pay.
Meanwhile even the stockholders were becoming restless. In June, 1889, a
suit was commenced in Philadelphia, praying that the company’s voting
trustees and the trust under which they acted should be set aside, on the
ground that the trust was to be exercised by five voting trustees, whereas
only four had ever been appointed. Later on the matter was taken up by
London stockholders, and became serious enough to force a concession of
two seats in the board of managers of the company.
There was no question but that the trouble was caused by depression in
the anthracite coal business, for in the carriage of both passengers and
freight the Reading in these years made steady and substantial gains. In the
three years following 1887 the number of passengers transported increased
by 2,400,000 and the earnings from them by $470,000; while the freight
tons moved gained 1,500,000 and the freight earnings $1,000,000. Only in
coal was there a decrease, which appeared for the Coal & Iron Company in

Page 124

the figures for sales and gross and net receipts, and for the Railroad
Company in the earnings from anthracite transported. The result was an
attempt to improve the situation: first, by a combination among coal
producing roads which should raise the selling price of that commodity; and
second, by extension of the railroad into new markets, whereby an outlet for
increased production should be obtained. At the instigation of Mr. Gowen a
syndicate was formed to purchase a majority of the stock of the Reading
234
Company, which bought much more than 50 per cent, even though Mr.
Gowen, the prime mover, died in the mean time. The existing managers
showed no desire to combat the movement, although the voting power lay
entirely in their hands. In June, 1890, President Corbin resigned, and Mr.
A. A. McLeod was elected in his place.
Mr. McLeod now began a vigorous policy of consolidation and
expansion with the lease for the second time of the Central of New Jersey.
He evaded a New Jersey law which forbade the lease of a domestic to a
foreign corporation by incorporating the Port Reading Railroad Company
235
and then executing a lease of the Central to this minor corporation. The
Port Reading promised 7 per cent on the Central stock for 999 years, plus
one-half the surplus earnings above the dividend up to 10 per cent, and
secured a guarantee of the fulfilment of these promises from the Reading
Railroad proper. Finally, Mr. McLeod leased the Lehigh Valley to the
Reading direct, on a guarantee of 5 per cent on the stock until May 31,
1892; 6 per cent from that time until November 30, and 7 per cent thereafter
for the rest of the 999 years. So far as control over the coal supply was
concerned this put the Reading in a very favorable position. The Lehigh
Valley tapped the northern Wyoming field, and the Central of New Jersey
the Mahanoy and Shamokin deposits, and both had access to New York
through New Jersey. The Lehigh, moreover, extended to Buffalo; and with a
line of steamers to Duluth, Milwaukee, and Chicago, promised to command
a large proportion of east-bound traffic in other things than coal. Figures for
the coal industry show that the Reading, Central, and Lehigh shipped in
1891 53.3 per cent of the total production of 40,448,000 tons; in 1890 55.5
per cent; and in 1889 57.75 per cent. In addition, control of the Delaware,
Lackawanna & Western was said to have been acquired by the purchase of a
236
majority of its stock, which added 15.1 percent more; making a total of
68.4 percent for the year 1891, or sufficient to give a considerable measure

Page 125

of control over prices. But the terms were severe; quite as severe as in the
case of the leases earlier put through; and though the Reading was in better
shape than it had been five years before, full interest on its preference bonds
was not being paid, and so long as this continued no outside payments
could properly be made. The subsidiary companies, on the other hand, were
not earning the dividends promised on their stock by nearly one-third of a
million dollars; and it seemed unlikely that sufficient economies could be
secured to cover permanently the deficit. The question could fairly have
been asked whether the Reading had not bought a chance to contribute an
annual sum to the Lehigh Valley and Jersey Central stockholders; and
whether these roads had not deliberately entered into a contract which was
little likely to be carried out. The justification of the arrangement lay in the
control of coal prices which it made possible, and in the advantages of close
traffic arrangements and connection with both Philadelphia and New York.
“The main reason why the combination failed,” said Mr. I. L. Rice before
the Industrial Commission, “was that there was not an understanding of the
first principles of an operation of that kind, i. e. that it must reduce prices
and not increase them. The anthracite coal combination was killed because
prices were immediately put up....
“Q. Mr. McLeod has testified before this commission that it was his
intention to effect such economies as should be reflected in lower prices.
Do we understand that you criticise the policy in that it did not so reduce
the prices?
237
“A. He did not do it, no matter what his intention was.”
The situation was, however, as clearly understood by the public as by
the managers themselves. Even before the combination had begun to carry
out its policy, outcry was made, and as prices went up the agitation became
intense. In New Jersey an act to legalize the combination which passed both
houses was vetoed by Governor Abbot on the ground of the effect upon the
238
price of anthracite coal; and in June the Attorney-General applied for an
injunction to dissolve the lease of the New Jersey Central to the
Philadelphia & Reading, alleging that the tripartite agreement between
these companies and the Philadelphia & Reading was illegal. The court
239
granted a temporary injunction, which it continued in August to a final
hearing, with conditions to make it more effective.

Page 126

Prices did not go down, and in October Attorney-General Stockton of
New Jersey again appeared before Chancellor McGill. He now charged the
Philadelphia & Reading, the Central, and the Port Reading with having
conspired to advance the price of coal in defiance of the order of the court,
and asked for the appointment of a receiver to enforce the former decree,
and to restrain the company from further using the New Jersey railroads for
240
carrying any coal until the advanced price should have been reduced.
The officers denied the allegations, but the Chancellor sustained the
Attorney-General on every point; and only the official announcement of the
241
abrogation of the lease prevented the granting of the order. The lease of
the Lehigh Valley fared better. In a suit brought by M. H. Arnot, a
stockholder in the Lehigh Valley, Judge Metzger of the Court of Common
Pleas held that the Reading and Lehigh Valley were not parallel and
competing lines in the sense contemplated by the law; and that mere
incidental competition between branches or spurs of two systems would not
242
prevent the consolidation of their main lines. So much then of the
original programme was allowed to stand.
Meanwhile, in the search for new markets, the Reading had stretched
into New England, having chosen that territory in the hope of increasing its
243
tonnage without a desperate struggle with its neighbors. The most
available subject for control was the Boston & Maine, which reached from
Northampton and Boston, Massachusetts, to Portland, Maine, was
independent of the large trunk lines, and had a profitable local business of
its own. Purchases of this railroad’s stock were quietly made; and in
October, 1892, the public was surprised by the election of Mr. McLeod to
the presidency, although, as it subsequently transpired, an actual majority of
244
Boston & Maine stock was not secured. It was obvious that nothing
could be gained from the new arrangement unless the gap between the
Reading and the Boston & Maine should be filled; and so, even before the
purchase of stock in the latter was begun, the lease of the Poughkeepsie
245
Bridge across the Hudson was put through, and a controlling interest was
bought in the stock of the Central, New England & Western. The last-
named road extended from Hartford, Connecticut across the Poughkeepsie
Bridge to Campbell Hall, 145½ miles, and connected at this point with the
Pennsylvania, Poughkeepsie & Boston, a road controlled in the interest of

Page 127

the Reading. This completed a through route from Philadelphia to Hartford.
Later the Central, New England & Western Railroad Company and the
Poughkeepsie Bridge Railroad Company were consolidated into the
246
Philadelphia, Reading & New England, with Mr. McLeod as president;
and a controlling interest was purchased in the New York & New England
Railroad, which ran from Poughkeepsie via Hartford and Providence to
247
Boston, and afforded another entrance into New England. All this
involved a very great extension of the Reading system. The lease of the
Lehigh Valley had connected it with Buffalo; the subsequent consolidations
brought it into every New England state, and gave it a total mileage of,
roughly, 5000 miles.
Danger lay in two directions. First, it was possible that even the union
of the Lehigh, Jersey Central, and the Reading might fail to secure a profit
for the mining end of the business, and second, the financing of the New
England deals might be so conducted as to put the parent road into a very
difficult situation.
Both these contingencies occurred. The early termination of the Jersey
Central lease weakened the control of the Reading over prices, while the
severity of the winter of 1893, though assisting to maintain prices, so
increased the expense of operating the mines that earnings fell below fixed
charges for the three months ending February 28, 1893, by the amounts of
$933,443 for the Railroad Company and $468,362 for the Coal & Iron
Company. Moreover, losses of $616,351 accrued during the same time
under the Lehigh Valley lease, and were met by the Reading, contrary to
expectation, and contrary to the express provisions of the mortgage by
which its income bonds were secured. In order to accomplish the New
England extensions shares were bought on margin by President McLeod
personally with collateral in part supplied by himself, in part taken from the
treasury of the company, and consisting of general mortgage, collateral
trust, and income bonds. “On or about September 22,” said Mr. I. L. Rice, a
representative of the bondholders, who had been examining the books, “Mr.
McLeod entered into certain individual stock transactions which resulted in
the purchase of 24,036 shares of the stock of the Boston & Maine Railroad
Company and 32,000 shares of the stock of the New York & New England
Railroad Company. On October 15, 1892, he withdrew from the control of
the company, without having previously obtained the authority of the board

Page 128

of managers therefor, and without expressing the purpose for which he
intended to use the securities, 30,000 general mortgage bonds of the
company, which as afterwards appeared were used at that time as margins
in the transaction. He subsequently withdrew from the control of the
company in the same manner and for the same purpose, between October
28 and December 1, 1892, $713,000 of collateral trust bonds, and $99,000
third preference bonds. No reference whatever is made to these stock
transactions on the books of the company except the mention of the
withdrawal of securities against the personal receipt of the president, nor
are they referred to on the minutes of the board of managers prior to
December 24, 1892. On the latter date the board of managers in a resolution
approved the transaction, calling for the use of $613,000 of the company’s
collateral, and indemnifying Mr. McLeod for advances made for the same
purpose to the extent of $400,000. On January 17, 1893, Mr. McLeod
deposited $250,000 additional collateral trust bonds as margin, making a
total of $963,000. On February 15 Mr. McLeod directed that the account be
248
transferred from his individual name to that of the company’s.”
Leaving aside the matter of the propriety of Mr. McLeod’s action, it is
plain that the method which he employed was an extremely expensive one,
in that it raised the necessary cash by temporary loans at high rates from
brokers in New York and Philadelphia instead of by the sale of stocks or
bonds, or by the use of funds which the company might have had on hand.
According to President Harris, the average charges paid on the floating debt
in 1892, a large portion of which had been accumulated in these operations,
was 9 per cent. If the control over the corporations acquired had been
desired for temporary reasons the operation would have been a stock
speculation pure and simple, and the Reading would have trusted to the
possible rise in price of the securities purchased to cancel the expense of
advances to the brokers who did the buying; but in this case the control was
designed to be permanent, not temporary, and Mr. McLeod expected results
which could be obtained only after a series of years.
This brings us to the beginning of 1893. Mr. McLeod had succeeded in
carrying out his plans for a combination of coal producing roads and for the
extension of the Reading into New England, but had seen his first project
bitterly attacked, and his second scheme become a burden because of the
insufficient funds behind it. Matters came to a head in February with an

Page 129

attempt to borrow on $10,000,000 collateral trust bonds. Speyer & Co.
accepted the issue, but the Drexels refused to handle it, and began to sell the
249
company’s securities at any price. Quotations dropped from 46¾ to 40⅝
on February 17, and continued to fall the two succeeding days, reaching 28
on February 20. On this last day application was made to the United States
Circuit Court in Philadelphia, and Messrs. McLeod, Wilbur, and Paxon
were appointed receivers. “I am very sorry,” said President McLeod, “that
we were driven to the necessity for a receivership, but it was the only thing
to do. Our credit was attacked in a way which made it impossible for us to
meet our obligations, and we had the receivership established before the
property was further injured.... The trouble was brought about by the fact
that we were doing an enormous business on a small capital, and when this
attack was made ... it hurt our credit so that we could not borrow
250
money.” Lack of capital was the repeated cry of the management. At a
later date Mr. McLeod again said, “When I leased the Lehigh Valley and the
Jersey Central and took over their coal operations ... I found that I had
$13,000,000 invested in coal and in carrying the customers of the
companies. The Reading did not have that much capital, and I had to
borrow $8,000,000 of that $13,000,000. Then the panic of 1893 came on. I
had arranged to fund that $8,000,000 of floating debt by selling securities,
etc., giving me a working capital of $17,500,000, but the parties who were
to furnish the money had six months in which to do it, and on account of
that panic coming on before I could get the money, there was nothing in the
world for me to do except to put the Reading in the hands of the receivers to
251
save its securities.” The statements concerning the lack of capital were a
true explanation though not an excuse. Money had been tied up in unsalable
coal, acquired not only by the leases of the Lehigh and Central, but also by
252
purchases from independent operators and by production during the
253
current year; while whatever spare funds the Reading had been able to
provide had been put into New England securities at high prices to carry out
the road’s ambitious plans. In the mean time the large purchases on margin
made a fall in the price of Reading securities of especial moment; and, as
Mr. McLeod explained, it proved impossible to liquidate the floating debt.
The failure of 1893, then, was caused less by a continued inability to meet
fixed charges than by an undue expansion of operations such as has ruined
many a solvent firm. Reading’s venture in the coal fields had not proved a

Page 130

success, but the loss had not been sufficient to ruin it within a year; its New
England extensions had not brought all the results desired, but they had not
had a fair trial; the true cause for the failure was the attempt to accomplish
by means of stock speculation and temporary loans at high rates more than
the road could do out of its legitimate resources, with the intent on the one
hand to raise the price of coal and on the other to secure fresh markets for
the sale thereof.
After the failure the first impulse of the bondholders was to denounce
Mr. McLeod. A meeting of European creditors in London chose a
committee to represent them and solicited McLeod’s removal from the
receivership on the “serious ground” that the administration of their
property should not any longer be jeopardized by remaining under the
control of an official who had already brought it into its existing difficulties.
A New York general mortgage bondholders’ committee decided to act in a
similar direction, and Mr. Drexel represented to the president that he should
254
resign for the sake of the future of the company. Mr. McLeod unwillingly
gave way. For successor the board of managers chose Mr. Joseph S. Harris,
a man of long experience in railroad affairs. Mr. Harris had been for many
years connected with the Lehigh Valley system, and was the same man who,
it will be remembered, had evaluated the Reading coal properties in 1880.
Following his election as president he was appointed receiver in the place
of Mr. McLeod.
The receivers’ statement came out in March and announced a floating
debt of $18,472,828, against which were held reported assets to the amount
of $15,779,784; but of these last $4,985,276 were in the shape of coal, and
$8,861,065 consisted of the items “due for freight,” “tolls due from
connecting roads,” “bills receivable,” “cash,” etc., a large part of which was
probably of little worth. Both the current liabilities and the current assets
are instructive, and show that on the one hand Mr. McLeod’s stock
operations had involved the company in heavy obligations to his brokers,
and that on the other losses in the coal business had necessitated current
advances to branch lines from which it was impossible to get return. It
appears, for instance, that the Coal & Iron Company had been unable to pay
the sums charged it for freight, and while the full amounts had been
nevertheless included in reported earnings, the actual result had been a

Page 131

swelling of bills receivable by debts which the Railroad Company was quite
255
unable to collect.
The general lines of the policy to be pursued were now sufficiently
clear; the more pressing claims were to be met by the issue of receivers’
certificates, expenses were to be cut down, payments under leases were to
be amicably reduced where possible, holdings of Boston & Maine stock
were to be sold, and on the side of the bondholders the various interests
were to agree on some scheme for raising cash and for improving the
general condition of the property. There was need for some reduction of
fixed charges, but not for such radical cuts as in 1880 or in 1884.
The receivers and managers carried out their part of the work first.
Application was made in March, and again in June, for permission to issue
certificates in settlement of the most urgent claims. In May Mr. McLeod
resigned the presidency of the Boston & Maine after a large part of the
Reading’s holdings had been sold, and the same month President Harris
inaugurated a policy of retrenchment by the retirement of four out of the
five vice-presidents which the Reading had been accustomed to maintain. In
July the receivers obtained permission to dissolve the agreement with the
Pennsylvania, Poughkeepsie & Boston Railroad, and in August the
appointment of a separate receiver for the Philadelphia, Reading & New
England marked, except for the minor matter of the Poughkeepsie Bridge,
the final abandonment of New England extension. Meanwhile an
arrangement had been made with the Lehigh Valley, whereby the payments
under the lease were reduced for two years from 7 per cent to 5 per cent, on
condition that the Reading should make extra payments at the end of that
time if the Lehigh proved to have earned more than 10 per cent in the
interval; and permission had been obtained from the Circuit Court to
surrender the possession and operation of the Eastern & Amboy Railroad
and the Lehigh Valley Terminal Railroad, both lines belonging to the
Lehigh Valley in the state of New Jersey. The Lehigh lease, even as
modified, aroused much opposition from bondholders, who rightly
maintained that payments under it constituted a diversion of funds which
should have gone to the creditors of the Reading proper. Suit was begun
before the Circuit Court, and on August 8, 1893, a formal abrogation was
obtained. This incidentally caused the resignation of Mr. Wilbur, president

Page 132

of the Lehigh Valley, from his position as receiver of the Reading, and the
appointment of Mr. J. Lowber Welsh in his place.
The more complicated task of the bondholders was at first undertaken
by two committees: one for the general mortgage bondholders, of which
Mr. J. Edward Simmons was chairman; and one for the income
bondholders, led by Mr. George Coppell. Three demands were at once
made: first, that Mr. McLeod retire from the receivership; second, that the
lease of the Lehigh Valley be abrogated; and third, that the books of the
company be examined by a railroad accountant. The first and second points
were complied with, though not altogether because of the insistence of the
committees, and in the end the third was also granted, and Mr. Stephen
256
Little was set to work.
On May 27, 1893, the managers of the company brought forward a
reorganization plan, which estimated the floating debt at $19,991,941, and
proposed to cover it by the issue of $22,000,000 collateral trust bonds at 95.
These bonds were to be redeemable any time before maturity at 110, and
the trustee was authorized “to apply the surplus income or the proceeds of
sales ... of any of the securities pledged until 1898, and thereafter so much
as might be determined from time to time by the Railroad Company, to the
purchase of the said bonds at the best price obtainable, or, if necessary, to
draw the same for redemption.” General mortgage and first, second, and
third preference bonds were to be entitled to subscribe to the amount of 10
per cent of their holdings; deferred income bonds to 4 per cent; and
stockholders to 24 per cent; while besides the $22,000,000 mentioned,
$2,000,000 additional bonds were to be issued each year for working capital
and for the acquisition of real and personal property. General mortgage
bondholders were to fund their coupons to and including January 1, 1898,
and to receive an equivalent amount of coupon trust certificates. The rental
under the Lehigh Valley lease was to be reduced, and the Reading stock was
to be transferred for seven years to a voting trust composed of Joseph S.
Harris, E. P. Wilbur, Thomas McKean, and two others to be afterwards
257
named. Assents of 90 per cent of the general mortgage bondholders and
of 60 per cent of the stockholders were required by the 21st of June to make
the plan effective, and a syndicate was pledged to carry out the provisions if
258
such assents should be obtained.

Page 133

An issue of collateral bonds, a reduction in the Lehigh rental, a funding
of coupons, and a voting trust: these were the propositions which President
Harris and his associates presented for the consideration of the bondholders.
There was to be no disturbance of existing securities, no assessment, not
even a reduction of fixed charges except as these were lightened by the
lowering of rentals and by the payment of the floating debt. It is to be
presumed that the attempt to extend the Reading into New England was not
to be continued, for no provision was made for the purchase of the shares of
the New England roads hitherto held on margin, and in fact large sales of
Boston & Maine stock had already taken place; but no formal mention of
the deal was made. The lease of the Lehigh Valley was to be continued in
the hope of better times, while the reduction of rental which the plan
required had already taken place. Under ordinary circumstances any plan
such as the one outlined would have been quite futile. Where the failure of a
road is due to deep-seated causes the remedy must be fundamental; and
when a piling up of indebtedness is due to inability to pay fixed charges the
situation must be met by a reduction of those charges even though a
foreclosure sale be a necessary preliminary. In the present case matters were
somewhat different: bankruptcy had come, not from a long-continued drain,
but from a rapid diffusion of resources in an attempt to accomplish more
than the finances of the road would permit; and a change of policy was the
thing most urgently required. But this again was not a question with which a
reorganization plan had to deal, except in so far as such a plan might
smooth the difficulties which lay in the way; and any scheme which should
restore to the company the collateral imperilled in its rash campaign, fund
the floating debt at a reasonable rate of interest, and give the management a
chance to start again, was worthy of serious consideration. It may be
observed, however, that granting all of the above, the plan before us did not
go far enough. The extensions due to President McLeod had been in the
heart of the coal regions, as well as in New England, and one of the most
important of these, the Lehigh Valley, the managers proposed to retain. This
policy, it may be said, was of very doubtful wisdom. The attempt to
monopolize the production of anthracite coal had already been fruitful of
disaster, and the possession of the Lehigh would have constituted a
continual temptation to future purchases; while it was far from certain that
even under the reduced rental the road could have been made to pay. What
the Reading needed was a period of quiet attention to its own business,

Page 134

undisturbed by meddling in the business of other people; an attention which
would be sure to result in increased economies, and was the true remedy for
the lack of prosperity in the coal industry which had driven Mr. McLeod on
his wild career. It is to this latter judgment that we must in the end conform.
The plan of President Harris was not so inadequate as might at first appear;
it accomplished much that needed to be accomplished, and it gave an
opportunity to the management of the road to retrace many of the steps of
the previous two years; but on the other hand, it did not embrace the chance
to free the Reading from all its mistaken enterprises, and passed by an
occasion which could only again occur after much suffering and loss.
Discussion turned, however, on other features. In a circular to
securityholders in June, President Harris said: “My deliberate opinion is
that the assistance asked for by the proposed plan ... is none too great, and
that there is a good probability that if it is afforded and the plan is carried
out prudent and careful management may prevent the recurrence of such a
crisis. My judgment is that the securityholders will make a very serious
mistake if they do not accept the relief offered them, for I see no probability
that the necessary assistance can hereafter be obtained except upon much
more onerous terms. I strongly advise that the plan shall be promptly
259
accepted.” “We cannot but regard these terms as very easy,” said the
Financial Chronicle. “To be sure a new collateral trust mortgage for
$30,000,000, bearing 6 per cent, is to be created, but the greater part of this
goes to take up floating debt and other existing obligations, and will involve
260
no increase in fixed charges....” On the other hand, it was objected that
the plan was formed entirely in the interest of the floating debt holders,
income bondholders, and stockholders; and that the management under the
arrangement would have the power to pay dividends upon the income
bonds, while at the same time the coupons on the 4 per cent mortgage bonds
261
were being funded. In an editorial urging foreclosure proceedings the
London Standard said: “That [foreclosure] will prevent holders of pledged
collaterals from getting a market for their securities, and, at the same time,
bring a good many doubtful matters connected with the finances of the
company into the light of day. It should also tend to make the ‘floating debt’
swindle less popular with eminent American financiers. At present they pile
these debts up in the full assurance that they can easily arrange matters so
as to put them, when funded, before existing mortgages. It is for the

Page 135

Reading general mortgage bondholders to act promptly for their own
262
interests.” Finally, it was objected that the plan was in the interest of the
McLeod management, and that the voting trust was to be a McLeod
organization, which would either whitewash the ex-president’s operations,
or by keeping them in the background would virtually outlaw them.
The plan failed because the time allowed for deposits was too short. In
spite of the objections raised 31,356 general mortgage bonds and 411,218
shares of stock were deposited in twenty-five days, and it was maintained
that additional securities would surely be obtained to make up the
percentages required. The managers alleged, however, that extension was
263
impracticable, and announced that the scheme could not go through.
The year following this attempt at rehabilitation was full of the
struggles of different interests, each jealous of any concession and working
devotedly for its own hand. Prominent at this time was Mr. I. L. Rice, the
same gentleman who has before been quoted in connection with Mr.
McLeod’s operations in New England stocks. Mr. Rice had been a member
of the syndicate which had put Mr. McLeod into the presidency, and had
served as foreign representative of the company during his régime. He had
been instrumental in forming the anthracite coal combination, and at the
time of the Reading failure had been in England raising money to finance
264
the coal holdings then acquired. Returning from Europe upon the
appointment of receivers, he examined the Reading books with the results
which have been noticed, and now appeared as the active enemy of
everything connected with Mr. McLeod, even to the receivers who had
succeeded him. In May, 1893, he resigned the seat which he had held on the
Reading board, on the ground that the management had condoned the use
by Mr. McLeod of the company’s securities in carrying on his private and
personal speculations; in September he resigned from the income
bondholders’ committee, and attacked in a circular the McLeod régime and
265
the succeeding receivership; and in December he applied for the removal
of the receivers, alleging that they had grossly neglected their duties to the
stockholders, and had ignored the financial transactions of Mr. McLeod
266
prior to their appointment.

Page 136

In spite of his hostility to the existing régime, Mr. Rice hoped to
rehabilitate the company without foreclosure or, indeed, formal
reorganization. The action of others was inspired by a less optimistic view.
The original suit on which receivers had been appointed had been brought
by one Thomas C. Platt; but as early as March Alfred Sully and A. B. Rand
of New York, and John Lowrie of London, holders of first and second
preference income bonds, petitioned to intervene. In July Judge Dallas
dismissed the Lowrie suit, but the petition was renewed in September,
alleging that Mr. Platt “did not file his bill in good faith on his own behalf,
and on behalf of all other holders of bonds, but at the request and for the
benefit and protection of the men who were then managers of the
Philadelphia & Reading Railroad Company and the Philadelphia & Reading
Coal & Iron Company, and that the suit was not being pressed with due
267
diligence.”
All this time the receivers had been busy on a plan, which they
presented in January, 1894. By leaving out of consideration some
$5,000,000 of car trusts they arrived at the figure of $12,500,000 for the
floating debt. This they proposed to cover by the issue of $6,000,000 in 6
per cent ten-year trust certificates, based on the stock of coal on hand, and
by $10,000,000 in 5 per cent collateral trust bonds then in the treasury of
the Reading Company. They hoped that a balance of $2,500,000 would then
remain available for working capital or other purposes. General mortgage
coupons were to be funded for five years, although the receivers planned to
have a syndicate formed to purchase at par for cash the coupons as they
matured, giving to the bondholders in each case the choice between
receiving money or coupon trust certificates for the interest due. There was
to be no formal reorganization, no cuts in charges, nothing but a provision
for the floating debt and for a temporary funding of interest payments; and
this was the more feasible because the Lehigh Valley lease had been by this
268
time abrogated and the New England extensions definitely abandoned. It
will be remembered that to the plan of May, 1893, it had been objected that
the provisions contrived to bring in the floating debt ahead of previously
existing liens, and were a premium on a kind of financial juggling too
common among American railroads. This plan, therefore, avoided a new
issue of bonds, and used only what the treasury already possessed. The coal
notes were obviously unobjectionable, and served at the same time to utilize

Page 137

the unsalable stock which the management had earlier accumulated. If their
value should prove small the loss would fall on the holders of the floating
debt and not on the owners of the general mortgage bonds; while the return
to the company was assured by arrangement with Drexel & Co., Brown
Bros. & Co., and J. Lowber Welsh on the one hand, and the Finance
Company of Pennsylvania on the other. On the whole this plan was gentle
even to tenderness with the creditors of the road, and its failure revealed
clearly the bondholders’ state of mind. The holders of the general mortgage
refused to fund their coupons for five years, they refused to fund them for
two years, and they insisted that foreclosure proceedings should be
instituted unless they should receive immediate payment of their interest.
“In view of this,” the receivers were forced to remark, “it would be idle for
269
[us] to continue the efforts to readjust the affairs of the company....” The
trouble with the receivers’ scheme was not that it demanded large
concessions,—much larger had been asked and granted in 1887,—but that
the general mortgage bondholders felt that on the one hand the road was
very nearly earning fixed charges, so that in the contingency of a
foreclosure sale their interests would be reasonably safe; and on the other
that a demand for concessions so soon after a complete reorganization of
the property was an irritant which might well be resented even at the risk of
some pecuniary loss. Fortunately the assent of the bondholders was not
necessary to the issue of the coal trust notes, and the receivers executed
them under the authority of the court, practically as proposed.
In April, 1894, Mr. Simmons, chairman of the old general mortgage
bondholders’ committee, resigned his position, and Mr. Fitzgerald, president
of the Mercantile Trust Company, was chosen to succeed him. The
committee presently issued a notice which, after reviewing its early activity,
went on to say that it had believed it prudent to give the receivers every
opportunity to familiarize themselves with the affairs of the company, but
that in its judgment the time had come for action to enforce the rights of the
270
bondholders under the mortgage. In May, 1894, a new general mortgage
committee was organized, with Mr. F. P. Olcott as chairman, designed not
directly to oppose the Fitzgerald Committee, but to hasten the rehabilitation
of the property. The committee prepared a bondholders’ agreement calling
for the deposit of general mortgage bonds, and in a statement of their
position said: “Difficulties in the way of a foreclosure and reorganization

Page 138

thereafter are exaggerated; if any danger is wrought by such foreclosure it
271
will fall upon the junior securities and not upon us.” Lastly, at this time,
there was a committee headed by Mr. Earle, president of the Finance
Company of Pennsylvania.
The first matured suggestion after the failure of the receivers’ plan
appeared in what was known as the Olcott-Earle Agreement, published on
September 25, 1894, which seems to have been in many respects a revival
of that scheme. It proposed to cover the floating debt by the sale to
securityholders of $10,000,000 collateral trust bonds, heretofore held in the
treasury, and to fund coupons on the general mortgage 4s for five years. A
syndicate agreed to advance $9,000,000, or as much thereof as might be
needed, to buy the coupons as they should mature. The stock was to be held
and voted by the reorganization committee until all the money advanced by
the syndicate should have been repaid; that is, till June, 1898; a second
syndicate guaranteed the sale of the collateral bonds at 70; and the preferred
bondholders were asked to forego any claims for interest until all the
general mortgage coupons should have been retired and cancelled. Certain
other details are of interest. The collateral bond issue was to be taken up by
the preferred bondholders and stockholders, each individual subscribing to
10 per cent of the par value of his holdings; but the bondholder might, if he
preferred, pay 3 per cent of the par value of the securities he owned and
receive nothing, instead of paying 10 per cent and getting a collateral bond.
Securityholders were given 60 days in which to assent, and if at the end of
that time the number of assents did not amount to practically all the
interests involved, the committee proposed to reorganize by foreclosure for
the benefit only of those who had assented to the plan; while for the future
the committee was to provide by agreement with the railroad company that
the latter should call an annual meeting of general and income mortgage
bondholders and stockholders, at which bondholders as well as stockholders
272
should vote in proportion to the par value of their holdings.
It will be observed that the source of relief sought by this plan was
precisely that of the receivers’ plan earlier described. Certain changes,
however, of considerable importance were introduced. The subscriptions to
the collateral issue were made distinctly obligatory, and an alternate
assessment was provided; greater use was made of syndicate assistance;
some voting power was given to the bonds; and a voting trust was added to

Page 139

ensure permanency of control to the designers of the reorganization till their
work should be complete. On the whole there were still few concessions to
creditors, and indeed could be few. Ten coupons of the general mortgage
were to be funded, though it was made easy for the bondholder to get cash
if he preferred it; the provisions concerning subscriptions to the collateral
bonds were rather more burdensome than before; and the voting trust, while
redounding to the ultimate advantage of creditors, was only indirectly a
concession to their demands. The grant of voting power to the bondholders
would have been a great concession, but the wording of the clause was
vague and probably little practical effect would have ensued. As in the
previous plans, no particular attention was paid to the reduction of fixed
charges.
So much for the provisions of the plan. It was a hopeful innovation for
the suggestions it contained to come from holders of general mortgage
bonds, and seemed to give some evidence of a change of heart; especially
since the Olcott Committee did secure the assent of a larger proportion of
the issue than had accepted either of the propositions before brought
forward. The Fitzgerald Committee strenuously protested, still insisting on
the advisability of foreclosure; and further objections came from Mr. Rice
and from the Hartshorne Committee. Nevertheless, the general mortgage as
a whole gave its consent, and ultimate shipwreck was due only to the
273
abstention of the income mortgage bonds. It is not surprising that the
income bondholders should have felt that the plan had little in it for them.
They had been given no voice in its making,—their wishes had at no time
been regarded. During the whole reorganization the question had been of
the terms to which the general mortgage bondholders would consent, and
the only sign of the existence of junior liens had been an occasional fearful
inquiry as to what would become of them under foreclosure; until now the
combination of a voting trust with the expenses of a syndicate
reorganization, and an assessment upon them and upon the stock, touched
the limit which they would stand. There was, moreover, at this time no
question of the wiping out of the value of their holdings. The preamble to
the Olcott-Earle plan stated that the annual charges were $10,477,560 and
that the net earnings for 1891 had been $10,977,398; thus showing that
something was left for the junior securities even after the payment of
interest on all prior and general mortgage liens. It seemed also barely

Page 140

possible that the difficulties of a foreclosure, with the danger under the laws
of Pennsylvania of losing the coal properties of the company, might secure
better terms for the holders of junior obligations in case they should
withhold their assent.
Early in January, 1895, the following official notice was issued: “The
plan of readjustment, dated October 1, 1894, has not been assented to by a
sufficient number of income bondholders and stockholders to make the
same effective. The committee now hold over a majority of the general
mortgage bonds, and have, in accordance with the bondholders’ agreement
of May 7, 1894, and their circular of October 1, 1894, notified the trustees
of the general mortgage to bring suit for the foreclosure thereof ... as
274
expeditiously as possible.” Suit for foreclosure was brought March 2 in
accordance with the announcement, and the Junior Securities Protective
Committee, an organization with purposes indicated by its name, was
allowed to intervene.
Meanwhile the Fitzgerald and Olcott committees together prepared and
brought forward the final reorganization scheme. The conditions now
differed from those with which any previous plan had been confronted, in
that it was no longer necessary to seek for as little change as possible, and a
broader, more radical reorganization was in point. “Unless,” began the
scheme, “the managers shall decide to proceed without foreclosure or sale,
the properties of the existing Reading companies will be sold and successor
companies will be organized under the laws of Pennsylvania, and the stock
and securities of these successor companies will be vested in a new
company formed, or to be formed, under the laws of Pennsylvania or of
some other state.”
There were to be issued:

General mortgage 100-year 4 per cent gold bonds, $114,000,000
Non-cumulative, 4 per cent first preferred stock (subject to an
increase of $21,000,000), 28,000,000
Non-cumulative 4 per cent second preferred stock, 42,000,000
Common stock (subject to an increase of $21,000,000), 70,000,000

If at any time dividends of 4 per cent should have been paid on the first
preferred stock for two successive years the company might convert the
second preferred stock at par, one-half into first preferred and one-half into

Page 141

common stock. These new issues were ultimately to retire all outstanding
securities, to provide for expenses of reorganization, and to go for new
construction, additions, betterments, etc., in the succeeding years. Since,
however, it was obviously impossible to cancel prior liens before maturity,
sufficient general mortgage bonds ($44,550,000) were reserved from
immediate issue to retire these when they should fall due. This left new
general mortgage bonds with four classes of stock against old general
mortgage bonds with three classes of preferred bonds, common stock, and
deferred incomes; and, as might be expected, new general mortgage 4s were
given for the old general mortgage, second preferred and common stock
went for preference bonds, and new common stock for old common stock
and deferred income bonds. Certain cash payments were made on the
general mortgage, and $4,000,000 of the new issue were sold to a syndicate;
but on the whole we may say that the prior liens and general mortgage
bondholders occupied the same position in the new company which they
had occupied in the old; that the income bondholders exchanged a bond
with a lien on income for a stock with a right to dividends; and that the
floating debt, syndicate, and other expenses were given equal rights with
the general mortgage.
No additional mortgage was to be put upon the property, nor was the
amount of the first preferred stock to be increased, except with the consent,
in each instance, of the holders of a majority of the whole amount of each
class of preferred stock, given at a meeting of the stockholders called for
that purpose, and with the consent of the holders of a majority of such part
of the common stock as should be represented at such meeting, the holders
of each class of stock voting separately; neither was the amount of the
second preferred stock to be increased, except in a similar way. These
careful clauses made some provision for future capital requirements
necessary which should be independent of the consent of the stockholders at
any time; and $20,000,000 general mortgage bonds were accordingly set
aside, to be issued in amounts not greater than $1,500,000 in any one year
for future construction, equipment, and the like. Additional general
mortgage bonds were provided to retire Philadelphia & Reading Terminal
and Coal & Iron Company bonds up to the sum of $21,000,000.
The floating debt, estimated at $25,150,000, was provided for in part
by assessment, and in part by the sale of securities to the syndicate for cash;

Page 142

20 per cent being levied on first, second, and third preference income
bonds, 20 per cent on the stock, and 4 per cent on the deferred incomes;
while the syndicate agreed to take $4,000,000 of the new general mortgage
bonds and $8,000,000 of the new first preferred stock. The assessment was
expected to yield $20,862,289, and the syndicate to contribute in cash
$7,300,000; leaving an estimated cash balance of $3,000,000. In addition,
the syndicate (Messrs. J. P. Morgan & Co., J. Kennedy Tod & Co.,
Hallgarten & Co., and A. Iselin & Co.) undertook to underwrite the
payment of the assessments on the income bonds and stock, and to
guarantee the extension or payment of the improvement mortgage and Coal
& Iron Company bonds, most of which were to mature in the following two
years. No great reduction of fixed charges was of course to be expected.
The cancellation of the floating debt effected, nevertheless, a certain saving,
so that charges for the future were estimated at $9,300,000 as against net
earnings of $9,839,971 in 1894; while the refunding or extension of
275
maturing bonds was looked to for a reduction of $500,000.
It is plain that this plan favored the general mortgage bondholders to
the last degree, and admitted them to the reorganized company with
absolutely no sacrifice save that of the addition of $4,000,000 to the total
general mortgage issue. They funded no coupons, they suffered no
diminution of interest and no shaving of principal; they paid no assessment;
and as an additional protection to them, the provision was inserted that all
classes of stock of the new company, except such number as might be
disposed of to qualify directors, were to be voted by three voting trustees, of
whom J. P. Morgan and F. P. Olcott were designated in the plan. It has
seldom happened in any reorganization that a mortgage similar to the
general mortgage in this case has been able to take and hold so strong a
276
position. The secret lay in the fact that the road had been earning the
interest on the general mortgage bonds; and that under these circumstances
no interest or combination of interests could force the holders to accept less
than payment in full of all their claims. The situation could never have
arisen in the earlier reorganization; it could never have occurred where a
reduction in annual payments was required for the salvation of the property,
or even where the amount of cash to be raised to pay the floating debt was
so large that junior securityholders would have relinquished their holdings
rather than pay the necessary assessments. In this case none of these

Page 143

conditions existed, and all the burden was thrown on the holders of junior
mortgages and stock. It must be remembered, also, that though in ordinary
cases the difference between the income bonds which the old first and
second preference bondholders surrendered and the preferred stock which
they received would not have been very great, yet here the provisions of the
old income mortgage, which forbade the deduction from net earnings of any
interest on bonds subsequently created until its interest should have been
paid, rendered the loss more serious.
To sum up, the holders of junior securities and stock paid the expenses
of reorganization, paid the floating debt, lost what right they had to interest
before the settlement of interest on subsequently created claims, and got
only stock, and for the most part second preferred or common stock at that.
The general mortgage bondholders got new 4 per cent bonds, plus 12 per
cent, or 2 per cent in cash, had no greater interest charges ahead of them,
and without paying any assessment or making any concession, except to
allow the immediate increase of the amount of their issue by $4,000,000,
and thereafter by $1,500,000 per year, secured a lien on the assets of the
company; a privilege which was, moreover, extended to undeposited as well
as to deposited bonds. The company itself was dissolved, but the new
corporation which took over its assets enjoyed, with slightly decreased
charges, freedom from the old floating debt and from the extensions and
combinations which had caused the floating debt of the old management,
and seemed besides a strong financial backing.
In May, 1896, Judge Atchison of Philadelphia signed the decree for the
foreclosure and sale of the property of both the Railroad and the Coal &
Iron Companies, and on September 23 the sale took place, C. H. Coster, of
J. P. Morgan & Co., and Francis Lynde Stetson paying an aggregate of
277
$20,500,000 for the whole estate. The sale ended the life of the old
Reading charter; and in view of the constitution adopted for the state of
Pennsylvania in 1871, which forbade any railroad owning more than 30,000
acres of coal land, some device had to be sought whereby the Philadelphia
& Reading Railroad and the Philadelphia & Reading Coal & Iron
Companies could hold together. Diligent search revealed the existence of
the “National Company,” a corporation chartered in 1871 by special act of
the legislature of Pennsylvania at the very time when the new constitution
was under consideration. This company, originally the Excelsior Enterprise

Page 144

Company, had power “to purchase, improve, use, and dispose of property to
contractors and others and for other purposes,” with privileges fully as
278
broad, it was said, as those enjoyed by the Reading before foreclosure.
The National Company now changed its name to the Reading Company,
called a special meeting, increased its stock to the amount required by the
plan of reorganization, and, jointly with the Coal & Iron Company,
authorized a mortgage to secure bonds up to a possible amount of
$135,000,000; to be secured on the property of both companies, including
the stock and bonds of the Railway Company. Meanwhile the Philadelphia
& Reading Railway Company had been organized to succeed to the
property and franchises of the old Philadelphia & Reading Railroad
279
Company, with a capital stock of $20,000,000 in $50 shares. The charter
of the Coal & Iron Company was preserved in spite of the foreclosure
280
sale. The next step was for the Reading Company to exchange its bonds
and stock for the general mortgage bonds and stock of the two minor
companies in the proportions already agreed upon, and to deposit the
securities so obtained in its treasury; leaving the prior liens the only direct
obligations of either company in the hands of the public. This meant, of
course, absolute control of both companies by the Reading Company; and
in the future, when the prior liens should mature, it was to mean the
replacement of all outstanding obligations by the obligations of the holding
company. Both the Railway and the Coal & Iron Companies retained their
separate organizations; the belief was that there was no merger which might
be attacked before the courts; that it only happened that one corporate
individual had invested in both Railroad and Coal Company shares and
proposed to vote this stock, as was lawful, to further the policies of which it
281
approved.
Representatives of the reorganization managers laid an elaborate
defence of the legality of these operations before Attorney-General
McCormick of Pennsylvania, and on January 2 secured an opinion
confirming the validity of the charter of the Reading Company. “After due
consideration,” said Mr. McCormick, “I reach the conclusion, most
reluctantly, that the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania cannot now
successfully attack the chartered rights of the Reading Company.... My
view of the whole matter is that the charter of the company authorized it to

Page 145

do the kind of business in which it engaged prior to January 1, 1874, which
business was of the same general character as that in which it proposes to
engage for the purpose of controlling the stocks of the Railway Company
282
and the Coal & Iron Company.”
Like the Baltimore & Ohio and the Erie, the Reading has benefited
largely from the favorable business conditions of the last decade. The
combined income of the three Reading companies has grown from
283
$48,422,971 in 1898 to $95,715,088 in 1907. Earnings on the
Philadelphia & Reading Railway alone are now nearly as great as the
combined income of the three companies at the earlier date. Net receipts
were $13,586,710 in 1898 and $29,190,316 in 1907; and the surplus over
all payments rose from $1,376,420 to $8,741,454 between those years. It is
important to notice that this showing does not depend primarily upon the
anthracite business. Not only has the carriage of general merchandise
increased until it affords to the railway a return almost equal to the earnings
on coal, but in the coal business itself bituminous has assumed an
importance nearly as great as that of its harder rival. The Coal & Iron
Company still concerns itself almost entirely with anthracite, and has
accordingly been more affected by special causes. The strike of the miners
in September and October, 1900, and again from May to October, 1902,
checked the growth in production for a time; but the increased demand for
domestic consumption has made possible an increase in output from
4,849,002 tons in 1897 to 10,034,713 in 1907. Increasing business has
stimulated improvements. Over $15,300,000 have been withdrawn from
income by the Philadelphia & Reading Railway Company for this purpose
between 1896 and 1907; and over $10,000,000 have been invested from
earnings by the Coal & Iron Company during the same time in colliery
improvements alone. Maintenance charges have been ample. Whereas
$1300 to $1500 per mile of single main track are sufficient for normal
repairs upon a trunk line, the Philadelphia & Reading Railway has spent
over $2600 per mile of line for the last seven years, and over $1700 for the
three years preceding. As much as $73 has been spent in a single year for
average maintenance per freight car, $609 in maintenance per passenger car,
and $3244 in maintenance per locomotive. In consequence of these repairs
and of renewals upon a considerable scale, the average value of all
locomotives has increased between December 1, 1896, and June 30, 1906,

Page 146

from $4906 to $8393; the average value of freight cars producing revenue
from $383 to $622; the average value of steam colliers and tugs from
$41,533 to $55,451; and the average value of barges from $7930 to
$21,074. The average freight train load was 194 tons in 1897 and 403 tons
in 1907. Ton-mileage has increased during the period 159 per cent and
freight train mileage only 27 per cent.
It is true that no great sums have been spent from capital account.
$5,137,825 in car trust certificates were outstanding on June 30, 1907, and
$5,608,000 in general mortgage bonds have been sold and the proceeds
invested principally in new equipment, but this is all. Improvements have
been made mainly from earnings, and fixed charges have not had to be
increased. In fact, the voting trustees stated at the expiration of their
trusteeship in 1904 that, eliminating the fixed charges created since
December 1, 1896, on account of the acquisition of additional properties
and interest upon the additional mortgage bonds issued for the purchase of
equipment, the fixed charges of the Reading system were $1,018,065 less
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1904, than they were for the fiscal year
284
ended November 30, 1896.
It thus comes about that the finances of the Reading, while not as
secure as could be desired, are yet in better shape than they have been for
285
thirty years. Fixed charges, taxes, and operating expenses took 86 per
cent of gross income in 1907, but a decline of nearly $12,000,000 in net
earnings must precede a default on any bonds outstanding. To this margin
should be added the considerable amount by which maintenance expenses
now surpass normal figures. An initial dividend was declared on the
Reading Company first preferred stock in August, 1900; on its second
preferred in October, 1903; and on its common in February, 1905. Four per
cent is now being paid upon all classes of stock.
Large amounts of Reading stock are held by the Baltimore & Ohio and
by the Lake Shore. The Reading has again bought control of the Central of
New Jersey, and owns besides a steamship line and something under 500
miles in other subsidiary roads. Its large earnings, its troubles with its mine
employees, its influence over the supply of a necessity of life, and the
possibility of discrimination which its control of both railroad and coal
properties affords, have made it a target for legislative attack from state and

Page 147

national governments. Action was begun by the Department of Justice in
1907 to dissolve the merger between the Reading and the Central of New
Jersey. In June of the previous year the so-called “commodity clause” of the
Hepburn Act forbade any railroad company to transport in interstate
commerce any article except timber and the manufactured products thereof
which it should have produced, or in which it should have any interest,
except those products necessary and intended for its own use in its business
as common carrier. The legality of the Reading’s position in these matters is
yet to be decided by the courts. The student may well doubt whether
legislative action will ever succeed in preventing the common ownership of
the Reading railroad and mining interests. What is more probable is that a
strict governmental control will come to be imposed. Against this proper
development no appeal to legal technicalities will avail.

Page 148

CHAPTER V

THE SOUTHERN
Richmond & Danville—East Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia—
Formation of the Southern Railway Security Company—Growth
and Combinations—Failure and reorganization of the East
Tennessee—Reversal of position between the Richmond &
Danville and the Richmond & West Point Terminal—
Acquisition of the Central of Georgia—Failure and
reorganization of the whole system—Subsequent development.

At the present time there are in the South five great railway systems: the
Atlantic Coast Line; the Seaboard Air Line; the Southern Railway; the
Louisville & Nashville Railroad; and the Illinois Central Railroad, which
cover, in the order named, the territory between the Atlantic Ocean and the
Mississippi River.
The backbone of the Southern Railway is formed by the old Richmond
& Danville and East Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia companies: of which
the first formerly stretched with its subsidiary lines from Washington and
Richmond on the north to Atlanta, Georgia, and Greenville, Mississippi, on
the south and west; and the second reached from Bristol, Tennessee, in a
great half circle to the ocean at Brunswick, Georgia, and by means of the
Mobile & Birmingham straight to the Gulf at Mobile.
The Richmond & Danville was opened in 1856 between Richmond and
Danville, Virginia. It was largely aided by the state of Virginia. Three-fifths
of its stock were owned by the state in 1867, there was a state loan of
286
$400,000, and a state guarantee of $200,000 besides. In natural
consequence the state elected three of the six directors. It was not long,
however, before the state was able to relieve itself of a large part of its

Page 149

investment. On the 31st of August, 1871, all of the state shares were taken
287
over by the Pennsylvania Railroad Company. The money sunk in the
company’s bonds still remained. From Danville the Richmond & Danville
steadily pushed south in the years following 1856. Under the leadership of
the Pennsylvania it became its ambition to open direct rail communication
from the great Northern cities to the heart of North and South Carolina and
Georgia. To obtain a ninety-mile extension to Charlotte the company leased
287
the North Carolina Railroad, 223 miles in length. To get into Atlanta it
allied itself with the Atlanta & Richmond Air Line Company, projected to
288
construct a line between Atlanta and Charlotte. In 1878 it bought a
controlling interest in the Charlotte, Columbia & Augusta Railroad and
289
secured entrance to the latter city. The Pennsylvania aided the new
enterprise by advances from time to time, and when the current liabilities
290
became unmanageable took $1,000,000 of a new refunding mortgage.
Meanwhile the East Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia Railroad had been
established to the west of the Richmond & Danville, in the heart of the
291
southern Appalachians. This company was a consolidation in 1869 of the
East Tennessee & Virginia Railroad, from Bristol, on the boundary between
Virginia and Tennessee, to Knoxville, Tennessee; and the East Tennessee &
Georgia Railroad, from Knoxville, Tennessee, to Dalton, Georgia. Both
roads were aided by the state of Tennessee. In 1870, however, the new
company extinguished its debt to the state by the payment of $4,117,761 in
state bonds. Not long after the completion of its line from Bristol to Dalton,
the East Tennessee fell under the control of the Pennsylvania Railroad,
which already dominated its neighbor to the east. To facilitate the control
and to unify the interests of the Pennsylvania south of Washington a
“Southern Railway Security Company” was formed, with a capital of
$5,000,000. This company was entrusted with a majority of the stock of the
Richmond & Danville and of the East Tennessee. It also controlled the
Coast Line railroads from Richmond to Charleston, and the Memphis &
292
Charleston from Chattanooga to Memphis. Unfortunately the financial
results of the combination were disappointing. Of the subsidiary roads the
East Tennessee managed to pay at least 3 per cent on its capital stock from
1872 to 1876; but the Richmond & Danville paid nothing, the Coast Lines
nothing, and the Memphis & Charleston barely earned the 3 per cent

Page 150

guaranteed under its lease. In 1873, therefore, a special meeting was held at
the office of the Southern Railway Security Company to consider the
293
propriety of making sale of certain properties of the company. In 1874
294
the lease of the Memphis & Charleston was surrendered, and in 1876 the
bulk of the securities held, outside of the Richmond & Danville stock, were
295
disposed of.
The retirement of the Southern Railway Security Company marked the
beginning of the withdrawal of the Pennsylvania from investment in the
South. For the rest, it left the lines north of South Carolina in three main
competing groups. There were the Coast Lines from Richmond south, the
Richmond & Danville, and the East Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia
properties. And stretching from west to east was the Memphis &
Charleston, which was already in financial difficulties of a serious nature.
All three of these groups were now thrown upon their own resources; and
two of them, at least, took vigorous measures in self-protection. The policy
of the East Tennessee was the most aggressive. Shut up in the narrow valley
between the Clinch and the Great Smoky Mountains, and flanked by hostile
roads, it conceived it to be necessary for it to acquire connections to the
south, to the east, and to the west. Accordingly, it leased the Memphis &
296
Charleston in 1877 and obtained an outlet upon the Mississippi River. In
1878 it bought the Georgia Southern and the Selma, Rome & Dalton and
297
provided itself with a line as far south as the Flint River in Alabama. In
1881 it bought the Alabama Central, extending some 96 miles west from
Selma. The same year it secured control of the Macon & Brunswick in
Georgia, and began construction from Macon to Rome to complete a line to
298
the South Atlantic coast. In the north it made an alliance with the Norfolk
299
& Western, which opened that company’s line from Bristol to Norfolk,
and arranged with the Louisville & Nashville and the Kentucky Central for
construction to a connection at the Kentucky-Tennessee state line which
300
should open to it the business of the Central West.
The Richmond & Danville fell under the control of a group of
capitalists who already controlled the Atlantic Coast lines and held an
interest in the East Tennessee, and who now bought the 24,000 shares of
301
Danville stock still held by the Pennsylvania Railroad. Like its rival, it

Page 151

302
enlarged its system. It leased the Atlanta & Charlotte Air Line in 1881,
with certain minor roads in the Carolinas and in Georgia. In 1882, under the
charter of the Georgia Pacific, it began construction westward from Atlanta
to the Mississippi. It did not stretch out, as did the East Tennessee, but it
secured a very complete control of the territory between Richmond in the
north and Augusta, Savannah, and Atlanta in the south. In 1881, also, the
Richmond & Danville took a step destined to have important consequences.
Since it desired to acquire certain railroads, and since its charter allowed it
to hold stock in none but connecting lines, it caused to be incorporated a so-
called Richmond & West Point Terminal Railway & Warehouse Company,
with authority to acquire stocks and bonds of railroad companies in North
Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Kentucky, Georgia, Alabama,
Mississippi, and other states. This company increased its stock by October,
1881, to $3,000,000; of which the Richmond & Danville then owned
$1,510,000. The most important acquisition which it made at the time was
the Virginia Midland Railway, from Alexandria, Virginia, to Danville; but
other additions were to follow.
The independent action of the Danville and East Tennessee companies
was followed by a new consolidation which reunited most of the lines
dominated by the old Security Company. In response to queries in August,
1883, Mr. Calvin S. Brice admitted that a syndicate in which he was
interested had bought control of the Richmond & Danville.
“We have secured,” said he, “about 28,000 of the 50,000 shares of
stock issued by the Richmond & Danville Company. Our syndicate
controls, besides our new purchase, the East Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia
Railway and the Chesapeake & York River line of steamers that ply
between West Point, on the Chesapeake, and Baltimore, and has close
traffic arrangements with the Clyde steamers, which run between New York
and Philadelphia and all Southern points. Our purpose is to confine all our
railroad and steamship lines under one management, and to equip and
303
operate the system in the best possible manner.”
It appears from this statement that the capitalists who controlled the
East Tennessee now again consolidated with the leading interests of the
Richmond & Danville and lines east, albeit changes in personnel and
transfers of holdings occurred. Return to the old combination was made

Page 152

desirable by the more intimate connection of the two groups of roads. The
Western North Carolina had been opened across the mountains of North
Carolina in 1882. This had made practicable the diversion of the western
traffic of the East Tennessee from the Norfolk & Western to the Richmond
& Danville; a traffic which the northern connections of the East Tennessee
promised largely to increase. Consolidation was doubtless also prompted by
the desire to save the East Tennessee from serious financial difficulty which
threatened it. It had become apparent that this company, at least, had
severely taxed its strength in the rapid extension of mileage which had
followed 1876. Before that time its position had been secure. It had
possessed a monopoly of the somewhat limited local traffic between
Chattanooga and Bristol, and had formed part of the most direct route
between New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, and Washington, and towns in
Tennessee, Northern Alabama, and Mississippi. Its extensions had changed
the situation. They had brought it into touch with the Mississippi River and
the Atlantic Ocean, and had increased its fighting power; but they had also
endowed it at large cost with a group of poorly equipped, unprofitable lines
located in a keenly competitive territory. The Selma, Rome & Dalton had
been purchased just after a foreclosure sale. The Macon & Brunswick had
never been able to earn much more than working expenses. The Alabama
Central had not seen fit to publish its financial figures after 1878, while the
Memphis & Charleston, as we have seen, had turned to the East Tennessee
only to escape bankruptcy.
The East Tennessee had hoped to make profitable the lines which it had
so rapidly acquired. Unfortunately the company was poorly equipped for
such a task. Its finance had been extravagant. In 1875, on 269 miles of lines
there had been $7317 in stock and $15,620 in bonds per mile. In 1883 the
mortgage bonds and car trusts outstanding per mile owned amounted to
$23,444, the income bonds to $15,404, and the capital stock to $41,079. A
grand total of $79,927 as compared with the $22,937 of eight years earlier,
and an average of almost $100,000 in securities per mile of new line
acquired! Ninety-nine per cent of net income was being absorbed in paying
interest on all classes of securities, although maintenance figures were kept
as low as $630 per mile of line. This large volume of stocks and bonds
made improvement from earnings impossible, and prevented conservative
management by taking from the stockholders any chance of dividends, and
by reducing the quotations of common stock to less than $5 per share. And

Page 153

though in some respects the location of the system was good, the route
which it offered to much of its business was indirect, the competition which
it had to meet was severe, and its Atlantic terminal, Brunswick, was of
small importance compared with the thriving cities of Savannah and
Norfolk. The result was a failure to secure the gains from consolidation
which had been expected. Surplus earnings were continuously small, and
current bills were left to run; until by 1883 the floating debt had become so
large that an issue of $1,200,000 in debenture bonds was required to take
care of it.
The failure of the East Tennessee to weld its connections into an
efficient transportation system left it helpless in face of the panic of 1884.
304
Earnings fell off in that year, a directors’ committee was appointed, and
the resulting report revealed a plain inability on the part of the company to
meet its charges.

“The interest charges proper for the calendar year 1885 are,”
said the committee, $1,476,505.85
“To this must be added the principal due on car trusts and
debentures in 1885, 280,954.11
“Or a total of $1,757,459.96
“The payments on similar account will be—
in 1886, $1,739,196.28
in 1887, 1,720,932.60
gradually decreasing until the debentures and car trusts
being paid off in 1894, the total fixed charges for the
year 1895 will be $1,295,970.00
“The net revenue for the year 1883–4 was 1,699,925.84
“The net revenue for 1885 and 1886, allowing for the decrease
in earnings following the panic, and supposing the road to
be operated for 60 per cent, may be estimated at $1,400,000.00

“This will leave,” said the committee, “an annual deficit of $350,000,
to which must be added a total of $1,000,000 required by the general
manager for steel rails, iron bridges, and other needed improvements.
“The sums for covering these expenses should not be raised by
temporary loans, as this would not relieve the company of its
embarrassments nor place its finances upon a sound footing. It cannot be
raised by an additional mortgage, on account of the provisions of the
mortgage securing the income bonds. It must and can be raised from a

Page 154

funding of coupons which shall leave the earnings of the company
sufficiently free to meet the demands upon them. The committee therefore
recommends:
(1) “That the holders of the consolidated 5 per cent bonds be asked to
fund four coupons, being those maturing January and July 1, 1885, and
January and July 1, 1886, by depositing said four coupons with the Central
Trust Company of New York, as trustee, and receiving instead the
company’s funded coupon bond dated July 1, 1885, and bearing 6 per cent
interest per annum from that date, ... which bond shall run ten years from its
date and be redeemable at the pleasure of the company at par and accrued
interest after three years, on three months’ notice; such funded coupon bond
to be secured by the coupons so deposited, the lien of which will be in all
respects preserved.
“The total extensions under this clause would be $1,467,400.
(2) “That the holders of the $2,000,000 of the Cincinnati & Georgia
Division first mortgage 6 per cent bonds be asked to fund four coupons, ...
being those maturing March and September 1, 1885, and March and
September 1, 1886, ... and accepting in lieu thereof a funded coupon bond
... dated September 1, 1885.
“The total amount extended under this clause would be $240,000.
(3) “That the holders of the debentures be asked to extend for ten years
such of the debentures as fall due during the years 1885 and 1886, and to
accept similar debentures running from five to ten years, for the interest....
“The total amount extended under this clause would be $373,200.
(4) “That an arrangement be made with the holders of the car trust
certificates of the company, series A, for an extension for ten years of all the
payments of principal falling due in 1885 and 1886, being $100,000 in each
year.
305
“The total amount extended under this clause would be $200,000.”
The committee had an apology to offer for the state in which the
company was placed. “The actual cost of the 190 miles of the new roads
constructed by the company has largely exceeded,” said they, “the estimated
cost. The physical condition of the roads purchased by the company

Page 155

necessitated the expenditure of large sums in the improvement of roadway
and track; the construction and reconstruction of bridge masonry and bridge
superstructure. The facilities for the conduct of the company’s business
were entirely inadequate to the requirements of its increasing traffic and had
to be enlarged. Unfortunately the company did not fully provide for these
expenditures, and the shrinkage of the value of its securities greatly
aggravated the evil.” This much was very true. In its criticism of existing
facilities the committee was on sure ground. In its suggestions for relief it
was less well advised. It seems to have felt that the East Tennessee’s
difficulties were due to a temporary inability to raise cash for the
improvement of its roadbed and equipment, and that the suspension of
certain charges for a few years would allow the expenditure of liberal sums
from income, ensure the improvement of the road, and bring about a
condition of permanent prosperity. The truth was that the East Tennessee
was in too bad a shape to be reëstablished by such means. The heavily
burdened and physically defective lines which made up the system were
past being restored from income even with the aid of a funding of a few
years’ coupons. They required a definitive surrender of portions of the
claims against them, extensive new charges to capital account, and a
306
correspondingly complete reconstruction of their whole operating plant.
The practical service which the committee rendered was not in suggesting
an adequate remedy for existing troubles, but in making plain how serious
these troubles were. So imminent, in fact, did they show collapse to be, that
the management determined to forestall hostile action by themselves asking
for the appointment of a receiver; and on January 7 the Circuit Court
307
appointed Henry Fink to that position. The committee’s funding scheme
fell of its own weight. The decrease in the earnings of the company, a truer
appreciation of its condition, and, it may be surmised, the influence of New
York banking houses, forced it to make room for a thorough plan of
financial reconstruction.
Action looking toward reorganization of the East Tennessee, Virginia &
308
Georgia began with the year 1886. In January Mr. Nelson Robinson, who
had held proxies for a controlling stock interest at the previous election,
returned from Europe; and after a conference with certain large bondholders
agreed with them to draft a plan for the reorganization of the property. A
reorganization committee was chosen from members of large banking

Page 156

309
firms, meetings were held, and in the first part of February, 1886, a
scheme was put forth. This plan comprised the following points:
(1) Reduction of fixed charges;
(2) Exchange of new bonds and preferred stock for old bonds;
(3) Assessment on the junior securities;
(4) Foreclosure.
Foreclosure was to take place under the consolidated mortgage. A new
5 per cent seventy-year consolidated mortgage was then to be created.
Enough of the bonds under this mortgage were to be reserved to retire the
liens prior to the existing consolidated mortgage as they should mature, and
the balance was to be used for taking up the outstanding consolidated
mortgage bonds, the Cincinnati & Georgia division bonds, and the ten-year
debentures. It was estimated that the exchanges would reduce the annual
310
interest charge from $1,757,460 to $994,737. This necessitated
considerable demands upon old securityholders. Thus the old consolidated
mortgage bonds bearing 5 per cent received only 60 per cent of their face
value in new consolidated bonds with the same rate of interest; and the old
6 per cent Cincinnati & Georgia division bonds received only 48 per cent in
consols, besides suffering a decrease in interest rate from 6 to 5 per cent.
The difference was made up by the allowance of preferred stock, to which,
moreover, was given the right for five years to elect a majority of the board
of directors, unless before that time the new company should have paid out
of its net earnings 5 per cent dividends on such preferred stock for two full
successive years. To the Cincinnati & Georgia division bonds were given 62
per cent in new first preferred besides the 48 per cent in bonds,—a total of
110 per cent; upon which the yield in prosperous times might exactly equal
the yield on the securities which they surrendered. To the consolidated
bonds were given 50 per cent in new first preferred, making possible a total
return greater than that which they had formerly enjoyed. For the
debentures was made the same provision as for the divisional bonds. In
order that net earnings might go first of all to the prior liens and to the
above securities, new second preferred and common stock was issued for
the benefit of the old income bonds and stock. Of these the income bonds
received 100 per cent in new second preferred; while the old preferred

Page 157

received 100 per cent and the old common stock 40 per cent in new
common. Only in return for their assessments did the income bonds receive
first preferred stock, and even for their assessment the common stock took
second preferred. Cash assessments were 5 per cent on the income
mortgage and 6 per cent on the new common stock. This was expected to
yield $2,475,000, which, with a surplus of new securities in the treasury of
$1,534,000, was thought sufficient to liquidate outstanding car trusts and to
311
provide the company with a fund available for future use.
The plan may be criticised in some respects. It made no adequate
provision for future capital requirements. Two millions and a half of cash
and two millions of securities were considerable sums in hand, but of these
over half a million was in the form of stock, and from the rest had to be
deducted at least a million and a half for the liquidation of car trusts. This
312
left, it is true, enough for existing needs, but it did not allow for
constantly recurring and legitimate demands for improvements out of
capital in future years. Moreover, the securities given for the consolidated,
the Cincinnati & Georgia division, and the debenture bonds exceeded by 10
per cent the nominal value of the bonds retired by them. But on the whole
the reorganization plan was an excellent attempt to solve a difficult
problem. It proceeded on a sound principle, it laid the burden on the proper
parties, it avoided a funding of current liabilities, and even in respect to the
volume of securities outstanding it accomplished a much needed reform by
313
wiping out 60 per cent of the almost worthless common stock. It was
accordingly accepted by the securityholders. On March 18, the
314
reorganization committee obtained a decree of sale. By May 1,
practically all the consolidated and income bonds, with a majority of the
315
preferred stock, had assented; and on May 25, 1886, the East Tennessee,
Virginia & Georgia Railroad was sold for $10,250,000 to a representative of
the reorganization committee. Previous to this the opposition committee,
316
which had been formed by the minority stockholders, had disbanded.
The final step was the organization of the East Tennessee, Virginia &
Georgia Railway, which on July 1 took over the title to the East Tennessee,
Virginia & Georgia Railroad and branches, a controlling interest in the
stock of the Knoxville & Ohio, and a controlling interest in the stock of the
317
Memphis & Charleston Railroad Company.

Page 158

During this time the Richmond & Danville had not been standing still.
It will be remembered that in 1883 the capitalists who dominated the East
Tennessee and the Coast Lines had purchased a controlling interest in this
company, with the purpose, according to Mr. Brice, of confining all their
railroad and steamship lines under one management and of operating the
system in the best possible manner. These gentlemen had found the earnings
of the Richmond & Danville sufficiently unsatisfactory and the need for
improvements sufficiently great to lead them to pass the interest on its
debenture bonds in October, 1883. The net earnings for 1882, out of which
this dividend would have been paid, they found had been fully taken up by
the fixed charges and the expenses for new equipment and betterments. The
net earnings for 1883 they believed sure to show large gains, but still not
318
likely to be equal to necessary expenditures. Strict economy was to be
the order of the day. In the three previous years the company had
accumulated a large floating debt. This the new management reduced more
than one-half by the end of 1885. The funded debt it allowed to increase
largely, but the earnings it managed somewhat to improve. In general,
however, it secured no very striking gains. Union in interest with the East
Tennessee and the Coast Lines modified the severity of competition, but the
panic of 1884 checked business, and the real saving in operating cost was
319
very slight.
In their search for means to reduce expenses the owners of the
Richmond & Danville came across the Richmond & West Point Terminal
Company. By 1884 this company was in peaceful possession of 1815.8
miles of railroad, which included all the important branches of the
Richmond & Danville except the North Carolina Railroad, from Goldsboro
to Charlotte, and the Atlanta & Charlotte Air Line, from Charlotte to
Atlanta. It had been obliged to issue notes to retire its floating debt in
320
1883, but had no earnings apart from dividends on the stock which it
held, and no expenses other than its cost of administration and the interest
on the notes above mentioned and on its floating debt. There was a
possibility, nevertheless, that the maintenance of the company involved the
Richmond & Danville in unnecessary outlay, and caused a certain loss of
efficiency through indirectness of control. The Terminal Company had
originally been necessary because the Richmond & Danville could by its
charter hold stock in none but connecting lines. By 1885 this prohibition

Page 159

had been removed, and there was open an opportunity to consolidate the
system.
Early in 1886 the directors of the Richmond & Danville appointed a
committee to report a plan of union with the Richmond & West Point
321
Terminal. Apparently this committee recommended the elimination of
the Terminal Company; for in April it was known that the Richmond &
Danville was trying to buy from the Terminal the stock of certain of the
322
more important branches which it had formerly controlled. In that month
323
the Richmond & Danville leased the Virginia Midland Railway and the
Western North Carolina; in May it took over the Charlotte, Columbia &
Augusta and the Columbia & Greenville; in June the Northeastern of
Georgia; and in October the Washington, Ohio & Western, or a total of 1483
324
miles out of the 1839 held by the central corporation. At the same time
the Richmond & Danville transferred into its own treasury $13,617,400 in
stock and bonds of subsidiary companies, giving in return 25,000 shares of
the Terminal’s own stock, and a guarantee of the Virginia Midland’s general
mortgage bonds. This done, the Danville Railroad threw the rest of its
holdings of Terminal stock upon the market; where they were bought by
investors who knew nothing of the above transactions. The operation left
the Terminal high and dry. It was of no further use to the Richmond &
Danville, for that company had made arrangements with its branch lines
direct; and it could not launch upon an independent existence, because the
greater part of its mileage was in its rival’s hands.
Fortunately for the small Terminal holders it so happened that men of
large wealth and resourcefulness were interested with them. Under the
leadership of these capitalists the Terminal Company began in its turn the
purchase of Danville stock. It may have been that the East Tennessee group
who had acquired a majority in 1883 had meantime parted with their
holdings, or members of that syndicate may have sold in 1886 to take
325
advantage of a favorable price. At any rate, 25,000 shares were rapidly
acquired, and the control of the company obtained. This done the new
Terminal interests turned to the East Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia.
Negotiations were at once begun, and culminated in an agreement in 1887
by which the Brice-Thomas group sold 65,000 shares of East Tennessee
first preferred for $4,000,000 in cash and 50,000 shares of new Terminal

Page 160

common. Since the Tennessee first preferred elected a majority of the
directors this ensured control. At the same time the Richmond Terminal
provided for its floating debt, and for the purchase of the balance of the
326
Richmond & Danville shares outstanding.
Thus was the Richmond & West Point Terminal Company saved, and
the principal railroads east and west of the southern Appalachians still kept
under common control. The new grouping was weaker than the old,
however, in that it did not include the Coast Line railroads. It was also
imperfect as regards the nature of the control possessed over the East
Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia. It has been said that the Richmond Terminal
327
held a majority of the first preferred stock of this latter road. By the
terms of the Tennessee reorganization of 1886 this stock was to have the
right for five years to elect a majority of the directors, unless before that
time it should have received 5 per cent dividends for two successive years.
This gave control to the Terminal Company; but it plainly made a control
precarious which rested, as this did, on ownership of first preferred alone.
In 1887 4 per cent was paid in dividends, and in 1888 5 per cent. In 1888,
accordingly, a lease was drawn up, and the Richmond & Danville took the
operation of the road for ninety-nine years. For four years it agreed to pay
over 33⅓ per cent of the gross earnings; for five years more 35 per cent;
and so on until 37 per cent should be reached. And, further, it guaranteed
that the percentage allowed should be sufficient to pay all the East
Tennessee’s fixed charges, including 5 per cent annually on the first
328
preferred shares outstanding.
It cannot be denied that the ethics of the Tennessee’s lease were
questionable. The East Tennessee reorganization had invested the first
preferred stock of that company with temporary authority. To use this to
bind the property for years to come was neither fair to the other
stockholders, nor in accordance with the spirit of the reorganization plan.
We need not, therefore, be surprised at the prompt application for an
329
injunction and for the appointment of a receiver which occurred. In a
circular to the second preferred and junior stockholders the opponents of the
lease urged that its consummation would constitute an abuse of power on
the part of the existing board; that it was entirely in the interests of the first
preferred stockholders; that under no circumstances could the junior

Page 161

stockholders derive any income from the lease; that it failed to provide
other safeguards and was in many respects improvident and imperfect. In
one suit before State Chancellor Gibson at Knoxville, Tennessee, emphasis
was laid on the statutory prohibition of the consolidation of competing
lines. In another, petition was even made that the holders of the first
preferred stock be enjoined from electing a majority of the board of
330
directors at the approaching meeting. Chancellor Gibson handed down
two vigorous opinions. He refused to enjoin the voting of the first preferred
stock, on the ground that the plaintiffs had been in possession for two years
of stock certificates which bore on their face the conditions and agreements
under which they were issued, and that the complaint was not justified,
331
either in law or equity. But he held that the East Tennessee had no power
under its charter to lease its road as it had done; that the combination of the
East Tennessee and the Richmond & Danville was forbidden by the law of
Tennessee against the consolidation of competing lines; and that similar
prohibitions in the laws and constitution of Georgia were so stringent as to
imperil the East Tennessee’s charter in case the lease should be carried
332
through. This effectually checked the lease. After Chancellor Gibson’s
first opinion the East Tennessee election had been held and the arrangement
333
with the Richmond & Danville approved. After his second the lease was
cancelled, and the management of the East Tennessee restored to its own
334
officers. The Richmond Terminal was still left in control of the property.
It was forced, however, to secure a majority of all the East Tennessee stock
outstanding if it wished to make its control permanent, and it was prevented
from using the power temporarily given a section of the stock to bring about
a ninety-nine-year arrangement distasteful to the majority.
Master of the Richmond & Danville, the East Tennessee, and their
allied lines, the Richmond Terminal now took one step further; it acquired
the Central Railroad & Banking Company of Georgia. The importance of
this was very great. The Central Company owned the most considerable of
the lines in Georgia and Eastern Alabama. It stretched from Savannah and
Port Royal on the Atlantic coast to Spartanburg, South Carolina, on the
north; to Atlanta, Birmingham, and Montgomery on the west; and to
Albany, Georgia, and to Columbia on the south. Its system had been formed
by a consolidation in 1872 of the Central Railroad from Savannah to Macon

Page 162

335
with the Macon & Western from Macon to Atlanta, and was compact,
ably managed, and profitable. Previous to June, 1847, the Central Railroad
Company had paid seven dividends aggregating 10.68 per cent. From June,
1847, to June, 1889, the Central Railroad and the Central Railroad &
Banking Company which succeeded it, had paid seventy-five dividends
336
aggregating 337.5 per cent, besides stock dividends of 8 per cent in 1854
and 12 per cent in 1861, and a dividend of 40 per cent in certificates of
indebtedness in 1881. It was paying 8 per cent in 1888 when the Richmond
& Danville was paying 5, and the East Tennessee was congratulating itself
337
on the 5 per cent which it was able to turn over to its first preferred stock.
So fruitful a piece of railroad property was naturally looked on as
desirable, especially since its acquisition was to free the East Tennessee
from one of its most dangerous competitors. From a traffic point of view,
nevertheless, the advantages of a consolidation were doubtful. The local
business of the Central was likely to be little increased by a merger. The
through business was in danger of being decreased. The Central lines ran on
the whole east and west. It was to their interest to carry freight from
Georgia, Alabama, and the West to Savannah, and thence to send it north by
way of the Ocean Steamship Company which they controlled, and from
which they obtained in 1889 one-fifth of their total net earnings; while the
Richmond Terminal’s interest was to send this traffic north by land so as to
secure for its own railroads the long haul. The advantages to the Terminal of
a union depended on the price at which the Central Railroad could be
acquired. The purchase was made, and the price was a high one. And this
price was paid, it was freely charged, not in pursuance of an honest though
mistaken judgment, but in order to allow a large personal gain to individual
capitalists who were interested in both the Central and the Terminal
Companies.
Among the most prominent owners of Central of Georgia stock at this
time were members of the Logan-Rice group of financiers, who had begun
to accumulate holdings at least as early as 1886. The average price which
these parties paid was later estimated at 130, and their holdings were
apparently secured with a view to resale at a higher figure. At any rate,
when 40,000 shares had been purchased, a double operation was put
through. The shares bought were turned over, with $400,000 cash, to a

Page 163

newly formed “Georgia Company,” and for them $4,000,000 in 5 per cent
trust bonds and $12,000,000 in Georgia Company stock were received in
exchange. And, second, a vigorous campaign was entered upon to secure
control of the Richmond Terminal. Sully resigned the Terminal presidency
in April. For his vacant place the Logan-Rice people offered General
Alexander of the Central of Georgia, and the Terminal management
supported John H. Inman. The struggle which ensued was most
extraordinary. The existing board of directors charged the Central group
with trying to unload their Georgia Company’s stock upon the Terminal
system; and the Logan-Rice party insinuated that the purchase of the East
Tennessee Railroad had been the occasion of fraudulent profits to the
338
Terminal directors.
“We understand,” declared the directors, “that a majority of the names
thus far proposed by the parties soliciting proxies to be cast for directors
and president of this company are gentlemen who are well known to be the
owners of a majority of the stock of the Georgia Company, which owns
railroads whose business and interests are at all points of our system in
competition with and antagonistic to the business and interests of this
Company; any diversion of traffic, or exercise of influence favorable to the
Georgia Company at the numerous competitive points would work
incalculable injury to your prosperity.... If on the other hand the
preponderance of the Georgia Company’s interest in this Company should
result in a sale to and purchase by your Company of the Georgia Company
stock owned by these gentlemen, it would necessitate the issue of many
millions of your common stock, or some kind of obligation taking
precedence of that stock, the effect of which upon the value of your
339
property you are fully competent to judge.”
The general election of the Terminal was held on May 31, and Mr.
340
Inman was elected president for the remainder of the unexpired term.
The Rice party was apparently overwhelmingly defeated. In reality its
activity and the presence of its friends in the councils of the victors resulted
in the successful sale of the Georgia Company securities. In October, 1888,
little over five months after the directors’ circular of April 6, the Richmond
Terminal took over the Georgia Company stock at $35 a share and allowed
its owners to withdraw successfully from their speculation. Subsequently it

Page 164

also took the Georgia Company bonds from the bankers who had purchased
341
them. This left Inman, Hollins, and the rest a profit of $60 a share on
their original investment. It meant for the Richmond Terminal a direct
annual loss which there was very little prospect of making good. To provide
for the $4,000,000 in bonds and the 120,000 shares of stock acquired, this
latter issued approximately $8,200,000 of 5 per cent collateral bonds
bearing an annual interest charge of $410,000. Now both the stock and the
$4,000,000 of bonds were a lien on 40,000 shares of Central of Georgia
stock and depended altogether upon the dividends declared on these by the
Central Company. The Central never paid over 8 per cent, or a total of
$320,000 on 40,000 shares. The difference between this and $410,000, or
$90,000, constituted a direct loss which the Terminal pledged itself to meet
each year. If the victory of the friends of the company in May is to be
considered a genuine one, one wonders what price the owners of the
Georgia Company would have charged had the election gone the other way.
With the Central of Georgia, the East Tennessee, and the Richmond &
Danville under its control the Richmond Terminal could look for still
further extension. In 1890 it acquired control of the Erlanger group of roads
from Cincinnati in the north to Chattanooga, thence to Meridian,
Mississippi, thence to Vicksburg, Mississippi, and to Shreveport, Louisiana.
At the same time it took in the Louisville Southern, which joined Louisville
342
with the Cincinnati lines. In 1888 the Richmond & Danville had
343
concluded a close alliance with the Atlantic Coast Line, and
344
arrangements had been made for terminal facilities at Norfolk. In 1889 it
leased the Georgia Pacific, and two years later, when this road reached
345
Arkansas City, it executed a traffic agreement with the Missouri Pacific.
In 1891 the Georgia Pacific leased the Central Railroad & Banking
Company of Georgia for ninety-nine years at 7 per cent on its capital
346
stock. This immensely improved the connection of the East Tennessee
with the North and West, did away with the competition of a parallel line,
and afforded another outlet upon the Mississippi.
Here, then, was the Richmond Terminal system in 1890. Three great
north and south lines: one from Cincinnati through Birmingham to York,
over the Erlanger system; one from Bristol through Rome to Selma, over

Page 165

the East Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia; and one from Alexandria and West
Point through Danville, Charlotte, and Atlanta to Montgomery. One of these
took business from Indiana, Illinois, and the North and Central West; one
from Baltimore, Philadelphia, and the East; one from both West and East;
and all three opened upon the Gulf over the Mobile & Birmingham to
Mobile. In addition, three parallel east and west lines: from Chattanooga to
Memphis, from Birmingham to Arkansas City, and from Meridian to
Shreveport in Alabama; outlets on the Atlantic coast at Charleston, Port
Royal, Savannah, and Brunswick; and dominance of the local traffic of the
whole territory east of Alabama, south of Kentucky and Tennessee, and
north of Florida. It was by all odds the leading system in the South. It had a
mileage of 8558.5 as compared with the 2383.4 of the Louisville &
Nashville, and gross earnings, exclusive of the Erlanger lines, of
$41,361,095, or more than twice those of its greatest competitor.
And yet, for all its size, the Terminal group was perilously near
collapse. Its physical condition was poor and much of its mileage was
unprofitable; its capitalization was tainted with dishonesty; and the legality
of its recent combinations had not been tested in the courts. Let us quote
from the results of an examination made by a well-known banking firm
three years later.
“While in a general way the main lines of the Richmond & Danville
[West Point and Alexandria to Atlanta],” said this firm in its report, “are in
fair condition—better than those of the East Tennessee, excepting parts of
its main line between Bristol and Chattanooga, the Cincinnati, New Orleans
& Texas Pacific, and the Alabama Great Southern—nearly all the rail in
both systems is too light (50 to 60 lbs. while on the main lines it should be
70 to 75 lbs.), many of the trestles need renewing, and a large number of the
bridges, principally on the East Tennessee system, are not sufficiently
strong to warrant the use of heavy engines, which are essential to hauling
long trains and operating with economy. To a very large extent ballast is
altogether lacking or insufficient in quantity. Excepting that portion of the
equipment represented by equipment bonds or notes, the engines and cars
are generally small and weak and unsuitable for main-line service, and are
also insufficient in quantity for any considerable enlargement of business.
Other appointments, such as shops, yards, etc., are, with but few exceptions,
crude and uneconomical.

Page 166

“On the branches and secondary lines, especially those of the
Richmond & Danville system, the condition is even worse, little or no effort
having been made to maintain them at proper standard, even for a moderate
traffic. About 700 miles of the Richmond & Danville secondary lines and
branches (including about 200 miles of narrow-gauge lines) are still laid
with iron rails. On July 1st, 1892, there were 72 miles of iron rails in the
main lines of the East Tennessee.
“An expenditure of several million dollars should be promptly made on
these properties for equipment alone, but it is no use to do so, even if it
were possible, unless additional track and yard facilities are also provided,
nor unless such enlargements of engine and car shops be made as will
347
permit of the equipment being kept in order.”
This verdict was only reinforced by the characterization in detail of a
number of the subsidiary lines. Thus the Columbia & Greenville was
termed “a collection of weak lines of constantly decreasing value”; the
Mobile & Birmingham “of no value whatever to the East Tennessee”; and
the Memphis & Charleston “valuable, but in a condition totally unsuited to
modern requirements.” How the capitalization of the system was tainted
with fraud has already been pointed out. The legality of the recent
combinations had not been tested in the courts. In January, 1889, counsel
for certain unnamed parties had a plea for a quo warranto presented to the
348
Attorney-General of Virginia. The petition alleged that the purchase of
the control of the East Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia Railway and of the
Virginia Midland was an abuse of the powers of the Richmond & West
Point Terminal ... a violation of public policy, and an usurpation to the great
damage and prejudice of the constitution and laws of Virginia. This petition
the Attorney-General dismissed on technical grounds. The legality of the
various mergers was soon, however, to be attacked again, and in 1889 the
349
question was decidedly unsettled.
The storm broke in August, 1891. On the eighth of that month the New
York Herald published a vigorous onslaught upon the company. It
maintained that the Richmond & Danville system had failed to earn its
fixed charges by $526,560 in the year ending 1890; that this fact had been
concealed by deceptive or false entries on the books which made a fictitious
profit emerge by covering up the losses on auxiliary lines; that the 8 per

Page 167

cent dividends which had been paid on the Central of Georgia had not of
late years been earned, and that the price paid for the Georgia Central stock
had been grossly excessive; that the East Tennessee was just about paying
its way; and, finally, that the other recent acquisitions were either just
350
paying their way or were showing annual deficits. Color was given to the
charges by the trouble caused by the floating debt. Though denied by the
officials of the company, the sale of 2000 shares of Baltimore & Ohio stock
351
held in the Terminal treasury; the negotiation of a short time loan at 6 per
cent and 2½ per cent commission for the Central of Georgia and the
352
extension of another loan; the placing of $500,000 at 6 per cent for the
Richmond & Danville; and the active financial support which General
Thomas felt obliged to render the East Tennessee showed the anxiety which
it occasioned.
On November 25 the directors held a meeting and appointed Messrs.
Eckstein Norton, late president of the Louisville & Nashville; Wm.
Solomon, of Speyer & Co.; Jacob H. Schiff, of Kuhn, Loeb & Co.; Chas. S.
Fairchild, president of the New York Security & Trust Company; and Louis
Fitzgerald, president of the Mercantile Trust Company, a committee to
carefully inquire into and examine the condition of the Terminal properties
and to aid the company in perfecting a plan of readjustment. Owing to the
financial depression, they explained, “the company has been unable to sell
securities based upon engagements they had made prior to the period of
depression and to pay for necessary equipment and improvements. A large
floating debt has in this way been accumulated, but each of our important
railroad systems is solvent.... After maturely considering the whole
situation, we felt it wise to invite the gentlemen whose names appear ... to
aid us in perfecting the best plan for a permanent adjustment of our
353
affairs.”
The committee reported provisionally on December 8. It then stated
that it was essential to the proposed plan of relief that the elections of all the
subordinate companies in the Richmond Terminal system should be
postponed till after the Richmond Terminal affairs were settled, and
requested that financial provision be made for the employment of an expert
or experts in the examination of the properties and accounts. It was
understood that the committee’s plan was to make a considerable

Page 168

assessment on the stockholders. The board of directors refused to respond
354
and the committee therefore withdrew.
The next day the stockholders selected Mr. F. P. Olcott to appoint a new
355
committee to take up the work. They were not in favor of radical action,
and Mr. Olcott expressed the opinion that there was no necessity for
measures so stringent as those which the Schiff-Norton Committee had had
in mind. It was but natural that at this point there should have been some
delay. Meetings were held, expedients for raising cash discussed, and a
reorganization plan was gradually whipped into shape. It was not, therefore,
until March 19, 1892, that the public were informed what Mr. Olcott and his
backers did consider that the situation required. The main points of the
elaborate scheme which was then proposed were as follows:
First, a consolidation of the Richmond Terminal, Richmond &
Danville, and East Tennessee properties. The Central of Georgia and the
Erlanger systems were not to be included in the reorganization, but the
interest of the Richmond Terminal and the East Tennessee in their stock was
to be made subject to a new mortgage.
Second, a reduction in fixed charges.
Third, the sale of securities to pay off the floating debt.
Consolidation of properties was found advisable for several reasons.
“While some of the companies show a surplus of earnings,” said the
committee, “in many instances it has been impossible to apply such surplus
earnings to make up deficiencies arising from the operations of other
companies. The committee finds that the various systems have not been
operated throughout for the common benefit of the controlling interest, but
that they have competed among themselves for business, each system
maintaining separate organizations for obtaining business.... In the
judgment of the committee the only adequate remedy which can be adopted
is to unite the several corporations, as far as practicable, in one system
under one management, and to consolidate their obligations.”
In order to unify the system the committee proposed three great issues
of new securities as follows:

Page 169

$170,000,000 four per cent first mortgage 35-year gold bonds, to be
issued by a new corporation representing the consolidation of the Richmond
& Danville Railroad Company and the Richmond & West Point Terminal
Railway & Warehouse Company.
$70,000,000 five per cent non-cumulative preferred stock.
$110,000,000 common stock.
In general, the new bonds were to exchange for old bonds and the new
common stock for old common and preferred, while the new preferred
stock was to be joined in varying proportions with each of the other issues
to make the exchanges look attractive. Thus, for the Richmond & Danville
consolidated 6s were offered 120 per cent in new bonds and 45 per cent in
new preferred; for the East Tennessee first mortgage 7s 120 per cent in new
bonds and 45 per cent in new preferred stock; for the Richmond Terminal
common stock 100 per cent in new common and 50 per cent in new
preferred. This arrangement was not rigidly adhered to. Some of the poorer
of the outstanding stocks received new common only, and the Richmond
Terminal preferred was given par in new bonds besides a bonus in
preferred. These were, however, exceptions. The principle which
determined the various ratios of exchange is more difficult to discover. It
was not that of equivalence of return. The plan did not attempt to allow to
each holder a chance at the same receipts which he had formerly enjoyed
while reducing the amount which he could demand, but gave sometimes
more than this and sometimes less. And the variations from what might be
called a normal ratio did not always correspond with the relative security of
different issues as indicated by their market quotations. For instance, the
East Tennessee first 7s sold in December, 1891, at 113½ and the Richmond
Terminal collateral 6s at 83; yet the former received 120 per cent and 35 per
cent and the latter 120 per cent and 40 per cent in new bonds and preferred
stock respectively. Again, the Atlanta & Charlotte first 7s sold in October,
1891, at 118½ and received under the plan 120 per cent in bonds and 40 per
cent in preferred stock; the Richmond & Danville consolidated 6s sold at
109 and received 120 per cent and 45 per cent. It is clear that the committee
desired to reduce the interest which the various classes of bonds should
have a right to demand, and that it expected to make compensation by
means of preferred stock on which payments should be made if earned. So
much of its scheme was commendable. On the other hand, the rates of

Page 170

exchange of old securities for new were in many cases ill-advised. The
reduction in fixed charges was to be $1,819,837, although by the exchanges
alone the capitalization was to be increased by over $50,000,000. The
356
charges on the system had amounted in 1891 to $9,474,837. Net earnings
had been $8,744,736. Fixed charges under the plan were to amount to
$7,666,000. As a matter of fact they would have been greater than this, for
some of the old bonds would have remained outstanding, and the estimate
did not include interest on any bonds issued for improvements. The floating
debt was to be retired by the sale of new securities, namely, $18,235,800
new first mortgage bonds and $6,382,530 preferred stock. These were to net
$14,588,640, or sufficient to cancel a debt of $6,310,000 and car trusts of
$2,369,564 and to provide a balance for miscellaneous uses. A syndicate
guaranteed the sale, but holders of stock or of collateral trust 5 per cent
bonds were to be allowed to subscribe up to 16 per cent of their holdings at
the rate of $800 for one new mortgage bond and $350 in new stock. New
bonds to a maximum of $10,000,000 were to be issued only for the
acquisition of additional property, while beyond this the vote of a majority
of preferred stock was to be required to authorize any additional mortgage
357
on property covered by the first mortgage.
Such was the plan laid before securityholders. It proposed a
considerable reduction in fixed charges, though probably not enough to put
the company out of danger, and a large increase in new securities. It failed
because it imposed losses upon the wrong parties. As between the various
classes of bonds its terms were frequently inequitable. As between the
bonds and the stock it altogether favored the latter. It levied no assessment,
it compelled no subscription to new securities, and in three cases only did it
announce an intention of reducing the nominal value of the stockholders’
358
holdings. The original time limit for deposits was set at April 14, 1892.
This was subsequently extended, but without effect, and on May 16 the
359
Olcott Committee announced that the plan had failed.
The collapse of this attempt at readjustment was a blow to those who
had hoped for a speedy and amicable reorganization of the Richmond
Terminal system. On the same day that failure was confessed the
stockholders met and appointed Messrs. W. E. Strong, Samuel Thomas, and
W. P. Clyde a committee to confer with the Olcott Committee to ascertain

Page 171

what had best be done. A week later General Thomas reported a plan for the
reorganization of the Richmond & Danville alone. The Richmond Terminal
Company, he said, should be wound up and be succeeded by a new
company with $43,000,000 of preferred stock and $70,000,000 of common.
The present 6 per cent bonds should be given 170 in new preferred stock;
the present 5 per cent bonds and preferred stock par in new preferred stock;
and the present common should receive par in new common and be
compelled to subscribe for $8,000,000 collateral trust two-year 6 per cent
360
notes at 92½. This amounted to an assessment of 10 per cent upon the
common. It was not proposed to pay off the floating debt with the proceeds
of this assessment, but to buy the claims held by bankers, and, if necessary,
foreclose these claims and take possession for the stockholders. If the full
amount should not be subscribed by the stockholders the preferred stock
was to have the right to make subscription for the balance, and to take the
securities that would have gone to the non-paying common stock; and the
common stock not subscribing was to have no rights to the common stock
361
of the new company.
That this scheme was much more radical as well as more limited than
the Olcott plan appears upon its face. No serious attempt was made to carry
it into effect. On suggestion of General Thomas the stockholders’ meeting
voted that a consulting committee of fifteen be appointed by the chair to
362
confer with the committee of three, and then adjourned subject to call.
The enlarged committee found that application had been already made to
Messrs. Drexel, Morgan & Co. by a number of prominent banking firms,
asking that they enter upon the work of reorganization. It therefore dropped
the Thomas plan and joined in the petition. Drexel, Morgan & Co. on their
363
part agreed to undertake an examination of the Terminal property, but
four weeks later replied that while in their opinion a reorganization was
feasible, the lack of assurance of support from Mr. Clyde made them
364
unwilling to undertake the task.
At this point efforts at reorganization were checked. One plan had
failed, one had been formulated but not pushed forward, and the task of
creating a third had been refused by the banking firm which was apparently
best able to carry a plan to a successful conclusion. For a time now the field
was left to the disputes between members of the Richmond Terminal family,

Page 172

which made up in bitterness for what they lacked in the matter of valuable
result. Mention will be made only of the wrangles between the Central of
Georgia and the other parts of the system.
The Central of Georgia had been placed under a receiver of its own
some two weeks before the publication of the Olcott plan. Some months
later this receivership was made permanent, and the Richmond Terminal
was enjoined from voting the 42,200 shares of Central stock which it held.
It can scarcely be said that the withdrawal of the Central of Georgia from
the Terminal system was unwelcome to the latter. Already the Richmond &
Danville had refused to carry out its guarantee on the Central’s stock unless
365
that company should deposit bonds to cover an alleged sum due from it,
and President Oakman had hastened to inform General Alexander, the
temporary Central receiver, that the Richmond & Danville would not
operate the Central of Georgia after the end of the temporary
366
receivership. When, however, the Central not only insisted on
withdrawal, but asked Judge Speer, of the District Court of Macon, Georgia,
to appoint a receiver for the Richmond & Danville Railroad on the ground
that that company was insolvent and was indebted to the Central in the sum
367
of $2,459,670, prompt action was made necessary. Application was made
to Judge Bond of the Circuit Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, and
on June 16 this magistrate appointed Messrs. F. W. Huidekoper and Reuben
368
Foster receivers of the Danville road.
“This appointment of receivers by Judge Bond,” explained the parties
369
responsible, “is not only not inimical to nor in opposition to any plan for
the financial reorganization and rehabilitation of the Danville system, but
will be found to greatly facilitate and aid any plan of reorganization, while
if the Georgia court had obtained possession of and jurisdiction over the
Danville system this would have been rendered practically impossible....
The necessity for such action,” they continued, with a touch of pathos, “will
be further appreciated when it is known that for some weeks past the
Richmond & Danville Company has not been able to keep either a dollar in
bank or in its safes within the state of Georgia, because every such dollar
has been attached or garnished by parties alleging claims against the
company, and even the money sent by express for the liquidation of pay-

Page 173

rolls has been attached in the hands of the express company, and in every
370
instance enormous bonds have been required to release such moneys....”
The temporary securing of their position by the receivership allowed
the Danville people to hit back at the Central in its weakest point—the
details of the sale to the Terminal of the Georgia Central Company. On
August 19 the Advisory Committee of Seventeen of the Terminal
securityholders declared that the investigations of their sub-committee
showed that certain trustees of the company, with their friends, had profited
371
to the extent of between three and four million dollars in this operation.
Toward the end of the year tender of the Georgia Company stock and bonds
372
was made back to the original vendors and was refused. In December
suit was begun to set aside the purchase on the ground that there had been
no ratification sufficient in law or equity to bar the stockholders from
cancelling the transaction. The plaintiff charged that “the said combination
and plan so formed by and between its president and divers of its directors
[referring to the purchase of the Georgia stock], confederating with the
other syndicate defendants for the purpose of selling their unsalable and
discredited securities to the plaintiff at such prices as yielded them an
enormous profit and necessarily imposed on plaintiff a heavy yearly loss,
was contrary to equity and good conscience, and that the pretended contract
dated October 26, 1888, ... and all the acts done in pretended purchase of
the stocks and bonds of said Georgia Company ... and the taking from the
assets and money of the plaintiff of over $7,000,000 cash ... to put into the
pockets of the said faithless directors, the syndicate defendants, and their
confederates, were all acts planned ... and performed by said Inman, or
under his direction, in the execution of such original fraudulent scheme,
combination, purpose, and confederacy....” And so the plaintiff prayed the
373
court to decree the contract of purchase void.
These accusations and counter-accusations, justified though many of
them were, had little direct bearing on reorganization. In this progress had
completely ceased. At the same time some progress was urgently required.
The Richmond Terminal, the Richmond & Danville, and the Central of
Georgia were in the hands each of a different set of receivers, unpaid
interest was piling up, and the year 1893 was to show a marked decline in
earnings. Necessity and mutual distrust dictated a second appeal to Drexel,

Page 174

Morgan & Co. to undertake the rehabilitation of the property. On February
2, 1893, the following letter was addressed to the firm in question:

Messrs. Drexel, Morgan & Co.,
Gentlemen: Since the time you were previously requested to
take up the reorganization of the Richmond Terminal system much
time and thought have been devoted to its affairs, and we realize
that adverse financial conditions and also the present general
distrust of all plans for the restoration of this system require that, to
be successful, its reorganization must be undertaken by parties
possessing the confidence of both the securityholders and the
public, and also the financial strength sufficient for its
accomplishment. We therefore ask you to take up this reorganization
of the Richmond Terminal and its allied properties, each pledging
you our personal support and aid in full confidence that the
securityholders will support us in this request.
We appreciate the labor and responsibility connected with this
undertaking, and are therefore willing to do all in our power to give
you full control of the reorganization, as suggested in your letter of
374
June 28, and to advise our friends and the securityholders
generally to deposit their securities, without requiring the assurances
customary in such cases.
Very respectfully,
Wm.
P. Clyde,
Geo.
F. Stone,
Wm.
E. Strong,
J. C.
Maben,
Tho
mas F. Ryan.

This letter was accompanied by a letter from F. P. Olcott, president of
the Central Trust Company, pledging his support. Inasmuch as lack of the

Page 175

assurances contained in this correspondence had alone prevented Drexel,
Morgan & Co. from undertaking the task proposed the previous year, their
prompt though conditional acceptance was not surprising. A definitive
375
engagement to attempt the work followed on April 12. The enlistment of
Drexel, Morgan & Co. in the reorganization provoked general satisfaction.
Mr. Hollins, of the Central of Georgia reorganization committee, expressed
his pleasure in having responsible parties to deal with not connected with
376
any past differences. The directors of the Richmond Terminal urged all
classes of securityholders to deposit, and the Clyde Committee was
emphatic in its recommendation. It was recognized that the situation was
the most favorable which could be hoped for. No group of Southern railroad
financiers seemed capable of producing a fair reorganization plan, and it
was also probable that no plan from such a source, however fair, would
have received a sympathetic welcome. Drexel, Morgan & Co., on the other
hand, were both capable and sure of a hearing.
There was remarkably little delay in making public the Drexel-Morgan
plan. Less than three weeks after their final acceptance of responsibility,
though about three months after the correspondence of February 2, the firm
published a comprehensive plan, to the examination of which the next few
pages may be devoted. The principles of this plan of May 1, 1893, were
simple, and were clearly and convincingly set forth. The property to be
considered was to be that of the Richmond Terminal, the Richmond &
Danville, and the East Tennessee. The Central of Georgia was to be omitted.
The imperative needs of these properties the plan declared to be two:
First, the provision of a large sum for the physical improvement of the
system;
Second, the reduction of fixed charges to an amount which the
377
companies could earn.
The physical condition of the above roads in 1893 was extremely bad.
“One obvious trouble ... is,” said the plan, “that their maintenance and
repairs have been neglected. Another is that, while nearly all the lines in the
United States have been steadily substituting solid roadbeds, heavy
equipment, and other modern facilities for the light and ineffective
appliances formerly in use, these lines, because of the constant drain to

Page 176

which they were subject for the obligations assumed, and from the
necessities of the Terminal Company for the payment to it, as dividends, of
every available dollar with which to meet its own obligations, have not been
in a financial condition to keep up to the times in this respect, and now they
find themselves so far behind as to be, to a considerable extent, unqualified
to handle business with economy, or to compete successfully with other
378
lines.” The financial condition was little better. The absolute fixed
charges of the Richmond Terminal, the Richmond & Danville, and the East
Tennessee systems, viz., interest on bonds held by the public, rentals,
equipment notes, and sinking funds, and interest on floating debts,
receivers’ certificates, etc., the plan declared to amount annually to about
$9,900,000. The entire net earnings for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1893,
were estimated at $7,000,000. The result was a deficit for the year of about
$2,900,000. This state of affairs required serious sacrifices from somebody.
The Olcott plan had illustrated the folly of laying the burden largely on
well-secured senior bonds. The Drexel plan proposed to demand the
necessary concessions from the junior bonds and from the stock. “About
$74,000,000 of the bonds and guaranteed stocks of the Richmond &
Danville and the East Tennessee systems held by the public,” it continued,
“are on properties which are believed for the most part to afford adequate
security, and for this or other reasons this plan has not sought to disturb
them. About $50,000,000 (mostly recent issues) are junior liens,
inadequately secured, or else are on new or branch lines of uncertain
earning capacity, and the holders, in self-preservation, must make such
reasonable concessions as the situation necessitates, taking compensation
therefor in preferred or common stock of the new company....”
The tools of the reorganization were to be the following new issues:
$140,000,000 first consolidated mortgage and collateral trust 100-year
5 per cent bonds, secured by mortgage and pledge of all the property of the
new company. This total might be subsequently increased to acquire the
whole or part of the Georgia Central system, or to acquire the ownership of
the Cincinnati Southern Railway or any other line as a substitute therefor.
$75,000,000 5 per cent non-cumulative preferred stock.
$160,000,000 common stock.

Page 177

“The general theory of adjustment of disturbed bonds,” said the plan,
“is to substitute for them the new 5 per cent bonds to such an extent as is
warranted by earnings and situation of the properties covered by the present
mortgages, and the new preferred stock for the remainder of the principal.
In some cases, where the bonds are on properties of no actual and little
prospective earning capacity, a more severe reduction is necessary. In
several instances, where the bonds are on properties which are likely to
improve more rapidly than other disturbed parts of the system, this fact is
recognized, and an extra allowance is made in compensation. Finally, in one
or two cases, where the bonds are on properties the loss of which would
adversely affect the rest of the system, a proper recognition is made of this
fact.” In practice not only bonds and preferred stock, but preferred and
common stock, or even common stock alone were exchanged for old
securities of little value.
This provided for old securities but not for cash requirements. To raise
cash three devices were resorted to, all of which bore entirely on the junior
securityholders or on the stock. The most direct was the levying of an
assessment. Terminal common stock was assessed $12.50 per share, East
Tennessee first preferred $3, second preferred $6, and common stock $9;
new preferred stock being in each case given in return. This distribution
was based on the idea that the stockholders of each railroad should provide
for its floating debt. The floating debt of the Richmond & Danville was
about $7,000,000, that of the East Tennessee about $3,000,000, and that of
the Richmond Terminal about $100,000. But since the last named held
practically all of the Richmond stock and a considerable proportion of the
East Tennessee, its stockholders were saddled with a total of $8,300,000 or
an equivalent of $12.50 per share, while the East Tennessee was taxed
proportionately. The rest of the cash requirements were covered by the sale
of $8,000,000 new bonds at 85, and $33,333,000 new common stock at 15.
Depositors of all classes of Terminal securities and of all classes of
readjusted securities of the other systems were allowed to subscribe to the
extent of $1000 in a new bond and $4000 in new stock trust certificates for
each $22,000 par value of stocks or bonds deposited. The balance of the
379
issues was looked after by an underwriting syndicate.
Future capital requirements were provided for mainly by new bonds.
$35,383,000 in new 5 per cents were set aside to be used only for new

Page 178

construction, betterments, purchase of rolling stock, and extensions and
additions to the system. Not over $2,500,000 of these were to be used in
any one calendar year; except that, in addition to this annual appropriation,
a total of $3,000,000 in bonds might be specifically appropriated with the
unanimous consent of the stock trustees, for the building of branches or
extensions, if undertaken within three years after the creation of the new
mortgage. All property acquired with these bonds was to be brought under
the lien of the new mortgage. $8,000,000 of the cash raised by assessment
and sale of securities, moreover, were to be available for new construction
and equipment on the Richmond & Danville and the East Tennessee. And,
finally, there was provision for the limitation of new bond issues, for a
voting trust and for the consolidation of the Terminal system.
“The ultimate object of the reorganization,” said the plan “(excluding
the Georgia Central Company from consideration), is to have the new
company acquire, so far as practicable, the ownership of the Richmond &
Danville and East Tennessee systems, including the various securities now
owned by the Terminal Company ... and the securities pledged for the
Richmond & Danville and East Tennessee floating debt....
“Both classes of stock of the new company ... are to be issued to three
Stock Trustees, who shall be appointed, on or before completion of
reorganization, by Messrs. Drexel, Morgan & Co. The stock shall be held
by the Stock Trustees and their successors, jointly, for five years, and for
such further period (if any) as shall elapse before the preferred stock shall
have paid 5 per cent cash dividend in one year, although the Stock Trustees
may, in their discretion, deliver the stock at an earlier date....
“No additional mortgage shall be put upon the property to be acquired
hereunder by the new company, nor shall the authorized amount of the
preferred stock be increased without the consent in each case of the
380
majority in amount of the preferred stockholders.”
The result of all these provisions was to be a cancellation of the
floating debt, a reduction in fixed charges, and a decrease in mortgage
bonds; though inevitably also an increase in stock outstanding. The plan
proposed to disturb $49,117,900 of outstanding bonds, or, including the
Richmond Terminal 5s and 6s, a total of $65,617,900. But the new bonds
which it offered in exchange amounted to $19,806,700 only. On the other

Page 179

hand it took $111,819,550 in stock from the hands of the public, and offered
381
$165,559,514 new stock in the course of the exchanges. This was very
conservative, since the increase in total capitalization through these
exchanges was less than 4½ per cent; and less too than the cash assessment
for which preferred stock was allowed. Somewhat greater increase in
securities appears if we consider, not only the exchanges, but the provisions
of the plan as a whole; for here we must include $33,300,000 new common
stock and $8,000,000 new bonds issued to retire in part the $12,900,000 of
floating debt and for other purposes. Even so the net increase was only 6
382
per cent. The natural result was a considerable reduction in fixed
charges. The absolute fixed charges of the system in 1893 the plan stated to
be $9,900,000. The fixed charges under the plan were to be $6,789,000.
This was certainly a step in the right direction. It was the point,
nevertheless, at which the plan was weakest. The clauses which have been
outlined made abundant and conservative provision for cash requirements;
and the sums which they allowed for future development were not on their
face inadequate; but the reduction in fixed charges was less than should
have been ensured. The net earnings for the year ending June 30, 1892,
were $7,725,000, and those for 1893 were estimated by the plan itself as not
likely to exceed $7,000,000. This would have left $936,000 over the
proposed fixed charges in 1892 and $211,000 in 1893:—or a surplus of
some 3 per cent in the latter year. This was altogether insufficient. It not
only put out of the question dividends on the $200,000,000 of stock, but it
precluded the partial improvement of the road from earnings, and left the
system at the mercy of the slightest decrease in the annual returns.
Compared with previous fixed charges the plan proposed noteworthy
reductions; compared with the earnings of the lines involved it did not go
383
far enough.
The reception of the Drexel-Morgan plan was, nevertheless,
satisfactory. Certain concessions were made to various classes of bonds,
and by June 17, over 95 per cent of the securityholders had given their
384
assent. Unfortunately the earnings of the property now steadily
decreased. The gross receipts of the Richmond & Danville proper were 15
per cent less in 1893 than in 1892; and Terminal system lines which had
earned $6,100,000 in 1892 earned $5,300,000 in 1893, and promised to

Page 180

earn some $4,250,000 only in 1894. This decrease was common to the
country at large. It was of peculiar importance, however, in emphasizing the
weak point in the Drexel plan. From January 1 to July 1, 1893, the Terminal
floating debt, exclusive of car trusts, increased $2,600,000. From July 1 to
March 1 it increased at least a million more. The reorganization plan had
been prepared “on the assumption that, during reorganization, the receivers
of the various properties could provide for the interest charges on the
undisturbed securities, as well as accumulate a sum sufficient for the
385
interest accruing on the ‘disturbed securities’ as readjusted.” As it turned
out, the receivers were obliged to make many defaults among the
undisturbed securities, and saved nothing for the disturbed. Some
modification of the published plan had perforce to be arranged.
These modifications were detailed in a pamphlet dated February 20,
1894. They comprised three proposals:
(1) To exclude from the reorganization certain unprofitable properties
which had previously been included. Certain alterations had already been
made toward this end in the exclusion of the Erlanger line, the Memphis &
Charleston, and the Mobile & Birmingham. Further modification was to
exclude the Northeastern Railroad of Georgia, the Macon & Northern, and
five other subsidiary lines.
(2) To fund for a year or two the coupons on new bonds given for
certain securities, and to provide in other cases that the new bonds should
not bear interest till 1895 or 1896.
(3) To lighten the assessment on Richmond Terminal and East
Tennessee common stock, and to allow to all assessed securities one-quarter
of their assessment in bonds and three-quarters in preferred stock instead of
all in preferred stock.
At the same time a few other modifications allowed to some bonds a
more liberal grant of new securities than they had obtained in May. It was
hoped by these means to raise the average earning ability of the system,
386
while reducing the new securities to be issued. The temporary funding of
coupons further lightened fixed charges until business should have had time
to revive. “Under the plan as now modified,” stated Drexel, Morgan & Co.,

Page 181

“and assuming that one-half of the new bonds to be sold are used in 1894
and the other half in 1895, the fixed charges are estimated at about
$4,100,000 in 1894,
4,700,000 in 1895,
387
5,400,000 in 1896.
“The depression in the South began in 1890–91. There would appear to
be no reason why in a comparatively short time these properties should not
very easily earn, gross, as much as and more than they earned in that fiscal
year, viz., over $21,000,000. Operated at 70 per cent ... there would remain,
387
say $6,600,000 net against an interest charge of $5,400,000.”
The reduction in assessments was made possible by the decrease in
mileage. Although the floating debt had increased $2,600,000 from January
388
1, 1893, and the equipment notes recorded were greater by $1,048,000,
yet the debt to be provided for by the modified plan of 1894 was estimated
at only $12,200,000. Besides this the cash to be reserved for new
construction was reduced $3,000,000, and the surplus for expenses and
contingencies $1,380,000. Assessments were therefore set at $10 a share on
Richmond Terminal common instead of $12.50; $7.20 on East Tennessee
common instead of $9; and $3 and $6 on East Tennessee first and second
preferred as before. The new securities to be sold were reduced
correspondingly to $8,000,000 of bonds and $25,000,000 of common stock.
Finally, the bonds to provide for new construction, betterments, and
additions were reduced from $35,383,000 to about $19,000,000, of which
not over $2,000,000 (instead of $2,500,000) were to be used in any calendar
year. Other provisions of the earlier plan were to remain unchanged.
It was this modified plan which was carried to a successful conclusion.
In principle it did not mend the weak spot in its predecessor of May. That
plan had contemplated a surplus of $211,000 over fixed charges for 1893.
This estimated charges at $4,100,000 for 1894 and net earnings at
$4,250,000 on a somewhat reduced mileage. There was not to be more left
for dividends and improvements than there had been before, while the cash
and bond provisions for improvements were notably reduced. The
concession of bonds to stockholders for one-quarter of their assessments
was unsound financiering, as was, on the whole, the funding of coupons on

Page 182

the new mortgage bonds. The success which the modification had,
nevertheless, in restoring the company to solvency, was due to the
improvement in earnings which soon took place. The original plan had
based its calculations on the first year of depression; the amended plan kept
charges down till three years had elapsed. By that time business had begun
to mend, and all danger of bankruptcy was past. Other points in either plan
leave little to criticise.
The modifications to the original plan were issued on February 20,
1894. Over 75 per cent of the system bonds had assented by March 24. At
one foreclosure sale after another the reorganization committee now bought
in the portions of the old system covered by the plan. Suits against the
Richmond Terminal had been brought under the two collateral mortgages,
and on July 13, 1893, the reorganization committee bid in the pledged
securities. On February 6, 1894, it bought the remaining assets of the
Terminal Company; on June 15 it bought the Richmond & Danville, and on
July 7 the East Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia. Two trustees’ sales, one
receivers’ sale, ten foreclosure sales, and six conveyances without
foreclosure had occurred by September, 1894, and more minor sales were in
389
progress. On June 15 the Southern Railway Company was organized
with a charter from the state of Virginia, and took over in succession
390
properties to the extent of 4607 miles. Samuel Spencer was elected
president. Some thirty corporations were swept away and thirty boards of
directors abolished; for the Southern Railway was an operating company,
and, unlike the Richmond Terminal and the Richmond & Danville,
controlled but an inappreciable fraction of its mileage through the
ownership of stock. The new securities were issued at the proper times, and
according to the plan the common and preferred stock was turned over to
391
three voting trustees, who issued trust certificates in their stead.
This completed the reorganization of the Richmond Terminal Company
so far as the principal part of its mileage was concerned. The portions of the
system excluded from the plan have been to some extent bought back in
later years. Control of the Alabama Great Southern was bought in 1895; the
Memphis & Charleston was acquired in 1898; the Richmond &
Mecklenburg was leased in 1898 and the Mobile & Birmingham in 1899;
and the Northeastern of Georgia was bought in 1899. The system has not

Page 183

yet, however, fully regained its old position. The most important loss has
undoubtedly been that of the Central of Georgia. We left this company
engaged in active disputes with the Terminal management. During 1892 and
1893 efforts to reorganize it were made under the leadership of Hollins &
Co. The principal difficulties were the large floating debt and the money
392
required to put the property into good physical condition. A plan was
actually prepared at the beginning of 1893 and submitted to securityholders,
but failed because of that same decline in earnings which had caused the
modification of the Terminal reorganization plan. A second plan, prepared
393
in 1894, had a better fate, and in modified form was put into effect. The
Railroad was sold at auction in 1895, the Central of Georgia Railway was
394
organized to take its place, and the corporation entered upon a new
395
career which we have not space to follow.
As for the Southern Railway, the years from 1895 to 1907 have brought
it prosperity. It has extended considerably in mileage. Besides reacquiring
lines which formerly were part of the Richmond Terminal system, it has
grown south to Jacksonville and Palatka, east to Charleston and to a more
direct connection with Norfolk, and west from Louisville to East St. Louis.
It has further joined its Louisville-East St. Louis line to Chicago by
acquiring a half-interest in the Monon, and to the rest of its system by a
half-interest in the Cincinnati, New Orleans & Texas Pacific; and it has
bought control of the Mobile & Ohio, which stretches through four states
from East St. Louis to Mobile. Instead of 4392 miles as operated on June
30, 1895, it now reports 7546. The earnings of the system have increased
more rapidly than its mileage. The revival of business after 1897 occurred
with singular force in the South, and seems to have introduced there a new
industrial era. As a result, the Southern’s gross earnings have trebled and its
net earnings have been multiplied by two. Passenger receipts, which were
$4,329,499 in 1895, have become $14,683,006 in 1907. Freight receipts
have increased from $10,816,024 to $37,368,095.
It has been this increase in earnings which has at last allowed some of
that margin for improvements which the reorganization plans weakly
attempted to secure. And accordingly, large sums have been expended.
Maintenance of way charges are now over $1000 per mile instead of $630.
Expenses per locomotive mile have increased from 4.19 cents in 1895 to

Page 184

7.54 cents in 1907; expenses per passenger car mile from .83 to 1.03 cents;
and expenses per freight car mile from .47 to 2.18 cents. It is true that
locomotives and cars are larger to-day and that rails are heavier, but this
fact is far from accounting for the difference. Not only has the existing plant
been kept in good repair from earnings alone, but distinct improvements
have been made. New rail has been laid, additional ballast put in, wooden
trestles filled or replaced with steel. It was estimated in 1906 that
$5,000,000 had been spent in betterments and charged against income up to
that time, besides some $15,000,000 more paid for equipment out of
earnings. Meanwhile considerable sums had been spent from capital
account. The reorganization plan allowed for some $19,000,000 of new
396
bonds to be sold at the rate of $2,000,000 per year. Of these the company
had sold $13,000,000 for improvement of the property by February 1, 1906,
besides disposing of some $23,000,000 of equipment obligations.
The appreciation of the need for still more liberal expenditure led in
1906 to a comprehensive plan for the issue of new capital. Under date of
397
February 1, the company submitted to its voting trustees a scheme for a
$200,000,000 mortgage, of which $15,000,000 were to be issued at once
and the rest were to be reserved. Of the immediate issue $4,962,774 were to
refund payments for equipment hitherto made and charged to capital;
$3,501,000 were to refund investments in securities of, and advances to,
subordinate companies, as well as to be used for the acquisition of property
not heretofore funded; and $6,536,226 were for double track, revision of
grades, new yards, shops, etc. Of the securities reserved, $65,164,000 were
for refunding purposes: $20,000,000 for certain subsidiary lines: and
$99,834,000 to go, first, for betterments and improvements on the entire
system and for new equipment in amounts not exceeding $5,000,000 in
each year; and second, in exchange for first mortgage bonds not exceeding
in amount the actual cost of railroads and terminals hereafter to be acquired.
In other words, about one-half of the total issue is to go, sooner or later, for
398
improvements, and the rest for refundings and for new acquisitions. It
was believed that the Southern could readily pay the interest on the
increased immediate issue without endangering dividends on its preferred
stock, and that the subsequent increases in earnings would more than
provide for whatever additions to charges might occur. Negotiations for the

Page 185

placing of the new securities were concluded with J. P. Morgan & Co. at a
reported price of 96½.
The results of the expenditures for improvements have been
remarkable. In 1895 the Southern Railway had in use 623 locomotives; in
1907 the number was 1536. In the former year there were 487 passenger
cars and 18,924 freight cars; in the latter there were respectively 995 and
399
56,225. Only 370 miles of track in 1895 were over 65 pounds in weight
per yard; more than 3100 surpassed that limit in 1907. It is nevertheless in
its inability to handle the business offered it that the Southern has provoked
sharpest criticism. Over 3600 miles of its system still have rails weighing
62 pounds or less to the yard;—that is, rails incapable of meeting modern
operating conditions. Only 206 miles of double and 1981 of side track exist.
Equipment appears to be still inadequate. Signals are imperfect, and speed
and promptness seemingly impossible to attain. The late tragic death of Mr.
Spencer was a forcible illustration of the deficiencies of the road which he
had done so much to improve.
The earning power of the system cannot yet, therefore, be said to be
400
secure. Moreover, the capitalization of almost $72,000 per mile, as well
as the less dense railroad business in the South, the slight construction of
many of the Southern Railway lines, the lack of adequate facilities which
compels an operating ratio of 76 per cent, and the absorption of minor roads
less prosperous than the main stem,—all these factors have kept down the
net surplus from operation. On the other hand, the management is making
an earnest attempt to raise the standard of the property. Bonds and notes to
the par value of over $32,000,000 have been sold to provide for additions
and improvements during the past year, and a very great change for the
better has taken place. Dividends on the preferred stock have been paid
since 1897. As the country develops, and as the sums spent upon
improvements come more and more to have their effects, a dividend upon
the common stock will be paid. The near future is more likely to witness the
cessation of dividends upon the preferred.

Page 186

Page 187

CHAPTER VI

ATCHISON, TOPEKA & SANTA FE
Charter—Strategic extensions—Competitive extensions—Effect on
finances—Raise in rate of dividend—Reorganization of 1889—
Acquisition of the St. Louis & San Francisco and of the
Colorado Midland—Income bond conversion—Receivership—
English reorganization plan—Mr. Little’s report—Final
reorganization plan—Sale—Subsequent history.

The Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railroad has been reorganized twice, in
1889 and in 1893–5; the first time without, but the second time after a
foreclosure sale. The keynote of its history has been extension. It was the
enterprise of the men in control before 1889 which gave it the position and
power it holds to-day, but it was also that enterprise which necessitated its
first reorganization by imposing upon it heavier burdens than it could bear.
Chartered in Kansas in 1863, the Atchison spread west, southwest,
south, and northeast. It received some aid from the state of Kansas in the
shape of a grant of lands, but depended primarily on the investment of
private capital. Kansas itself was not, in 1870, a very encouraging field for
railroad building. It had been admitted as a state only in 1861, and could
boast for the most part of less than two inhabitants to the square mile;—
although settlement was pushing westward with considerable rapidity, and
stores of mineral wealth had been discovered in Colorado. The railroad in
those days had to create its own traffic, and population followed the means
of transportation. The peculiarity of Kansas was a central position, which
lent itself to schemes of the most far-reaching nature. A railroad reaching
from one end of the state to the other might almost equally well have been
extended to California, to Chicago, or to the Gulf; and could be sure in
time, if it survived, of the carriage of a vast volume of traffic out in every

Page 188

direction from the Central West. The Atchison managers saw this
opportunity, and courageously and persistently endeavored to realize it;—
part of the project they announced, and part they kept back till the fitting
time should come.
The systematic extension of the Atchison Railroad may be divided into
four parts:
(1) The construction through Kansas to Colorado, to save the charter,
then down the valley of the Rio Grande to Albuquerque.
(2) The securing of a connection with the Pacific Coast by construction,
lease, or traffic agreement.
(3) The connection with the Gulf.
(4) The connection with Chicago.
As the system neared completion, and its territory came to be invaded
by other roads, there were added to this systematic extension what may be
called competitive extensions, consisting largely in the construction of
branch lines, and multiplied beyond anything which the country could need
for years to come. This sort of building was most prominent from 1884 to
1888 and will be considered in its place.
The first stretch of road was built with few difficulties or
complications. It was commenced in 1869, and, after numerous delays, it
reached the western border of the state of Kansas on December 28 of the
same year; from this point it went on more leisurely, first west and then
401
southwest, to Albuquerque. These early miles were paid for from the
proceeds of both stocks and bonds. From Albuquerque a variety of routes
presented themselves. The Southern Pacific had by that time built to El
Paso, and it was feasible to extend the Atchison to that point and to rely on
a traffic agreement for the handling of the western business. Or, building to
Deming near El Paso, Atchison might have extended its line down the river
valleys in the northwestern part of Mexico to Guaymas on the Gulf of
California. Or, Atchison might have built directly west from Albuquerque.
All three of these routes were considered, and all three were eventually
402
carried out.

Page 189

The connection with the Southern Pacific was not a very difficult one
to make, and the Atchison reached Deming in March, 1881. By the traffic
agreement then concluded the Atchison secured the use of the Southern
Pacific tracks from Deming to Benson, Arizona, and arranged to build south
into Mexico from this point; while the Southern Pacific was allotted 51 per
403
cent of the through rate on traffic passing over Southern Pacific lines.
This formed the second through route from the East, and in September,
1881, it took one-quarter as much business as the Central Pacific. It was
also the first of Atchison’s projected routes to be completed. The line to
Guaymas was added by purchase. Instead of building, Atchison exchanged
its stock for the stock of the already existing Sonora Railroad in the
proportion of one to two, and guaranteed the interest on the Sonora first
404
mortgage 7 per cent bonds. This made up for the lack of an independent
line to the coast further north. The total of Sonora stock was $5,400,000,
requiring $2,700,000 Atchison stock in exchange. The total first mortgage 7
per cent bond issue was $4,050,000. With the railroad came a subsidy of
$2,608,200 (American gold), equal to $11,270 (Mexican) per mile. This
subsidy kept cropping up in Atchison finance for some time, and was finally
adjusted in 1896 by the transfer to the company of $1,159,800 in 3 per cent
bonds of the Mexican Interior Consolidated Debt.
For the direct route President Strong sought the help of the St. Louis &
San Francisco, and the use of the charter of the Atlantic & Pacific which it
owned. The Atlantic & Pacific was a road incorporated in 1886, with a
charter to build from St. Louis to California. In spite both of its charter and
of its name it had never gone further west than Vinita, in the northeast
405
corner of Indian Territory. President Strong and the Frisco now agreed to
continue construction under the name of the Atlantic & Pacific, both from
Vinita and from Albuquerque. The Atchison was to be given a half-interest
in the charter, directors were to be chosen equally from the two companies,
and the cost was to be met by a $25,000,000 loan, which the Atchison and
406
the Frisco were to guarantee jointly but not severally. Before the new
construction neared completion, however, the St. Louis & San Francisco
fell under the control of Messrs. Gould and Huntington, who, as owners of
the Texas & Pacific and the Southern Pacific respectively, naturally
disapproved of the plan to extend the Atlantic & Pacific to the coast. The

Page 190

Atchison, therefore, agreed to build no further west than the Colorado
River. At that point the Southern Pacific was to meet it with a line from
Mojave. The Southern Pacific gave to the Atlantic & Pacific an interest
guarantee on its bonds to the extent of 25 per cent of the gross earnings
derived from Atlantic & Pacific through business, and the latter road
407
retained all its rights for a line in California. This proved unprofitable,
for the Southern Pacific persistently diverted traffic to Ogden and El Paso,
and in 1884 still another arrangement was made. By this—
(a) The Atlantic & Pacific bought the Southern Pacific division
between the Needles (the Colorado River) and Mojave, 242 miles, for
$30,000 per mile, and, until such time as title could be given by the
discharge of the mortgage upon it, took a lease at an annual rental of 6 per
cent on the purchase price.
(b) The Atlantic & Pacific secured trackage and traffic rights and
facilities between Mojave and Oakland and San Francisco, as well as the
use of terminals at the latter point.
(c) The Atchison (and the St. Louis & San Francisco likewise) agreed
to buy from the Pacific Improvement Company first mortgage bonds and
other securities of the Atlantic & Pacific of the par value of $3,096,768, at
the actual cost to the Improvement Company, to wit, $1,524,356.
To complete the connection to the coast the Atchison built from
Waterman, some seventy miles east of Mojave on the Atlantic & Pacific, to
Colton on the Southern Pacific, and secured control of the California
408
Southern from Colton to San Diego. In 1885 entrance was obtained to
Los Angeles by lease of the Southern Pacific track between Colton and that
409
city.
The money for this rapid progress was obtained by the sale of both
stocks and bonds, but on the whole stock predominated. The directors
rightly considered it much more conservative to issue stock and sell it at par
than to load the road down with a heavy debt in the shape of bonds; and
what is more, they were able to make good their word, and to sell stock at
or near par in spite of the risk incident to operations such as the Atchison
was conducting and the frequent bonuses or stock dividends declared.

Page 191

By 1884, then, Atchison had reached the Pacific coast. The next great
steps were the extensions to Galveston and to Chicago. The year of entrance
to Los Angeles the Atchison did not cross the southern boundary of Kansas.
Certain of its stockholders were, however, unofficially interested in the
Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe, which ran from Galveston on the south to the
Indian Territory on the north, roughly 200 miles. In 1884 a charter was
obtained for the Southern Kansas Railway Company, a corporation
organized solely to build south from Arkansas City. The same year the Gulf,
Colorado & Santa Fe obtained permission to stretch north. The two roads
410
met at Purcell in the summer of 1887. In 1886 the Gulf, Colorado &
Santa Fe was formally brought in. Gulf stock then amounted to $4,560,000
and bonds had been issued to a limit of $17,000 per mile. For the entire
capital stock, subject to the above encumbrance, Atchison agreed to pay
411
$8000 a mile in Atchison stock, par value. The final move was to get into
Chicago. “The Atchison Company has been much too conservative during
the last few years,” said the Chronicle, “and thus has allowed its territory to
be invaded.” The first intent was to build direct. There were incorporated, in
Illinois the Chicago, Santa Fe & California Railway Company, and in Iowa
the Chicago, Santa Fe & California Railway Company of Iowa. In 1887 the
Atchison was able to purchase the Chicago & St. Louis Railroad, between
412
Chicago and Streator, with a branch to Pekin, and to save itself
construction between these points. The whole line was opened for traffic in
413
May, 1888.
This completed Atchison’s systematic extensions before 1889. From a
local road in Kansas it had become a through route, taking freight over its
own rails from Chicago to Galveston and to the Pacific coast. But especially
in the latter eighties competition had become keen; and to its strategic
extensions Atchison was obliged to add competitive building on an
enormous scale. Of the 7000 miles in 1888, over 2700 had been added since
January, 1886, and had been built, not to tap new sources of traffic, but to
defend what was thought to be Atchison’s rightful territory by means of a
desperate war of rates. “About three or four years ago,” said a competent
observer, “a mania seized three great corporations (Atchison, Missouri
Pacific, and Rock Island) to gridiron Kansas with railroad iron, and each
tried hard to see which could cover the most ground, without regard to the

Page 192

character of the ground, the result [being that] railroads were built where
414
they would not be required for ten years to come.” Such roads could not
be expected to pay, and in fact did not. Even in the case of better planned
extensions, the lines had to be built in an unopened territory, the traffic of
which had yet to be developed. In Indian Territory, Oklahoma, and Arizona,
the bulk of the country had less than two inhabitants to the square mile; in
New Mexico and Lower California only one-half of the area was more
thickly settled; and it was largely from this southwestern corner that local
traffic for the Atchison had to be built up.
The method of financiering these competitive extensions varied:
sometimes the parent company guaranteed the principal and interest of the
branch-line bonds; sometimes it took these into its treasury and issued
collateral bonds against them; sometimes, perhaps more frequently still, it
leased new roads for a rental equivalent to the annual interest on their
bonds. If the branches could have earned their fixed charges the burden on
the Atchison would have been nominal, but as in large part they could not it
was real and serious. In 1888 there were actually paid in rentals, interest on
Sonora Railway bonds, and on sundry railway bonds, $2,361,300. Large
sums were carried to capital account. In 1888 there was an accumulated
account of “due from sundry leased, controlled, and auxiliary roads in
construction and general account” (net) $13,558,678, including various cash
current construction and other charges, which was carried as an asset, but
which in reality consisted of advances from which there was little or no
hope of return. Besides the claims for interest the parent company had in
practice other claims to meet. Where a branch failed to earn operating
expenses, as often happened, sums had to be advanced to keep the road and
rolling stock in repair. Thus the item “due from auxiliary roads in current
traffic and operation accounts” amounted in 1888 to $1,008,554. Bills and
accounts payable the same year were $6,553,775, and accrued interest,
taxes, and sinking funds totalled $915,337. The following table shows
vividly the effect upon the system of the rapid extension of the years 1884
to 1888:

Total System
1884 1888
Mileage 2,799 7,010
Bonds 48,258,500 163,694,000

Page 193

Stock (Atchison) 60,673,150 75,000,000
Gross earnings 16,699,662 28,265,339
Operating expenses 9,410,424 21,958,195
Net earnings from operation 7,289,237 6,307,145
Net profits, excluding dividends 5,147,883 def. 2,933,197
Net profits, including payments for
dividends and interest on floating debt def. 5,557,323

Whatever may be said as to the necessity of extension, it is evident that
the position of the system by 1888 had changed for the worse. This last-
named year was a bad one, it is true, but certain evils of which the directors
then complained were permanent, and should have been permanently
allowed for. Some realization of the fact that the Atchison might be going
too fast appeared in the financial journals of the time. “Were these
undertakings less solidly backed,” said the Railway Age, “there might be
415
apprehension that enterprise was being pushed too far and too fast.” But
on the whole the rapid growth and enormous extent of the system seem to
dazzle beholders. “The career of this company,” said the Railway Age again,
“has been one of the marvels of railway enterprise, and it would be unsafe
now to attempt to fix a limit to its extension or to the ambition of its
416
Napoleonic president and its bold and enterprising directors.”
In 1887 the directors increased the rate of dividend from 6 to 7 per
417
cent. The action was thoroughly unjustifiable, and the rate was speedily
again reduced. By the end of 1888 the main company was liable to be called
on any year to the extent of $8,625,365, which was the amount of interest
on auxiliary roads either guaranteed or payable as rentals. In four years the
mileage of the Atchison system had increased 150 per cent; its bonded
indebtedness 239 per cent; its fixed charges 216 per cent; and its gross
earnings only 69 per cent; while the deficits on its branch lines were
obviously not matters of bookkeeping, and the value of interchanged
business was not equal to the increased burdens which the subsidiary lines
imposed. The floating debt mounted up, as is usual in times of trouble.
From a total of $3,317,446 in 1884 it increased to $8,076,059 in 1888. To
offset it the directors secured in October, 1888, subscriptions to a
$10,000,000 issue of “guarantee fund,” three-year notes. Not all of the
amount authorized was to be sold at once, but from time to time Atchison
was to call on subscribers to take part of their subscription, and the notes

Page 194

418
were to bear 6 per cent from the time they were put forth. For the rest,
the directors economized as much as possible. Salaries were cut 10 per cent
in every branch of the service, beginning with the president, and the
unlucky 7 per cent rate of dividend was reduced to 6 per cent, to 2 per cent,
and then to nothing at all in successive quarters. None of these expedients
proved sufficient. In fact, the situation was so critical that nothing short of a
general reorganization could probably have secured the radical reduction in
fixed charges which the company required.
In September, 1889, accordingly, Messrs. Libby, Abbott, Peabody, and
Baring were appointed a committee to consider the broad question of
419
financial and general reorganization, and in October a plan for the
complete rehabilitation of the company was brought forward. The
obligations with which the plan had to deal are indicated in the following
table:

Obligations of the Atchison Company in 1889
Principal Interest
Bonds, guarantee fund notes $160,786,000 $9,203,620.00
Contingent issue of additional bonds 775,000 38,750.00
Car trusts 1,445,660 86,739.60
$163,006,660 $9,329,109.60
Less interest on bonds and guarantee
fund notes owned by the Company 253,340.00
$9,075,769.60
Sinking Fund 359,000.00
Taxes 1,221,000.00
Rentals 502,000.00
$11,157,769.60

Of the bonds outstanding $56,498,000 were direct loans upon the
Atchison’s main lines, bearing anywhere from 4½ to 7 per cent, and
$104,288,000 were bonds upon some of the thirty-two subsidiary
corporations for whose obligations the Atchison was responsible.
The dealing of the Libby Committee with this situation was intelligent
and comprehensive. It proposed an increase and simplification of securities,
a decrease in fixed charges, and a cancellation of the floating debt. In place
of the forty-one classes of bonds outstanding it suggested that two grand
issues be put forth, one of 4 per cent general mortgage bonds to the amount

Page 195

of $150,000,000, and one of 5 per cent income bonds to a total of
$80,000,000. From these issues $13,750,000 should be used to provide for
420
cash requirements, and the remainder should be employed in direct
retirement of old obligations. The exchange of some $216,000,000 of new
bonds for $163,000,000 of old was to mean an increase in securities
outstanding, but since interest on only part of the new bonds was to be
obligatory fixed charges were to be less than they had been before. The
managers figured on what the property could earn, good times or bad, and
capitalized this sum into 4 per cent general mortgage bonds. They then
calculated the difference between this and the former return to bondholders,
421
and capitalized the difference into income bonds. Each individual
bondholder, therefore, was offered a chance to receive the same return
which he had previously enjoyed, although his right to demand an annual
payment was limited to an amount which the road could earn.
A few points deserve to be specially noticed. The reduction in interest
was sufficient to have transformed the deficit for the whole Atchison system
for 1888 into a respectable surplus, providing that no dividends had been
paid; but this reduction was dependent on the retention of the income bonds
as optional obligations. There was no cash assessment. Had the
reorganization taken place in a time of general depression, the sale of
securities for cash would probably have been impossible, but the days of
depression had not yet arrived. The stockholder suffered in the introduction
of the principal of some $67,000,000 additional indebtedness between him
and his property, although he was not called upon directly; but it should not
be forgotten that for a long while the Atchison stockholders had received
very liberal dividends, both in stock and in cash, and could not well
complain of the moderate loss now necessary. There was no voting trust,
although one was proposed, and the bonds were not even temporarily given
voting power. The situation seems to have been that the securityholders
thought it more to their advantage to reduce voluntarily the rate of interest
than to force a foreclosure sale and take their chances; for the directors, in
submitting the plan, said that they felt it necessary “to state in the strongest
terms that the non-success of this proposal will inevitably result in
422
foreclosure, with all its attendant misfortunes.”

Page 196

By the end of November, although the plan had not been promulgated
until well into October, more than one-half of the outstanding bonds had
assented, and the directors were enabled to announce success. Certain
changes in the management had already taken place. President Strong had
resigned in September, and had been succeeded by Mr. Allen Manville,
423
general manager of the St. Paul, Minneapolis & Manitoba Railway. Mr.
Reinhart was credited with a large part in the construction of the new plan
of 1889, and his later promotion may have been connected therewith.
After the reorganization Atchison resumed its policy of expansion, its
new directors being apparently as “bold and enterprising” as the old. In
1890 it took in the St. Louis & San Francisco, a road running from St. Louis
west and southwest through Missouri, Kansas, Arkansas, and Indian
Territory, connecting at Paris, Texas, with the Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe,
and through half-ownership of the Atlantic & Pacific connecting
Albuquerque in New Mexico with Barstow in Southern California. The
total length of the Frisco system, exclusive of jointly owned roads, was
1329 miles, and this constituted the largest single acquisition that the
Atchison had ever made. The terms of the purchase were highly favorable
to the Frisco shareholders, but the benefits to the Atchison were less than
was expected. Although the consolidation removed certain difficulties
experienced from the joint ownership of the Atlantic & Pacific, and
although the united roads were in a better position to compete for
transcontinental and Gulf traffic than either of them had been before, the
Atchison directors were forced to announce in 1891 that, “with every
opportunity given it to work with advantage, the property (Frisco) has failed
to demonstrate its ability to carry itself financially and to liquidate its debts;
nor could it hope to obtain such results without the provision of New
Capital.... This is due largely to the absence of complete and proper
facilities and machinery with which to conduct operations in the nature of
Round Houses, Machine Shops, Stations and other buildings, improved
424
Bridges and Equipment.” A bond issue was needed, and was in fact put
forth,—the Atchison taking a goodly share.
Less important than this was the purchase, in 1890, of the Colorado
Midland, a road 346 miles long in Colorado, valued chiefly for its ore
traffic. In August, 1890, the Mexican Government resumed payment of the

Page 197

425
Sonora subsidy, on which nothing had been paid for eight years. It does
not seem as if at any time after 1889 the Atchison enjoyed unalloyed
prosperity. The year 1890 showed an increase in net earnings of 48 per cent
according to the figures given, and the directors were unhappy until they
had increased the fixed charges to match, but the year 1891 recorded a
falling off, and 1892 showed a comparatively slight gain over the figures of
1891. There was obviously nothing in the reported figures to cause alarm,
but there was nothing which justified the payment of more than 2¾ per cent
any year on the income bonds, or of any dividends on the stock.
Toward the end of 1891 the guarantee fund notes fell due. They had
been issued, it will be remembered, to protect the property in 1888, and
were secured by an equal amount of general mortgage 4s; but now the
directors, disliking to put these 4s on the market at 83¼, decided to extend
426
the notes for two years at par with a cash commission of one per cent.
Extension of the guarantee fund notes did not increase the fixed
obligations, it merely postponed a reduction; but the conversion of the
income bonds of 1889 acted as a positive increase. There were $80,000,000
of these incomes, and it was in the optional character of payments upon
them that the saving of fixed charges by the reorganization of 1889 had
consisted. They had been issued instead of preferred stock probably because
more acceptable to the bondholders; but it was early found that their use
involved difficulties which had not been sufficiently regarded. By the
conditions of their indenture no bonds could be inserted between them and
the general mortgage 4s; they held a second lien for all time. But similarly it
was difficult to put bonds after them. Their lien was on income,—interest
was payable only when earned; any regular mortgage would of necessity
have taken precedence. The hindrance to new issues was real and serious,
and although some check on an aggressive management was salutary, yet
the system required additions and improvements from time to time which
could not be supplied from current income. Under these circumstances the
Atchison directors decided within three years to sacrifice the reduction in
fixed charges secured in 1889 in order to obtain new capital with greater
ease. “It is the opinion of the Management,” said the annual report for 1892,
“that the time has now arrived when all the obligations of the Company can
be returned to a Fixed Basis, sufficient funds provided to take care of all
Improvements ... required for at least four years, and at the same time the

Page 198

junior Bonds and Capital Stock be restored to a more permanent market
value with assured returns on the first, and probable balances for the
427
latter.” “The Atchison plan of conversion,” said Mr. Reinhart, “... is the
completion of the reorganization plan put in effect October 18, 1889, and
428
returns the obligations of the company ... to a fixed and stable basis....”
The plan so cordially referred to provided for the issue of a new, second
mortgage, 4 per cent bond, and the exchange of this security for the
outstanding income bonds. The second mortgage was to be issued in two
classes:
(a) $80,000,000. These were to exchange for income 5s, par for par,
and bore a rate of interest which increased from 2½ per cent in 1892 to 4
per cent in 1896, and then remained at 4 per cent until maturity.
(b) $20,000,000. These bore 4 per cent and were to be issued in no
greater sum in any year than $5,000,000 for specific improvements on the
Atchison exclusive of the Colorado Midland or the St. Louis & San
Francisco. There was reserved to the company the right, when all the above
should have been exhausted, to issue more bonds of the same sort as in
class B for the same purposes and on the same mileage, up to a limit of
429
$50,000,000.
The conversion plan was approved at the annual meeting in 1892, and
was put into effect. The result was most unfortunate. The annual burden on
the company was increased at the very time when the panic of 1893 was
about to reduce railroad earnings, while the advantages of freer issues of
new bonds were of little account in a year when the sale of new securities
was practically impossible. Moreover, a new light was soon to be thrown on
the whole operation by disclosures of dishonest manipulation of figures in
the Atchison reports.
In 1892 and 1893 rumors of trouble were afloat, and were repeatedly
and vigorously denied by Mr. Reinhart, president of the Atchison Company.
Thus in June, 1893, this officer declared that “the Atchison, Topeka & Santa
Fe Railroad Company, strictly speaking, has no floating debt. Its current
430
liabilities are more than equalled by its current cash assets.” In December
Mr. Reinhart said again: “The interest on the General Mortgage Bonds of
the Atchison Company, due January 1, will be paid. It seems hardly

Page 199

necessary to make this statement, because doubts as to its payment have, in
my judgment, been created solely by speculators who have no substantial
interest in the property.” These official denials did not carry conviction, but
opinions varied as to the seriousness of the situation. The Boston News
Bureau cheerily insisted that all the Atchison needed was “days of grace”
431
during the existing depression, while in England it was thought that the
432
rumors of a receivership were at most but premature.
At the end of the year President Reinhart went to Europe to float a loan.
On his return, after a failure to obtain subscriptions, a receivership was
applied for and granted. It had been hoped up to the very last moment that
the January interest could be met; but the refusal of English bondholders to
subscribe additional capital, the failure to place a third mortgage loan in the
United States, and the death of Director Magoun, one of the strong
influences in Atchison’s affairs, made a crash inevitable. Current
obligations had mounted to over $10,000,000, credit had disappeared, and
the railroad necessarily succumbed. The Atlantic & Pacific, the Colorado
Midland, the Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe, and the Southern California lines
were not included in the Atchison receivership, though the Atchison
433
receivers were given like office in respect to the Atlantic & Pacific. The
Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe announced that it would continue to operate its
434
own line, and was prepared to pay its current obligations as before.
No sooner was failure announced than committees of bondholders
sprang up. In Boston a committee was formed with six members, including
J. L. Thorndike and H. L. Higginson. In New York the Union Trust
Company, the Mercantile Trust Company, the New York Life Insurance
Company, Baring, Magoun & Co., and Giddes & Smith got together in a
committee, with Edward King as chairman. A second New York committee,
R. Somers Hayes, chairman, was formed by express invitation of the road.
A directors’ committee was organized, of which E. B. Cheney, Jr., was
chairman. The London holders of the second mortgage class A bonds
themselves formed a committee. Even before 1888 Englishmen had
invested heavily in Atchison, attracted perhaps by glowing stories of the
business to spring up across the western plains. It was said that not only had
they been influential in shaping the reorganization of 1889, but that from
that date to 1893 the management had been controlled by a board elected by

Page 200

proxies entrusted to representatives of English interest. In particular
Englishmen had become interested in the second mortgage bonds of 1892,
successors to the income bonds of 1889, holding about one-half of the total
issue, and they now fought for the protection of this issue as against the
stock.
A plan of reorganization was early matured after the English influence
substantially as follows: Either the general mortgage or the second
mortgage bonds were to be foreclosed and a new company was to be
formed. If the foreclosure should be under the general mortgage, overdue
interest on that mortgage was not to be paid, and new securities, similar to
the existing bonds, were to be issued, bond for bond. If the foreclosure
should be under the second mortgage, the company was to provide for past
due interest, and was to assume the payment of principal and interest on the
general mortgage bonds. The capital stock was to remain as before. There
was to be a new income mortgage to the amount of $115,000,000, of which
$84,000,000 were to go for the existing second mortgage A bonds, and
$5,600,000 for the existing B bonds; the surplus to be given for
assessments, or for the securities of such auxiliary companies as it should
be thought advisable to acquire. These income bonds were to bear 5 per
cent and were to have voting power. There was to be a second mortgage, to
amount eventually to $35,000,000; of which $5,000,000 were to be used at
once to retire the floating debt and for other purposes, and $3,000,000 were
to be used each year for improvements. The new stock was to be held in
trust until 5 per cent per annum should have been paid in cash on the new
income bonds for three consecutive years. Finally there was to be an
assessment of $12 per share upon the stockholders, the proceeds of which
were to go as far as necessary to pay the debts of the old company,
435
including interest on the general mortgage.
On the whole, the scheme was to put the Atchison back to the condition
of 1889, and to regain the margin of safety afforded by the income bonds.
So far it was acceptable enough. Conservative officers had looked askance
at the income bond conversion in 1892, and this was a simple
acknowledgment of the mistake. The old difficulty as to future capital
requirements, moreover, was evaded by a provision for an annual increment
of second mortgage bonds to take precedence of the incomes. The notable
part of the scheme was the anxious care of the bondholders to protect

Page 201

themselves. Since their bonds had been converted from income bonds less
than two years before they could not claim a large allowance for the
reconversion; but as a condition of their assent to this and to the
introduction of a second mortgage for $35,000,000 before their lien they
demanded not only a bonus of 5 per cent in the new incomes for their
holdings, but the grant of voting power to the income bonds, a stock
assessment of $12 per share, and the interposition of an additional
$5,000,000 of bonds between the stock and the property of which it was
nominally the possessor. “It is true,” said the Railway Review, “that the
scheme contemplates the issue of income bonds which shall be given to
assenting stockholders at par in return for the cash assessment, but it is a
little difficult to see wherein such bonds are of very much more value than
436
the stock of the company except that they are not subject to assessment.”
The reception of the plan was what might have been expected. On July 30,
in London, the London bondholders’ committee met and passed a resolution
in its favor. Having now secured, they said in substance, the substantial
features for which they had contended, and although the plan was not
altogether what they could have desired, they considered, after very
prolonged and anxious negotiations, that a plan had been arrived at which
437
was the best obtainable in the interests of bondholders. Meanwhile
meetings of stockholders were held in New York in protest. Resolutions
were adopted condemning the plan, and a stockholders’ committee was
438
chosen.
Debate was stopped by the publication in August of the report of an
expert who had been selected to examine the books of the Atchison
Company. Few more disgraceful instances of the juggling of figures have
been brought to light in the history of American railroad finance. Whereas
the reports of the company had shown net earnings steadily increasing from
$7,600,000 in 1890 to $12,100,000 in 1893, being ample to meet existing
charges and to pay from 2 to 2¾ per cent on the income bonds besides to
the time of their conversion, Mr. Little, the expert, reported that the net
earnings had never exceeded $8,085,608; and maintained that an annual
deficit had occurred each year from 1894, which reached the portentous
amount of $3,000,000 for 1891 alone. The condition of the company was
far worse than had been imagined, and all plans had to be thoroughly recast.
The following is an abstract of the report in question:

Page 202

“I have already advised you verbally,” said Mr. Little, “that income
was, in my judgment, overstated in these several years (since ’89), to the
extent of $7,000,000 or more, and I now confirm this specifically. These
overstatements may be classified as follows:
“(1) Rebates. For the four years ending June 30, 1894, the debits for
rebates to shippers on the Atchison system aggregated $3,700,776, and on
the St. Louis & San Francisco system $205,879, or a total of $3,906,656.
“This sum was charged, not to the earnings from whence it came, as it
should have been, but to an account entitled, ‘Auditor’s Suspended Account-
Special,’ and was reported from year to year as a good and available asset,
while in fact it had no value whatsoever.
“(2) Additions to Earnings and Deductions from Expenses. Next in
order of importance to the rebate account comes an aggregate of
$2,791,000, which, on instructions from the East, was credited from time to
time to the earnings and expenses respectively, but which credit has no
foundation in fact. Of this aggregate $2,010,000 was added to earnings and
$781,000 deducted from operating expenses, the sum of the two being
debited to ‘Auditor’s Suspended Account.’
“(3) Improvements. The sum of $488,000 was in the period under
consideration transferred, improperly as I contend, from Operating
Expenses to Improvements or Capital Account, these Improvements being
finally closed into the account of Franchises and Property, which represents
the cost of the road and property.
“(4) Traffic Balances. It further appears that a traffic agreement for a
division of business was formed in November, 1890 (running to July, 1891),
between the Atchison Company and certain other companies, whereby such
other companies were charged with a balance of $305,843, which the
Atchison Company was unable to collect, and which is absolutely
uncollectable, and should have been heretofore written off, though it still
stands as an asset, and hence must be written to the debit of profit and
439
loss.”
Two facts appear from these charges on which emphasis was laid from
different points of view: (1) That for four years the Atchison had been
persistently violating the law by the granting of rebates. (2) That to conceal

Page 203

these rebates, and for other purposes, the books had been so systematically
falsified as to defy detection, and to deceive not only the investing public
but the whole railroad world. The report was handed to Mr. Reinhart, and an
answer was requested by the following day. The answer was made, and
proved inadequate; for though Mr. Reinhart pointed out some half-dozen
items which he argued that Mr. Little had wrongly excluded, he explained
440
no one of the charges directly brought against him. There is no doubt at
the present time that Mr. Reinhart was guilty, though perhaps because of the
difficulty of fixing legal responsibility he was never prosecuted for
falsification of the books. He resigned, of course, and Major Aldace F.
Walker was appointed receiver in his stead. Two months later he was
indicted with other officers of the company and certain shippers, not for
falsifying the books, but for the illegal granting of rebates. His defence was
that he had been, at the time the rebates were given, only the general auditor
at Boston, and had had no part in the fiscal or executive business of the
441
road. The Government failed to prove connection, and the case fell
through.
All this completely altered the requirements to be met by a
reorganization plan. A more sweeping reduction in charges, and a more
general distribution of losses was needed than before had been the case. Old
proposals were laid aside once and for all, and a new scheme was built up
from the beginning. The mortgage indebtedness of the Atchison in 1895
was $233,595,247, of which the first and second mortgage bonds comprised
$217,258,276. The reorganization of 1889 had done its work in one respect
at least, and the reorganization managers were able to concentrate their
attention on two issues. The annual net earnings, according to the
company’s reports had been:

1890 $7,632,348
1891 7,631,598
1892 10,953,896
1893 12,126,866

but as corrected in Mr. Little’s report were:

1891 $5,204,880
1892 7,853,173
1893 8,085,608

Page 204

1894 5,956,615

Inasmuch as Mr. Little had discovered annual deficits of

1891 $1,964,285
1892 60,938
1893 134,825
1894 3,008,242

it was very evident that a reduction in interest charges was called for. As in
1889 the salvation of the company was sought in the substitution of
securities on which payment was optional for securities bearing an
obligatory charge.
Soon after Mr. Little’s final report in November three of the existing
committees, namely, the General Reorganization Committee, the London
Committee, and Messrs. Hope & Co. of Amsterdam, joined in a Joint
442
Executive Reorganization Committee, with Edward King as chairman.
With these now worked a committee chosen by the directors themselves.
The result was a reorganization plan under date of March 14, 1895. The
purposes announced were:
(a) To reduce fixed charges to a safe limit;
(b) To make adequate provision for future capital requirements, subject
to proper restrictions as to issue of bonds for this purpose;
(c) To liquidate the floating debt, and to make adequate provision for
existing prior lien indebtedness shortly to mature;
(d) To reinstate existing securities upon equitable terms in their order of
priority;
(e) To consolidate and unify the system (so far as practicable) and thus
to save large annual expense.
It was proposed to foreclose the Atchison general mortgage ... and to
vest in a railway company the bonds, stocks, and other properties of the
existing company, acquired at foreclosure sale or otherwise. The new
company was to issue:

(a) Common Stock $102,000,000
(b) Five per cent non-cumulative preferred stock 111,486,000

Page 205

(c) General mortgage 4 per cent bonds 96,990,582
(d) Adjustment 4 per cent bonds 443
51,728,310

Of the above the interest on only the general mortgage bonds was to be
a fixed charge;—the stock obviously got a return only when earned, and the
adjustment bonds were income bonds in fact if not in name. Additional
issues to a comparatively small aggregate were provided for, but no
mortgage, other than the general and adjustment mortgages, was to be
executed by the company, nor was the amount of preferred stock to be
increased, unless the execution of such mortgage, or such increase of
preferred stock, should have received the consent of the holders of a
majority of the whole amount of preferred stock at the time outstanding,
given at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose, and the
consent of the holders of a majority of such part of the common stock as
should be represented at said meeting. The securities mentioned were to
retire all previously existing issues. Old common stockholders were to
receive share for share in the common stock of the new company. They
were to be assessed $10 per share, and to receive for the assessment $10 in
new preferred stock, while a syndicate guaranteed payment of assessments
by engaging to take the place of non-assenting or defaulting stockholders.
The general mortgage bondholders were to get 75 per cent of their holdings
in new general mortgage 4s and 40 per cent in adjustment 4s. The second
mortgage and income bondholders were to be assessed 4 per cent and were
444
to get new preferred stock. The prior lien bondholders were dealt with
separately, and were to be paid either in general mortgage 4s of the
additional issues (over the $96,990,582) mentioned, or in the new prior lien
bonds. If in the latter, the general mortgage bonds which would otherwise
have been issued were to be held for the ultimate retirement of these bonds.
Provision was made for future construction and additions by the allowance
of $3,000,000 general mortgage bonds, to be issued each year to a limit of
$30,000,000, and then of $2,000,000 adjustment bonds, to be issued each
year to a limit of $20,000,000. Additional new general mortgage bonds, up
to $20,000,000, might be issued and used in such amounts respectively and
in such proportions as the Joint Executive Committee might determine, for
the acquisition of the Atlantic & Pacific, the St. Louis & San Francisco, and
the Colorado Midland; and for like purposes $20,000,000 preferred stock.
The lien of the new general mortgage was to cover all properties which

Page 206

should be vested in the new company, and also any other property which
might be acquired by use of any of the new bonds, but the Joint Executive
Committee might, in its discretion, except from the new general mortgage
the stocks and bonds deposited under the existing general mortgage,
representing branch lines, the operation of which should be found to be
unprofitable and an unnecessary burden to the system. A voting trust was
considered, but was rejected as unsatisfactory; and the committee confined
its efforts to the securing of the best possible management.

The proposed fixed charges amounted to $4,528,547
Net earnings according to Mr. Little had been in 1891 5,204,880
1892 7,853,173
1893 8,085,608
1894 5,956,615

Thus the new charges appeared well within the earning power of the road.
The plan made the following, provision for cash requirements:

Assessment on Atchison stock at $10 per share $10,000,000
Assessment on second mortgage and on income bonds at 4 per
cent 3,567,644
$13,567,644

The estimated cash requirements were:

For receiver’s debt, preferred or secured floating debt of the
Atchison Company, estimated as of January 1, 1895 $7,793,875
Leaving for receivers and floating debt, accrued interest and
undisturbed securities, etc., 773,769
445
$13,567,644

This reorganization had certain interesting features. As before
remarked, it sought, as did the reorganization of 1889, to replace securities,
the interest on which was a fixed charge, by securities on which payment of
interest or dividends should be optional. But whereas the earlier
reorganization had depended on income bonds, this plan included both
income bonds and preferred stock. There are several reasons why preferred
stock is preferable to income bonds, and it will be remembered that a
peculiar difficulty experienced from the income bonds of 1889 had arisen
from the impossibility of putting other mortgages ahead of them; yet that

Page 207

this was not the chief obstacle sought to be avoided by the use of preferred
stock at this later date appears from the current use of adjustment bonds.
Provision for future capital requirements was in fact made in another way,
and the question was not here involved. So far as the acceptability of the
income bonds and the preferred stock respectively to the old bondholders
was concerned, it should be noted that the men who received the greater
part of the new issue were the holders of the old income and second
mortgage bonds; that is, Englishmen who had already shown their
preference for income bonds as opposed to stock. The chief reason for the
new expedient seems to have been the desire to retain for the general
mortgage holders a priority of lien, while reducing part of their holdings to
the level of an optional obligation. If income bonds or preferred stock alone
had been used, these would necessarily have been given to the owners both
of general mortgage and of second mortgage or old income bonds; so that
the former might have received a larger amount, but not any lien different in
kind. By the scheme proposed, all possible interest on the securities given
for old mortgage 4s was to be met before anything was to be paid on the
equivalent of issues which had been inferior before the reorganization took
place. Abundant provision was made for future capital requirements. That
lesson had been learned once for all. Cash requirements were met by an
assessment. In speaking of the reorganization of 1889 the rule was laid
down that the disposal of securities for cash is impossible except at an
enormous sacrifice in a time of general depression. There was widespread
depression in 1895, and the reorganization managers wisely made no
attempt to negotiate a sale. The amount of the assessment on the common
stock was very considerably above the quoted price of the shares, but it was
correctly figured that the hope of future increase in value would be
sufficient to induce stockholders to furnish the sums required. Not to tax
them too heavily call was made also on the junior securities. On the whole,
the decrease of $5,000,000 in fixed charges more than compensated the
stockholders for the additional obligations put between them and their
property; their claim on the road itself was made more remote, but their
chances for dividends were improved. Examination of the plan shows
clearly that nothing was taken from either bonds or stock which those
securities had a right to retain. The bondholders could not, in any case, have
received more than the earnings of the road; and an amount equal to the
return previously due them was assured, whenever the road should earn it,

Page 208

by the new combination of mortgage and income bonds and preferred stock.
As it was, in return for an assessment they retained the right to participate in
any future prosperity, a right which has proved of extreme value.
The plan was underwritten by Messrs. Baring Bros. & Co. and other
strong foreign and American bankers, who assumed the liability of paying
446
the assessment and of taking the stock. The comment at the time was
favorable. “On the whole,” said the Railway Age, “we do not believe that
any one who is acquainted with the properties could have expected a more
447
satisfactory plan than that which the committee has evolved.” The
London bondholders promptly accepted the plan. “We are disposed,” said
the Railway Times of London, “to regard the latest of Atchison
reorganization schemes as a praiseworthy attempt to grapple with a very
448
thorny problem.” Such opposition as there was came from a minority of
the stockholders, and was directed at two points: the prevention of
foreclosure, and the inauguration of an entirely new administration. It was
asserted that certain old members of the board of directors who had been
forced to resign by the earlier disclosures, had nevertheless secured the
election of successors to perpetuate their policy and to protect their interest.
With a directory so constituted, it was maintained that the stockholders
would have no guarantee of important changes in the executive offices,
449
financial policies, or business methods of the company. Sharp criticism
was directed to a statement of the existing board which referred to the
“mistakes and misfortunes of the previous management.” “Only those who
believe,” said the Stockholders’ Protective Committee, “that gross
irregularities, if not worse, have been perpetrated ... may be relied upon to
450
probe to the bottom the acts of the former officers of the Atchison.” On
the other hand, the accusations of the committee were asserted by the
451
directors to be unqualifiedly false. It soon became apparent that the
opposition could not muster enough votes to control an election, and
although their fight had been begun in August, they had proxies by
November for only 250,000 out of the 1,020,000 shares of stock. Recourse
was had to the courts, and an attempt was made to secure at least a minority
representation on the coming board by the enforcement of a provision for
cumulative voting embodied in a Kansas law of 1879. This failed in

Page 209

November, 1894, and no further obstacle to reorganization was
encountered.
Practically all of the assessments were paid in by September 21. On
November 25 Mr. E. P. Ripley was elected president, and in the first week
of December, 1895, Mr. Aldace F. Walker was elected chairman of the
board of directors of the new company. On December 10, 1895, the
property and franchises of the Atchison were sold at foreclosure, and were
purchased for $60,000,000 by Edward King, Charles C. Beaman, and Victor
452
Morawetz, representing the reorganization committee. The Atchison,
Topeka & Santa Fe Railroad Company was then organized by the
purchasers pursuant to the laws of Kansas, under a certificate of
incorporation dated December 12, 1895. A board of directors was elected,
and by-laws were adopted. The entire estate embraced in the foreclosure
sale was duly conveyed by deed of the same date as the incorporation of the
company, in consideration of which the company executed a delivery to the
Joint Executive Reorganization Committee of the securities acquired under
the plan of reorganization. Certain subsidiary roads were subsequently
foreclosed and bought in, notably the Atlantic & Pacific and the Chicago,
Santa Fe & California. The St. Louis & San Francisco was not so bought in.
“The question of retaining the St. Louis & San Francisco as a part of the
Atchison system,” said the annual report of 1896, “received very careful
consideration from the Directors.... A series of conferences was held, which
resulted in the matter ultimately presenting the alternative of the sale of our
existing interest upon favorable terms, or the purchase by us of all other
outstanding interests upon terms involving the outlay of a very large
amount of both cash and securities. While the future control of that road
was regarded as important, the financial considerations affecting the
situation prevailed, and the sale was decided on the whole to be more
prudent than the purchase.” “With the acquisition of the Frisco,” said Mr.
Fleming of the Joint Executive Committee, “the fixed charges on the
Atchison system of 7780 miles would have been increased from $7000 to
$9000 per mile. Atchison is financially much stronger without Frisco.”
This ends that part of the history of the Atchison Company which can
be connected with either of its reorganizations. From 1895 to the present
time the Atchison has enjoyed a rapidly increasing prosperity, due in part to
the lightening of the charges upon it, in part to able management, and in

Page 210

part to the great increase in volume of business which has been a
characteristic of the time. One or two things may be noted. A final
settlement has been made of the relations between the Southern Pacific and
the Atchison in the Southwest. It will be remembered that the final result of
the negotiations in 1882 had been the purchase of the former Mojave
division from the Needles to Mojave, but that since title could not be
acquired until the maturity of the outstanding mortgages, Atchison had
leased this track at an annual rental of 6 per cent on the purchase price. In
1897 this rental was cancelled. The Southern Pacific could not even then
give a clear title, but exchanged a long time lease of the Mojave division
against a similar lease of the Sonora Railway, the Atchison branch which
reached from Deming to Guaymas. The rentals cancelled each other, and
453
the actual transfer is eventually to take place. The arrangement is
mutually advantageous. On the one hand the Mojave division formed a spur
of the Southern Pacific, and on the other the Sonora Railway was totally
disconnected from the Atchison, so that the latter company was obliged to
use the Southern Pacific’s tracks to reach the property at all. In 1898
Chairman Walker of the Executive Committee was able to announce the
substantial completion of negotiations for the purchase of the San Francisco
& San Joaquin Valley Railroad, running from Bakersfield to Stockton,
California; the former town being sixty-eight miles from Mojave and the
454
latter something less than that from San Francisco. Atchison at once
began building at the Stockton end, and reached San Francisco the
following year. The Santa Fe Terminal Company was then incorporated
with a capital stock of $1,000,000, Atchison secured a traffic contract with
the Southern Pacific, and through freight trains were run from Chicago to
San Francisco on May 1, 1900, through passenger trains following two
months later. Besides this there have been important extensions in Arizona
and New Mexico. In 1901 the Atchison purchased two-thirds of the bonds,
and practically all of the capital stock of the Pecos Valley & Northeastern
Railway Company, stretching 370 miles from Texico through the
southeastern corner of New Mexico to Pecos City, Texas. In July of the
same year it bought the Santa Fe, Prescott & Phœnix Railroad, from Ash
Fork, Arizona, to Phœnix, Arizona, some 195 miles. Construction has been
practically completed between Belen, New Mexico, a few miles south of
Albuquerque, and Amarillo, Texas, to afford an alternative and somewhat

Page 211

shorter route from California to Eastern Kansas. A still more noteworthy
project is under consideration for a road to join the Gulf, Colorado & Santa
Fe at Brownwood with the Belen line at Texico, and to open direct
connection over the Atchison from California to the Gulf.
Briefly stated, the Atchison’s mileage has increased from 6479 miles in
1897, to 9273 in 1907. Its gross earnings have grown from $30,621,230 to
$93,683,407; its net earnings from $7,754,041 to $32,153,692; and its
surplus above all charges from $1,452,446 to $21,168,724. This marvellous
showing has been accompanied by heavy expenditures for improvements,
so that the physical condition of the system is much better than before.
Operating expenses, fixed charges, and taxes took less than 77 per cent of
gross income in 1907, and a decline of over $21,000,000 can be suffered in
net before interest on even the adjustment bonds becomes imperilled. It is
not to be wondered at that Mr. Harriman saw fit to invest $10,395,000 of
455
Union Pacific money in Atchison preferred stock in 1906, nor that
dividends of 5 per cent on preferred, and 5 per cent on common stock are
being paid. The Atchison owns 1791 locomotives instead of 953 as in 1897;
1135 passenger cars instead of 622; 49,770 freight cars instead of 26,776.
There has been a large increase in the capacity and power of rolling stock.
The average freight train load has increased from 131 to 320 tons. Freight
train mileage has grown but 35 per cent, while ton mileage has more than
tripled. Thus, although the average length of haul has increased and the
average receipts per ton mile have diminished, the earnings per freight train
mile are actually more than double in 1907 what they were in 1897. And,
finally, the Atchison is not dependent for its revenue upon any single kind
of business. Coal, ore, and other mineral products yielded but 30.87 per
cent of its tonnage in 1907; products of agriculture 25.34 per cent;
manufactures 17.37 per cent; and products of the forest 12.12 per cent.
The capital account, meanwhile, has been kept from undue expansion.
The funded debt has increased from $174,196,750 in 1897 to $284,171,550
in 1907, but the capital stock has decreased somewhat, and the greater part
of the new bond issues have been convertible serial debenture bonds, which
occasion no permanent increase in charges. It is within the last two years
only that Atchison stockholders have authorized the issue of new capital on
a scale commensurate with the growth of their property. In 1906
$26,060,000 in 4 per cent convertible bonds were offered to them at par,

Page 212

and this last year they have authorized the issue of $98,000,000 of common
stock for improvements, extensions, and the like. This provides ample
facilities for the future without endangering the solvency of the road.

Page 213

CHAPTER VII

UNION PACIFIC
Acts of 1862 and 1864—High cost of construction—Forced
combination with the Kansas Pacific and the Denver Pacific—
Unprofitable branches—Adams’s administration—Financial
difficulties—Debt to the Government—Receivership and
reorganization—Later history.

The construction of the Union Pacific was made possible by direct grants of
lands and government bonds by Congress. The motive for the project was
military and political as well as economic; on the one hand California was
to be cemented to the Union, and aggression on the part of England was to
be forestalled; on the other a great and fertile territory was to be opened and
an additional market provided for the products of the East.
In 1862 the first act “to aid in the construction of a Railroad and
Telegraph Line from the Missouri River to the Pacific Ocean, and to secure
to the Government the Use of the same for Postal, Military, and Other
456
Purposes” was passed. . It created a corporation to be known as the Union
Pacific Railroad Company, with a capital of 100,000 shares of $1000 each,
and authorized it to construct a railroad from the one hundredth meridian of
longitude west from Greenwich at a point within the territory of Nebraska
westward to the western boundary of the territory of Nevada. It granted the
right of way, and in addition five additional sections per mile on each side
of the track, plus a varying amount of United States bonds per mile, the use
and delivery of which was to constitute a first mortgage on the property of
the company. All compensation for services rendered to the Government
was to be applied to the payment of these bonds and interest thereon; and
after the road was completed, until the bonds and interest should have been

Page 214

paid, at least 5 per cent of the net earnings of the road was to be annually
applied to the payment thereof. The directors were to be not less than fifteen
in number, of whom two were to be appointed by the President of the
United States. It was hoped that the offer would be sufficient to attract
private capital to the undertaking, and when it failed in this, the
inducements were increased. The Act of 1864 amended that of 1862. It
reduced the par value of the shares of stock from $1000 to $100, and
increased their number from 100,000 to 1,000,000. It increased the land
grant from five to ten alternate sections per mile, and subordinated the
government lien to the rank of a second mortgage. Only one-half the
compensation for services rendered for the Government was required to be
applied to the payment of the bonds issued by the Government. The
directors were to be twenty in number, of whom five were to be appointed
457
by the Federal President.
It was under these main provisions that the Union Pacific Railroad was
constructed. In their final shape they were intended to provide for the
greater part of the cost of construction, while allowing the company to
supply deficiencies by the issue of its own first mortgage bonds.
Capitalization under these conditions would not have been excessive; the
Government’s investment would have redounded unmistakably to its own
benefit, as well as to that of the country, and the corporation would have
looked forward to a long and prosperous career. Three things interfered to
swell the cost of the construction of the road, and with that its
capitalization: First, construction was carried on during a time of high
prices, swollen not only by depreciation of the currency, but by artificial
conditions occasioned by the war; second, the normal level of the prices
paid was raised by the speed with which the road was completed; third,
construction was entrusted to a construction company, the famous Crédit
Mobilier.
In its comparison of the prices of the years 1864–9, with those of 1860,
the Aldrich Committee arrived, in 1893, at the following result:

Metals &
Implements
Bar Iron Rails, exc. Pocket
Year Food Rolled Iron Knives All Articles
1864 165.8 249.3 262.5 198.0 190.5

Page 215

1865 216.5 181.1 205.5 218.7 216.8
1866 173.8 167.0 180.7 192.7 191.0
1867 163.9 148.2 173.2 178.9 172.2
1868 164.2 145.8 164.3 167.1 160.5
1869 162.9 139.0 160.9 157.9 153.5

These figures may be divided by the premium on gold, in order roughly
to ascertain gold prices. The index numbers then become:

Metals &
Implements
Bar Iron Rails, exc. Pocket
Year Food Rolled Iron Knives All Articles
1865 100.1 83.7 95.0 101.1 100.3
1866 124.1 119.2 128.9 137.5 136.3
1867 121.8 110.1 128.6 132.9 127.9
1868 118.6 105.2 118.6 120.6 115.9
458
1869 120.1 102.5 118.6 116.4 113.2

The tables show that both currency and gold prices were much higher
in 1866 than before the war, and that both remained high while the Union
Pacific was being built. Wages were also above the normal, and for similar
reasons. During the war the demand for men and goods of all kinds was
great. After 1865 the country turned with tremendous energy to industry;
and the upward swing, which was unchecked until the panic of 1873, and
which was especially directed toward railroad building, maintained both
wages and prices at an unusual height. Besides this, American rails were at
the time in a period of transition from iron to steel; and much of the work
carried through at such expense had completely to be done over within the
next ten years.
The high prices were made higher by the speed of construction. The
Union Pacific built west from the Missouri River, but at the same time the
Central Pacific was building east from Sacramento, under similar
conditions as to government aid. The two roads were expected to meet at
the western boundary of Nevada; but to encourage their early completion,
the Act of 1862 authorized the road which first reached the designated point
to continue construction, east or west as the case might be, until junction
with the second road should be made. Since the amount of land granted
depended on the mileage completed, the haste of the companies was

Page 216

459
feverish. “The Union Pacific Company,” says Davis, “had its parties of
graders working 200 miles in advance of its completed line in places as far
west as Humboldt Wells.” The Central Pacific had completed 105 miles east
of Sacramento by the autumn of 1867, hauling iron and supplies over the
mountains without waiting for the piercing of its tunnels. No less than 1038
miles of the Union Pacific, including the difficult stretch over the Rocky
Mountains, were completed by 1869, four years after construction was
commenced. The prize of additional land was thereby secured, but this land
was long unsalable, and the cost of construction was largely increased.
Finally, large sums were misapplied through a construction company.
The story of the Crédit Mobilier has been so often told that only brief
460
mention need be made of it here. In 1864 T. C. Durant, vice-president of
the Union Pacific, induced one H. M. Hoxie to bid for a contract to build
from Omaha to the one hundredth meridian. Hoxie was financially
irresponsible, and four days later assigned the contract to a company
composed of Durant and other stockholders of the Union Pacific.
Meanwhile Durant had purchased the charter of the Pennsylvania Fiscal
Agency, a corporation which possessed convenient powers. Later in 1864
the members of Durant’s construction company were given stock in the
Fiscal Agency, now called the Crédit Mobilier of America, for the amounts
they had paid in, and stockholders of the Union Pacific were allowed to
receive Crédit Mobilier stock for the amounts they had paid in on their
Union Pacific shares. Stockholders of the Union Pacific thus became also
stockholders of the Crédit Mobilier, and in their former capacity were
enabled to vote lucrative contracts to themselves as constructors of the
railroad. Durant’s company assigned its contract to the Crédit Mobilier.
Subsequently it was found more convenient to assign contracts to certain
individuals, who transferred them to seven trustees, who built the required
road with funds furnished by the Crédit Mobilier, and turned over the
461
profits to that organization, but the practical result was the same. These
various devices removed all incentive to economy on the part of the Union
Pacific stockholders. Instead of gaining by cheap construction, they profited
by dear; instead of aiming to reduce the cost in every possible way, they
schemed at making the construction contracts as lucrative as possible to the
persons to whom they were assigned. The advantages to them as
stockholders of the Crédit Mobilier outweighed the disadvantages to them

Page 217

as stockholders of the Union Pacific. The profits realized by the Crédit
Mobilier are still a subject of dispute. H. K. White figures them as 27½ per
cent, or $16,700,000; Davis says that the profit was safely over
$20,000,000; but whereas White calculates the percentage of profits to the
total cost of construction, Davis insists that a large part of the capital
invested was replaced on the completion of each section of twenty miles by
the proceeds of the government bonds and railway bonds and stock, and
that though from $50,000,000 to $70,000,000 were expended, in all
probability not more than $10,000,000 were sunk at any one time; in which
case a profit of $20,000,000, spread over four years, represents $5,000,000
per year, or 50 per cent annually on the capital employed. Finally, the Union
Pacific Railway Commission estimated the actual cash profits at
$23,366,320, and remarked that the obligations incurred by the railroad
company represented a very much larger sum, being measured by the bonds
462
and stock at their par values.
The result of the three factors was a corporation bonded at an extremely
high rate. The cost of road in 1870 was reported to be $106,245,978, or
$102,951 per mile, against which was a capitalization of $107,907,300, or
$104,561 per mile, of which $32,715 per mile was stock, $26,080
government bonds, and $45,765 first mortgage, land grant, and income
bonds. In 1873 the net earnings were $4,092,032, and the interest on the
funded debt, not including the government interest, was $3,403,660. In
1874 the figures were $5,291,243 and $3,431,720; in other words, the
corporation started with a heavy handicap, which its monopoly of
transcontinental business at first helped to overcome, but which grew
heavier and heavier as the years went on. During the seventies, to repeat,
the Union Pacific enjoyed generally large prosperity. The volume of stock
outstanding remained the same, the bonded indebtedness but slightly
increased, and the ratio of operating expenses to receipts declined. The first
dividend was paid in 1875; in 1876 and 1877 8 per cent was declared, in
1878 5½ per cent, and in 1879 6 per cent. In 1880, however, a consolidation
took place with the Kansas Pacific and Denver Pacific railroads, and this
operation may well receive somewhat detailed consideration.
The Kansas Pacific, as well as the Union Pacific, was a creation of the
Acts of 1862 and 1864, which required it to be constructed from Kansas
City westwardly to form a junction with the Union Pacific at a point on the

Page 218

one hundredth meridian. Later, an Act of July 3, 1866, authorized it to
change its route, and to connect with the Union Pacific at a point not more
463
than fifty miles westwardly from the meridian of Denver in Colorado.
Like the Union Pacific the Kansas Pacific was built by means of
construction contracts, which resulted in a total capitalization on its 638
miles of line of $9,437,950 in stock and $22,651,000 in bonds, or $14,793
and $33,455 respectively per mile,—high figures in view of the
464
comparatively level character of the country traversed. The road was not
a paying one. It was poorly built and poorly managed, and running parallel
with the Union Pacific, it had to meet competition of a very bitter kind. The
report of Mr. Calhoun, expert accountant for the United States Pacific
Railway Commission of 1887, showed that the total receipts of the road
from 1867 to 1879 had aggregated $9,220,218, while the bond and interest
account, exclusive of United States interest, had amounted to $15,745,287;
leaving a deficit of $6,525,069, or, including the United States accrued
465
interest, of $11,330,772. That is, the Kansas Pacific was in a state of
chronic insolvency. In 1874 it was placed in the hands of receivers, and the
following year, by an arrangement with its creditors, it funded a
466
considerable amount of overdue interest.
In 1878 a number of securityholders of the Kansas Pacific got together
in an attempt to reorganize that property, to take it out of receivers’ hands,
and to “unite in interest the Kansas Pacific and Union Pacific Railway
Companies.” Twelve large securityholders consented to contribute to a
common pool or fund holdings of securities taken at a fixed valuation, their
interests in the pool to be proportional to the amounts of said securities and
467
stock taken at the value referred to. For the securities deposited they
were to receive stock at a reduced rate: thus for eight shares of old stock
they were to receive one share of new; for $2000 unsubordinated income
bonds they were to get ten shares, and for $10,000 subordinated income
468
bonds thirty shares of new stock. The final result would have been to
replace securities with a par value of $17,330,350 by stock with a par of
$4,855,300, and greatly to lighten the burdens upon the road; though it must
be remembered that the $17,330,350 were less than half of the total volume
of securities outstanding, that the payment of interest on much of these had
been optional only, and that no provision was made for the floating debt.

Page 219

The scheme fell through, according to Mr. Gould, who was a party to
the agreement, because securityholders outside of the pool refused to
consent to so drastic a reduction of their holdings; and at his suggestion a
consolidated mortgage was substituted for the issues of stock. This
mortgage was for forty years at 6 per cent. The total issue was to be for
$30,000,000, of which $24,000,000 were to be issued at once for the
469
retirement of earlier bond issues and for payment of arrears of interest.
Like the previous proposition the scheme contemplated a scaling in the
principal of the junior securities, and the same rates of commutation were
retained; but in this case the old Kansas Pacific stock was withdrawn from
the operation of the plan, and certain reservations were made for other
purposes, so that an actual increase in indebtedness was finally to result,
470
and even the interest charges were certain to increase. For the time being,
however, by force of the reduction of interest on the funding mortgage in
January, 1879, from 10 to 7 per cent, and by the disallowance of some
claims for overdue interest, relief was obtained, while the consolidated
mortgage was duly issued.
The Kansas Pacific ran west to Denver. Between Denver and Cheyenne
the Denver Pacific, 106 miles long, served as a connecting link between the
larger systems. The Denver Pacific stock was held by the Kansas Pacific,
and 29,979 shares of it were pledged in 1877 as part security for an issue of
471
10 per cent funding mortgage bonds. The total earnings of the Denver
Pacific from 1870 to 1879 had been $3,122,141; the expenses had been
$1,709,477, and the net earnings from operation $1,412,664, or an average
per annum of $141,266; while for the first eight years of that time the
annual interest charge had been about $185,000. The only value of the
Denver Pacific stock lay in the control which it secured over a connecting
472
link between Denver and Cheyenne.
Under the conditions of competition existing between the Union
Pacific, Kansas Pacific, and Denver Pacific, some sort of agreement or
consolidation was both desirable and likely. The Kansas Pacific was
entirely dependent on its competitor for access to western business, and this
was soon perceived to be equivalent to continuous bankruptcy. Extension to
Ogden would have removed the dependence; but this, while to be dreaded
by the Union Pacific, was beyond the power of the Kansas Pacific for

Page 220

financial reasons, and no capitalist or group of capitalists before 1878 or
1879 seemed interested in the undertaking. On the other hand, rates were
low, and the very success of its exclusive policy forced the Union Pacific to
meet the competition of a road which, with no interest charges to pay, was
able to cut all rates to the very verge of the cost of operation.
As early as 1875 there was talk of an agreement whereby the Kansas
Pacific was to give up its claims for a pro rate on its Pacific business in
return for a monopoly of the local business of Colorado, and in connection
with the deal was to acquire the Colorado Central Railroad on issue of
$10,000,000 Kansas Pacific stock to parties designated by the Union Pacific
Company; but this was never carried out. In 1878, when Gould began to be
interested in the property, a union by means of stock control seemed
feasible. Gould’s first purchases were of bonds, and it was as a bondholder
that he entered the pool of 1878; but with the purchase of the holdings of
the “St. Louis parties,” he and his friends obtained control of a majority of
Kansas Pacific stock. In fact one of the provisions of the pool was that if on
the first day of June, 1878, it should be found that Messrs. Gould, Dillon,
and Ames, all large stockholders in the Union Pacific, had not a majority
interest in said pool, then they should have an option on such an amount of
other interest ratably and for cash as on the basis of the schedule should
give them such an interest; and though this majority did not necessarily
involve a majority of stock, the operations of the pool aided Gould in the
acquisition of control. The union between the Union Pacific and the Kansas
Pacific thus secured was, however, of the frailest kind; for Mr. Gould at no
time had the permanent interest of either road at heart, and looked for his
personal profit rather in their struggles than in agreement between them.
For this reason, as he bought Kansas Pacific, Gould sold Union Pacific
473
stock, reducing his holdings from about 200,000 to about 27,000 shares.
In 1879 the situation of the two roads was thus much the same as before,
and the harmony apparent was of the most superficial kind. One change,
however, had taken place to the serious disadvantage of the Union Pacific;
for the Kansas Pacific, although still badly built and dependent upon its
rival for an adjustment of rates sufficiently favorable to let it into the
western business, had now interested in it a group of capitalists quite
capable of financing an extension to Ogden, and even of securing
connections from Kansas City to the East.

Page 221

In 1879, doubtless relying upon the strength of Kansas Pacific’s new
backing, Gould proposed to the Union Pacific a consolidation of the Union,
Kansas, and Denver Pacific roads, in which the shares of each were to
figure equally at par. The terms were absurd by every test of productive
capacity which could have been applied. The relative earning power and
annual interest per mile of the three roads at this time were given by a
government accountant as follows:

Annual Net Annual
Earnings per mile Interest per mile
Union Pacific $5617 $3185
Kansas Pacific 1602 2295
Denver Pacific 474
1333 1750

The Union Pacific had reported an annual surplus, the other two roads an
annual deficit; the Union Pacific had not defaulted, the Kansas and Denver
Pacific had done little else; the highest mark which the Kansas Pacific stock
had touched in January, 1879, had been 13, that of the Union Pacific had
been 68½. But the question, as Gould well knew, was not one of productive
but one of destructive capacity, and the means of coercion which he
employed was a demonstration of the ease with which the Kansas Pacific
could be made formidable as a competing line. In November, 1879, he
purchased the Missouri Pacific from Kansas City to St. Louis; about the
same time he bought two minor roads between the Kansas Pacific and the
Union Pacific in Kansas, and announced his intention of extending the
Kansas Pacific to Salt Lake City, there to connect with the Central Pacific
and to form a third transcontinental route. The story is clearly told in the
475
report of the United States Pacific Railway Commission. The result was
the consent of the Union Pacific directors to the terms imposed, and the
execution of an agreement dated January 14, 1880, whereby the Union and
the Kansas Pacific, with all their respective assets and liabilities, were put
together at par of their respective capitals,—$36,762,300 and $10,000,000,
—to which was added the capital of the Denver Pacific, $4,000,000,
forming a new company called the Union Pacific Railway Company, with a
476
capital of $50,762,300, and a bonded indebtedness of $92,984,624. This
corporation was larger in every way than the old Union Pacific Railroad,
except in one particular—earnings above fixed charges. It had 1821 miles

Page 222

of line instead of 1042; $22,455,134 gross earnings instead of $13,201,077;
$10,545,119 operating expenses instead of $5,475,503; and yet, since the
consolidation was a union of some strength with a vast deal of weakness,
there were few who profited by it save the holders of Kansas Pacific or
Denver Pacific stocks. Those lucky and skilful individuals saw the
quotations of Kansas Pacific common rise from a high level of 13 in
January, 1879, to one of 59 in June, and of 92½ in December; and the stock
which had been a football in the market thus become of such value that in
1887 Gould was able to lay before a committee of Congress, in justification
of the terms described, a table which showed for 1880 market prices of
477
Kansas and Union Pacific stock which were approximately the same.
It was to Gould, as chief owner of Kansas Pacific and holder of
practically all of the Denver Pacific stock outstanding, that the lion’s share
of the profits went; but Mr. Gould was not satisfied with a harvest on these
stocks alone. In the course of his operations he had become possessed of
certain branch and minor roads in whole or in part. Thus he held $945,887
in bonds of a company known as the St. Joseph & Western Railroad
Company, and 5013 shares of its stock; $634,000 in bonds of the St. Joseph
Bridge Company; and $59,000 in St. Joseph & Denver Pacific Railroad
receivers’ certificates; while to convince the Union Pacific directors of the
wisdom of accepting his plan of consolidation he had acquired the Missouri
Pacific, the Kansas Central, and the Central Branch Union Pacific
478
railroads. The earning capacity of none of these lines was large, that of
the Missouri Pacific being the greatest. The St. Joseph & Western had been
sold in foreclosure in 1875, and had continued to be managed thereafter by
a receiver. What value it had was due to the fact that, as extended to Grand
Island, it gave to the Union Pacific an outlet to the East other than the one at
Omaha. The value of the Bridge Company bonds and of the receivers’
certificates was dependent upon this same property. The Kansas Central
was a narrow-gauge road and had been sold under foreclosure in April,
1879. The Central Branch Union Pacific had been designed to join with the
Kansas Pacific, but had been left without western connection when this
latter road had failed to meet the Union Pacific at the hundredth meridian.
At the time of the consolidation, according to the United States Pacific
Railway Commission, “the coupons for six years were in default, and were
retained uncancelled as security for the income mortgage. The company had

Page 223

never earned sufficient to pay its own coupons, without taking into account
479
the accruing interest to the United States in any form.” The Missouri
Pacific was more prosperous, but need not here concern us. Mr. Gould had
paid various prices for the above, ranging from $40 for the St. Joseph &
Denver bonds to $238 for the stock of the Central Branch Union Pacific. In
the case of each road he turned over his purchase to the Union Pacific for
480
the same or a greater price. Thus for the St. Joseph & Western bonds, for
which he had paid 40, he received par in Union Pacific stock selling as high
as 94 in January, 1880; for $634,000 bonds and 4000 shares of stock of the
St. Joseph Bridge Company, costing $480,440, he received 6340 shares of
Union Pacific stock; for $479,000 in bonds and 2521 shares of stock of the
Kansas Central, he received 4790 shares of Union Pacific; and for 7616
shares of Central Branch Union Pacific, costing $1,826,500, he received
$913,500 in Union Pacific six per cent bonds and $913,500 in Kansas
481
Pacific six per cent bonds. The result was the issue of considerable
amounts of stock of the consolidated and bonds of the consolidating
companies, without equivalent value received.
The Union Pacific Railway Company, therefore, began its career in
1880 in worse shape than the Union Pacific Railroad Company, which had
preceded it, for it suffered not only from an initial watering of stocks and
bonds, but from a watering of assets which had followed. Including the
government subsidy and accrued interest thereon, the total bonds and stocks
of the company in 1880 were $179,058,902, or $98,329 per mile, of which
$27,876 were stock, $45,372 mortgage bonds, and $25,081 government
subsidy and interest. The figures per mile were slightly lower than in 1870,
and yet the water in the capitalization was more abundant, for the average
value of the assets had declined still more. A dividend-paying road had been
combined with non-dividend payers, with the result of large profits to the
promoters of the consolidations, but of serious harm to the solvent party.
Between 1880 and 1883 a number of branches were constructed, to
provide funds for which the capital stock of the Railway Company was
increased $10,000,000. Of these the Denver & South Park was constructed
in the years 1881 to 1883, and was the last of Mr. Gould’s gifts to the parent
line. This road was handled by several construction companies, in the last of
which Gould took a quarter interest, receiving stock of the Denver & South

Page 224

482
Park Railroad Company as a dividend on his investment. In November,
1880, acting in behalf of the Union Pacific Railway Company, he bought
the stock of the Denver road at par for cash, benefiting in his capacity as
quarter owner by his action as representative and stockholder of the Union
483
Pacific. In relation to the road Mr. Charles F. Adams, Jr., subsequently
said: “The chief source of revenue ... was in carrying men and material into
Colorado to dig holes in the ground called mines, and until it was
discovered that there was nothing in those mines the business was
484
immense.” A more important and genuinely beneficial project was the
organization in 1881 of the Oregon Short Line Railway Company to
construct and operate a railway from Granger on the Union Pacific to and
into the state of Oregon, a distance of 610 miles, with the intention of
securing the Washington and Oregon business. The Northern Pacific was in
financial difficulties at the time, and it was not expected that it could
anticipate the new road; but even though this expectation was disappointed,
and the Oregon Short Line was second in reaching the disputed territory, its
485
value was great and steadily grew. The road was built by the construction
department of the Union Pacific, and was financed by the organization of a
subsidiary corporation which issued stock and bonds to an amount of
$25,000 per mile, one-half of the stock being reserved in the Union Pacific
treasury for the purpose of control, and the Union Pacific guaranteeing the
payment of interest on the bonds. This branch at least was not unloaded on
the main line by interested parties, and forms an essential part of the system
to-day. Other branches were bought or constructed at the time, but do not
require detailed mention.
Gould for the time had obtained from the Union Pacific all that he
thought possible, and quietly unloaded his stock, while keeping up the
payment of dividends. By 1883 he was substantially clear, but he had left
his mark; the consolidation of 1880, with the forced purchase of worthless
branches, aided as it was by the high capitalization caused by extravagant
original construction, and accompanied by a steadily increasing intensity of
competition between transcontinental lines, had diminished the surplus to a
dangerous extent. At the same time the prosperity of the country as a whole
was declining; the wheat crop of 1881 was only three-quarters as large as
the crop of 1880, and the corn crop was the smallest since 1874; though the

Page 225

decline was not so marked in Kansas and the far West as in the states east
and south of Omaha and Kansas. By 1882, says Noyes, all the markets were
moving downward, and after the reaction of that year, the volume of
486
internal trade decreased continuously until after the panic of 1884.
The evidence of distress on the part of the Union Pacific was the
mounting up of the floating debt. In November, 1882, President Dillon
stated that it then amounted to $3,400,000, and that a loan of $5,000,000
487
was to be negotiated to take care of it. The annual report at the end of the
year stated the net debt to be only $842,743, but included in the assets used
to offset the gross debt $2,768,437 in fuel and material on hand, and
$927,648 in balances due from auxiliary roads; so that early the following
year it was again a subject of discussion, and the stockholders
recommended to the directors the issue of collateral bonds in order to wipe
it out. Pursuant to the recommendation the directors executed to the New
England Trust Company of Boston an indenture under which it proposed to
issue trust bonds to an amount equal to 90 per cent of the securities
deposited. By 1884 the gross floating debt amounted, nevertheless, to
$11,306,595, as against $9,852,325 gross in 1882, and the quick assets,
exclusive of fuel and material, counted up to $8,068,898, instead of to
$6,241,145. The chief increase in liabilities, as always, had taken place in
bills payable, meaning that the road had been giving its notes for the
payment of current indebtedness, with the consequent necessity of paying a
high rate of interest, and of making frequent renewals. Meanwhile
dividends had been stopped and salaries cut down.
At this juncture Mr. Sidney Dillon resigned the presidency, and Mr.
Charles Francis Adams, Jr., was elected his successor. Mr. Dillon was well
along in years, was said to be in poor health, and doubtless missed the
support which Mr. Gould had been accustomed to render him. Mr. Adams
was a younger man, only forty-nine years of age as against the sixty-nine of
Mr. Dillon. He had been a member of the Massachusetts Railway
Commission from 1869 to 1879, had served as government director of the
Union Pacific in 1878, and now brought to his position as president an
inexhaustible fund of energy, large resourcefulness, and more important
still, a nice sense of his obligations towards the bondholders and
shareholders of his road. Under his régime the economies earlier initiated
were continued and extended; employees were discharged until, by June 28,

Page 226

1884, the company had only about 10,000 men in its employ instead of the
20,000 who had been on the rolls at one time; and rolling mills, etc., were
closed wherever the company found it cheaper to purchase rails and
equipment at current prices. This, with the cessation of dividends, left a
considerable surplus revenue applicable to the payment of the floating debt.
In addition, bonds and stock from the company’s treasury were sold
between January 1, 1884, and January 1, 1887, for which $6,550,000 were
obtained; and the aggregate of resources made available was $16,200,000,
of which $8,251,368 were applied to the floating debt, $6,708,632 to
betterment of the road and branch-line construction, and $1,240,000 to
488
increase of equipment. In addition the proceeds from land sales were
used to the same general end. In August, to reassure investors, President
Adams stated that no part of the floating debt was pressing, and in
November he repeated the statement; the truth of which was made evident
by the payment of the last bit of net unfunded indebtedness on August 22,
two years later. The result was highly creditable, although the continued
cessation of dividends provoked some protest.
Much could be done at this time by able and energetic management;
there was, however, much that could not be done; and it is to this that we
must attribute Mr. Adams’s failure to put the road in a permanently stable
position. For first, the competition which the Union Pacific was obliged to
meet was constantly increasing in severity. In 1881 the Atchison, Topeka &
Santa Fe was extended to a junction with the Southern Pacific at Deming; in
1883, in the language of the annual report, “Not only was the Rio Grande
completed to Ogden, making, in connection with the Atchison, Topeka &
Santa Fe and the Burlington & Missouri extension of the Chicago,
Burlington & Quincy, a direct competing route with the Union Pacific from
Chicago and all eastern points to a common western terminus, but the
Northern Pacific also was connected through, making a third
489
transcontinental route.” In 1887 the Atchison built 450 miles of line and
the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific was scarcely behind, so that Kansas and
Nebraska were covered with a network of lines, which transformed the
natural local traffic of the Union Pacific into competitive business of the
most uncertain kind. At the same time the profitable high grade business
was giving way to a larger volume of mineral traffic, and the average length
of haul was increasing, all of which resulted in a decrease of about 45 per

Page 227

cent in the average receipts per ton mile between 1881 and 1890, a slow
increase in gross earnings which bore little relation to the greatly increased
volume of business done, and a fluctuating progress of net earnings, which
were actually over $3,000,000 less in 1889 than they had been eight years
before.
And second, during this time the fixed charges of the Union Pacific did
not materially decrease. They were $7,626,626 when Mr. Adams assumed
the presidency, and $7,309,142 five years later; and the necessity for further
decrease was shown by the fact that the total net income of the road was
$11,402,199 in 1884, $10,339,402 in 1889, and $9,561,673 in 1890. What
Mr. Adams could do he did, and the funded debt under his régime decreased
from $90,760,582 in 1884 to $82,090,585 in 1889, and to $73,968,885 in
1890; the company steadily buying up its own indebtedness: but the
conditions which he had to face were too exacting, and the saving made
here was offset in other ways.
To save itself the Union Pacific was driven to a rapid extension of its
branch mileage, which Mr. Adams held to be the only means by which fixed
490
charges could be paid. Between 1884 and 1890 3132.45 miles were built
or acquired, all under separate organizations, but with their accounts and
management under the supervision and control of the officers of the parent
line; and the amount invested in branch-line securities was raised from
about $28,000,000 in 1881 to $41,879,724 in 1892. These roads reported
annual deficits, which were either paid out of earnings or carried as floating
debt. The report of the Government Directors in 1891 declared that
$15,000,000 out of $21,400,000 of floating debt were the result of
expenditures and advances in the construction of branch and tributary lines
491
and the purchase of stock in such lines for the purpose of control. But
speaking in 1887, Mr. Adams declared the branches to be worth $5,000,000
a year to the main line, entirely apart from anything which appeared in the
accounts of the branches themselves, and in a letter to the Government
Directors in 1884 he said: “The branches and auxiliary lines of the Union
Pacific should be considered the only real security the Government has for
the repayment of its indebtedness.... Were it not for these branches the
Union Pacific would be confined to such small local traffic as it could pick
up at points directly upon its main line; and to its share of the through
transcontinental business which has recently been subdivided by four

Page 228

492
through the construction of competing routes.” The most important of the
branches remained the Oregon Short Line, with the connecting line of the
Oregon Railway & Navigation Company, of which the Union Pacific
became finally possessed in 1889. This last road had been long considered
the natural outlet of the Northern Pacific to the Pacific coast, but had been
leased by the Union Pacific in 1887 through the Oregon Short Line with a
guarantee of 6 per cent dividends upon its stock as well as interest upon its
bonds for 999 years. In 1889 negotiations with the Northern Pacific resulted
finally in the sale of the Oregon Railway & Navigation stock held by Mr.
Villard and his friends. Pending the issue of a collateral trust mortgage the
stock was deposited with a trust company, a note was given for the amount,
and the sum was carried as floating debt. Whatever the value of the property
to the Northern Pacific, it proved of great worth to the Union Pacific,
providing it with an independent outlet to the coast, and giving it a haul on
its main line of over 800 miles on all interchanged traffic. The method of
payment proved a dangerous one, however, in that it so largely swelled the
volume of the Union Pacific’s quick liabilities.
In 1891 Mr. Gould again began buying Union Pacific stock. Mr. Adams
therefore resigned late in the year, and Mr. Dillon was elected to his
position. The time was not ripe for expansion of any kind, and Mr. Gould’s
death the following year put an effectual check on any schemes which he
might have entertained. The immediate problem was the floating debt,
swollen to unwieldy proportions by the acquisition of branch lines, and in
particular by the purchase of the Oregon Railway & Navigation Company.
During 1890 a block of collateral bonds was issued and sold, but the
remainder of the proposed issue was kept back in the hope of a better price.
While waiting, Mr. Gould devised a scheme for the postponement of the
payment of these and of other quick liabilities by the issue of three-year
collateral notes, to be underwritten by a syndicate composed of himself and
of other gentlemen interested in the property. These notes were to bear 6 per
cent, and were to be issued at 92½ to such holders of the floating debt as
would accept them, the syndicate taking care of the balance. The authorized
amount was to be $24,000,000, of which $5,500,000 were to be issued at
once. The plan was declared operative on September 28, 1891. If, now, the
Union Pacific had been a moderately capitalized corporation, with fixed
charges normally well below its earning capacity, and if, in 1894, when the

Page 229

notes were to mature, the market conditions had been more favorable than
in 1891, it is probable that this scheme, temporary as it was, would have
met the needs of the situation. Since neither of these contingencies occurred
the insufficiency of the plan may be said to be in part the misfortune of the
Union Pacific and in part its fault. It was a particular misfortune that the
severest panic since 1873 should occur when the road was staggering under
a load which it could scarcely bear; but it was altogether a fault that the
railroad should have been so burdened as to be able to lay by no reserve in
good times for the hard times which were bound to come.
In 1892, therefore, the Union Pacific was in a difficult position. Its
capitalization was high; its earnings had shown scarcely any increase for
five years; its surplus had not been sufficient to prevent the accumulation of
a large floating debt; it had to prepare to raise a large sum of money in two
years for the payment of its short time notes; and, in addition, there was
ahead a fact of which little has been said so far,—the maturing of the
government indebtedness.
Briefly sketched, the history of this indebtedness was as follows: The
Acts of 1862 and 1864 had provided for the issue of government bonds for
stated amounts per mile on the subsidized portions of the system in aid of
construction, which bonds were to mature thirty years from date of issue,
and to have a lien on the property covered second only to the first mortgage
of the company. The rate of interest was 6 per cent, payable to the
bondholders by the Government; and in 1875 the Supreme Court decided
that the company was not obliged to repay to the Government the accruing
493
interest before the maturity of the bonds. This ruling was regarded as a
victory for the company, but meant the steady piling up of arrears of
interest, lessened only by the retention by the Government of one-half the
amounts due for government transportation, and, under the Thurman Act, of
such additional sum not in excess of $850,000 as, added to the whole
compensation for government services and to the 5 per cent of net earnings
set aside under the Act of 1862, should make the annual contribution equal
to 25 per cent of the net earnings of the company, unless the remaining 75
per cent should be insufficient to pay the interest on the first mortgage
bonds; in which case the Secretary of the Treasury was authorized to remit a
494
portion of the 25 per cent of net earnings required. The Thurman Act did
not fulfil expectations. The Supreme Court in 1891 held that expenditures

Page 230

for new construction and new equipment could not be deducted from gross
495
earnings in ascertaining net earnings, but the road met hard times and the
maximum limit of the contributions to the sinking fund was not attained,
and in investing the fund in government bonds the Secretary of the Treasury
was compelled to pay high premiums, thus reducing the net interest; so that
from the beginning to 1892 the question of indebtedness to the Government
occasioned constant dispute and litigation, introduced uncertainty into the
affairs of the railroad, and caused hard feelings between it and the
Government. In 1892 the necessity for some settlement was near at hand.
The principal of the government debt matured as follows:

November 1, 1895 $640,000
January 1, 1896 1,440,000
February 1, 1896 4,320,000
January 1, 1897 6,640,000
January 1, 1898 17,342,512
January 1, 1899 3,157,000
$33,539,512

Deducting from this amount the sums paid to the Government and the
company’s credits for mail and carriage, and adding arrears of interest, the
sum due the Government at the last of 1893 was approximately
496
$52,000,000. It was obviously highly difficult for the company to pay
this sum in 1892 or 1898 or any other time, and for some years both the
company and the Government had been earnestly discussing schemes for
refunding, and the advantages and disadvantages of the ownership and
operation of the road by the United States. Thus in 1892 an overwhelming
obligation was hanging over the Union Pacific; and did not crush it only
because the inability of the road to pay was so evident, and the
inadvisability of government ownership was so strongly believed in, that
every one felt that the necessary concessions would be made.
In 1893 the sinking-fund 8 per cent bonds matured to the amount of
$5,176,000, and were partially extended and partially paid off through the
medium of an underwriting syndicate; but this was the last attempt to meet
indebtedness coming due. During the year both gross and net earnings fell
off enormously, owing to the general depression of business, and
particularly to the stagnation upon the Pacific coast. Freight rates were said
to be in a state of chaos; and the Union Pacific served notice that it would

Page 231

withdraw from the Western Passenger Association on October 10. As the
year wore on the continued decrease in earnings made the situation
desperate. “The company for the year ending December 31, 1892,” said Mr.
John F. Dillon, counsel for the Union Pacific, in November, “had a surplus
of $2,000,000. In the month of September (1893) there was a loss of net
revenue of $1,500,000 as compared with the preceding year, and from
January 1 to August 31 there has been a falling off in net revenue of over
$2,500,000. The company is indebted for labor and materials on October 1
to the amount of $1,500,000; and its sinking-fund and interest charges for
September would be more than $1,000,000; for October $750,000, for
November $850,000, for December $1,000,000, and for January
$1,000,000. There will be a deficit for the year 1893 of at least $3,000,000
and the company is without money or means to meet these
497
obligations....”
Under these conditions a receivership was the only device which could
prevent the dismemberment of the system and protect the interests of all the
creditors; and accordingly, on application of parties friendly to the
company, Messrs. S. H. Clark (president of the Union Pacific), O. W. Mink
(comptroller), and E. E. Anderson (government director), were appointed in
498
October; Mr. Clark taking charge of the operation of the road, and
499
Messrs. Mink and Anderson of the financial and legal business. One
month later, on application of the Attorney-General, Messrs. John W. Doane
and Frederick R. Coudert were appointed additional receivers to safeguard
the government interests and to assist the other receivers in the general
500
administration of the property. These gentlemen remained in office until
the reorganization was complete, though various portions of the system
passed from their jurisdiction from time to time.
The appointment of receivers closed a long struggle to maintain the
solvency of the road. A reorganization was now in order, and in this it was
to be possible to do what Mr. Adams had not been able to do,—namely, to
rearrange the capitalization of the road, thereby permanently lessening the
fixed charges and securing a reserve of earning capacity sufficient to avoid
bankruptcy when receipts for any cause should show a considerable
decrease. This was the fundamental condition of future prosperity. Besides,
the debt to the Government had to be settled, cash raised to pay the floating

Page 232

debt, including the three-year notes of 1891, and the system held together
so that its earning capacity should not be destroyed.
As might be expected, it was the debt to the Government which was
most publicly and persistently discussed. There seemed to be four ways in
which this might be handled:
First, the Government might have cancelled the obligation and have
remained satisfied with the enormous economies which it had secured in the
transportation of mails and other government business. In the seven years
between 1867 and 1873 alone the Quartermaster-General estimated that the
Union Pacific had saved the Government $6,507,283 in the cost of moving
501
troops and supplies, and there was no doubt that by 1896 the investment
of the Government, with interest, had been many times regained. But it was
pointed out not only that the Union Pacific deserved little consideration, in
that its earnings had been wrongfully diverted from the payments demanded
by the Thurman Act by the manipulations of Gould and others, but that the
precedent of renouncing a just claim would be an extremely bad one for the
Government to set.
Second, the Government might have exacted larger payments to the
sinking fund, and have extended the debt at an unchanged rate of interest
until it should be automatically discharged. This was the proposal of Mr.
Hampton, Commissioner of Railroads, who suggested the amendment of
the Thurman Act as follows: it should embrace all the United States bond-
aided Pacific railroads; it should compel the contribution of 50 per cent of
net earnings to a sinking fund instead of 25 per cent, and should extend the
indebtedness to the Government until discharged as provided. If any
company should abandon a portion of a subsidized line or divert its
business from a subsidized to an unsubsidized line, that company should
transfer the conditions which were attached to the former to the latter, in
502
order to protect the interests of the United States Government. The weak
points in this scheme were many. Among them may be pointed out the fact
that contributions to the sinking fund under the Thurman Act had been
necessarily invested in government bonds, which, in view of the premium at
which they were necessarily purchased, yielded a very small return. To
double the contributions would have been to double the amount of the
railroad’s funds sunk in but slightly remunerative investments; and the

Page 233

Government did not seem inclined to permit the company to adopt the only
practicable alternative, that of investing its sinking fund in its own
securities. Also, Mr. Hampton’s amendment would have continued to an
enhanced degree the constant suspicious supervision of the company by the
Government which had been, perhaps, the chief evil result of the Thurman
Act.
Third, the Government might have consented to a refunding of the
indebtedness to it at a lower rate of interest. This was most urgently pressed
by representatives of the road. Mr. A. A. H. Boissevain, representing the
Dutch bondholders, proposed to redeem the first mortgage by the securities
in the sinking fund so far as possible, and to renew the rest at a lower rate of
interest;—after which the Government was to be given a 100-year 2 per
503
cent bond for the principal and interest of its claim. Attorney-General
Olney similarly suggested a renewal of the first mortgage bonds at a rate of
not over 5 per cent, and an exchange of 100-year 2 per cent bonds for the
government claim; though he differed somewhat from Mr. Boissevain as to
504
the lien which these bonds should have. Congress and the Government
Directors in 1894 were inclined to insist on harder terms. The latter, in their
annual report, proposed that the first mortgage bonds be paid off in cash,
and that a 100-year 3 per cent instead of a 2 per cent bond be given to the
Government, with elaborate provision for a sinking fund; and the former
505
had before it in the Reilly Bill a very similar suggestion. As a counter-
proposition the railway company offered to pay off the first mortgage bonds
in cash if the Government would take a 50-year 2 per cent instead of a 3 per
cent bond for its claim. “The petitioners further represent,” it said, “that it
will be utterly impossible to obtain the very large sums referred to from the
stockholders unless it be possible to offer to them in satisfaction of their
assessments reasonable security for the moneys so advanced. At a meeting
recently held, at which were present representatives of a large amount of the
stock of the said company, the conclusion was reached that if the debt to the
Government could be funded substantially on the terms of the Reilly Bill,
but at a rate of interest of 2 per cent per annum instead of 3 per cent, the
said stockholders would endeavor to raise the funds needed for the purpose
506
of meeting the requirements of the Reilly Bill.” Finally, Mr. Pierce, on
behalf of the Fitzgerald Reorganization Committee, proposed that the

Page 234

Government either take 4 per cent bonds for the principal of its debt, and
preferred stock for the interest, carrying into the settlement with the
Government the scheme which was found best adapted to the satisfaction of
other creditors; or that it take a 3 per cent first mortgage bond for its
principal, and a second mortgage non-interest-bearing bond for its interest;
or that it accept a lump sum of money equal to the value of its lien, which
507
he informally estimated as 50 per cent of the total amount due. The plan
of refunding was the most obvious as well as the most practicable of all
suggestions. It had, however, the disadvantage from the point of view of the
Government of surrendering some part of the government claim, and from
that of the company of continuing the relations of the Government with the
road.
Fourth and last, the Government might have demanded payment in
cash. The sum which the company would have had to obtain was extremely
large, but the accumulated sinking fund reduced it considerably, and many
thought that the balance could be raised. In March, 1896, before a Senate
committee, Mr. John Rooney, for the first mortgage bondholders, proposed
that the Government, through a commission, should buy in the Union
Pacific at foreclosure sale, should issue a new general mortgage at a lower
rate of interest than the existing prior liens, and should pay off both the first
and the government mortgage with the proceeds;—the road to be turned
508
over to the subscribers. This suggestion took place among many others
which were in the nature of a compromise. Thus the reorganization
committee, in 1895, offered to pay the principal of the government debt
509
provided that the interest were cancelled; and Receiver Anderson
proposed in 1896 that the company pay the principal of the debt by adding
funds raised by it to the amount of the sinking fund, and settle the arrears of
interest with a 50-year 2 per cent bond. Full payment in cash was, of course,
what the Government desired, and everything short of that it hesitated to
accept; but equally, of course, full payment was what the bondholders of the
road were most unwilling to concede; and hearing after hearing took place
before committees of the Senate and of the House without definite result.
Meanwhile the general reorganization of the company was going on. In
November, 1893, the various interests and factions of the road held a
conference in New York, which resulted in the choice of a reorganization

Page 235

committee as follows: Senator Brice, chairman; Mr. A. H. Boissevain, for
the foreign holders; General Louis Fitzgerald, president of the Mercantile
Trust Company, for the Gould interests; Mr. Carr, for the estate of F. L.
Ames; General Dodge, for the Denver and Gulf roads’ interests; and
Colonel H. L. Higginson, for the Oregon Railway & Navigation
510 511
interests. Subsequently Mr. J. P. Morgan accepted a place. This
committee was the only comprehensive one appointed until 1895; but
numerous other committees sprang up to represent special interests of one
kind or another, appearing frequently as interest on new classes of bonds
was defaulted, and having, with the main reorganization committee, to deal
specifically with the payment of the floating debt and the reduction of fixed
charges. Upon the ability of the committees to agree depended the retention
of the Union Pacific in something like its existing shape.
Aside from the question of the government debt there seemed to be a
general agreement as to what was needed to be done. Every suggestion
contemplated the payment of the first mortgage in full and the reduction of
the interest upon the junior securities; most included with this an
assessment on the stock, and one at least proposed the cancellation of the
512
guarantee on the stock of the Oregon Railway & Navigation Company.
The principles were obvious. A large sum of money had to be raised with
which to pay the floating debt and to meet possible demands by the
Government. This had to come from the junior securities or from the stock,
and preferably from the stock, which represented ownership in the
enterprise. On the other hand, reductions in fixed charges had to come from
the junior securities as the youngest interests which had a mortgage lien.
Differences of opinion occurred upon the details. Should there or should
there not be a foreclosure? How large an assessment was required? How
great must the reduction in interest charges be, and should bonds or stock or
both be given to the junior securities in exchange for their holdings? Should
the system as it stood be preserved, or should certain parts of it be let go?
In June, 1894, Mr. Boissevain stated that the reorganization committee
thought that they should be in a position to formulate a complete plan of
reorganization speedily after the terms of the adjustment of the debt to the
United States had been approved by Congress. “It is our opinion that the
fixed charges of the reorganized company ... should not exceed $8,500,000
per annum. Certain classes of existing bonds secured by mortgage on

Page 236

portions of the system cannot be and should not be disturbed, as they are
amply secured by property earning the interest which is payable thereon.
Other bonds, however, must be converted in whole or in part into securities
not imposing a fixed charge upon the reorganized company. While the
reorganization committee has not approved of any definite plan, we believe
that holders of bonds which must be disturbed and creditors and
stockholders interested in the system can be provided for upon an equitable
basis by the creation of the following securities:
(a) An issue of general mortgage bonds (at 4 per cent), secured by a
general mortgage covering the entire system, subject to such mortgages as
cannot be disturbed, and to the lien of the United States upon the main line
and Kansas Pacific division for the adjusted debt.
(b) An issue of 5 per cent preferred stock.
(c) An issue of common stock.
The plan of reorganization would require provision to be made to take
up the trust notes secured by valuable collaterals. The funds required for
this purpose and for the other cash requirements of the reorganization
would be met in part by a reasonable assessment upon the stockholders, and
513
in part by the sale of new securities.”
A not dissimilar suggestion was made by the Government Directors in
1894. They proposed to ascertain the minimum net earning power of the
railroad or railroads to be reorganized, and to issue a blanket mortgage of 3
per cent 100-year bonds to an amount such that the accruing interest would
not exceed the net earning power. By sale of a portion of these bonds,
together with a $10 assessment on the stock, and the use of the moneys and
securities in the sinking fund, they would have paid off the prior liens, and
then, after exchanging the new 3 per cent bonds for the government claim,
they would have used the balance to retire the junior securities, adding
preferred stock, so much as necessary, to compensate for the difference in
yield between the old securities and the new ones received. The amount of
securities required they estimated at $150,000,000 3 per cent bonds,
$20,000,000 preferred stock, and $61,000,000 common stock; the latter
exchanging for old common stock at par.

Page 237

Both of these plans contained excellent features, chief among which
were their provisions for the raising of cash and their use of preferred stock.
The cash which Mr. Boissevain proposed to raise was to meet the floating
debt, for he hoped to refund the government indebtedness; and while he
may scarcely seem to deserve commendation for not attempting to fund the
quick liabilities as well, this is not the case, as the history of the Union
Pacific itself can demonstrate. The Government Directors intended to use
the cash procured not only for settling the floating debt, but also for
partially retiring the prior liens, so under their scheme an assessment was
quite inevitable; and having made that as large as they dared they are not to
be criticised for resorting to the sale of securities for the additional funds
required, especially since these securities were to have a first lien on the
road. As regards the preferred stock it is not clear from his statement at the
time whether Mr. Boissevain had in mind the exchange of junior securities
for bonds and stock or some for bonds and some for stock alone, but
subsequent developments show that his intention was the former. Thus his
idea was the same as that of the Government Directors, viz., to give the
junior bondholders a right to a low rate of interest well within the earning
capacity of the road, and to join with this the right to a higher return
whenever the road should earn it. Mr. Boissevain’s estimate of the
maximum fixed charges which the road could safely stand was, however,
high, and the plan of the Government Directors, if conservatively carried
out, would have been better. Finally, the Government Directors
contemplated foreclosure, while Mr. Boissevain did not; the relative merits
of the plans on this point depending largely on the terms which the
bondholders could be induced voluntarily to accept.
During 1894 and 1895 discussion was active, both in Congress and out,
while the reorganization committee worked over the scheme which Mr.
Boissevain had put forward, without making any formal announcement of a
plan. Everything depended on the terms upon which the United States
should insist. The reorganization committee hoped for a refunding of the
government debt at 2 per cent. It had suggested that it would raise the funds
to pay off the prior liens if Congress would take a 2 per cent 50-year bond
in satisfaction of the government claim, would extend the provisions
contained in the Reilly Bill to a committee charged with the duty of
purchasing the property of the Union Pacific, and would grant the
committee the power to form a successor corporation for the general

Page 238

purpose stated in the Acts of 1862 and of 1864, and with the general powers
given in those Acts, together with the same rights, privileges, and freedom
514
of action that were exercised and enjoyed by other railroads.
Subsequently it had offered to pay the principal of the government
indebtedness in cash, providing that the Government would relinquish all
515
claims to interest. If either of these propositions was accepted it was
willing to go ahead; while if both were refused, and no official counter-
proposition was made by the United States, it seemed idle for the general
reorganization committee or any other committee to promulgate a plan.
But meanwhile the Union Pacific system was disintegrating; partly
from the efforts of the receivers to rid themselves of branches and contracts
which had become burdensome, and partly through the action of
bondholders of subsidiary roads who refused to wait for the slow action of
Congress, and insisted on foreclosure of their liens. As early as August,
1893, ex-Governor Evans, a prominent stockholder of the Union Pacific,
Denver & Gulf, had petitioned for an accounting from the Union Pacific,
alleging that the branch was being bled for the advantage of the main line.
When receivers for the Union Pacific system were appointed Mr. Evans
petitioned for a separate receiver, and was granted his request. Litigation
followed, and an attempt was made to get Mr. E. E. Anderson appointed as
co-receiver; but the machinery of foreclosure and sale were duly put in
motion and the line became separated from the parent company. In October,
1893, in view of an impending default, the Fort Worth & Denver City
Railway Company was placed in the hands of receivers, as was the same
month the Denver, Leadville & Gunnison and the St. Joseph & Grand
Island. In April, 1894, a receiver was appointed for the Leavenworth,
Topeka & Southwestern; in June one for the Oregon Railway & Navigation
Company. Foreclosure proceedings against these and other branches were
516
instituted, and were attended by a very considerable measure of success.
On the other hand, the receivers were anxious to get rid of onerous
contracts and unprofitable branches. On the 16th of March, 1894, they
formally abandoned the Leavenworth, Topeka & Southwestern. In July,
1894, they petitioned to be relieved from certain guarantees and contracts,
and asked instructions concerning the operation of certain lines. Judge
Sanborn, in the United States Court at St. Paul, set November 15 for a
hearing, and appointed a special master to take testimony. The master

Page 239

reported in October. He recommended the continuance of operation of most
of the lines in question, but found that the receivers were not bound by the
disputed contracts; and in November Judge Sanborn confirmed the bulk of
his report. The net result was a reduction in the mileage of the Union
Pacific from 8167 in the latter part of 1893 to 4469 in May, 1895; at which
time proceedings against the Oregon Short Line Railroad Company
threatened to withdraw 1424 miles besides.
With matters in this state the reorganization committee was genuinely
discouraged by the refusal of Congress to pass the Reilly Bill, providing for
a refunding of the government debt; although this had been reported to the
House with the alternative amendment proposed by the committee
accepting the payment in cash of the principal of the government debt in
517
full satisfaction of claims against the company. Since Congress had
earlier refused a proposition to pay off the prior liens in full on condition
518
that the government debt be refunded at 2 per cent, it was felt that
nothing but cash payment of principal and interest would be acceptable, and
this the committee refused to undertake. On March 8 the announcement was
made that the reorganization committee of the Union Pacific road had
abandoned its task and would return the securities deposited with it, and a
519
few days later the actual disbandment took place.
Between March, 1895, and the following October little progress was
made. With the dissolution of the general reorganization committee
disappeared the one body capable of formulating a comprehensive scheme
and of securing its widespread acceptance. The committees which remained
represented each some one or two mortgages, and were thus confined too
narrowly in their sympathies to command much confidence from
bondholders as a whole. Late in 1895, however, new interests undertook the
reorganization of the property, and another general committee was formed,
comprising General Louis Fitzgerald; Marvin Hughitt, president of the
Chicago & Northwestern; Chauncey M. Depew, president of the New York
Central; Jacob H. Schiff of Kuhn, Loeb & Co.; Oliver Ames, director of the
Union Pacific; and T. Jefferson Coolidge, Jr., president of the Old Colony
520
Trust Company. This committee’s plan of action was noteworthy in three
particulars. First, it contemplated a foreclosure sale. This, it is true, was but
resignation to the inevitable, for foreclosure suits were already under way,

Page 240

and an attempt to check them would have had scarcely a possibility of
success. Second, it made no definite provision for the government debt. A
certain amount of bonds and stock were reserved from the securities
proposed to be issued for the purpose of settling the government claim, but
the exact method in which that indebtedness should be treated was left for
future arrangement. Third, it did not attempt to meet the collateral trust
notes of 1891, which constituted so large a portion of the floating debt.
“The securities embraced in these trusts,” it declared, “are largely those of
companies which have already, by orders of court made in the original
general receivership, or in independent foreclosure proceedings, lost in part
or in whole their character as parts of what has been known as the Union
Pacific system. Independent reorganization of many of these properties are
pending. The purposes which brought into existence guarantees of the
obligations of many of these auxiliary companies have been accomplished
by construction or otherwise, and considerations will not exist, upon
reorganization, for continued relations with (them) upon the basis of any
521
assumption of their fixed charges.” Thus, at the very outset, this new
committee removed the three matters which had given its predecessors the
most trouble. The proposed foreclosure made it both easier to get assents to
a plan and more difficult to block its operation; the postponement of the
question of the government debt allowed the committee to go ahead without
waiting for Congress; and the refusal to provide for the collateral notes
relieved it of many difficulties, and threw the holders of these notes back
upon the collateral which they had exacted as security.
The plan of the Fitzgerald Committee followed, for the rest, the general
lines earlier laid down by the Brice Committee. To retire all existing
mortgage indebtedness it proposed to issue:

First mortgage railway land grant 50-year 4 per cent gold bonds $100,000,000
4 per cent preferred stock 75,000,000
Common stock 61,000,000

The reasoning by which these sums were arrived at was as follows:

The lowest net earnings the Union Pacific Railway had ever
recorded had been those of 1894 $4,315,077
The committee planned to issue $100,000,000 4 per cent 50-year
bonds, on which the interest would be 4,000,000

Page 241

This would be all the company would have to pay in any one year.

The average net earnings for the 10 years before 1894 had been $7,563,669
To the $100,000,000 bonds the committee proposed to add
$75,000,000 preferred stock. The annual dividend on this
would be 3,000,000

Payment on bonds and preferred stock together thus equalled the average
earnings.

Net earnings between 1885 and 1894 had gone in some years as
high as $9,000,000

To the above bonds and stock the committee wished to add
$61,000,000 common stock, on which dividends might be paid if it seemed
advisable.
New common stock exchanged at par for old; new bonds and preferred
stock exchanged for old bonds, with a residue which was to be set off
against the government debt and to be used for cash requirements. The
cardinal principle of the reorganization was that no new 4 per cent bonds
should be issued in exchange where the old mortgage did not contribute the
full value; or, to put it more accurately, that no securityholders were to be
given the right to claim a sum greater than their property could earn as
judged from past experience. At the same time enough preferred stock was
distributed to give bondholders the same returns as before when the road
should earn it. A $15 assessment was levied upon stockholders. This was
several times the quoted price of the stock early in 1896, but was not more
than the stock would probably soon sell for after reorganization. A syndicate
agreed to advance $10,000,000 to $15,000,000, for payment of coupons as
they fell due and for expenses, in return for which they received $5,000,000
in preferred stock quoted at 59, or 19 per cent on a capital of $15,000,000 at
current prices. In addition the bankers who managed the syndicate received
$1,000,000 in preferred stock; making a total expenditure of $6,000,000, a
not exorbitant commission. Besides the bonds and stock for strictly
reorganization purposes, there was reserved to dispose of equipment
obligations, and for reorganization and corporate uses, $13,000,000 in 4 per
cent bonds and $7,000,000 in preferred stock. Reorganization uses, as
defined by Mr. Pierce, were those which might arise unprovided for and of
an extraordinary character, all of which could not be foreseen. Corporate

Page 242

uses were those which would be proper to the corporation thereafter, such,
522
for instance, as the issue of securities in extension of the property.
After all the securities of the old corporation had been accounted for
there remained $35,755,280 of the first mortgage bonds and $20,864,000 of
preferred stock as a fund or resource for the settlement of the government
debt; or, in round numbers, an amount of 4 per cent bonds equal to the
principal of that debt and an amount of preferred stock equal to the accrued
interest. Just how this was to be used the committee did not pretend
absolutely to say. “We desire to meet any proposition of the Government,”
said Mr. Pierce, “or to suggest any proposition which, after investigation,
we believe will meet the approval of the Government within the limits of
the financial possibilities of the property based upon this plan. In other
words, we have made no sort of a hard and fast rule.” In case the
Government should prove obstinate and should refuse settlement on
reasonable terms, it was the idea of the committee that it would be entitled
on foreclosure to its share as a second mortgage bondholder only, and that
the property would pass under the sale free from all liens, including that of
the United States. “Our view upon that point,” said Mr. Pierce, “is that
when the Government subordinated its lien to that of the first mortgage
bondholders, it did so deliberately and in terms effective for that purpose.
The Government then consented to all remedies that were necessary for the
protection of this prior lien; and an indispensable element of such priority
would be the right of foreclosure. And unless there was a concealed purpose
on the part of the Government, that right of effective foreclosure was
523
undoubtedly impliedly granted.”
Subsequent negotiations with the bondholders brought a reduction in
the proposed issue of mortgage bonds from $100,000,000 to $75,000,000,
affecting the Kansas Pacific consols and the Union Pacific Sinking Fund 8s.
Thus the former were allotted 50 per cent in first mortgage 4s and 110 per
cent in preferred stock, instead of 80 per cent in 4s and 50 per cent in
preferred as before; and the latter 75 per cent in 4s and 100 per cent in
preferred stock, instead of 100 per cent and 50 per cent respectively. This
reduced the proposed charges $1,000,000, and proportionately strengthened
the scheme.

Page 243

On the whole, the plan was a strong one. It reduced fixed charges from
over $7,000,000 to under $4,000,000, with an eventual lower limit of
$3,000,000, and this amount such good authorities as Messrs. Mink and
Clark pronounced the road safely able to earn in spite of the reduction in its
524
mileage. During the receivership, moreover, the system had become
purged by the cancellation of onerous contracts and the lopping off of
unprofitable branches, and though some lines were lost which it was
desirable to retain, the Union Pacific was not precluded from the repurchase
of these, and did in fact regain the most important. The bondholders were
put in no worse position than before, for they could never permanently get
more than the earnings of the road, and this the new distribution of
securities generally assured them. The position of the common stockholders
was improved, for whereas between 1883 and 1893 fixed charges had only
once fallen below $7,300,000, now less than $7,000,000 were to be taken
before their claims were heard, while both the gross and the net earnings of
the road promptly regained their old level. Finally, the general principle was
sound, as has been emphasized several times before. It gave to each class of
securities a claim to interest strictly proportional to the earning capacity of
the road, and added to this a preferred stock on which no payment was to be
made unless earned; while it provided for a liberal assessment upon
stockholders, and attempted no funding of the current liabilities incurred
during the past troubled years.
The time limit for deposits under the plan was originally set at
December 31, 1895. It was then extended to January 15, 1896, and later to
January 29 of that year. By January 8 the reorganization committee was
able to announce that it had secured majorities of all of the first mortgage
bonds outstanding except an inconsiderable shortage in one class. This was
followed, in spite of some opposition among London brokers, by the
deposit of a majority of the shares of the company, and by the assent of
other securities. In January, 1896, in a letter to the chairman of the House
Committee on Pacific Railways, Mr. Fitzgerald stated that his committee
embraced a substantially single representation of all Union Pacific
525
mortgage bonds in circulation except those held by the United States.
Foreclosure proceedings had been long under way. In January, 1897,
the Government agreed to join in them in consideration of a guarantee of a
bid at least equal to the original amount of government bonds, less

Page 244

payments made by the company to the Government, with interest at 3⅓ per
526
cent per annum. The guarantee was to be of cash, so that the
Government’s relations with the property would terminate completely upon
confirmation of the sale. This was the first affirmative action which the
Government had taken, and the reorganization committee accepted it,
despairing of better terms. The guaranteed payment was in part offset by
sinking-fund assets of $17,062,664, leaving a net amount to be provided of
527
$28,691,336. By August, 1897, foreclosure of the main line had been
ordered by the courts in all the states through which the Union Pacific
passed, both under the first and the government mortgages. Previous to this
the plan of reorganization had been declared operative, and articles of
incorporation for the new company had been filed; while the first instalment
of the assessment on the stock was called by the middle of the month. An
unexpected development now occurred. Although willing to join in
foreclosure proceedings, the Government found the decrees of foreclosure
to some extent unsatisfactory, and prepared the papers for an appeal.
Objection was particularly made to the fact that the Omaha Bridge
mortgage, amounting to about $1,200,000, was adjudged superior to the
lien of the Government on that part of the road between Omaha and Council
Bluffs, and that the money and assets in the hands of the receivers accruing
from the operation of the roads were ordered to be sold instead of being
reserved to meet a deficiency judgment expected to be obtained. Learning
this, the reorganization committee increased its guarantee by over
$4,000,000, making the total guaranteed bid $50,000,000 instead of
$45,754,060. “This increase,” said the Attorney-General, “removed the
objections to the decrees so far as the money contents were concerned. In
528
all else the decrees were just and satisfactory.” Even so, perhaps partly
for political reasons, the Government was not ready to allow a sale, and
later in the year gave notice that it would apply for a postponement to
December 15, in order to give Congress an opportunity to consider the
matter. The prospect of renewed congressional agitation stimulated the
reorganization committee to prompt action. “The Committee,” it declared,
“has reached the conclusion that the interests of the securityholders
represented by it and of the syndicate furnishing the funds to finance the
reorganization demand reorganization without any further delay. In this
situation the committee contemplates ... to oppose any adjournment of the

Page 245

sale of the main line and to bid it in, if need be, for the full amount of the
Government’s claim, the additional sum involved in this being
529
$8,000,000.” Postponement of the sale of the Kansas Pacific was to be
allowed, the committee meanwhile making up its mind on what terms to bid
it in. This proposition was telegraphed to Washington and quickly accepted.
It constituted a complete surrender on the part of the committee, so far as
the Union Pacific proper was concerned. Instead of being refunded, the
government debt was paid off in cash; instead of compromising for the
principal alone, both principal and interest were paid in full. The result
reflects credit on the sharpness of the Attorney-General, but the method was
scarcely worthy of the Government which he represented.
November 1st and 2d, 1897, the property was sold under foreclosure of
the government and first mortgage liens, and the prices were:

For the Union Pacific main line, $40,253,605
For bonds in the government sinking fund, 13,645,250
$53,898,855
In addition the Government received in cash in the sinking
fund as of November 1st, 4,549,368
$58,448,224
In addition to this sum the committee was obliged, under its
agreement with the Government, to buy up the first
mortgage, amounting to $27,637,436
The total of the first and second mortgages was 67,891,041
Adding 13,645,250
Of securities purchased for cash, the total payment 530
aggregated over 81,500,000

On February 12, 1898, the reorganization committee bought in the
Kansas Pacific, guaranteeing for the Government a bid at the sale which
531
should equal the principal of the government debt, i. e. $6,303,000.
Other minor roads were also bought back on foreclosure sales, and from
time to time as the mortgage committee sold the collateral back of the trust
notes of 1891 the Union Pacific Railroad Company bought portions of the
same. In 1899 the Union Pacific stock was increased $27,460,000, and the
new issue was exchanged share for share with Oregon Short Line stock,
thus regaining control of that important property. Later the same year a
further increase was effected to retire $14,000,000 Oregon Short Line bonds
and $11,000,000 Oregon Railway & Navigation Company preferred stock.

Page 246

The net result was to avoid any considerable dismemberment of the system.
Whereas 7673.59 miles had been reported for 1892, 5399.01 were reported
for 1899. The main line from Portland, Oregon, to Omaha and Kansas City,
via Ogden, Cheyenne, and Denver, was kept intact, the principal losses
532
being of branch lines in Nebraska and Kansas.
A detailed account of the later financial operations of the Union Pacific
533
divides the company’s recent development into three parts: First, the
regaining of control of the principal auxiliary systems and branch lines
which the receivership had temporarily separated from the parent stem;
second, the purchase of large amounts of stock in the Southern Pacific and
the attempt to share in the control of the Burlington, which latter involved
the purchase of Northern Pacific stock and the formation of the Northern
Securities Company; and third, the sale of the stock acquired in the fight
over the Burlington, and the subsequent purchase of Alton, Atchison,
Baltimore & Ohio, Illinois Central, and other stocks. The repurchase of
auxiliary lines has just been alluded to; and into the history of the
Burlington struggle there is no need to go at length.
On June 30, 1900, the Union Pacific, Oregon Short Line, and Oregon
Railroad & Navigation Companies operated 5427.89 miles of line. The
system stretched from Kansas City and Council Bluffs to Ogden, and
reached the Pacific coast in the Northwest at Portland. It had no rails of its
own in California, but was dependent on the Southern Pacific tracks for
connections both at Ogden and at Portland. The Southern Pacific extended
from New Orleans through Texas, New Mexico, and Arizona to California,
and thence up the coast to Sacramento. At Sacramento it divided; one line
continued north to Portland, and one turned northeast through Nevada to
Ogden, Utah. Now, in 1901 it so happened that the Southern Pacific was for
sale. Crocker, Stanford, and Huntington, who had controlled it, were dead,
and their successors were not eager to retain the railroad as an independent
line. Mr. Harriman seized the opportunity. In 1901 he bought for the Union
Pacific 750,000 shares out of a little less than 2,000,000, and the following
year he increased his holdings to 900,000. The Union Pacific financed the
purchase by the issue of collateral bonds. The acquisition was of vast
importance. Not only did it afford a direct connection between Ogden and
the coast, but it eliminated one of the Union Pacific’s four great competitors

Page 247

in transcontinental business, and made Mr. Harriman the dominant figure in
the Southwest.
North of the Ogden-San Francisco line the conditions were less
satisfactory. The Great Northern and the Northern Pacific were here
supreme, and in 1901 were negotiating for the purchase of the Burlington to
give them an entrance into Chicago. Mr. Harriman asked for a share in this
purchase but was refused. He thereupon began to buy Northern Pacific
stock in the endeavor to secure by this a half control in the more eastern
road. It was the struggle which then ensued between Mr. Harriman and Mr.
Hill which caused the stock exchange panic of May, 1901, and which
resulted in the formation of the Northern Securities Company, in which Mr.
Harriman was allotted a large though not a controlling interest. On the
breakup of the Northern Securities Company the Union Pacific received
back some $25,000,000 in Great Northern and $32,000,000 in Northern
534 535
Pacific shares, worth at market prices about $100,000,000.
This Northern Securities episode had little effect on traffic conditions
in the Northwest, but it did profoundly influence the financial policy of the
536
Union Pacific during the following years. The dissolution of the
Northern Securities Company gave to the Union Pacific Great Northern and
Northern Pacific shares, which were valuable as investments only. And as
investments these stocks soon became undesirable. We have said that the
combined value of the securities transferred approximated $100,000,000 at
the time of transfer. From that time on the stocks appreciated in value till
they were worth from $145,000,000 to $150,000,000, and yielded an
income of less than 3 per cent on their market price. It was good policy to
sell them, and $118,000,000 worth were accordingly disposed of, leaving
537
some $30,000,000 worth still in the hands of the company. What should
be done with the enormous resources thus secured? Some of the cash was
used to buy Chicago & Alton stock,—some of it was put out in demand
loans. But beginning with June 30, 1906, the Union Pacific and Oregon
Short Line began investment in stocks of other companies on a great scale.
$41,442,028 were put into Illinois Central stock; $10,395,000 into Atchison
preferred; $45,466,960 into Baltimore & Ohio, common and preferred;
$19,634,280 into New York Central; and lesser amounts into Chicago,
Milwaukee & St. Paul, Chicago & Northwestern, St. Joseph & Grand

Page 248

Island, and other companies. In all, $131,693,271 were invested during a
538
little over seven months. This has been the characteristic feature of
recent Union Pacific finance. The large purchases of stock in other roads
have assured it favorable connections in the Illinois Central and in the
Baltimore & Ohio, and have modified the severity of competition with the
539
Atchison. Including the Southern Pacific, its system reaches from
Chicago to Portland, San Francisco, Los Angeles, and the Gulf, and has an
influential voice in two of the principal roads connecting Chicago with the
Atlantic seaboard. At the same time, the extensive investment of Union
Pacific funds to secure gains unconnected with increase of traffic over its
lines has provoked merited criticism. A railroad is, after all, a machine for
transporting passengers and goods, not an engine of speculation; and both
from the point of view of the community which it serves and of the
investors who hold its securities it is advisable that its income should
depend on the business which its managers conduct and are responsible for,
and not on circumstances over which they have no control. So far as Union
Pacific purchases have been designed to open connections or to modify
competition they have had a sound foundation. So far as they have been
540
financial operations only they are not to be commended.
From the point of view of operation the success of the Union Pacific
has been remarkable. Like most roads it came out of its receivership in
better shape than it went in, but with much lacking for the efficient and
economical handling of its traffic. Since 1900 over $52,000,000 have been
invested in betterments and in new equipment, of which some $15,000,000
have been withdrawn directly from income. Maintenance charges have also
been liberal, particularly in the last few years. Grades and curves have been
eliminated, steel bridges have been put in place of wooden, new and heavier
rails have been laid, ballast supplied, and equipment greatly enlarged and
improved. Whereas in 1896 13 per cent of all the Union Pacific system was
laid with iron rails, and only 24 per cent had rails weighing more than sixty
pounds to the yard, in 1907 there was no iron reported, and only 33 per cent
of the track did not have rails weighing more than sixty pounds to the yard.
The average capacity of freight cars was a shade over twenty tons in
February, 1898; it was over thirty-four tons on June 30, 1907, and the new
freight cars added during the last-named year averaged a capacity of sixty-
seven tons apiece.

Page 249

In consequence of these improvements the Union Pacific has been able
to handle a very greatly increased business. Between 1899 and 1907 the
tons of revenue freight carried one mile increased from 1,393,207,990 to
5,704,061,535, and the passengers carried one mile from 167,117,388 to
680,278,509. This fourfold increase has been packed away in the larger
cars, which in turn have been combined into longer trains. Twenty-one tons
are now put into the average freight car, and thirty-two freight cars form an
average train. In 1899 the average car held twelve tons and twenty-nine of
them carried a train-load. Sixty-six is the average number of passengers per
train to-day; thirty-three was the average number in 1899. And so the
increased business has not occasioned a proportionate growth in cost. It
takes but little more than three times the outlay in conducting transportation
to do over four times the work, and other railroad expenses have varied
even less.
This increased business and less rapidly increasing cost has meant,
finally, an increase in profits, and explains how it has been possible in seven
years to take $15,000,000 from income for improvements besides liberally
maintaining the property. The Union Pacific is prosperous as it never has
been before. In 1907 its total fixed charges, in round numbers, were
$8,600,000, and its net income was $45,000,000. Of this income
$23,500,000 were paid out in dividends, $1,960,000 appropriated for
betterments, additions, and new equipment, and $10,700,000 carried to
surplus. There were $69,000,000 in bills payable, incurred since 1906, in
part for improvements and the like, but largely in the course of the
company’s financial experiments; but $75,000,000 in convertible bonds
have been authorized to cover them. Stock and bond issues are much larger
than in 1899 and will be larger still when the new convertibles are all sold.
Fixed charges, however, are less than $5,000,000 greater than they were
eight years ago. In order to imperil bond interest net earnings will have to
decline by 81 per cent; and even were this to happen it is probable that
some margin could be retained by a decrease in the generous sums now
541
being spent for the maintenance of equipment and of road.

Page 250

Page 251

CHAPTER VIII

NORTHERN PACIFIC
Act of 1864—Failure and reorganization—Extension into the
Northwest—Villard and the Oregon & Transcontinental
Company—Lack of prosperity—Refunding mortgage—Lease of
Wisconsin Central—Financial difficulties—Receivership—
Legal complications—Reorganization—Subsequent history.

The Northern Pacific Railroad Company was chartered in 1864, and failed
in 1875 and in 1893. Besides these bankruptcies it has been in frequent
financial difficulty, and on the whole furnishes an instructive chapter in a
study of reorganizations.
542
The Act of July 2, 1864, empowered the Northern Pacific
corporation to build a line from some point on Lake Superior, in the state of
Minnesota or Wisconsin, westerly on a line north of the 45th degree of
latitude, to a point near or at Portland, Oregon. It provided for organization
on subscription for 20,000 shares out of an authorized capital of 1,000,000
shares with 10 per cent paid in, and granted forty alternate sections of
public land per mile throughout the territories, and twenty alternate sections
throughout the states across which the road should pass. This liberal
donation was influenced in part by the fact that the value of lands in the
Northwest was then low, and in part by the refusal of any money subsidy.
The Government was to issue patents on the completion of stretches of
twenty-five miles built in “good, substantial, and workmanlike manner,”
543
and was to survey lands for forty miles on each side of the line as fast as
the construction of the road should require. The company was to begin
work within two years and was to finish the line within twelve years, and it
was provided that in case of non-fulfilment of these conditions Congress

Page 252

could do “any and all acts and things which (might) be needful and
necessary to insure a speedy completion of the road.” A section which gave
trouble till amended forbade the issue of mortgage or construction bonds, or
the making of a mortgage or lien upon the road in any way except by the
consent of the Congress of the United States. The company was to obtain
the consent of the legislature of any state before commencing construction
through it, and finally the Act was to be void unless bona fide subscriptions
of $2,000,000 to the stock, with 10 per cent paid in, should be obtained
within two years.
A project so daring as the construction of a railroad through the
unsettled Northwest not unnaturally found it difficult to obtain financial
support. The capitalists who at first undertook the work were unable to
544
carry it through. In 1869 and 1870 two developments occurred: the
prohibition of bond issues contained in the act of incorporation was
removed, and Jay Cooke became interested in the building of the road. Both
facts were of far-reaching importance. Mr. Cooke was one of the foremost
financiers of his time. He was a man of great personal energy, large fortune,
and extensive personal following, and was admirably adapted to the
promotion of the work in hand. The removal of the prohibition upon bond
issues made it possible, with his support, to secure some funds from a
mortgage issue and to allow construction to begin.
In 1869 Jay Cooke & Company were appointed financial agents of the
Northern Pacific Railroad Company. On July 1, 1870, issues of
$100,000,000 in 7.3 per cent first mortgage bonds and $100,000,000 in
stock were authorized. The bonds were to be sold to the agents at 88; the
bulk of the stock was to go to the agents as bonus or to the syndicate
interested with them. The same parties agreed to raise $5,000,000 in cash
within thirty days, in order to commence the building of the line. This made
a fair start possible, and by May, 1873, over five hundred miles had been
completed. The situation was nevertheless a difficult one because of the
reluctance of capitalists to invest in the new first mortgage bonds. In 1870
extensive plans were made to interest the European markets, but all in vain
because of the outbreak of the Franco-Prussian war. In America a similar
545
campaign was not much more successful. The high price asked for the
546
bonds, the uncertain nature of the enterprise, the not altogether ill-

Page 253

founded rumors of extravagance and mismanagement of the construction
actually under way, the presidential election of 1872, all hindered rapid
sales. Failure to sell bonds meant financial stringency for the Northern
Pacific. Operating expenses were high, and the interest on outstanding
indebtedness was considerable. On the other hand, earnings were very
small. No through business could be secured till the completion of the road
at least to the Snake River, and local traffic was yet to be developed. As a
result, the company borrowed more and more from Jay Cooke & Co., and
that firm soon found itself heavily involved.
On September 18, 1873, Jay Cooke & Co. closed its doors. The shock
to the railroad was great. The quotations of first mortgage bonds dropped
from par to about 11. For a time the company struggled on. In December,
1873, a funding of interest was carried through, whereby all coupons up to
and including that of January 1, 1875, were made exchangeable for five-
year 7 per cent coupon bonds, convertible into the company’s first mortgage
bonds at par, and into the company’s lands at 25 per cent off from the
547
regular prices. In April, 1874, settlement was made with Jay Cooke &
Co. by the transfer of the railroad’s first mortgage bonds and other
548
securities. These measures offered only temporary relief. Business was at
a standstill throughout the country. Gross earnings for the year ending June
30, 1874, were reported to be $988,131, while $30,780,904 7.3 per cent
bonds had been issued, and the floating debt stood at $777,335. The
Northern Pacific was not only unable to meet its fixed charges, but was in
default by a margin which it was hopeless to attempt to overcome. The
original project had completely failed; and the only means of continuing the
enterprise seemed to lie in a government guarantee of the railroad’s bonds,
or in a reorganization so drastic as to sweep away fixed charges and to give
the company a fresh start.
In May, 1874, the first plan was tried. A bill was introduced into
Congress providing that the company should be authorized to issue its 5 per
cent thirty-year bonds for $50,000 per mile on its entire line, complete and
incomplete, and that on completed sections of the road twenty miles long it
should deliver its 7.3 per cent bonds at a rate of $50,000 per mile, receiving
in return $40,000 of the 5 per cent bonds with interest but not principal
guaranteed by the Government, which should hold the difference of
$10,000 as a reserve fund. Holders of outstanding 7.3 per cent bonds were

Page 254

549
to have the right of exchanging their bonds for new 5s on the same terms.
In return for the guarantee the railroad was to surrender to the United States
Government its entire land grant, to be sold under the direction of the
Secretary of the Interior, and to turn over semi-annually its entire net
earnings. The Government was to have the right in addition to sell the
Northern Pacific 5 per cent bonds whenever the combined yield of the land
grant and the net earnings should not equal the interest guaranteed. Finally,
Congress was to have power to fix fares, etc., provided that the government
control did not impair the security of the bonds. In brief, the capitalists who
had involved themselves in Northern Pacific affairs were ready to surrender
their whole enterprise to the Government if the Government would carry it
through. But Congress was so little willing to take the responsibility that the
bill never came to a vote.
Early in 1875, while the application for government aid was still
pending, the directors called a general meeting of the bondholders. When it
assembled President Cass made a statement of the financial condition of the
company. The outstanding debt, said he, was $30,441,300. Of the 7.3 per
cent bonds issued as collateral for floating debt, mostly in 1875, there had
been pledged $1,780,300 at the rate of from twenty-five to forty cents on
the dollar. The interest on land warrants, bonds, and scrip given in funding
of coupons amounted to $732,632. The floating debt was $634,758, of
which $150,000 were arranged for settlement within a few days; and
$250,000 were due to directors for money advanced to finish the Pacific
section after the failure of Jay Cooke & Co. in 1873. The total net earnings
to date had been $124,056, and the capital stock was $25,497,600. By this
report it seems that some slight advance had been made since June, 1874,
but in no measure which afforded any hope for the continued solvency of
the company. Most instructive were the figures for the floating debt, which
in less than five years had increased to a sum more than five times the net
earnings for the whole period. After some discussion the bondholders
elected a committee of seven to report at a future meeting. The committee
recommended a receivership, the directors did not oppose, and on April 16
General Cass was appointed receiver, resigning his position as president to
accept.
By this time hope of government aid had vanished, and no time was
lost in accepting the alternative of a drastic reorganization. Late in May the

Page 255

bondholders’ committee reported a plan which was considered by the
bondholders at subsequent meetings. The principle was simple, and the
means sufficient. The company had earned .4 per cent on its funded debt:—
ergo, the funded debt was to be swept away. Fixed charges had been heavy:
—they were now to be completely removed. Scarcely less would have met
the needs of the situation, but the merit in refusing to tinker and experiment
was considerable. In more extended shape the plan was as follows:
Reorganization was to be carried out through foreclosure, and a committee
of six was appointed to take charge. All outstanding bonds were to be
replaced by preferred stock, and all common stock was to be exchanged for
new common stock. Floating debt was to be likewise exchanged for
preferred stock, which was to be issued to the amount of $51,000,000 for
the following purposes:
(a) To retire the principal of the outstanding 7.3 per cent bonds, and the
interest to and including July 1, 1878, at 8 per cent, currency.
(b) To retire the land warrant bonds, principal and interest, to and
including January 1, 1875.
(c) To pay the floating debt not protected under the existing orders of
the court.
(d) Generally for the purpose of carrying the plan into effect.
Preferred stock was to have all rights and privileges of common stock,
with the right to vote, and was to be entitled to 8 per cent out of net
earnings before anything should be paid on the common, and to one-half the
surplus after 8 per cent should have been declared on both preferred and
550
common. It was to be convertible at par into any lands belonging to the
company, or thereafter to belong to it, east of the Missouri River in the state
of Minnesota or the territory of Dakota, until default should occur in some
of the provisions of the new first mortgage bonds, and the proceeds of all
sales of such land were to be used in extinguishing the stock. Common
stock was to be issued to the amount of $49,000,000, and was to be given to
old stockholders share for share. To provide the means to complete and to
equip the road there were to be issued first mortgage bonds not to exceed an
average of $25,000 per mile of road, actually completed and accepted by
the President of the United States, to be secured by a first mortgage on the
whole line of road, constructed or to be constructed, and on the equipment,

Page 256

property, lands, and franchises, including the franchise to be a corporation,
subject only to the right of the holders of the preferred stock to convert their
stock into lands. The principal was to be payable in forty years, and the
interest and sinking fund might be made payable in gold. No other bonds
were to be issued except on a vote of at least three-quarters of the preferred
stock at a meeting specially held in reference thereto on thirty days’ notice.
Subsequently it was resolved, and the resolution incorporated in the plan,
that the holders of the common stock should have no voting power until on
and after July 1, 1878, and that no assessment should be levied upon
bondholders; but that the cost of purchase and the expense of foreclosure
and other proceedings should be paid out of the assets and the income of the
551
company.
Applying to this plan the same tests to which all other plans have been
subjected, it appears that from the point of view of the corporation it left
little to be desired. The general depression throughout the country and the
needs of the Northern Pacific Railroad in particular were so great that for
once, in the conflict of interests between the bondholders and the
corporation, the latter had all the advantage on its side. As a matter of fact,
had any attempt been made in this case, as so frequently in others of recent
years, to unite in the exchange of new securities for old a bond and a stock
as an equivalent for an outstanding bond, instead of giving stock only, the
rate of interest on the new bond would necessarily have been so low as to
deprive the combination of its attractiveness. That resource was not had to
an income bond was perhaps due to the absence of English investment in
the road. The wise course was the one pursued:—namely, to retire bonds
with a fixed lien on earnings by stock which represented ownership in the
enterprise, and which could claim dividends only when earned. The floating
debt was not retired by an assessment but by new securities. This again, all
things considered, was wise. The existing stock represented so little actual
investment in the property that holders would doubtless have refused to pay
an assessment, and would have surrendered their certificates instead; while
it would have been both difficult to collect an assessment on the depreciated
bonds, and hard to convince bondholders of the justice of a demand for
such a contribution, so long as the stockholders were let off unscathed. On
the other hand, whether or not an assessment would have yielded cash, the
issue of stock for floating debt did not increase the fixed charges of the

Page 257

road, and was not, therefore, fundamentally unsound. Liberal provision was
made for future capital requirements, and the only provision to which
exception could have been taken was the limitation of bond issues to the
moderate figure of $25,000 per mile except with the consent of three-
quarters of the preferred stockholders. On the whole, the plan put the
company fairly on its feet, presented it with all the work which had been
accomplished, and bade it attempt again the project in which its failure had
previously been so complete. The danger of future bankruptcy lay in this
fact only: that a large section of the road was yet uncompleted, and through
business was non-existent; that the Northwest was still unsettled, and the
local business was small; in short, that so much was yet to be done that the
company, with all the advantages which it now possessed, might fail again
for the same reasons which had led it into bankruptcy before.
552
The plan was first reported on May 20, and was laid before the
bondholders on the 30th of June. There was some protest that it proposed
giving away the property of the bondholders, and the additional sections
before mentioned, concerning the expenses of the reorganization and the
voting power of the common stock were added. By August nearly two-
553
thirds of the bondholders had assented. By May a decree of sale had been
obtained, which was modified in August so as to give bondholders priority
over claims of directors for advances made; and on August 12 all the
554
property of the company, except the patented and certified lands, with all
its rights, liberties, and franchises, was sold at public auction and bought in
555
by a purchasing committee for $100,000. No upset price was set by the
Court; and it was surmised that the bid was purposely made low in order to
force non-assenting bondholders to accept the new stock. The new
corporation was organized in October, 1875, by the election of Mr. Chas. B.
Wright of Philadelphia as president, and with the denial of a petition to set
aside the sale the reorganization may be said to have been concluded.
For fourteen years the company was now to be free from talk of further
reorganization, and not until 1893 was there to be another receivership.
During this time the mileage, owned or controlled, was to be made
continuous from the Pacific coast to Chicago, and the Northern Pacific was
to mount high among American railroads in its extent and in the volume of
its business. In 1875 the completed mileage was, roughly, 550 miles of line;

Page 258

in 1893 it was 5431.92, and reached from Ashland, St. Paul, and
Minneapolis on the east to Portland, Olympia, Tacoma, and Seattle on the
west. In the former year the gross earnings were $414,722 and the net
$97,478; in the latter the totals were $23,920,109 and $11,416,283. At the
same time the fixed charges rose from nothing to $14,311,430, and the
bonds outstanding to $133,545,500, besides $15,349,000 of bonds of
subsidiary companies guaranteed. It appears, therefore, that the promoters
were successful in raising funds for the completion of their enterprise,
although their road suffered at first from the thin population of the
Northwest and the lack of a through connection, and then from the
competition of other transcontinental lines.
From the reorganization to 1879 very little was done in the way of new
construction, owing to the general financial depression. Efforts to get the
time allowed for completing the road extended failed, however, and it
became necessary to resume in order to keep Congress contented and to
avoid a forfeiture of the land grant. In 1878 a small loan was placed, and the
following year one for a somewhat larger amount; and with the funds so
secured construction was vigorously pushed. More liberal provision was
made in 1880–1, when successful negotiations were carried through for the
sale to a syndicate of $40,000,000 general mortgage 6 per cent railroad and
land-grant bonds, to be issued at the rate of $25,000 per mile of finished
road only, and to be secured by a mortgage on the entire property of the
company except the lands east of the Missouri River, which were pledged
for the redemption of the preferred stock. Provision was made for a reserve
556
of these bonds sufficient to retire the prior issues before mentioned.
Under the agreement the syndicate took $10,000,000 at once and had an
option of taking $10,000,000 per year in each of the next three years. The
reported price was 90 for the first $10,000,000 and 92½ for the rest. As a
matter of fact, the whole $40,000,000 had been turned over by the end of
1883, and though the effect on the company is seen in the increase in its
bonded indebtedness from $3,881,884 in 1880 to $39,522,200 in 1883, and
in its fixed charges from $334,482 to $2,478,939, it was meanwhile
supplied with cash, and was enabled to advance toward the completion of
the 1000 miles of line which remained unbuilt. The financial
embarrassment which was felt in 1882, in spite of the syndicate contract,
was due to an unforeseen cause. According to the statements of the

Page 259

company, it was felt necessary, in order to avoid waste of time and money,
to build simultaneously from both ends of the line, and to start all the heavy
work on the entire route at once. “This involved the shipment of millions of
dollars’ worth of track material, motive power, and rolling stock to the
Pacific coast many months before their actual use on the road; and on the
line east of the Rocky Mountains very large expenditures of cash a long
time before the works resulting from them could become parts of finished
557
road.” The expenses were immediate;—the delivery of bonds to the
syndicate could take place by the terms of the contract only after the
completion of finished sections of road, so that great stringency easily
occurred between. The trouble was only temporary, and was tided over with
the help of the syndicate and of the Oregon & Transcontinental Company, a
corporation of which we shall presently speak.
As the Northern Pacific pushed into the Northwest, and at the same
time vigorously occupied itself in filling the gap between the ends of its
main line, it came into contact with a combination of Northwestern
companies known as the Oregon Railway & Navigation Company, of which
Henry Villard was at the time in control. This corporation owned a line of
steamboats running on the Willamette and Columbia rivers in Oregon,
558
together with an ocean line connecting Portland and San Francisco. In
connection with the water routes a narrow-gauge road had been built up the
left bank of the Columbia River to a connection near the mouth of the
Snake River with an existing narrow-gauge road to the town of Walla Walla
in Southeastern Washington; and this narrow-gauge was being widened, in
1880, to standard. This was the very territory through which the Northern
Pacific expected to make its connection with the Pacific coast; and in 1880
it had passed the Rocky Mountains and had reached the confluence of the
Columbia and the Snake. On October 20, 1880, a contract was signed
between the Northern Pacific and the Oregon Railway & Navigation
Companies whereby the former, among other things, consented to a division
of territory with the Snake and the Columbia rivers as the dividing-line; in
return for which the latter agreed to complete a standard-gauge road within
three years from the western end of the Northern Pacific, at the mouth of
the Snake River, to Portland, and to grant the Northern Pacific the right,
without the obligation, to run its own trains over it at a fixed charge per
train mile. It will be remembered that the Northern Pacific was not at this

Page 260

time too easy in its finances, so that it was quite willing to secure
connection with the coast without outlay of its own. Soon after the
execution of the contract, however, the $40,000,000 loan earlier described
was arranged for, and Mr. Villard feared that the road would build its own
connection with Portland now that the means seemed to be at hand. To
prevent it he conceived no less a plan than that of forming a new company
which should purchase and hold a controlling interest in both the Northern
559
Pacific and the Oregon Railway & Navigation Companies. This was
done, and the new corporation, known as the Oregon & Transcontinental
Company, for a long time played a prominent part in Northern Pacific
560
affairs; aiding it in the construction of the main and branch lines, and
561
time and again advancing money when the road was in straits.
The formation of the Oregon & Transcontinental Company put Mr.
Villard in control of the Northern Pacific. Mr. Villard’s financial strength in
later years was due mainly to the support of German interests, notably the
Deutsche Bank of Berlin; but his hold on the bank and on his followers was
partly due to his real ability and resourcefulness, and partly to his confident
predictions of results which sometimes he was but frequently was not able
to attain. One of the company’s first acts after his appearance was the
declaration of a scrip dividend upon the preferred stock. The question had
been raised in the course of his fight for control, and he perhaps felt it
incumbent upon himself to show the sincerity of his contentions; at any
rate, the annual report for 1882 contained a statement that the surplus
earnings since 1875 had been used for construction instead of being
distributed as dividends, and that the sum of $4,667,490 was therefore
properly due to the preferred stock. On the strength of this the directors
resolved that a dividend of 11.1 per cent be declared, for which there were
to be issued obligations of the company bearing 6 per cent interest, payable
at the end of five years, but redeemable after one year at the pleasure of the
company upon thirty days’ notice, in amounts of not less than 20 per cent to
each holder. The policy thus initiated was plainly non-conservative and
unsound. It may be true that as a general principle new construction should
be paid for out of capital rather than out of income account, yet this is
subject to qualifications; and the Northern Pacific had been and was in so
precarious a condition that not a dollar of its resources could safely have
been alienated. The sequel came in 1883 when the annual report admitted

Page 261

that there had been an excess of expenditures on account of construction
and equipment of $7,986,508 over the cash receipts from the proceeds of
the $40,000,000 general mortgage bonds, sales of preferred stock, and other
562
sources; and when by October of the same year the deficit had been
increased to $9,459,921, and a circular from President Villard stated the
563
additional cash requirements to amount to $5,500,000.
Relief had to be sought in an increase of indebtedness. On October 6,
1883, the directors authorized a second mortgage for $20,000,000 upon the
property, subject to the consent of three-fourths of the preferred stock, and
in a circular explained that they had accepted a proposition of Drexel,
Morgan & Co., Winslow, Lanier & Co., and August Belmont & Co. to take
$15,000,000 of the issue at 87½, less 5 per cent commission in bonds, with
a six months’ option to take $3,000,000 more on the same terms. The
stockholders assented,—they could do nothing else,—a suit for an
injunction was denied, and the syndicate exercised its option. The result
was an increase in bonds issued from $39,522,200 to $61,635,400, of which
the greater part was accounted for by the new mortgage.
By August 22, 1883, the gap in the Northern Pacific main line had been
filled up, and on September 8 the formal opening occurred. The mileage in
operation was then 2365, of which 1952.5 was main line and 412.8
branches, and the rapid construction of the last 1000 miles had done credit
to most of those concerned. The total capitalization per mile was $59,304,
of which less than one-third represented bonds; and though the following
year this percentage was increased, the proportion of mortgage to total
issues remained considerably under one-half. This showing was very
favorable, and accounts for the success with which the Northern Pacific
withstood the panic of 1884. With the completion of its through line,
moreover, earnings increased so materially as to cover the interest on the
new bonds; and though the road was never to enjoy a monopoly of
transcontinental traffic, in February, 1883, it had concluded an agreement
with the Union Pacific concerning through rates and a division of territory,
and a period of prosperity was hoped for. Meanwhile the Oregon &
Transcontinental Company had been hard hit by the decline in Northern
Pacific stock, due to the publication of the construction deficit. The straits
of his company affected Mr. Villard; and in spite of the relief afforded by
the Northern Pacific second mortgage he “became conscious that neither

Page 262

564
himself nor the Oregon & Transcontinental Company could be saved.”
On January 4, 1884, the directors accepted his resignation, and soon after
Robert Harris, then vice-president of the Erie, was elected to fill his
565
place.
The years immediately following the issue of the second mortgage and
the completion of the road were not uneventful, although it is not necessary
to describe them at length. The insolvency of the Oregon &
Transcontinental, and continued disputes between it and the Northern
Pacific over an adjustment of the two companies’ financial relations, made
some other means of binding the Oregon Railway & Navigation with the
Northern Pacific seem advisable, and a lease of the former company to the
latter was discussed. In July, 1884, an arrangement was said to have been
actually arrived at on the basis of a guarantee by the Northern Pacific of 6
per cent on the Navigation stock for two years, 7 per cent for three years,
and 8 per cent in perpetuity; but the interest was very high, and an
injunction helped to prevent a consummation at the time. In 1885 the idea
of a joint lease by the Northern Pacific and Union Pacific railroad
companies came to the front. The Oregon Railway & Navigation was
serving as the Northwestern outlet for both of these roads, and such a
contract would have greatly simplified the competitive situation, besides
taking away from the Navigation Company the power to exact an excessive
566
pro-rate because of its double connection. During the next few years
negotiations were almost constantly in progress. In 1887, however, the
Navigation Company was leased to the Oregon Short Line with a Union
Pacific guarantee; and upon the failure of renewed negotiations Mr. Villard,
who was again in power, sold the Oregon & Transcontinental Company’s
holdings of Oregon Railway & Navigation Company stock at a
“satisfactory” price. This consummation was less unfavorable to the
Northern Pacific because of its completion of a line of its own to the Pacific
567
coast. From now on the Oregon & Transcontinental Company existed
only as a means of obtaining financial assistance for the Northern Pacific,
568
and for making more easy the control of that company’s stock.
While these operations were going on the Northern Pacific once more
found it advisable to increase its indebtedness, and added a third mortgage
of $12,000,000 to the first and second mortgages which already have been

Page 263

described. Of the issue $8,000,000 were at once taken by a syndicate, and
the $4,000,000 remaining were early disposed of to the same parties. The
mortgage was said to be for the purpose of completing new work and for
paying the floating debt; it also assisted in the redemption and refunding of
the dividend scrip which had been issued to preferred stockholders in 1883;
and the payment of $3,073,321 of this in cash, besides the extension of
$1,567,500 more, now took place. The extended scrip was to be payable in
1907, to bear 6 per cent, and to be redeemable on thirty days’ notice on any
interest day on or after 1892; and up to January 1, 1893, holders had the
569
option of converting it into third mortgage bonds. The third mortgage
itself required the consent of three-quarters of the preferred stockholders,
but this there seems to have been little difficulty in securing.
The years 1886–9 saw also a considerable extension of branch and
other construction. It was a time of great general activity. In another place
the large additions to the Atchison system have been described; at the same
time the Union Pacific grew from a system of 5825.6 miles in 1886 to one
of 6996 in 1889, adding over 1100 miles; the Chicago, Rock Island &
Pacific increased from 1384.2 to 1592.7; the Chicago, Burlington & Quincy
from 4036 to 5140.8; and the St. Paul, Minneapolis & Manitoba from
1509.4 to 3030.1. Meanwhile the Northern Pacific added 656.8 miles, or an
570
average of 219 miles a year. In the far Northwest the great tunnel through
the Cascade Mountains was nearly completed by May, 1888; and by the end
of the following year a continuous line of road was in operation from
Ashland, Wisconsin, to Portland, Oregon, which was of particular service in
view of the difficulties with the Oregon Railway & Navigation Company,
and was the reason for the willingness of the Northern Pacific to surrender
571
control of that connection. In 1888, also, negotiations were carried on
with the Canadian Government for an extension into Manitoba; and the
same year the Cœur d’Alene Railroad & Navigation Company was
purchased, comprising a steamship and narrow-gauge line in Northeastern
Washington which extended through the mining region of the same
572
name. Generally speaking, the Northern Pacific retained its character as a
single-track transcontinental route with but few branches. Where it did
expand was on the east, where it reached Duluth, Ashland, Superior, St.
Paul, and Minneapolis, and on the west, where it joined Wallula, Portland,

Page 264

and Tacoma. The principal other branches were the ones mentioned:
namely, those to Winnipeg, and to the mining districts in Montana and
Washington.
In spite of its moderation the Northern Pacific was not over-prosperous.
Its passenger earnings remained small, being scarcely greater in 1888 than
they had been in 1884; and while its freight earnings increased from
$7,867,367 in 1884 to $10,426,245 in 1888, and to $15,600,320 in 1889,
this was so far offset by increased operating expenses that the increase in
net earnings from both passengers and freight was only $2,223,194.
Construction meanwhile caused an increase in funded indebtedness
outstanding of $15,202,000, to say nothing of $20,981,000 of branch-line
bonds which the road by 1889 had guaranteed; and the floating debt began
573
to grow uncomfortably large. At the same time, if Mr. Villard is to be
believed, officials in charge of the operation of the road were eager for
appropriations for the improvement of the track, the replacement of wooden
by metal bridges, additional motive power and rolling stock, enlargement of
terminal facilities, and the purchase and construction of new lines. The truth
was that the problem of getting the road built had been more important than
that of how it was to be built; so that much work had been done in a hasty
and imperfect manner which it was now advisable to renew.
Since, then, there was need for additional capital, while it was unsafe to
increase the fixed charges of the road, the managers felt called upon to
devise a scheme whereby these circumstances should both, at least in
appearance, be met. Their solution was the proposal of a large refunding
mortgage to retire as soon as possible existing mortgages, and to provide a
balance which could be spent upon the line. If, they argued, bondholders
could be induced to accept new 4 per cent or even 5 per cent bonds in
exchange for their 6 per cent securities, the road would be free to issue new
additional bonds until the margin of charges so obtained should have been
taken up. The plan was worthy of its ingenious promoter, Mr. Villard, and
will be criticised in the proper place.
On September 19, 1889, the managers issued a circular to the preferred
stockholders. “In the opinion of the Directors,” said they, “the time has
come to make new financial provision on a liberal scale for the growing
needs of the Company.” Then followed a statement of gross earnings. “A

Page 265

further corresponding increase may be expected in the present fiscal year,
which will bring the gross earnings up to $23,000,000 or $24,000,000....
But the Company could not in the past, and will not be able hereafter, to
take full advantage of this auspicious situation without further large
investments of capital. Secondly.—The prosperity of the road attracts
competition.... The Company must be prepared to build additional feeders
wherever and whenever the local developments warrant, and the danger of
hostile occupancy appears.... Another strong [motive] lies in the Company’s
ownership of a large land grant, the benefits of which cannot be fully
realized without the promotion of settlements through the construction of
branch lines. The Board is also of opinion that the time has come to make
such provision, that the Company may take advantage of its high credit to
574
effect a reduction of fixed charges.”
It was proposed to issue a $160,000,000 one hundred-year consolidated
mortgage, bearing interest not to exceed 5 per cent, to cover the entire
Northern Pacific Railroad, together with its equipment, land grant, branch
lines, and securities of branch lines. This was to be applied as follows:

For the retirement of $77,430,000 outstanding first, second,
and third mortgage bonds $75,000,000
For the retirement of the existing $26,000,000 branch bonds 26,000,000
For additional branches at a rate per mile not over $30,000 20,000,000
For enlargement of terminals and stations, additional rolling
stock, betterments and renewals, and other expenses not
properly chargeable to operating expenses 20,000,000
For premiums on bonds exchanged 10,000,000
For general purposes 575
9,000,000

Only a portion of these securities was, therefore, to be issued at once.
The provision for enlargement of terminals, etc., was likely to call for early
issues, as might a portion of that reserved for new branches and for general
purposes. It was expected that a certain amount of branch-line bonds could
be retired without much delay. On the whole, the bonds immediately put
forth were not expected to exceed $15,000,000; though there was nothing in
the plan to prevent a greater issue. The interest rate was “not to exceed 5 per
cent.” That this wording was deliberately adopted is shown by the terms of
the mortgage, which expressly gave to the company the power to issue the
new bonds, from time to time, bearing such a rate of interest as the

Page 266

managers might think advisable up to 5 per cent. It was understood that the
issue was to be in three classes, one of $57,000,000 to bear 5 per cent, one
of $23,000,000 to bear 4½ per cent, and one of $80,000,000 to bear 4 per
cent; and on this basis it was thought that fixed charges would be reduced
$2,000,000, to which would have to be added interest on bonds issued in
576
excess of those previously outstanding. The reserve of $10,000,000 for
premiums shows that in the opinion of the directors the offer of
substantially more than par in new bonds was necessary in order to induce
exchanges of old bonds for new. To prevent careless use of this reserve it
was provided that the $10,000,000 in bonds could be used to pay premiums
only upon the affirmative vote of at least nine members (out of thirteen) of
the board, and when in the opinion of the trustees, expressed in writing, a
saving of interest to the company could be effected.
Not the least important part of the plan was that designed to gain the
preferred stockholders’ approval. It will be remembered that by the terms of
the reorganization of 1875 the consent of three-quarters of these
stockholders was necessary to validate any mortgage after the first
mortgage then proposed. The increase in indebtedness now suggested
threatened to postpone indefinitely dividends on the preferred, and could
not be expected to be welcome. In consequence, the directors offered three
distinct inducements: first, a promise of a distribution to the preferred
stockholders of sums which had been taken from earnings and spent on the
property to date; second, a promise of early and regular dividends in the
future; third, a preferential right of subscription to the new bonds. By
resolution of August 21, 1889, they therefore definitely declared in favor of
the distribution of a sum equal to the earnings which should be found to
have been applied in earlier years to the capital requirements of the
property. An investigation was made, the amount was officially declared to
be $2,844,430, and an equivalent amount of new bonds at 85 was set aside
to cover it. For the future Mr. Villard and his associates announced a
determination to begin dividends at the rate of 4 per cent, the first to be paid
January 1, 1890; and declared that thereafter dividends would be paid out of
the current net earnings, or, if these should be insufficient, out of a reserve
fund until the net earnings should justify a larger distribution. Finally, it was
provided that the common and preferred stockholders should be given the
privilege of subscribing to the new bonds at 85 to the extent of 15 per cent

Page 267

of their holdings. That these concessions attracted attention was shown by
the action of the preferred stockholders in calling for an actual distribution
as soon as possible of the amounts deducted from earnings in past years. On
October 17, 1889, they passed a resolution recommending to the incoming
board of directors “to take into consideration the distribution of the whole
amount due to the Preferred Stock, under the plan of reorganization, as soon
577
as the Company shall be financially in a proper position to do so;” and
again the following year they resolved “that the incoming Board of
Directors be ... requested to set apart the additional earnings in ...
consolidated bonds ... and to (consider) the question of either increasing the
... dividend above 4 per cent or of declaring an extra dividend to the
578
preferred stock.”
All things considered it is improbable that the refunding plan could
have been put through without the promise of dividends to the preferred
stock, but it remains unfortunate that such promises had to be made. The
money which had been put into the road had been of necessity so invested
to preserve the solvency of the company. In a sense it had increased earning
power, but not all expenditures which affect earnings may be charged to
capital. In the first place, if earnings are below fixed charges, or are
constantly tending to fall below, sums put into the property merely assist the
company to keep its head above water, and are not a sound basis for an
increase in indebtedness; and in the second place expenditures which serve
to preserve earnings may not be charged to capital account, even when the
method of preservation is the construction of branch lines, and still less
when the method is the improvement of the existing plant. If, then, as was
the case, the earnings claimed by the preferred stockholders had gone to
preserve the solvency of the company, and to defend it against competition,
the arguments of these stockholders in 1889 did not hold good.
As for the plan itself, it was simply a method for providing new capital,
and should be judged as such. Its refunding provisions were mainly
misleading. It proposed to secure a reduction in fixed charges by the
exchange of bonds bearing 5 per cent or less for bonds bearing 6 per cent,
but how the reduction was to be accomplished was not clear. The maturity
of the bonds to be retired was remote, and the assured reduction was
therefore also remote. The first mortgage had been issued in 1881, and ran
for forty years; the second dated from 1882 and was to mature after fifty

Page 268

years; and the third, which had been issued only the year before, was not
redeemable until 1937. The Missouri division and Pend d’Oreille mortgages
579
matured somewhat earlier, but had nevertheless a considerable time to
run. The mortgage issues would therefore not soon fall in of themselves.
Secondly, bondholders would evidently not consent voluntarily to surrender
old unexpired bonds without such a premium in new bonds as would make
their annual return approximately the same. Something they might concede
in view of the more remote maturity of the new issue and the somewhat
more inclusive character of its mortgage lien, but not enough to create any
580
considerable saving. The new issues for improvement of the road,
moreover, involved an increase in the annual interest payments; which we
must not, perhaps, condemn offhand, for the raising of capital was in some
measure forced upon the company, but which is important in considering
the railroad’s financial condition and prospects. The fact was that the
Northern Pacific was not self-supporting; it had been obliged to issue
$20,867,000 bonds of its own and to guarantee $20,981,000 besides,
between 1884 and 1889, in order to secure an advance of $2,462,288 in
annual net income during a period of rapidly increasing prosperity; and it
was now obliged to increase this indebtedness in the attempt to maintain its
solvency for the future.
Between 1889 and the end of 1892 business increased, and net earnings
at first gained more rapidly than did fixed charges. Mr. Villard was again
supreme in the management, and actively directed financial operations until
his departure for Europe in 1890. The most important operation conducted
was the lease of the Wisconsin Central, whereby the eastern terminus of the
Northern Pacific system was transferred from St. Paul and Minneapolis to
Chicago. The directors who were elected with Mr. Villard in 1887
controlled the Wisconsin Central and the Terminal Company, which had
581
been formed to secure an entrance for that road into the Lake city.
Perhaps because of this financial interest, the conviction seems to have
crept over them that the Northern Pacific would do well to make connection
with the trunk lines at Chicago, instead of stopping further west; and they
brought the subject up in 1889, and again in 1890. On July 1, 1889, a traffic
contract went into effect, under which the Northern Pacific obtained the use
of the Wisconsin Central lines in consideration of the business which it
should turn over to them. Certain provisions imposed on both roads a share

Page 269

of the operating expenses whenever the proportion of operating expenses to
gross earnings was greater than 65 per cent, and which gave both a profit
whenever the proportion fell below this level. The Wisconsin Central
retained entire and absolute control of its own property, except that the
Northern Pacific was to share in the profits of the subsidiary Terminal
582
Company whenever these profits should be more than $800,000. This
was considered unsatisfactory, because the Northern Pacific had no control
of the Central’s operation; and on April 1 of the following year a new
contract gave to the former a lease of all the lines owned and controlled by
the Wisconsin Central Company and the Wisconsin Central Railroad
Company between St. Paul and Chicago for 999 years; including terminal
facilities at Chicago held by the Chicago & Northern Pacific Railroad
583
Company, a subsidiary corporation. “It was deemed by the Board,” said
the annual report, “as of the utmost importance that your road should have
access to the city of Chicago by a line in its own ownership and possessed
with terminal facilities which it could control and have possession of. The
whole subject was most carefully considered by the Board, and the
contracts and leases were adopted after deliberate and careful
584
consideration.” The advantage of this lease to the Wisconsin Central lay
in the large volume of traffic which the arrangement secured to it; that to
the Northern Pacific was more doubtful. Connection with Chicago was
desirable, but it was to prove difficult to operate the Wisconsin Central for
65 per cent, and the acquisition was to arouse the hostility of all the other
roads between Chicago and St. Paul. We shall see that the lease was
presently given up and that the attempt to make Chicago the eastern
terminus was for the time abandoned.
The year 1891 was a good one, but during the following twelve months
the situation changed for the worse. Most noteworthy was an increase in
fixed charges of over $2,000,000, due in part to an increase in the funded
indebtedness, but more largely to an increase in rentals paid. This increase
brought charges above total net income, and shows how serious the position
of the company had become. In fact, the company’s repeated issues of
bonds had failed so completely to put it in a stable position that in but three
of the nine years from 1884 to 1892 was a surplus greater than $500,000
above fixed payments secured, while the operations of two of these same
years resulted in a deficit.

Page 270

The first admission by directors that the road was in difficulty consisted
in the passing of the preferred stock dividend for March 31, 1892. That this
action did not deprive the holders of all return was due to the previous
conversion of the consols formerly reserved into a trust for ten years on
which to draw whenever the road should be unable to pay the usual
dividends. The directors therefore added to their declaration of suspension a
resolution that the “time, manner, and method of the distribution of so many
of the $3,347,000 of consolidated bonds set aside for the benefit of the
preferred stockholders as may be necessary to supply the deficiency, if any,
in this or any subsequent fiscal year, between the amount of net earnings
and 4 per cent on the preferred stock, be submitted to preferred stockholders
585
at the annual meeting in October next.” Not unnaturally stockholders
were alarmed. At the annual meeting in October an investigating committee
586
was appointed, and proceeded to a careful examination of the property
accompanied by certain officers of the road. The committee was not
friendly to the management. Its preliminary report announced that the
physical condition of the system was good, but its later criticism of the
company’s financial condition was severe. In the words of the London
Standard “there has been no such scathing arraignment of Directors since
the exposures of the Erie Railway.” The committee stated that the bad
condition of the property was due to the reckless financial methods of the
directors. It alleged that officers had held dual positions, and had
subordinated the interests of the Northern Pacific Company to those of the
Wisconsin Central, relieving themselves at the expense of the former road.
It commented upon the unprofitable character of certain of the other
branches. The floating debt, it maintained, had been financed by Mr. Villard
personally at double the current rates of interest, and it recommended
litigation in default of some assurance that the policy of the company
587
should be changed. In reply the directors issued a lengthy statement
taking up the charges in detail. The policy of building branch lines, said
they, was imperatively necessary in order to develop business. Although
some of the branches had not earned their fixed charges, yet, if they had
been credited with 60 per cent of the gross earnings on business which they
had brought to the main line, they would have shown a good profit. The
policy of branch-line construction had met with the unanimous approval of
successive boards of directors, and had been ratified by the stockholders in

Page 271

1886; and in this connection the reply defended specifically the acquisition
of the Wisconsin Central and other lines. The carrying of the floating debt
by officials interested in the property, instead of being subject to criticism
588
and censure, was entitled to the highest commendation.
It is difficult to pass with justice upon the conflicting contentions above
outlined. However, writing in 1905, long after his retirement from Northern
Pacific affairs, Mr. Villard expressed himself as follows: “In 1891 Mr.
Villard ... made ... his last official tour of inspection of the main line and
principal branches of the Northern Pacific.... The most alarming impression
of all made upon him was the revelation of the weight of the load that had
been put upon the company by the purchase and construction of the longer
branch lines in Montana and Washington, which he then discovered for the
first time. There was the Missoula branch to the Cœur d’Alene mines; the
Cœur d’Alene Railway & Navigation, a mixed system of steamboats and
rail lines; the Seattle, Lake Shore & Eastern; and the roads built into
Westernmost Washington; representing a total investment in cash and bonds
of not far from $30,000,000, which together hardly earned operating
expenses. The acquisition and building of these disappointing lines had in a
few years absorbed the large amount of consolidated bonds set aside for
construction purposes, which had been assumed to be sufficient for all
589
needs in that direction for a long time.” No man should have known the
real profitableness of these extensions better than Mr. Villard; and the
circumstances of his account give it special weight. The admitted fact that
in several cases the managers of the Northern Pacific voted as directors of
that corporation to buy property from themselves as whole or part owners in
other enterprises also excites distrust, and this feeling is strengthened by the
unsatisfactory financial condition in 1893 of the Northern Pacific system as
a whole.
Even before the report of the investigating committee the directors had
been busy with the floating debt. This amounted to $9,918,000 late in 1892,
according to the treasurer’s statement. In February, 1893, it was decided to
cancel it by the sale of the stock of the St. Paul & Northern Pacific held in
the treasury, but this aroused violent opposition. The St. Paul & Northern
Pacific ran, it will be remembered, from Brainerd to St. Paul and
Minneapolis, and had formed the eastern terminus of the Northern Pacific
system until the acquisition of the Wisconsin Central. It was justly

Page 272

considered an extremely important section of the main line, and the possible
590
loss of its control was regarded as disastrous. Dissuaded from their first
purpose, the directors considered the issue of a collateral mortgage
sufficient in amount to relieve all pressing necessities, and proposed to
utilize in this way treasury securities which it would have been unwise to
sell. At the same time the stockholders’ committee had much the same idea
in mind, and wrote to President Oakes in March, and again in May.
“Referring to my letter to you of March 15,” said Brayton Ives, “I beg to
say that the financial plan therein referred to contemplates the creation of a
collateral trust in which shall be placed $10,000,000 Northern Pacific
consolidated 5s, $3,000,000 Chicago & Northern Pacific firsts, and all of
the St. Paul & Northern Pacific stock belonging to the Northern Pacific
Company, estimated at $7,000,000. Against these securities it is suggested
that notes to the extent of $12,000,000 be issued, bearing 6 per cent interest,
and payable in five years, or before, at the pleasure of the company,
provision being made at the same time for the increase of the amount of the
notes to $15,000,000 on the deposit of additional collateral securities
satisfactory to the underwriters. I am happy to be able to repeat the belief
already expressed, that if the board of directors will allow the underwriters
to name seven directors of the company the entire amount of notes will be
591
subscribed for without delay.” This plan was backed by responsible
houses, including the Mercantile Trust Company, Kuhn, Loeb & Co., the
Equitable Life Assurance Company, and others, who agreed to take
$7,000,000 of the new bonds at 95, less 1½ per cent commission. The
directors paid no attention to Mr. Ives’s letter, and his offer was
subsequently withdrawn.
The directors’ own scheme was dated May 1, 1893. It provided for a
collateral five-year 6 per cent mortgage to the amount of $15,000,000, of
which $12,000,000 were to be issued at once. There was to be a committee
of five which should take charge of the issue, and which might sell the
collateral before the maturity of the notes at certain minimum prices or
over. Until all the notes should have been paid the railroad company agreed
not to undertake the construction of any new lines without the consent of
the committee, or to purchase or lease any railroad or navigation lines, or to
guarantee, endorse, or purchase the bonds or other obligations or stocks of
other companies. The committee was to have the voting power on the

Page 273

underlying stocks, and might direct the trust company to waive any default
of the railroad company in payment of interest. The railroad company might
call in the notes before maturity, after May 1, 1896, and pay them off at par
592
and accrued interest. This, it will be seen, did not differ in essence from
the scheme proposed by Mr. Ives:—the real contest was between parties
and not between plans. In June, Mr. Villard resigned his position as director
and chairman of the board, and J. D. Rockefeller was elected a director.
Somewhat earlier, but doubtless in anticipation of this action, a syndicate
agreed to underwrite the collateral issue, subject to the stockholders’ right
593
of subscription; and by the end of the year $10,275,000 of the collateral
notes were outstanding, of which the bulk had been taken by the
594
syndicate. The whole device was very similar to that employed by the
Union Pacific in 1891. It was not designed as a permanent remedy for
anything, but served to postpone a reckoning to what was hoped would be
better times. As a matter of fact its effect was very small.
Receivers for the Northern Pacific Railroad Company were appointed
August 15, 1893, on a petition alleging that the company was insolvent and
had no funds to meet payments coming due on September 1, October 1,
November 1, and December 1. The company in its answer admitted the
facts, and the United States Circuit Court at Milwaukee, Wisconsin, put
Messrs. Henry C. Payne, Thomas F. Oakes, and Henry C. Rouse in charge
595
of its affairs. Receivers were rapidly appointed for most of the branch
596
lines, the intent being to put all these properties in separate hands. The
receivers of the main line had nothing to do with the branches, although in
November they were authorized to enter into temporary traffic agreements
with them. In regard to the Wisconsin Central, application was early made
to compel the Northern Pacific to carry out the provisions of the lease; but
Judge Jenkins of the Milwaukee court granted the receivers until September
15 to decide whether or not they desired to continue, and upon their
negative reply authorized a surrender. The accounts submitted, he said,
showed that since the lease had gone into effect the Chicago & Northern
Pacific had been operated at a loss to the Northern Pacific of $1,304,169
and the Wisconsin Central at a loss of $1,142,316; although business during
the three years in question had been generally prosperous. In accordance
with the decision the property was turned over to the Wisconsin Company

Page 274

on September 26, 1893, and the Northern Pacific for a time gave up the idea
of a Chicago terminus. Of the other leases those of the St. Paul & Northern
Pacific and of the Cœur d’Alene Railway & Navigation Company were at
this time approved by the court, and the receivers were authorized to make
the necessary payments.
The failure of the Northern Pacific was the signal for still more active
and bitter personal struggles between opposing factions than had before
occurred. The opposition, led by Brayton Ives and August Belmont,
endeavored to get control of the company through the annual election on
October 19, and to procure the removal of the appointed receivers. They
displayed the greatest bitterness toward Mr. Villard, and held him
responsible for the position in which the company was placed. Villard’s
“remarkable qualities,” wrote Ives, “have been of advantage only to
himself.... The syndicate composed of Villard, Colby, Abbott, and Hoyt, and
their friends made millions [by the Wisconsin Central deal] and the
597
Northern Pacific has suffered and is suffering a corresponding loss.”
Circulars were sent out asking proxies, and August Belmont, J. Horace
Harding, Brayton Ives, Donald Mackay, and Winthrop Smith were
appointed a committee to receive proxies as they came in. On the other side
the directors appealed to the stockholders, reminded them that though the
company had failed while they were in office it was also during their term
that it had reached its greatest prosperity, and took the cautious step of
amending the by-laws so as to shorten the term of future boards from three
years to one. Conditions were against the management, and the result of the
election was a complete victory for the Belmont-Ives party, which was
followed up by the choice of Mr. Ives for president. The real results were
less than might be supposed, for the operation of the railroad and the
control of its funds were to be in the hands of the receivers and not in those
of the officers of the road. On January 20 President Ives filed a petition in
the Milwaukee Federal Court for an order directing the receivers to
surrender the seal, books and papers and stock certificates, and to pay over
sufficient money to enable the president to rent rooms and pay the salaries
598
of the auditor, secretary, and treasurer. The petition was denied, and the
elected officers were left in an anomalous position.
In other matters the opposition lost no time in appealing to the courts.
Previous even to the election two actions had been begun against Henry

Page 275

Villard: the one in September by John Swope of Philadelphia to compel
Henry Villard and others to restore stock and bonds obtained as a result of
599
an illegal conspiracy: the other a petition in October by the Northern
Pacific Company to force the receivers to bring suit against Messrs. Villard,
Hoyt, and Colby to recover nearly $2,600,000 alleged to have been made
600
unlawfully through Northern Pacific deals. The complaints were in the
main the same as those which had been made by the investigating
committee, and charged, inter alia, that Villard had secured a profit to
himself by bringing about the purchase of the Chicago terminal properties
by the Northern Pacific. Mr. Villard swore that his whole interest in the
transaction had been as officer and stockholder and securityholder of the
601
Northern Pacific Company, and the receivers professed themselves ready
and willing to bring suit, provided they were furnished with the information
602
and evidence wherewith to prosecute the same. The Court reserved the
Ives motion for further consideration, and the following year directed the
603
receivers to bring suit; but the litigation was eventually dropped.
In December, 1893, the Ives faction filed a petition for the removal of
the receivers. The charges were in part similar to those of the Swope suit. It
was asserted that at the time the receivers were appointed the road had
practically had no hearing; that its managers had in less than a year
burdened it with the interest of $60,000,000 for properties which were of no
value to it, but in many of which they were personally interested and out of
which they made large profits, and that when insolvency was produced by
this fraud they had put the road in the hands of receivers nominated by them
for the purpose, with the effect of perpetuating the same control which had
brought the bankruptcy. Specific charges were made against Oakes, Villard,
and Roswell C. Rolston, president of the Farmers’ Loan & Trust Company;
no charges were made against Receivers Payne and Rouse, but their
removal was asked for because they happened to be in the company of and
presumably in the interest of Mr. Oakes. Besides this, finally, it was alleged
that separate receivers had been unnecessarily appointed for branch lines,
and that the expense of administering the affairs of the company had been
604
enormously increased. The receivers filed lengthy answers on February
3; Receiver Oakes in particular answering every charge specifically, filing
exhaustive documents in proof, and maintaining in general the value of the

Page 276

605
branch properties and his innocence of unlawful profits. The court on the
whole inclined to his view. On April 14 Judge Jenkins handed down his
decision, dismissing the petition for the removal of Messrs. Payne and
Rouse, and holding Mr. Oakes’s conduct to have been above investigation
606
except in three instances, to examine which a master was appointed. In
the course of his decision Judge Jenkins concluded that the branch lines in
question, though unprofitable for a while, were necessary to the system; and
that in particular the branches in Washington, Oregon, Montana, and Idaho
were built as feeders, and owing to the sparsely settled district were
necessarily built for the future. If Mr. Oakes were to be removed on these
charges, said he, then it would make the entire board of directors of the
607
company at that time liable to impeachment. Mr. Cary, the master,
reported that Mr. Oakes had had no pecuniary interest and no personal
advantage or gain from any of the matters referred to him for investigation.
Mr. Villard was said to have made unlawful gains in the acquisition of the
Northern Pacific & Manitoba Company to the extent of $363,494, but Mr.
Oakes did not know that Mr. Villard was so interested, and was not bound
608
to take notice to prevent such gains. In consequence, Judge Jenkins in
October granted a motion to dismiss the petition for the removal of Oakes
609
as receiver, and the incident was closed.
It thus appears that Mr. Ives and his friends obtained but little
satisfaction in the courts up to this point. They were unable to force the
receivers to turn over any share of the Northern Pacific’s earnings, and they
were equally unable to remove the receivers from office. So long as the
road should remain in the receivers’ hands their authority seemed destined
to be nominal, and they were thus spurred on by their own private interests
to make some attempt at reorganization. At the same time their opponents,
as bondholders, were not unwilling to receive some interest on their bonds,
and succeeded in this, as in other matters, in drawing substantial control
into their own hands. The year 1894 was a bad one and made the
importance of a reduction in fixed charges loom large. Passenger earnings
decreased from $5,917,054 to $3,960,772, and freight earnings from
$17,017,630 to $11,418,692; while in spite of attempted economies by the
610
receivers, net earnings decreased by almost the same absolute amount.
Cuts in wages were inevitable, and a serious strike aggravated the situation.

Page 277

It became necessary to borrow money from the Adams Reorganization
Committee, of which more will be said later, and to issue $5,000,000 in
receivers’ certificates to pay off $5,000,000 already authorized in 1893. On
September 8 formal announcement was made that the receiverships of the
twenty-four branch lines of the Northern Pacific system were to be
terminated, and that the trustee was to undertake the legal management of
all the lines for a stated sum per annum; while the general receivers,
Messrs. Oakes, Rouse, and Payne, were to operate the separated lines under
a fair traffic agreement. It was figured that $64,000 per annum would be
saved; and further economies were made in the cost of the administrative
staff at New York. The relief was insufficient. Net earnings for 1894 were
$5,506,007, and fixed charges were $12,004,985, and the need of a
reorganization was impressively shown.
The work of devising a reorganization plan was done in the various
bondholders’ committees. Late in 1893 a committee of consolidated 5 per
cent bondholders had been formed, with E. D. Adams as chairman and
General Louis Fitzgerald as vice-chairman; which declared itself to be
independent, but was regarded as affiliated with the former managers of the
road. In March, 1894, this committee announced that, having received
responses from the holders of a majority of the consolidated bonds, it had
prepared an agreement and had secured its acceptance by the German
bondholders. All consolidated bondholders were requested to deposit their
securities with the Mercantile Trust Company, which would issue engraved
certificates of deposit, which the committee would endeavor to have listed
on the Stock Exchange. Mr. Ives was opposed to any step toward
reorganization of this sort, and objected particularly to the composition of
the committee; he therefore asked bondholders to withhold their acceptance
of the agreement, and gave various reasons to lend weight to his request. In
April, as a counter-move, he invited bondholders to send in their names and
addresses to him, together with the amount of their holdings, saying that
this action would not commit the bondholders, and was desired only to
enable the company to furnish information respecting its affairs, and, when
the proper time should arise, to confer about a reorganization plan. The
rapid falling off in earnings soon imperilled the interest of the second and
third mortgage bonds, superior to the consolidated mortgage. In July the
Adams Committee appealed to the holders of these issues, and secured a
considerable number of deposits. Henceforth it planned to act as a general

Page 278

reorganization committee. On the other hand a committee headed by
Johnston Livingston competed for deposits of the second mortgage, and one
headed by C. B. Van Nostrand for deposits of the third mortgage bonds. It
was urged that holders of the earlier issues should not deposit with the
consolidated committee, because its interest lay in cutting down prior liens;
whereas the Van Nostrand Committee declared that the road could earn the
interest on the third mortgage, and that these bonds should not accept less
than par and interest in cash. Nevertheless the Deutsche Bank’s London
agency announced in September that it was prepared to receive second
mortgage, third mortgage, and consolidated bonds on behalf of the Adams
Committee, and to forward the same to New York for deposit. Various
rumors were afloat at this time concerning reorganization, and suggestions
were made for converting the third mortgage bonds into 5 per cent income
611
bonds and the consolidated bonds into preferred stock; but the only result
was to stir up protests from the third mortgage bondholders, who still
insisted in August that earnings were more than sufficient to pay the interest
on all prior liens. Late in the year there was talk of selling the road under
foreclosure of the second mortgage, but this too came to nothing.
Meanwhile the operation of the road went on. Receiver Rouse reported
on the condition of the property in January, 1894. He estimated that
$10,000,000 would be required to bring the permanent way into the most
effective condition for economical operation. Exceptional causes, said he,
had contributed to make the earnings for the previous three years
exceptionally large, and this fact, together with the prevailing depression,
the competition of the Great Northern, and reduced rates, would decrease
the gross earnings in the immediate future at least 27 per cent. Although Mr.
Rouse believed in the value of the Northern Pacific’s branch lines, his
612
report was not encouraging. In September, on the approach of the annual
election, President Ives issued a long circular. The serious decrease in the
earnings of the road, he said, had affected for the worse the position of the
stockholders, and these holders should understand that no one of the
reorganization committees was working for their interest. He announced the
appointment of a committee to receive proxies, and revealed the
embarrassment of the management by a request for contributions of $12.50
per hundred shares in order to pay the expenses of the officers. So far as the
officers should have any voice in the matter, President Ives assured the

Page 279

stockholders, contributions should be credited on any assessments which
might be made thereafter. On the day of the election no opposing ticket was
presented, and the Ives party were reëlected to their positions. This is where
matters stood at the beginning of 1895. The hostility of the opposing
committees was in no way abated; but the Adams Committee had secured
deposits of nearly $21,000,000 of the consolidated mortgage bonds,
613
$1,000,000 more than a majority of the third mortgage bonds, and
$3,000,000 less than a majority of the second mortgage bonds, and with the
hearty support of the Deutsche Bank was steadily strengthening its
614
position.
In May, 1895, the Adams Committee reorganization plan came out and
marked the first serious suggestion for a rehabilitation of the property. It
proposed a sale, under foreclosure, of the old company and the formation of
a new company under special arrangements for this purpose. The new
company was to issue $100,000,000 in shares, and a maximum of
$200,000,000 in gold bonds free from taxation, secured by a mortgage lien
on the whole Northern Pacific system, including the St. Paul & Northern
Pacific Railway, and bearing interest partly at 4 per cent and partly at 3 per
cent, all under the same mortgage. A sufficient amount of these bonds was
to be reserved to replace the existing first mortgage, besides a further
amount to acquire independent branch lines or for new construction at a
maximum charge of $20,000 per mile. The principal and interest of the new
bonds were to be guaranteed unconditionally by the Great Northern Road,
in return for which the Great Northern was to receive one-half of the stock
of the new company. The new board was to consist of nine directors, of
whom four were to be nominated by the Northern Pacific Reorganization
Committee. Each $1000 Northern Pacific second mortgage bond was to
receive a $1125 new Northern Pacific guaranteed bond; each $1000 third
mortgage bond a new $1000 3 per cent guaranteed bond, and at least $250
in shares; each $1000 5 per cent consol at least $500 in new 3 per cent
guaranteed bonds and $300 in shares. Overdue coupons of the second
mortgage were to be paid in cash at the rate of 5 per cent annually, those of
the third mortgage at 4 per cent, and those of the consols to be adjusted at
the rate of 2½ per cent in new 3 per cent bonds. The floating debt of the
receivership was to be paid by an assessment of about $11,000,000 on the
old stock. The reorganization and the raising of the necessary working

Page 280

capital were to be secured by a syndicate headed by J. P. Morgan &
615
Company and the Deutsche Bank.
Briefly stated, this plan proposed to decrease somewhat the funded
debt, while reducing also the interest rate from 6 and 5 to 4 and 3 per cent.
The reduction in fixed charges which would have ensued it is impossible to
estimate without further details. The amount which bondholders were asked
to give up was, however, considerable, and for this compensation was
variously given in new bonds and in new stock. The floating debt was not to
be funded, but was to be paid off by the commendable method of an
assessment; and provision was made for working capital, although at what
cost in profits to the syndicate was not stated. But more important than the
details of the plan was the guarantee of the new issues by the Great
Northern Company for which it provided. The question of consolidation
between the Northern Pacific and the Great Northern was said, on what
purported to be good authority, to have originated on the side of the
Northern Pacific among men to whom an alliance seemed necessary to the
616
prosperity of the latter road. Mr. Hill was said to have been at first
reluctant, and to have consented only on condition that a majority of the
Northern Pacific stock should be placed within his hands. It can scarcely be
supposed, however, that he did not welcome such a union; and the petition
of the Northern Pacific receivers for the cancellation of contracts with the
617
Great Northern and the Minneapolis Union railway companies made
consolidation especially desirable at this time. To the end of this
consolidation the Adams Committee plan was chiefly framed, and on its
execution the adequacy of the plan depended. If the Great Northern could
have been induced to guarantee the principal and interest of the new
Northern Pacific bonds the likelihood of a default would have been reduced
to a minimum, even on the indebtedness outstanding before the
receivership; and a scheme for paying the floating debt and for providing a
certain amount of new capital would have been all that would have been
required. But it is clear that a proposal for a consolidation of two of the
principal lines serving the Northwest brought the consuming and producing
public to an interest in the Northern Pacific reorganization which they had
not felt before. So long as a reorganization plan dealt merely with
exchanges and manipulation of securities by and among securityholders, the
influence of any settlement on outsiders was very indirect; but when it

Page 281

operated to reduce competition in a large section of the country the effect
was plain and striking. Certain conservative financiers suggested a holding
company to hold the Great Northern and Northern Pacific stock, in order to
throw some sort of a veil over the proceedings, but Mr. Hill would not
618
consent. Late in August, 1895, therefore, a bill in equity was filed to
prevent the proposed coöperation, and on September 17 Attorney-General
Childs, for the state of Minnesota, brought suit for an injunction on the
ground that the combination was contrary to the laws of the state and would
prevent competition. It was said that Mr. Childs was supported by the
practically unanimous sentiment of the people of Washington and Montana.
The matter came before the Supreme Court on suit by one Pearsall, a
stockholder of the Great Northern, and this tribunal held that the
combination was contrary to the laws of Minnesota and should, therefore,
619
be enjoined, affirming the principle for which Mr. Childs contended.
This settled the fate of the Adams reorganization plan; and an entirely new
scheme had to be devised.
But while once more progress toward reorganization seemed to have
ceased, sensational developments occurred in the factional conflicts to
which we have already referred. To Mr. Ives, barred from all participation
in the management of the road, denied a salary, and unable to obtain the
removal of the receivers by Judge Jenkins, came the idea of appealing to
another court. It will be remembered that, the original receivership suit had
been instituted in the circuit court of Milwaukee, Wisconsin, and that that
court ever since had been regarded as possessing primary jurisdiction. Since
no compulsion existed on other courts to recognize this jurisdiction of the
Milwaukee court, the orders of which were supreme in its own district only,
and the smooth working of the receivership was due to a respect for
“comity,” it was possible, as Ives well knew, for any circuit court along the
line to throw existing arrangements into the direst confusion. Relying on
this fact, President Ives sent the General Counsel of the company to present
applications for the removal of the receivers to one court after the other
620
along the road. In September, 1895, judges willing to take jurisdiction
621
were found in Seattle, in the far northwestern corner of the United States.
Petition was made in two parts: first, that the Seattle court take jurisdiction;
second, that it remove Messrs. Oakes, Rouse, and Payne. Judge Hanford of

Page 282

the Federal Court of the Washington District called Judge Gilbert of the
United States Circuit Court to sit with him, and deciding on the question of
jurisdiction first, according to the request of the receivers, the two judges
held that the principle of comity did not of necessity apply in the Northern
Pacific case because no part of the railroad was within the jurisdiction of
Judge Jenkins’s court, and any court along the road could more properly
and efficiently administer the trust. The court, therefore, directed the
receivers to answer the charges of malfeasance, and to file their answers in
Seattle by October 2; also to file their accounts with the clerk of the court at
622 623
Seattle, and to file each a $100,000 bond.
The result was the prompt resignation of the receivers, who in a letter
to Judge Jenkins made their feelings clear. “Your receivers manifestly
cannot administer the trust,” said they, “with justice to the parties interested,
or themselves, if subject to the orders and instructions as to the general
administration from two or more independent tribunals. We cannot abide,
nor can we ask our sureties to abide, the danger of the differences of
opinion between courts, each assuming to be controlling as to the
expenditures of the receivership in the general administration, in view of
the immensity of the interests involved.... Unless your receivers recognize,
as they understand it, that that honorable court [the Seattle court] is the
court of primary jurisdiction they will of necessity be in contumacy.... Your
receivers are not willing under any circumstances to file an additional bond
in such jurisdiction, nor are they willing to put themselves in a position to
624
endanger their right to challenge the jurisdiction of that honorable court.”
Judge Jenkins accepted the resignations and appointed Messrs. McHenry,
chief engineer of the Northern Pacific, and Bigelow, a Milwaukee banker,
625
receivers. The hitherto respected principle of comity had, however, lost
all force. On September 30 Judge Sanborn at St. Paul confirmed Judge
Jenkins’s appointments for the states of Minnesota and North Dakota; on
October 1 Judge Hanford at Tacoma refused to accept the resignation of the
old receivers, but removed them and appointed Andrew F. Burleigh for the
district of Washington; on October 2 Judge Billinger concurred in
Burleigh’s appointment for Oregon; on October 7 Judge Knowles at Helena,
Montana, confirmed the above for the districts of Washington and Oregon,
and appointed Captain J. H. Mills and E. L. Bonner for the district of
Montana; and in the week ending October 26 Judge Beatty appointed

Page 283

Burleigh receiver for Idaho. The only conservative action was that of Judge
Lacombe in New York, who deferred his appointments as often as the
matter came before him, in the hope that the Western judges would come to
an agreement.
The situation at the end of October, 1895, was as follows: in Wisconsin,
Minnesota, and North Dakota there were two receivers, Messrs. McHenry
and Bigelow; in Montana there were three receivers, Messrs. Mills, Bonner,
and Burleigh; and in Idaho, Washington, and Oregon there was one
receiver, Andrew F. Burleigh. It was a condition of affairs which could not
be endured. In each of the Western States orders were made compelling all
agents or persons connected with the road to deposit all money collected in
that state, and it was at any time in the power of the receivers in any state to
appoint operating officers distinct from those managing traffic over the
other parts of the line. On January 9, 1896, Judge Gilbert simplified the
situation by retiring Messrs. Mills and Bonner, and by appointing Andrew
F. Burleigh sole receiver for the district of Montana. This reduced the
number of receivers to three, and left Burleigh in control of the road west of
North Dakota, and McHenry and Bigelow in control of the rest. Application
was now made to the Supreme Court of the United States, and on January
28, 1896, four justices of this tribunal, acting as justices assigned to the
several districts in which the Northern Pacific Railroad Company had
626
property, decided that Judge Jenkins’s court for the Eastern District of
Wisconsin should be considered the court of primary jurisdiction, and
627
issued each an order to this effect to take effect in his particular circuit.
The various circuit judges hastened to conform. On February 21 Judge
Lacombe confirmed the appointment of F. G. Bigelow and E. H. McHenry
as receivers for the Second Judicial District, and similar action had by then
been taken by the judges of the other districts except that of the state of
Washington. There Judges Gilbert and Hanford refused to discharge
Burleigh, although recognizing that the general orders for the management
and control of the railroad property were henceforth to issue from Judge
628
Jenkins’s court. The judicial strife was thus at an end. President Ives
obtained the removal of the receivers to whom he particularly objected, but
did not overthrow the authority of the Milwaukee court, nor secure any
material gain to compensate for the great trouble which he caused.

Page 284

With the receivership tangle straightened out it became possible to
proceed again with the work of reorganization, and on March 16, 1896, the
final plan was published, endorsed not only by the Adams Committee, but
by President Ives and his Stockholders’ Protective Committee, and by other
important interests as well. The feeling had become general that some
action should speedily be taken, and that it was in the interest of all parties
that the factional conflicts which had raged so long and with so little result
should cease. Reorganization was proposed on the following basis:
(a) The abandonment of Chicago as the eastern terminus, and the
limitation of the railway on the east by the Mississippi River and the Great
Lakes;—the bonds and stocks of the Chicago & Northern Pacific and of the
Chicago & Calumet Companies to be sold.
(b) The ultimate union of the main line, branches, and terminal
properties through direct ownership by a single company.
(c) The reduction of the fixed annual charges to less than the minimum
earnings under probable conditions.
(d) Ample provision for additional capital as required in a series of
years for the development of the property and for the greater facilities
necessitated by an increased business.
There were to be issued:
$130,000,000 in prior lien 100-year 4 per cent gold bonds, to be
secured by a mortgage upon the main line, branches, terminals, land grant,
equipment, and other property embraced in the reorganization ... and ...
629
thereafter acquired.
$190,000,000 in general lien 150-year 3 per cent gold bonds, with a
lien junior to the previous issue, but covering the same property, of which
$130,000,000 were to be reserved to retire the $130,000,000 prior lien
bonds when they should fall due.
$70,000,000 in 4 per cent non-cumulative preferred stock.
$80,000,000 in common stock.
Generally speaking, the new prior liens were to go for old first and
second mortgage bonds, receivers, certificates, equipment trusts, collateral

Page 285

trust notes, St. Paul & Northern Pacific bonds, and for new construction; the
new general liens for mortgages junior to the second mortgage; the new
preferred stock as additional inducement to the exchanges mentioned
above, and in part for the retirement of old preferred stock; and the common
stock for old preferred stock (in part) and common stock. Existing first
mortgage bondholders were not, however, to be forced to give up their old
securities. “It is not sought in any way to enforce a conversion of the
present general first mortgage bonds,” said the plan, “and this offer is made
solely on the belief that on the terms proposed such conversion, while
advantageous to the company, is also manifestly to the advantage of the
bondholders so converting.” There were reserved $4,000,000 of the general
liens for new construction, and $2,500,000 new preferred and an equal
amount of common were set aside under the general head “to provide for
reorganization purposes or available as a treasury asset.” None of the new
bonds were to be subject to drawing or to compulsory redemption prior to
their regular maturity. The proceeds from land sales to an amount not
exceeding $500,000 in any year were to be devoted to the redemption by
purchase and cancellation of the new bonds, purchases to be made of prior
liens so long as these could be secured at not over 110, after which to
continue of the securities next in rank. The preferred stock was to have a
claim for 4 per cent before anything should be paid on the common stock,
and was to participate equally with the common after 4 per cent had been
paid on each. There was to be a voting trust until November 1, 1901, unless
closed out earlier by the voting trustees, after the expiration of which the
preferred stock was to have the right to elect a majority of the board of
directors whenever for two successive years 4 per cent dividends on their
holdings should not have been paid. No additional mortgage was to be put
upon the property, and the amount of preferred stock was not to be
increased, except, in each instance, after obtaining the consent of a majority
of the whole amount of the preferred stock, given at a meeting of the
stockholders called for that purpose, and the consent of a majority of such
common stock as should be represented at such meeting, the holders of each
class of stock voting separately. During the existence of the voting trust the
consent of holders of like amounts of the respective classes of beneficial
certificates was to be necessary. There was to be an assessment of $10 on
preferred stock and of $15 on common. Branch lines were to be
consolidated with the main line, but each case was to be dealt with

Page 286

separately, and a fair basis of adjustment arrived at, for which general lien 3
per cents and new preferred stock were reserved. There was to be an
underwriting syndicate, formed by J. P. Morgan & Company, and the
Deutsche Bank of Berlin, to the subscribed amount of $45,000,000, to
provide amounts of cash estimated to be necessary to carry out the terms of
the plan, and to furnish the new company with some $5,000,000 working
capital for early use in betterments and enlargements of its property. The
syndicate’s compensation was not stated in the plan, but was to be
“reasonable,” and in addition to it the sum of ¼ per cent of the par value of
all securities deposited was to be paid to J. P. Morgan & Company and the
Deutsche Bank for their respective services as managers and depositaries.
Finally, at the discretion of the managers, the various properties were to be
sold under one of the several mortgages in default, and a successor
630
company was to be organized.
An examination of this plan shows that the total capitalization
proposed, exclusive of bonds and stock reserved for new construction, etc.,
amounted to $311,000,000; of which $161,000,000 were 4 per cent and 3
per cent bonds and $150,000,000 stock. The reported capitalization of the
Northern Pacific Railroad in 1893 had been $218,685,631, including the
bonds of branch roads guaranteed; but comparison of this figure with that
given by the plan is not fair, because in 1893 the Northern Pacific property
had been owned by fifty-four distinct corporations, which the
reorganization proposed to consolidate into one. A comparison of the total
bonds and stock issued by the fifty-four corporations with the issue under
the reorganization plan reveals an increase from $271,949,044 to
$311,000,000, or 14.3 per cent. At the same time fixed charges were to be
decreased, according to estimates, from $10,509,690 to $6,052,660; to
cover which the managers reported net earnings of $6,015,846 for the year
ending June 30, 1895, and of $7,801,645 for the average of the five years
ending with that date. It will be observed, therefore, that the plan left no
margin between net earnings in 1895 and fixed charges, but relied upon an
increase in earnings for the future to preserve the solvency of the road. It is,
however, only just to say that the net earnings in 1895 were less than they
had been in any year since 1887, with the exception of 1894, and that a
considerable increase was probable. The large reduction in fixed charges
which was to take place was to be chiefly at the expense of holders of the

Page 287

consolidated mortgage bonds of 1889. These unfortunate investors received
but 129 per cent in new securities, of which nearly one-half was stock, in
return for a reduction in their fixed annual income from 5 to 2 per cent, the
reason being the inferior character of their mortgage lien. That
securityholders who had consented to exchange their prior securities in
1889 for the consols then issued in the hope of benefiting the road should
have fared considerably worse than bondholders who had refused to make
concessions is an example of the injustice sometimes occasioned by
successive reorganizations and refundings. Of the other securities the
second mortgage received prior liens and stock sufficient to bring its return
over 6 per cent, providing the road should earn it, and the third mortgage
and dividend certificates received general liens and stock sufficient to yield
something over 5 per cent except in very prosperous times, when their
income would be larger. The underlying principle in these cases was the
union of a security with a fixed claim on earnings with a security with a
conditional claim only. The first mortgage received no stock, and so was
denied participation in future profits, but in recompense gave up only some
.6 per cent in the annual income received. The collateral trust notes fared
nearly as badly as the consolidated mortgage, but the northwest equipment
stock was paid off in cash. In brief, all securities but the equipment stock
yielded something, and the greatest sacrifices were demanded from the
junior securities. On the other hand, the stock was far from escaping
unscathed. On January 2, 1896, the quoted prices were 3½ for common and
12⅝ for preferred. As against this the plan made assessments of $15 on
common and $10 on preferred;—sums which could obviously be demanded
only because of the probable future appreciation of the shares. A point in
favor of the stock was the fact that the reduction in fixed charges brought it
nearer a dividend; although it must be remembered that the common stock
had to divide any return above 4 per cent with the preferred.
The other salient points of the plan were the provision for paying the
floating debt, for supplying fresh capital for future additions and
improvements, for consolidation of branch lines with the main stem, and for
a voting trust. The total floating debt in 1895 amounted to over
$20,000,000, of which $4,900,000 consisted of outstanding receivers’
631
certificates and $8,329,205 of interest matured and unpaid. The unpaid
interest was provided for in the exchanges which have already been

Page 288

described; the receivers’ certificates were cancelled by prior lien bonds, and
the balance was provided for by assessment. This method was a sound one.
The provision for new construction, betterments, etc., was liberal,
consisting of $25,000,000 prior lien bonds, of which no more than
$1,500,000 were to be issued in any year, and $4,000,000 general lien
bonds, presumably to be used as needed. One of the great difficulties in the
history of the company had been the lack of necessary capital for needed
work upon the line, and it was well that future requirements were provided
for. The consolidation of the branch lines into the parent company was also
wise. “As it [the Northern Pacific system] now stands,” the committee said,
“the system, in its form of incorporation and capitalization, is a
development without method or adequate preparation for growth. Scarcely
any single security is complete in itself. The main line mortgages cover
neither feeders nor terminals. The terminal mortgages may be bereft of their
main line support. The branch lines are dependent on the main line for
interchange of business and the main line owes a large part of its business to
632
the branch lines.” The plan contemplated separate bargains with each
branch. Negotiations were carried on during 1896, and some of the
arrangements arrived at were as follows: The bondholders of the Northern
Pacific & Manitoba Terminal and of the James River Valley Railroad agreed
to take 50 per cent in new Northern Pacific 3 per cent bonds and 50 per cent
in preferred stock, and to allow the Northern Pacific to retain their
633
property. Bondholders of the Duluth & Manitoba were given 90 per cent
634
in cash. Bondholders of the Spokane & Palouse received 52½ per cent
cash, 52½ per cent in general 3s, and 25 per cent in Northern Pacific
635
preferred stock, and Helena & Red Mountain bondholders agreed to
636
accept 100 per cent in new preferred. A number of the branches were
foreclosed and bought in by the Northern Pacific reorganization committee,
and the net result was an exceedingly beneficial unification of the system.
Finally, the voting trust was designed to secure permanence in policy during
the first years of the new company’s existence. The idea has been a
common, and on the whole a wise one. In this case the membership
represented fairly the interests which had been prominent throughout the
receivership, and consisted of J. P. Morgan, George Siemans, representing
the Deutsche Bank, August Belmont, Johnston Livingston, and Charles
Lanier. The trustees were to fill their own vacancies, except that the

Page 289

successors of George Siemans were always to be nominated by the
Deutsche Bank.
In the main the plan was a good one, following a sound principle, and
reducing fixed charges to a point which, if not far below the danger-line,
proved low enough in view of the subsequent development in business.
Current opinion was generally favorable, and criticised only the amount of
profits which the syndicate was to secure on the basis of its large subscribed
capital. Mr. Hill of the Great Northern said: “I think the Northern Pacific
reorganization plan will be successful. The promoters have adopted a
conservative policy, and have marked the interest charges down. We are
entirely satisfied to have the Northern Pacific securityholders run the road,
pay its debts, and be charged with the responsibility of meeting all its
proper obligations, rather than to have it operated by the officers of two or
637
three courts which are continually contending as to jurisdiction.” By
April 23, when the time for deposits expired, the reorganization committee
was able to announce that it held over 92½ per cent in amount of general,
second, and third mortgage bonds, dividend certificates, consolidated
mortgage bonds, collateral trust notes, preferred stock, common stock,
northwest equipment stock, and Northern Pacific and Montana first
mortgage bonds, and that the plan and agreement was therefore declared
638
operative. By June a majority of the first mortgage bonds had been
secured, and it was announced that after June 30 the basis of conversion of
this issue would be reduced from 135 to 132 per cent in new 4 per cent
prior lien bonds. On July 24 the Northern Pacific Railway filed its articles
of incorporation at St. Paul, Minnesota, and the next day the sale of the
property took place, in spite of suits by the general creditors and the
preferred stockholders. The sale was in three parcels, and the property was
bid in for $12,500,000 by Mr. Winter, the newly elected president. After the
first sale the company’s lands in Wisconsin were offered and bid in for
$575,000, and two days later the lands west of the Missouri were bought in
for sums aggregating $600,000. Finally, on August 4, the lands in
Washington and Oregon were bought in for $1,705,200 and $558,000
respectively. The property of the company was turned over by the receivers
to the reorganization committee at midnight, August 31, and on November
7 the final step in the reorganization plan was taken by the formal
639
authorization by the stockholders of the issue of $190,000,000 of bonds.

Page 290

From 1896 to the present time the Northern Pacific has enjoyed a
development scarcely less noteworthy than that of the Union Pacific. Gross
earnings have increased from $23,679,718 in 1898, the first full year after
the receivership, to $68,534,832 in 1907; net revenue from $13,471,544 to
$33,208,840; and mileage from 4350 to 5444. Gross earnings per mile were
$5443 in 1898; they were $12,590 in 1907. The retirement of the eastern
terminus of the system from Chicago to St. Paul and Minneapolis was
accomplished in the course of 1897 by arrangement for connection with the
Chicago & Northwestern instead of with the Wisconsin Central, and the
sale of the certificates of proprietary interest in the Chicago Terminal
Transfer Railroad received by the Northern Pacific under the Chicago &
Northern Pacific plan of reorganization; while the improvement of the
position of the new mortgages has been vigorously prosecuted by the rapid
drawing for redemption of old first mortgage bonds at 110, and by the
calling of the entire issue of the Missouri division bonds at par and accrued
interest.
In the years following 1897 large sums have been spent for betterments
and enlargements. Some $68,500,000 have been invested from the proceeds
of the sale of prior lien bonds and of miscellaneous assets, and over
$18,000,000 have been temporarily withdrawn from income for the same
640
purpose. Grades have been reduced, lines straightened, new branches
built, real estate acquired, track relaid and ballasted, bridges strengthened
and renewed, equipment rebuilt and increased in amount, and other similar
betterments undertaken. It is a work which all the great American systems
have carried on, but the Northern Pacific has surpassed even the Union
Pacific in the extent of its operations. Ordinary maintenance requirements
have not meanwhile been neglected, and in 1906 and 1907 the Northern
Pacific set aside $2,000,000 for depreciation of equipment, which is over
and above the other sums which have been mentioned. The company owned
1255 locomotives on June 30, 1907, of an average weight of 174,000
pounds; in 1898 it had owned 542 of an average weight of 104,000 pounds.
It had 42,000 freight cars in 1907 with an average capacity of over 33 tons;
it had possessed 18,500 in 1898 of an average capacity of 22 tons. Seventy-
five per cent of the main line was laid with track of 72 pounds or over in
1906, but only thirteen per cent in 1898. In consequence heavier trains are
641
run, at a less expense per ton, and the net revenue is correspondingly

Page 291

increased. Even the liberal expenditures which have hitherto been made are
insufficient, however, for present conditions, and the stockholders have
approved a proposal to issue $93,000,000 of new common stock at par for
642
the purpose of extending the Northern Pacific’s mileage and facilities.
The endeavor to stimulate traffic to fill the trains has led to important
developments. In order to increase the exchange of commodities between
their territory and the Middle West, to establish stable conditions on
transcontinental business and thereby to secure back loading for their cars,
the Great Northern and Northern Pacific in 1901 arranged for the purchase
of the Burlington system which connected both their lines with Chicago.
The refusal to share their purchase with Mr. Harriman led to the competitive
purchase of Northern Pacific stock by rival interests, and to the retirement
of the Northern Pacific preferred, but did not prevent the consummation of
643
the deal. This purchase has been a profitable one. The Burlington has
paid in dividends upon its stock almost enough to cover the interest on the
bonds issued to acquire it, and the indirect effects of its control have
satisfied expectations. Indeed, the east-bound lumber traffic has so
developed that the Great Northern has recently raised its lumber rates in
order once more to equalize east- and west-bound shipments.
The Northern Pacific has been openly dominated by the Hill-Morgan
interests for the last six years, and probably has been under their control
since its reorganization. From the financial as well as from the traffic point
of view its position is secure. The voting trust was dissolved in 1901 “by
reason,” in the words of the trustees, “of the evidence of financial strength,
conservative management, skilful and profitable operation, superior
physical condition of the property, and the reasonable prospect of continued
644
prosperity.” In 1907, out of a net income of $33,208,840 only $9,575,183
were paid out for interest, rentals, and taxes, and $23,473,929 were left for
dividends, improvements, and reserve. This whole sum, which amounts to
33 per cent of gross income, is available as a protection for the mortgage
bonds; and a considerable portion could be dispensed with without forcing a
645
decrease in the present rate of dividends. It is likely that the coming
years will see a check in the advance of national prosperity, but the
Northern Pacific is in excellent condition to stand the strain.

Page 292

Page 293

CHAPTER IX

ROCK ISLAND
Charter—Early prosperity—Reorganization of 1880—Conservative
policy—Extension—Pays dividends throughout the nineties—
Moores obtain control—Reorganization of 1902—Further
extensions—Impaired credit of the company.

646
The original Rock Island Railroad, chartered in 1847, was completed
between Chicago and Rock Island in 1854. Construction was continued
from Rock Island to Council Bluffs across the state of Iowa, under the
charter of the Mississippi & Missouri, until 1866, when this company was
merged with the original Rock Island Railroad Company, and after 1866
under the Rock Island charter until the extension was completed in 1869.
Unlike the Atchison, the Rock Island passed through a fairly well-settled
territory, which was at the same time one of the most fertile in the United
States. In 1870, according to the census returns, Iowa produced 28,708,312
bushels of spring wheat out of a total for the United States of 112,549,733
bushels, more than any other state in the Union; while Illinois in its yield of
winter wheat was surpassed by Indiana and Ohio alone. Of Indian corn
Iowa and Illinois together produced 198,856,460 bushels against
562,088,089 for all other states combined. Manufactures were well begun,
and even mining had attained a considerable development, particularly in
the extraction of bituminous coal in Illinois. Naturally the road was
prosperous; gross earnings increased from $3,154,236 in 1866 to
$5,995,226 in 1870, and to $9,409,833 in 1879; while net earnings attained
the very considerable sum of $4,548,117 in 1879, being 48 per cent of the
gross receipts. At the same time the capitalization was very moderate, due
to the relatively level character of the country through which the road ran,
and, not less important, to the absence of speculative financial operations in

Page 294

the course of its construction. To build 1231 miles had cost in 1879 but
$35,664,200, of which $4,702,202 had been supplied from earnings;
leaving a total of bonds and stocks of $30,962,000, or $25,151 per mile.
Fixed charges were, therefore, low. In 1875, when net earnings were
$3,853,676, interest on bonds, taxes, and all other necessary disbursements
took but $1,065,395; and in 1879 the payments were markedly less. Is it
strange that the troubles of the road came from too great earnings rather
than from too small, and that instead of striving to maintain solvency the
directors had to seek ways and means for concealing or getting rid of
earnings without arousing the hostility of legislators to whom 10 per cent
dividends seemed high, and anything over 10 per cent proof of extortion?
Between 1866 and 1876 four cash distributions of 10 per cent were made to
stockholders, five of 8 per cent, one of 8½ per cent, and one of 7½ per cent.
The dividend for 1879 was again 10 per cent, that of 1878 8 per cent, and
that for 1879 9½ per cent. Meanwhile large sums were carried to surplus.
The balance, after all disbursements, never after 1873 fell below $665,000,
and in 1879 was nearly equal to the dividend declared; that is, while
distributing $1,993,086, or 9.5 per cent, the road earned, over and above
charges, $3,947,065, or 18.8 per cent.
It was inevitable that some attempt should be made to increase the
distribution to stockholders; and the most obvious method was the one
adopted, viz., a watering of the stock. The plan devised in 1880 was as
follows: It was proposed to consolidate various branches of the railroad
company, hitherto operated as separate corporations, with the main line; and
to do this through the formation of a new company, which should exchange
its stock for the stock of the previously existing corporations in the ratio of
two to one. Practically all the stock retired was owned by the Chicago,
Rock Island & Pacific Railroad Company, so that the only increase in stock
outstanding came through the distribution to the stockholders of the parent
company. In March the executive committee of the Rock Island passed the
following resolution: “Resolved, that the proposition to consolidate the
capital stock, property, rights, franchises, and privileges of the Chicago,
Rock Island & Pacific Railroad Company with the capital stock, property,
rights, franchises, and privileges of the Iowa Southern & Missouri Northern
Railroad Company, the Newton & Monroe Railroad Company, the Avoca,
Macedonia & Southwestern Railroad Company, and the Atlantic &
Audubon Railroad Company into a consolidated Railroad Company, with

Page 295

an authorized capital of $50,000,000, and such powers as shall be assumed
in the articles of consolidation, be submitted to a vote of the stockholders of
647
this company at their annual meeting.” Of the roads named only the Iowa
Southern & Missouri Northern was of importance, extending 270 miles
from Washington, Iowa, to Leavenworth, with branches which raised its
total to 347 miles. This company had been organized as the Chicago &
Southwestern Railroad Company, and the main line had been completed in
1871. The Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railroad Company had
guaranteed its $5,000,000 main-line bonds, with a provision that it could
demand foreclosure if called upon to pay either interest or principal, and in
return had secured a lease in perpetuity. The road had been sold under
foreclosure and reorganized in 1875 as the Iowa Southern & Missouri
Northern, and had issued its stock to the Rock Island in return for money
advanced by that company, the stock to be held in trust to 1926, and then to
become the property of the lessee. The other roads did not together possess
more than 80 miles of line, so that the operation was a genuine case of
stock-watering. The opinion of the stockholders may be inferred from the
quotations of their shares. Between January 2 and June 1, 1880, the
quotations of Rock Island common rose from 149 to 189, with few sales, in
anticipation of the distribution. On June 2 the stockholders formally gave
their approval, and on June 4 the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railway
648
started on its career. The price of the new stock was of course less than
that of the old. It started at 106½, but by December it had reached 122¼,
and by June the following year had risen to over 141.
This may be called Rock Island’s first reorganization. It doubled the
stock of the road, and increased its indebtedness by the assumption of the
$5,000,000 bonds of the Iowa Southern & Missouri Northern; but the new
stock involved no increase in fixed charges, and the new bonds a nominal
increase only. Instead of being occasioned by too little prosperity it was
caused by too much; and instead of being carried through after active
opposition from many of the interests concerned, and reluctant
acquiescence from the others, it occasioned a rise in price of the common
stock of 27 per cent in six months.
Between this date and 1902 no reorganization occurred. A rapid review
of the period brings out, however, certain interesting features: First, that the
stockholders and the directors were extremely conservative; second, that

Page 296

this conservatism did not keep the road from sharing in the expansion of
mileage from 1887–9, which was so general in the Middle West; third, that
this expansion decreased the average receipts per mile, and consequently
the rate of dividends, and occasioned a fall in stock quotations from 140⅞
to 63⅜; fourth, that though weakened the road went through the panic of
1893 and the subsequent depression without suspending dividends; and
fifth, that the year 1901 saw the beginning of a new expansion of the
system, accompanied by a change in control and the carrying out of more
ambitious plans than had ever occurred to the men of the previous
generation.
The conservatism of the stockholders is shown in the election, year
after year, of the same men to positions of authority. Rock Island was not a
speculative road; the high price of its stock forbade. Stockholders regarded
their shares as permanent investments, and, satisfied with the returns
secured, loyally supported the management in good times and in bad.
Between 1875 and 1897 there were but two presidents, Mr. Riddle holding
the position until 1883, and then giving way to Mr. R. R. Cable, who, after
directing the policy of the company for fourteen years, served as chairman
of the board of directors from 1898 to 1901. Among the five members of
the executive committee, if the reckoning is begun with the year 1881, three
had been in office five years by 1886, one 2 years, and one 1 year, or an
average of 3 ⅗ years. In 1891 two members had been in 10 years, one 7
years, one 6 years, and one 1 year, or an average of 6⅘ years; and in 1901
one member had been in 20 years, one 17 years, one 8 years, one 3 years,
and one 2 years, or an average of 10 years. The board of directors showed
the same general tendency. In 1890 seven of the thirteen directors had
served for 9 years, and the average service was 6-3/13 years; in 1897 four
649
of the directors had served for 16 years, and the average was 9-10/13. It
was but natural that men working under these conditions should have been
apt to err on the side of caution rather than on the side of recklessness; and
we find them, therefore, slow to extend their system, and slow to stretch
into new territory where traffic returns were uncertain, and where the road
had to create its business as it went. At the date of the consolidation the
company had become the owner of 1038 miles and operated under lease
273 miles more, or a total of 1311 miles. By 1883 this had been increased to

Page 297

1381; but in 1887 the total was only 1384.2, showing a total construction of
little over three miles in four years.
This policy had to be abandoned, for other roads were extending their
lines in Iowa and Illinois, and the Rock Island’s share of Western business
tended to fall off with the construction of rival lines west of the Missouri.
As the report of 1889 expressed it, “while the lines of this company
terminated at the Missouri its competitors for business had extended
beyond, reaching in many cases the extreme western boundaries of
population and even further. Thus the volume of traffic received by the
company for carriage to and from the West was materially affected, while in
order to restore the equilibrium overbalanced by the reduction in rates, the
reverse was necessary, a larger rather than a smaller share of the tonnage to
and from points west of the Missouri was demanded by the situation.” The
directors were forced against their will to take active measures in self-
protection. As early as 1884 a bond issue was approved for construction
from Minneapolis westward to an eventual junction with the Northern
650
Pacific. Building was to be carried on in the name of the Wisconsin,
Minnesota & Pacific Railroad Company, and the securities of this company
were to be received by the Rock Island as collateral for the issue which it
651
made. Two years later more extensive plans were put on foot, and the
Chicago, Kansas & Nebraska Railroad Company was organized to carry out
construction west of the Missouri. The new company had a capital stock of
$15,000,000, and then (1887) of $30,000,000, and an indebtedness in 1889
of $25,141,000 6 per cent first mortgage bonds; and turned over all of its
bonds, and practically all of its stock to the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific
Railway in consideration of advances made to it. The Rock Island Company
in its turn reserved the branch-line bonds as collateral, and issued against
them its own 5 per cent collateral and extension bonds; agreeing to supply
652
all money needed for construction and equipment, and leasing the new
653
railway at a rental of 30 per cent of its gross earnings. Under this
arrangement 1388 miles were built by 1889 and 276 leased, making a total
of 1664.4. In 1889 it was thought more convenient to consolidate the two
systems, so interest was defaulted on the Chicago, Kansas & Nebraska
bonds, and foreclosure proceedings commenced; resulting in 1891, in spite
of protests by municipalities along the route, in a foreclosure sale and union

Page 298

of the two properties in name as well as in fact. The collateral bonds of the
Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific now became a direct instead of an indirect
654
lien upon the Kansas & Nebraska mileage.
Owing to these operations the mileage of the system increased from
1384 in 1887 to 3257 in 1889, and to 3408 in 1891. The greater part now
lay in Kansas, Nebraska, and Colorado instead of in Illinois and Iowa, while
at the same time the addition of the new mileage through sparsely settled
districts decreased the density of traffic and the gross and net receipts per
mile of line. In 1887 the Rock Island was earning the very high return of
$8899 gross per mile operated; in 1891 this had fallen to $5126; in 1887 the
net return was $3478 per mile; in 1891 it had fallen to $1484; in other
words, the new mileage brought an increase in traffic, but not nearly so
great a traffic per mile as the Iowa and Illinois lines had enjoyed, while the
financing of the new construction swelled the annual charges from
$1,795,351 to $4,775,601, and even with the larger mileage increased the
charges per mile from $1295 in 1887 to $1400 in 1891. We need not,
therefore, be surprised that the rate of dividends dropped from 7 per cent to
5¾ per cent and then to 4 per cent; nor that the price of common stock fell
from its high level of 140⅞ in May, 1887, to 63⅜ in March, 1891.
It was in this weakened condition that the Rock Island encountered the
panic of 1893 and the years of depression which followed, and yet, in spite
of the marked decrease in business in the years 1895–6–7, it continued to
pay dividends, and showed no signs of financial distress except the
lowering of its rate to 2 per cent. As a matter of fact the road was still in
these years one of the strongest in the United States. Its lines were well
located, its management was conservative, and consequently trusted, and its
credit was good; so that at a time when some of the largest systems in the
United States were being forced to the wall, it was enabled to preserve its
solvency and even to keep up fairly liberal expenditures for maintenance of
way and rolling stock. Little new construction was of course indulged in. In
1892 an extension was begun from Minco, the terminus of the Rock Island
655
in the northwest corner of the Indian Territory, southwards; in 1893 the
southern boundary of the Territory was reached, and the Chicago, Rock
656
Island & Texas Railway Company was organized to build through Texas;
and in 1894 a combined line was opened to Fort Worth; but exclusive of the

Page 299

Chicago, Rock Island & Texas, the total mileage increased by but 360 miles
between 1890 and 1900, being an average of 33 miles a year.
In 1901 Messrs. William H. Moore and D. G. Reid were elected
directors in place of Messrs. H. M. Flagler and H. A. Parker, and a new era
in the road’s affairs began. Mr. Moore had not long been interested in
railroad matters. Known as a daring and successful promoter of industrial
companies, he had made large profits out of the organization of the National
Biscuit and Diamond Match companies; had lost almost equally large
amounts in speculation which had followed, and had then regained a
fortune through the organization and promotion of companies which were
absorbed into the United Steel Corporation. In these last operations he had
come into contact with Mr. W. B. Leeds, who, though originally a railroad
man, had acquired wealth through a tin-plate plant which was afterwards
turned over to this same Steel Corporation. Mr. Moore was apparently in
1901 seeking for an investment. He was too well acquainted with industrial
properties to care to sink his money in them, while he realized that for
obvious reasons good railroad property was as safe, and might be made as
profitable as anything else to which he could turn. The Chicago, Rock
Island & Pacific was at the time the system most available for his purpose.
It was not under the control of any large New York interests; it had an
excellent financial record; its mileage was so placed as to admit of ready
expansion; and, moreover, it is probable that to a man of Mr. Moore’s
speculative disposition the very low capitalization of the road opened up
657
vistas of almost indefinite increase. Just when Mr. Moore and his friends
began their purchases, and what price they paid is of course largely a matter
of conjecture: large blocks of stock were, however, undoubtedly secured in
the early months of 1901, during which time quotations ranged from 116⅞
to 136; and it is probable that the larger part of the purchases were made
nearer the upper than the lower level. During the following year the Moore
party increased their holdings. It has been said that in April, 1901, Messrs.
Moore and Reid were elected to the directorate. In November, 1901, at a
special meeting of the stockholders, the directors were authorized to elect
two new members to the executive committee, and Messrs. Moore and Wm.
B. Leeds were chosen. In February, 1902, H. R. Bishop, Tracey Dows, and
F. E. Griggs resigned, and Geo. McMurtry, F. L. Hine, and F. S. Wheeler
were elected directors in their place. Mr. McMurtry had formerly been

Page 300

president of the American Sheet Steel Company, merged in the Moore Steel
Combine, and Mr. Hines, vice-president of the First National Bank of New
658
York, presumably brought the backing of that powerful institution.
Meanwhile Mr. James H. Moore had been chosen a director, and the Moore
interest had gained control of the executive committee, so that a majority
both of that committee and of the board of directors was in their hands. The
new group of capitalists were not railroad men; their training had been on
the financial side of corporation dealings, and the bulk of what experience
they had had in actual management had been derived from industrial and
not from railroad operations. It was natural, therefore, that the most striking
results from their accession to power should appear on the financial rather
than on the operating end, and that their ability to manipulate stocks and
bonds should prove more unquestionable than their ability to handle
railroad affairs. Results in the development of the Rock Island system were,
however, attained, and for two reasons: in the first place, the Moores were
able, and above all enterprising men, and untrammelled by traditions of
conservatism, they were quick to see and bold to execute plans made
possible by the admirable location of their 4000 miles of road; in the second
place, they soon had large blocks of securities which they wished to sell,
and were impelled to undertake large operations in the hope of raising
quotations upon the Exchange.
In June, 1901, the stockholders authorized an increase in the capital
stock from $50,000,000 to $60,000,000; stockholders of record June 28,
659
1901, to have the right to subscribe at par. The proceeds were to go in
part for extension from Liberal, Kansas, to El Paso, Texas, and in part for a
new depot and elevation of tracks in Chicago, and for the improvement of
the physical condition of the road. This El Paso extension plan was not new,
since in December, 1900, the Chicago, Rock Island & Mexico, and the
Chicago, Rock Island & El Paso had been incorporated to build a line from
Liberal, Kansas, to Santa Rosa, New Mexico; there to connect with the El
Paso & Northeastern, and to afford a through route to the Pacific coast and
into Mexico. The other plans were, however, new. In April, 1903, the
Chicago, Rock Island & Texas filed an amendment to its charter providing
for an extension from Fort Worth to Galveston, 295 miles. The same month
the sale of the Choctaw, Oklahoma & Gulf to the Rock Island was officially
confirmed. This road has been, with one exception, the most important

Page 301

acquisition of the Moores. It stretches from Memphis, Tennessee, through
the Indian Territory, Arkansas, and Oklahoma, to the border line of Texas,
and furnishes a nearly direct line from those states to the Mississippi River;
while a projected extension to New Mexico will connect with the Rock
Island main lines to the southward, and make it a valuable link in the
through route from El Paso to Memphis and Birmingham. The Rock Island
660
paid $80 a share for the common stock and $60 for the preferred, and
under the terms of the sale agreed to take at the same price all stock offered.
The premium was very large. Choctaw preferred had been paying 5 per cent
for some years, and the common had received 2 per cent in 1889, 4 per cent
in 1900, and 4½ per cent in 1901, plus 10 per cent in stock; but reckoned on
a basis of 120 and 160 respectively, these returns sank to a very modest
rate. The property is a valuable one, but will have to show great
development to justify its purchase price. Payment was made by the issue of
collateral trust 4 per cent bonds to the amount of $23,520,000, in return for
which practically all of both issues of stock were deposited. Certain smaller
roads were also bought in. In June, 1902, the stockholders voted to increase
the capital stock from $60,000,000 to $75,000,000; and in July the directors
decided to allow the stockholders to subscribe at par for $8,235,000 of the
new issue in amounts equal to 12½ per cent of their holdings;—the new
stock to take up shares of the Burlington, Cedar Rapids & Northern, the
661
Rock Island & Peoria, and the St. Louis, Kansas City & Colorado. The
first of these roads connected the Rock Island system with Minneapolis and
662
St. Paul. The Rock Island & Peoria was a short line in the state of
Illinois. The St. Louis, Kansas City & Colorado was to afford, when
finished, a more direct route between the important cities of St. Louis and
Kansas City.
This is where matters stood when the reorganization plan of August,
1902, was brought forward. There had been a refunding put through in 1897
663
whereby some simplification of bond issues had been secured; but this
scheme of 1902 was for a different purpose and differed radically in the
methods employed. Its explanation is to be found in the character of the
men in control. We have seen that Mr. Moore had made his reputation in the
speculative promotion of industrial combinations, that he had entered Rock
Island in search of an investment, and that he had thrown himself into the

Page 302

extension of the system in part because he saw the opportunity for
development, in part because he hoped to pave the way for profitable
manipulation of the stock. The time he had awaited seemed now to have
arrived. His projects had caught public attention, comment on the whole
had been favorable, and the price of his shares was at a high level; all
indications pointed to the probable success of a scheme of stock-watering
on an enormous scale. At the same time Mr. Moore was too well pleased
with the position he had attained to wish to sacrifice it by the sale of his
holdings; and his desire was, therefore, to devise an arrangement whereby
the stock of the Rock Island should be inflated and large blocks sold to the
confiding public, while the control should remain where it had been before,
—in the hands of Mr. Moore and his followers. It is to be noticed that there
was no call for a reorganization by the creditors of the road, and no question
of a default in interest, or even of a cessation of dividends upon the
common stock; nor, on the other hand, were earnings so great that the
managers felt it unwise to distribute them. The reason for the reorganization
was entirely the financial ambition of the Moore group and the chance
which its members saw of making larger profits than the earnings of the
property would ever bring.
With these objects the following plan was put through. Instead of one
Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Company the Moores now proposed to
have three companies, of which one was to operate the railroad, one was to
hold the stock of the operating company, and one was to hold the stock of
the company which held the stock of the operating company. That is to say,
the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railway Company was left undisturbed,
while in Iowa a Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railroad Company was
formed to hold the stock of the Railway Company, and in New Jersey a
Rock Island Company was organized to hold the stock of the Railroad
Company, and of such acquisitions as might afterwards be made. The
retention of the Railway Company made unnecessary the consent of
creditors, for the lien and interest rate of outstanding bonds remained the
same as before; the formation of the Railroad Company served apparently
to meet legal requirements; and the organization of the Rock Island
Company seemed likely to make more easy the purchase of parallel and
competing lines. But the great advantage of the new companies lay in the
opportunities for stock inflation which they presented, together with the
lessening of the amount of capital required for control. This appears plainly

Page 303

in the following: The old Railway Company had a capital stock of
$75,000,000; the new Railroad Company issued stock to the amount of
$125,000,000 and 4 per cent bonds to the amount of $75,000,000. The Rock
Island Company issued common stock to a total of $96,000,000 and
preferred stock to a total of $54,000,000; and the aggregate, excluding the
undisturbed bonds of the Railway Company, footed up to $425,000,000
instead of to $75,000,000 as before. From this total must be deducted
$200,000,000, which represented issues of stock by one company to
another, and $21,000,000 Rock Island Company stock and $1,500,000
Railroad Company bonds reserved for future extension, leaving a net
increase from $75,000,000 to $202,500,000. This involved some increase in
fixed charges, since 4 per cent on $75,000,000 became obligatory; but the
true significance lay in the inflation of principal rather than in the increase
of interest charges, opening as it did an opportunity for great profit to the
managers in the sale of the new securities. An incidental result was the
transformation of the Rock Island shares from investment securities to
media for speculation. At the same time the investment required for control
was diminished. $75,000,000 of Railway stock was exchanged for
$75,000,000 Railroad bonds, $96,000,000 Rock Island Company common
stock, and $54,000,000 Rock Island Company preferred stock. Of these the
bonds obviously had no voting rights. To both the common and preferred
stock the right to vote was given, but in unequal degrees. “Until the number
thereof shall be increased,” read the certificate of incorporation of the Rock
Island Company, “the number of directors shall be nine. There shall be five
classes of directors. The first class shall contain a majority of the whole
number of the directors as fixed at any time by the by-laws.... The holders
of the preferred stock shall have the right, to the exclusion of the holders of
the common stock, to choose directors of the first class....” In other words,
to the preferred stock, which constituted a minority of the whole, was given
the right to elect a majority of the board of directors; so that whereas in the
old Railway Company 51 per cent of $75,000,000 common stock, selling at
from 120 to 179, had been required for control, in the new combination of
companies 51 per cent of $54,000,000 Rock Island Company preferred
stock, selling at 83½, was sufficient to the same end, in spite of a doubling
of the stock outstanding.
To repeat: Two new corporations were formed, of which the Chicago,
Rock Island & Pacific Railroad Company of Iowa issued $125,000,000

Page 304

stock to the Rock Island Company of New Jersey, and in return received
$127,500,000 Rock Island preferred and common stock. With this stock,
and with $75,000,000 of its own bonds, the Railroad Company purchased
the $75,000,000 stock of the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railway
Company, paying for every $100 in shares
$100 in Rock Island Company common stock;
70 in Rock Island Company preferred stock; and
100 in its own 4 per cent bonds.
The Railway shares acquired were pledged for the Railroad bonds, and
from them came the total income of the Railroad Company; and dividends
upon the Railroad shares, together with dividends upon shares of other
companies which it might chance to own, constituted the total income of the
Rock Island Company. After thus receiving indirectly the earnings of the
Railway Company through two sets of dividends, the Rock Island Company
paid dividends on its own shares, which were held by the public; the
preferred stock being entitled to 4 per cent from 1903 to 1909 inclusive, to
5 per cent from 1910 to 1916 inclusive, and to 6 per cent thereafter.
Other provisions were as follows: The Rock Island common stock
might be increased from time to time according to law, but the amount of
the preferred stock could not be increased except with the assent of the
holders of two-thirds of the entire preferred stock and two-thirds of the
entire common stock at the time outstanding, given at a meeting called for
that purpose. Preferred stock was to be preferred as to principal as well as to
interest; it had the right, as has been said, to elect a majority of the board of
directors, but this right could be surrendered by the affirmative vote of the
holders of two-thirds in amount of the preferred stock at the time
outstanding at a special meeting of the holders of the preferred stock called
for that purpose. A Finance Committee might be appointed from and by the
directors which should have such powers as the directors and stockholders
should choose to give it, and which should have all the powers of the
directors when the board was not in session. The directors might
accumulate working capital, but no reservation for working capital should
be made in any year out of the surplus or net profits of such year until after
the payments for such year of the dividends on the preferred stock of the
company. The directors might also use the working capital in purchasing or
acquiring the shares of the capital stock of the company as they might deem

Page 305

expedient, but shares so purchased might be resold unless retired for the
664
purpose of decreasing the capital stock of the company. This last
provision aroused so much criticism that the directors gave up the right of
dealing in the shares of their own company by resolution of November 5,
1902.
The important features of this reorganization were, as has been
indicated, those in connection with the inflation of the capitalization and
with the control of the property. In this connection it may be asked, first,
whether the Moores made a profit by the deal; second, how large an
investment they have had to keep in the property in order to retain control;
and third, what cost to them this investment represents.
On January 2, 1902, Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railway Company
common was quoted at 154. On February 1 it was 162¼, on April 1, 179, on
July 1, 172½, on August 1, 190, on October 1, 200, and on November 1,
199½. It is safe to assume that the rise from 172½ to 200 was due to the
publication of the plan, and it may be that some of the earlier increase in
value was owing to purchases by insiders, or by people who had obtained
some inkling of what was being considered; but a comparison of the
aggregate value of the securities given for the railway common stock on
January 3, 1903, with the price of the stock on July 1, 1902, shows that the
former exceeded the latter by 22.3 points, with the error tending toward an
understatement of the excess. That is, for every $172½ invested in July,
1902, the Moores, and other stockholders with them, held securities worth
$194.8 in January of the following year. During 1903 the Rock Island
securities fell with others upon the market, till on January 2, 1904, the
aggregate value of the stocks and bonds in question was only $132.2; but
the decline was temporary, and by January 3, 1905, recovery to $176.6 had
taken place. The operations therefore did result in a chance for large profits,
and gave renewed evidence that the public demand for stocks and bonds
665
does not fall off proportionately to an increase in their volume.
It is obvious that neither before nor after the reorganization could the
Moores have sold all their holdings and yet have kept control. Starting
again with the price of 172½ for Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railway
common on July 1, 1902, it may be calculated that the cost of a majority of
the issue then footed up to $64,687,672. If this had been carried on margin,

Page 306

and the brokers had demanded on every share a deposit of $40, with $40
more instantly available if needed, the total investment required for control
would have been $15,000,040, with as much more held in readiness for any
emergency. On January 2, 1903, Rock Island preferred stock was selling at
83½, and the cost of a majority of the whole issue would have been
$22,545,083; which, if carried on margin with a deposit of $20 a share,
would have represented an investment of $5,400,020, with as much more in
reserve. In other words, while all went well, less than $11,000,000 sufficed
to control properties with a total mileage of 7718 miles of line, a bonded
indebtedness of $201,660,475, and an outstanding capital stock of
$118,249,007. It is of course improbable that the Moores in 1903 carried
all, or even a large part of their holdings on margin; supposing, therefore,
that all of their stock was bought and paid for, the fact still remains that
with $22,545,083 they were able to control a system capitalized at
$319,909,482.
In examining the cost to the Moores it is at once to be said that these
gentlemen did not pay 172½ for their old Railway stock. What they did pay
is of course uncertain. It is known that much of their holdings was acquired
in the early months of 1901, when prices ranged from 116⅞ to 136. An
average of 140 would represent a conservative estimate of what they paid,
at which price a majority of the $75,000,000 would have cost $52,500,140.
In return for this stock, at the prices of January 2, 1903, they obtained

$18,375,049 in Rock Island Company common stock,
21,918,808 in Rock Island Company preferred stock, and
32,765,712 in Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railroad Company 4
percent bonds.

Since the preferred stock sufficed for control, there were left
$18,375,049 of Rock Island Company common, and $32,765,712 of
Railroad Company bonds, or a total of securities with a nominal market
value of $51,140,761. Deducting this from the original investment, which
has been estimated at $52,500,140, there is left $1,359,379 to represent the
actual cost to the Moore crowd of control of the great Rock Island property.
Beneath all of these figures lies, of course, the erroneous assumption that it
would have been possible to unload large blocks of securities upon the
market without causing a break in price; and yet, though large deductions
must be made on this account, the figures are eloquent of the skill with

Page 307

which the Moores have manipulated Rock Island issues, and of the slender
basis on which their control rests. It has been truly said that the question is
raised anew as to what is legitimate in corporate finance.
All this is very different from anything described before; and so far as
motives go, the two Rock Island reorganizations stand by themselves. In the
matter of methods some similarities appear. The great increase in
capitalization resting on the Rock Island system was accomplished mainly
by an inflation of stock, not of mortgage bonds, and involved a
comparatively slight increase in fixed charges; the Rock Island Company
closely resembled other holding companies in its method of operation, and
seemed likely to offer some facilities for the consolidation of competing
lines; and though the extraordinary privileges given the Rock Island
preferred stock have perhaps never been paralleled in degree, the practice of
granting such stock preferential treatment in other things than dividends is
not unknown. On the whole, however, this kind of reorganization stands
apart, and is rather instructive as showing what may be done in the handling
of corporation securities than in indicating any sound principles on which
bankrupt roads may proceed.
The reorganization plan aroused sharp criticism both from Wall
666
Street and from the wider public, but met no opposition sufficient to
prevent its being carried through. In September Attorney-General C. W.
Mullen, of Iowa, in an opinion filed with the Governor of that state, held
that the acts of the new Iowa corporation of the Rock Island, i. e. the
Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railroad Company, were not outside the
667
powers conferred by statute. The Governor, in concurring with the
opinion from a legal point of view, added, “the thing done is neither a
merger nor a consolidation. Not a mile of track nor a dollar in value is
added to the Rock Island property. It is simply a new device for watering
securities; it is for the next General Assembly to say whether it is wise to
668
permit our laws to so remain that such things are possible.” The various
corporations were, therefore, organized, and the various issues of stocks and
bonds put forth.
During the past four years the events which require mention are four:
First, the acquisition of the St. Louis & San Francisco; second, the

Page 308

connection of the Rock Island with the Gulf; third, the temporary control of
the Chicago & Alton; and fourth, the issue of a new refunding mortgage.
In October, 1903, the Rock Island operated 7123 miles of line. Its
tracks stretched southwest from Chicago to Santa Rosa, New Mexico, west
from Memphis to Tucumcari, and northwest from Rock Island, Illinois, to
Minneapolis and St. Paul, and to Watertown, South Dakota. This extensive
mileage surrounded, however, instead of occupying, a large territory in
Missouri, Kansas, Indian Territory, and Arkansas, and could claim no share
in the vast traffic passing up and down the Mississippi Valley. One of the
first acts of the Moores was to remedy this defect. In May, 1903, the Rock
Island made a formal offer to purchase any and all shares of the St. Louis &
San Francisco Railroad Company, providing $22,500,000 in par value
should accept, at a rate of $60 par value in the common stock of the Rock
Island Company and $60 par value in a new issue of 5 per cent gold bonds
of 1913 of the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railroad Company, for each
$100 par value of Frisco common stock deposited; the new bonds to be
secured by the stock acquired. This Frisco Company, it will be remembered,
was the same that had previously been acquired and given up by the
Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe. Since that time it had greatly extended its
mileage, had gained control of the prosperous Chicago & Eastern Illinois,
with entrance into Chicago, and was altogether more valuable than it had
been before. In relation to the Rock Island it possessed precisely the
mileage which was required. It connected the latter’s terminus at Chicago
with the terminus of the Choctaw, Oklahoma & Gulf at Memphis; it
traversed Southern Illinois, Southern Missouri, Southeastern Kansas, and
Indian Territory, to say nothing of lines in Oklahoma and in Texas; and by
means of a line from Memphis to Birmingham it gave entrance into the
heart of the South. In brief, it filled the gaps in the southeastern part of the
Rock Island system, and afforded a solid foundation for further expansion.
Good authorities consider the price which the Rock Island gave for the
Frisco to have been too high. It is certain that the Frisco stockholders
jumped at the chance. By June 1, 1903, the necessary $22,500,000 worth of
stock had given their consent and only technical details remained to be
669
carried through.
With the St. Louis & San Francisco under its control the Rock Island
could make a final advance to the Gulf. An attempt to complete a road

Page 309

through Texas occurred simultaneously with the Frisco purchase in 1903.
The Moores, that is, arranged with the Southern Pacific for the purchase of
a half-interest in the Houston & Texas Central, from Fort Worth to Houston
and Galveston, with a branch to Austin, Texas; the Houston, East & West
Texas, extending north from Houston to Shreveport, Louisiana; and the
Texas & New Orleans, from Dallas to Sabine Lake on the Gulf of Mexico.
As a part of the agreement the presidents of these lines were to be selected
670
by the Rock Island Company. This would have established a line to the
coast in a very satisfactory manner. Connection between Dallas and Fort
Worth was to be completed in December, 1903, and from this point the two
lines of the Houston & Texas Central and the Texas & New Orleans would
have furnished direct outlets to the Gulf. The scheme did not go through,
because the Texas Railroad Commissioners pronounced the contracts
contrary to the state constitution, in that they amounted to a consolidation of
the corporations concerned, and to the establishment of a community of
interest between the Rock Island and the Southern Pacific, which would
671
preclude competition between them in respect to their Texas business.
The Rock Island was at first disposed to test part of the decision in the
672
courts. It later decided that discretion was the better part of valor,
stopped the transaction, and cancelled the stock which it had issued as part
673
of the purchase price.
What the company could not do in Texas it could do, however, in
Missouri, Louisiana, and Arkansas. As early as November, 1902, the St.
Louis & San Francisco had purchased the entire capital stock of the St.
Louis, Memphis & Southeastern Railroad, a line which was opened from
St. Louis in 1904 to a junction with a branch of the Frisco above Memphis.
From Memphis the Kansas City, Memphis & Birmingham stretched
southeast through Mississippi into Alabama. These roads formed a basis for
extension which was practicable though less convenient than the western
route. Accordingly, in 1904, trackage agreements were concluded which
gave to the Rock Island system:
(1) Trackage rights over the Mobile & Ohio and the New Orleans &
Northeastern between Tupelo, Mississippi (on the Kansas City, Memphis &
Birmingham), and New Orleans, Louisiana.

Page 310

(2) Trackage rights over the St. Louis, Iron Mountain & Southern and
the Texas & Pacific from a point opposite Memphis, Tennessee, to a point
opposite Baton Rouge, Louisiana.
(3) Trackage rights over the Yazoo & Mississippi Valley between Baton
Rouge, Louisiana, and New Orleans, Louisiana, and over certain tracks in
the latter city.
This afforded alternative routes of considerable directness from
Memphis to the Gulf, while from the junctions of the Frisco with the
Southern roads freight could be sent north to St. Louis and Chicago over the
Rock Island system’s own rails. Arrangements were made for the
construction of terminals in New Orleans by a subsidiary company whose
stock was to be owned and whose bonds were to be guaranteed by the
674
Southern and the St. Louis & San Francisco companies.
At the present time the Rock Island is reaching south at two points
other than those so far mentioned. Under the name of the Rock Island,
675
Arkansas & Louisiana Railroad Company, it has built almost due south
from Little Rock, Arkansas, while from New Orleans to Houston it has
completed a line which connects at Eunice, Louisiana, with the Rock
Island, Arkansas & Louisiana, and at Houston with the Trinity & Brazos
676
Valley Railway. This last line runs from Houston to Fort Worth and
Dallas, Texas, and is controlled by a half-interest in its capital stock. The
Rock Island is thus in fair shape to share in the south-bound grain
movement from Kansas, Nebraska, and the Dakotas, and to take a part in
the north and south business of the Mississippi Valley. There is no question
but what the company is making a bold bid for an enormous traffic, and that
failure will not be due to any narrowness of view.
About the time that it was struggling to reach the Gulf the Rock Island
took hold of the Chicago & Alton in the north in order to have another and a
more direct line between Kansas City and Chicago. A strong minority
interest had previously been bought in the Alton by Mr. Harriman, and a
board of directors had been elected. In 1904 the Rock Island bought within
a few hundred shares of absolute control, and since the classification of the
board prevented the displacement of its opponents for two years, arranged a
compromise. Between them the Harriman and the Rock Island interests

Page 311

deposited a controlling number of Alton shares with the Central Trust
Company of New York, to be held in a voting trust. Each of the rival
interests was to have five directors, and the odd director was to be in
677
alternate years first a Harriman and then a Rock Island man. The Rock
Island was, further, to have an option on the Harriman holdings for two
years. It was an unfortunate time to buy. Mr. Harriman had previously
displayed his splendid dividend producing ability in Alton finance, and the
road was short of money. Market conditions were unfavorable, bonds were
hard to sell, and, after all, the Alton was not of vital importance to the Rock
Island, although it opened up new territory of some considerable
importance. By 1907 it seems that the Moores had become tired of their
bargain. In June of that year they served notice on the Union Pacific that the
678
compromise agreement of 1904 was illegal and should be abrogated; and
679
shortly after they sold their holdings to the Toledo, St. Louis & Western.
All in all the growth of the Rock Island has been astounding. Instead of
the limited number of 7123 miles which the system possessed in 1903, or
the 3819 of 1901, it comprises 14,270 miles of line operated in 1907. Gross
earnings are $112,464,000 in 1907 as against $25,365,000 in 1901; net
income $40,828,000 instead of $8,901,000; capitalization about
$525,000,000 instead of $118,081,000. In fact, the very size of the system
and the diverse nature of its interests make the economical management of
the whole almost beyond the capacity of any one man. The Rock Island
handles traffic from the West and South to Chicago, St. Louis, and
Birmingham, and connects with the trunk lines to the Atlantic coast; it is
also striving to receive and care for the constantly increasing business from
the Northwest to the Gulf. It reaches into Mexico; it extends into Colorado,
and sends branches into the Northwest; while at the other end it connects
Kansas City, Memphis, and St. Louis by a triangle of lines. It was remarked
a year ago that a contrast between the operations of the Rock Island and of
the Atchison lines in the Southwest disclosed what might be called
demoralization on the part of the former, and it is in the multiplicity of its
operations that the cause must be sought.
It is to be expected, therefore, that the financial position of the
company should not be secure. Operating expenses, fixed charges, and
taxes absorbed 87 per cent of gross income in 1907 and 89 per cent the year

Page 312

before. We must not be blinded by the magnitude of the reported figures.
Although $9,476,397 were carried to surplus in the year ending June 30,
1907, and $5,568,092 were paid out in dividends, these two items together
comprise only about 13 per cent of gross income, and a bad year might
readily see a decrease sufficient to sweep this margin away. Unlike the
Union Pacific and the Northern Pacific, moreover, the Rock Island has not
made consistently heavy improvement expenditures from income. Less than
$40,000 was deducted by either the Frisco or the Rock Island & Pacific
Railway in 1905 or in 1907; less than half a million in 1904; a little over
two millions in 1903 and in 1906. And this in spite of the fact that the
mileage of the Rock Island system is greater than that of any other road
which this study has taken up. The fate of the company’s refunding
mortgage of 1904 probably testified as much to the distrust of the Moore
group of financiers and of the soundness of the property which they control
as it did to the general financial uneasiness of the time. This proposition for
a refunding mortgage was first framed in July, 1903. It then comprised an
issue of $250,000,000 4 per cent bonds, to be used for the refunding of
outstanding obligations, future enlargements and construction, purchase of
bonds and stocks of other companies, and for the reimbursing of the
company for advances already made. Subscriptions were sought in New
York in vain. Whereas the project was to have come up at a meeting of the
stockholders on October 8, the managers obtained an adjournment of this
meeting until January without action, and before that month arrived
announced an indefinite postponement of operations. On March 21 the
stockholders voted on and approved a modified version of the original
scheme, whereby $163,000,000 instead of $250,000,000 were authorized,
of which $15,000,000 were to be issued at once, and $82,025,000 were to
be reserved for retiring certain outstanding obligations. It proved no easier
to secure subscriptions to this than to the previous plan, and in April
$5,000,000 4½ per cent notes were issued instead and taken by the First
National Bank of New York, which was already closely identified with the
company. Not until November, 1904, after fourteen and one-half months of
persistent effort, was a firm of bankers found to take the refunding issue.
$25,108,000 were then sold to Speyer & Co. Mr. Speyer became a director
of the Rock Island and entered the finance committee, while the proceeds of
the sale went to reimburse the treasury for capital expended, and to provide

Page 313

for the payment of obligations maturing in 1905. Since this time other
blocks of the bonds have been sold.
It is thus evident that the Rock Island has not regained the position
which it held prior to the operations of Mr. Moore and of his friends. The
recent developments have done two things: they have piled upon the
company a mass of excessive capitalization; and they have transformed it
from a moderate sized railroad with a clearly defined flow of traffic into a
great system sprawled over the Central West and handling at least three
different currents of business. Neither one of these changes alone can
account for the present condition of the road. Together they have made it
what it is. It is only fair to say that large sums from capital account are
being spent upon the property and that the managers announce an intention
of bringing it up to the highest standard of physical condition. Over
$4,000,000 were appropriated for additions and improvements in 1907, and
nearly $3,500,000 in 1906, besides still greater sums for construction and
equipment. Heavier rails have been laid down, bridges have been
strengthened, equipment increased and improved. Meanwhile maintenance
charges have not been unduly low, though not so high as on some other
Western roads. It is true, nevertheless, that the Rock Island has lost its
former stability and must await a period of lessened earnings with serious
apprehension.

Page 314

CHAPTER X

CONCLUSION
Definition of railroad reorganization—Causes of the financial
difficulties of railroads—Unrestricted capitalization and
unrestricted competition—Problem of cash requirements—
Problem of fixed charges—Distribution of losses—Capitalization
before and after—Value of securities before and after—Provision
for future capital requirements—Voting trusts—Summary.

A general survey of railroad reorganizations may now be attempted. Eighteen
different ones and no less than forty-two reorganization plans have been
examined in detail. In their seemingly infinite variety may not some guiding
principles be found which will assist both in interpreting the past and in
680
directing the future?
It is apparent that a readjustment of a railroad’s affairs is more difficult
than the readjustment of those of an individual. A railroad is a complex
financial, as well as a complex operating machine. Especially when it has been
built up by the union of numerous small properties, each of which has been
allowed to retain a certain individuality of its own, are the relations between
the different parts intricate and involved. The obligations which have been
incurred in the course of its career, and the kinds of paper which represent
these obligations, disclose a variety which the debts of an individual seldom or
never present. This complexity in railroad capitalization inevitably leads to
clashes in interest between different classes of securityholders. Divergencies
in interest seem to appear even while a road is solvent. If classes of securities
exist upon which payment of interest is optional, it is to the advantage of the
junior issues to prevent payment of interest or dividends upon others until
earnings are such that payment may be made upon all. If common
stockholders can reinvest in the property sums which normally would be paid
in dividends on the preferred stock, they advance the day upon which they can

Page 315

secure dividends for themselves at the expense of their seniors. The same
situation may also arise as between the preferred stock and the income bonds.
Or, again, it may be to the advantage of speculative stockholders to pay
dividends to themselves by means of the accumulation of a floating debt, and
to sell out at top quotations, leaving the floating debt to take precedence even
681
of mortgage bonds. Both this and the preceding operation are facilitated by
the control which the least valuable portion of the capital, the common stock,
usually has over the policy of the entire company. But it is when a
reorganization becomes necessary that these conflicts in interest become most
apparent, and it is as a compromise between contending forces that a
reorganization plan must take its shape.
The term “reorganization” is used in this study to denote the exchange of
new securities for the principal of outstanding, unmatured, general mortgage
bonds, or for at least 50 per cent of the unmatured junior mortgages of any
company, or for the whole of the capital stock. These exchanges have been the
essential features of the operations which have been described. This exchange
of securities must take place upon a considerable scale. Small readjustments
may involve valuations of specific bits of property, but they do not require that
comprehensive survey of the relations of all parts of the system to each other
which distinguishes the general reorganization. In fact, the small adjustments
are at once more simple and more difficult than the larger kind. More simple
because they involve less change; more difficult because the same pressure
cannot often be brought to bear. It is useful to mark a dividing-line between
the small and the large. No such line can be defended as exact; but the one
chosen seems to include a tolerably homogeneous group, and will lend a
convenient definiteness to the discussion.
As thus defined, a reorganization may be, and generally is, accompanied
by other operations essential to its success. If a large floating debt has been
682
accumulated, provision for the cancellation of this debt must be made; if
683
unprofitable leases have been entered into, these must be abolished; or if
the system has been unduly hampered by inability to issue new capital,
appropriate relief must be afforded. But none of these are determining
features. They are means to an end, as is the exchange of new securities for
old, and they may have their effect just as the economical management of the
Union Pacific under Charles Francis Adams had its effect in the years prior to
1890; but they are not essential parts of that group of operations which have
been characterized as reorganizations.

Page 316

The exchange of new securities for old on a large scale usually takes place
when a railroad is unable to meet maturing obligations. Of 18 reorganizations
and 42 plans, 15 reorganizations and 39 plans have had to do with the
extrication of companies from financial embarrassment. But though
impending insolvency is the usual occasion it is not the only one.
Reorganization sometimes occurs when prosperity is too great as well as when
it is too little. Or a management may desire to get rid of hampering
restrictions, or it may desire to manipulate the conditions of control. This last
named cause—the desire to manipulate conditions of control—has been
fortunately an infrequent cause of reorganization. An example is, however,
afforded by the Rock Island reorganization of 1902. It will be remembered
that the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railway had long been a prosperous
road in the Middle West, and that its control had required the ownership of
between 40 and 50 per cent of $75,000,000 of common stock, quoted at over
160 in the early part of 1902. By the issue of new bonds, new preferred and
new common stock to a total of $270 for every $100 of old common stock,
and by giving to the preferred stockholders the right to elect a majority of the
directors, the owners of the property were able to part with a large portion of
their holdings and yet retain absolute control. A somewhat similar case was
that of the Chicago & Alton. This road had been a conservatively capitalized
enterprise, doing a large business between Chicago, St. Louis, and Kansas
City. It had paid 7 per cent or better on its two classes of stock for eighteen
years without a break, and had accumulated in that time an uncapitalized
construction expenditure of $12,444,178. In 1899 a syndicate of Eastern
capitalists bought control, and the following year reorganized the property by
forming a holding company, which issued $22,000,000 in 3½ per cent bonds,
$19,489,000 in preferred and $19,542,800 in common stock to exchange for
the $22,230,600 old common and preferred shares outstanding. At current
prices on January 3, 1899, a majority of both the old issues would have cost
$19,030,048; on January 4, 1901, however, a majority of both of the new
issues represented an investment of $10,729,437; and this investment it would
have been possible to reduce to $2,241,377 by the sale of the new bonds
684
received, without in any way endangering control.
It is evident that both the Rock Island and the Chicago & Alton
reorganizations were influenced by the very great prosperity of the companies
concerned. It was desired to reap a profit by the sale of new securities as well
as to lessen the investment required for control; although it may be remarked
that the advantage of retaining control depended on the future prosperity of the

Page 317

roads. Reorganizations concerned with manipulation of control are therefore
closely allied with reorganizations due to too great prosperity. These latter
may, however, take place independently, and are likely to occur whenever
profits are extraordinarily large, and a simple stock dividend is deemed
inadvisable. An example was the reorganization of the Chicago, Rock Island
& Pacific in 1880, when the formation of a new company and the exchange of
new stock for old was deemed wise, in view of the large earnings which were
to be distributed.
The desire to eliminate hampering restrictions is seldom the sole cause for
a reorganization, but frequently it is a contributing one. When, for instance,
the managers of the Union Pacific wished to extend their system in the years
following 1880, they were forced to establish a separate organization for each
branch line. By the terms of the charter nothing could be consolidated with the
main stem except the Kansas Pacific and the Denver Pacific, the consolidation
685
with which was provided for in the original acts. This obviously prevented
considerable economies, and could be remedied only by a new incorporation.
The Northern Pacific was hampered in yet another way because the consent of
three-fourths of the preferred stock was required by the terms of the
686
reorganization of 1875 to the imposition of new mortgages; and similarly
the Atchison, after 1889, found it extremely difficult to issue new bonds
because of the position of the outstanding income bonds. In this last case the
restriction was the sole cause of the reorganization which followed. It should
be remarked that the cancellation of such provisions sometimes works
considerable injustice. Restrictions on future increases in capital, for instance,
may have facilitated the issue of bonds in the past, and in this case have
formed part of the consideration given for subscriptions. The readjustment is
defended on the ground of the need of the corporation, or is so accomplished
687
as not to lessen the value of the creditors’ holdings.
The typical railroad reorganization, as has been said, occurs when a road
ceases to be able to pay interest on its outstanding obligations. Whether
because of excessive capitalization or because of unexpectedly low earnings,
or owing to an accumulation of floating debt which ties up all current
resources, the reorganizing railroad finds itself incapable of meeting payments
falling due. For this, experience shows that two deep-seated causes have
generally been responsible. First, there is the almost entire freedom in matters
of capitalization which railroads have enjoyed. Far from the recommendation
of Secretary Taft that no railroad company engaged in interstate commerce be

Page 318

permitted to issue stock or bonds and put them on sale in the market except
after a certificate by the Interstate Commerce Commission that the securities
are issued with the approval of the Commission for a legitimate railroad
688
purpose, American railroads have in the past been practically unrestricted.
It was open to the Erie to increase its capitalization per mile from $81,068 in
1864 to $117,760 in 1872, with no corresponding addition to its property; it
was open to the Union Pacific to create a capitalization of $104,561 per mile
by 1870, of which about one-quarter was in the form of government bonds;
and it was possible for the Atchison to issue $129,162,350 in new bonds and
stocks between 1884 and 1889 while its net earnings seriously decreased. Had
there been a supervision of new issues, or had even a certain percentage of
stocks to bonds in those instances been required, failures would have been less
frequent and reorganizations less common. New construction would probably
have been less rapid, but not so much so as is often asserted. A smaller number
of new enterprises might have yielded larger profits; the chances for land
speculation might have tempted many, and liberal regulations might have
allowed a generous profit while at the same time eliminating all inflation due
to fraud. Unfortunately railroad-hungry communities seldom stopped to count
the cost. West, South, North, and East, privileges were offered to railroads,
donations of land and money were made, and exemptions from taxation were
conferred.
The second fundamental cause of railroad distress has been competition.
If unrestricted capitalization has increased the load which the railroads have
had to bear, unrestricted competition has impaired their ability to support any
load at all. The forms which this competition has taken have been mainly two:
first, the cutting of rates, either openly or by secret concessions; second,
reckless extensions of line, generally followed by rate-cutting. The cutting of
railroad rates is now a subject familiar to all. Illustrations may be found in the
history of any great railroad system. President Hadley has made classical the
theory that roads will take business until rates fall below the specific cost of
hauling a given shipment; that is, below the additional cost which the articles
in question impose. Even this limitation is often non-existent. Railroads which
serve different cities will take freight when a war is in progress whether or not
the rate repays the specific cost of hauling. If their rival imitates them they
hope to wear it out by their superior ability to stand the loss. If it does not, the
city which they serve will temporarily eject all others from common market,
and may obtain so firm a footing that a permanent increase in business will
result. All of the railroads which have been studied, in fact, have suffered more

Page 319

or less from rate-cutting. Repeated attempts at pooling and agreements to
maintain rates have improved conditions only during the short periods in
which the agreements have been of effect. In the South there have been
scarcely more successful attempts to secure harmony by community of stock
control. Competition by means of extensions has been also vigorously
practised. The reader will recall the growth of the Atchison from 1884 to 1889.
It was after the dissolution of the Southern Railway Security Company that the
East Tennessee entered upon its policy of purchase and of new construction.
The entrance of the Reading into New England was the direct cause of its
failure in 1893; and that of the Baltimore & Ohio into New York largely
contributed to its difficulties in 1887. Sometimes such extension is into
territory where there is no business to justify it. Sometimes the business is
there, but has to be divided among too many rivals. Sometimes the new lines
are so poorly built as to be unduly expensive to work, and not infrequently
they are so good that the resources of the expanding road are strained in
acquiring them. In any one of these four cases new extension causes a drain
upon the parent road which may readily bring about its failure.
Other conditions may lead to railroad failure. Simon Sterne alleges the
689
following causes to be often responsible:
1. The control of railroads by stock which represents little or no original
cash investment.
2. The development of the territory served by individual railroads at a
slower rate than is anticipated, and the influence of competition in reducing
profits when the territory has developed.
3. The undertaking of railway construction when there is considerable
activity in the money market, and when capital commands a high rate of
interest.
4. The circumstance that railways, lacking reserve capital, can never avail
themselves of a cheap market for labor or supplies, but must always buy when
everything is inflated, because then only can they float their loans and borrow
capital.
5. The necessity of complete reconstruction within a brief period of most
railroads built through new territory, and the increase in funded and in floating
debt involved.
7. The growth of railroads beyond the ability to handle them.

Page 320

8. The steadily increasing expenditures required by law to accommodate
the public.
9. The abuse of their position by directors and trustees.
10. The irresponsibility of railway accounts.
And it may be added that the control of American railways by foreign
investors who apportion charges between operating and capital accounts in a
way unsuited to American conditions has been upon occasion a cause of
disaster. Unlimited freedom in matters of capitalization and unrestricted
competition have nevertheless been the fundamental causes of bankruptcy.
It is interesting to observe that the majority of the principal railroads
which failed in the nineties had taxed their resources nearly to the point of
exhaustion before the panic of 1893 finally drove them to the wall. For every
$100 received in 1892 the Richmond & Danville and East Tennessee systems
were paying out $68.79 for operating expenses and $31.15 for interest on
bonds, rentals, etc., leaving only 6 cents for dividends, necessary
improvements, and the like. For every $100 received the Erie paid out the
same year $66.46 for operating expenses and $31.85 for interest and other
fixed charges, leaving only $1.68 as a surplus to ensure solvency in case of a
decline in earnings. In 1893 the Atchison, the Northern Pacific, the Reading,
and the Union Pacific had no surplus at all, but rather a deficit. The following
table shows similar figures for all of our reorganized roads:

Percentage to Gross Income
1893 1892
Operating Fixed Operating Fixed
Expenses Charges Surplus Expenses Charges Surplus
B. & O. 66.89 24.27 8.83 67.68 24.55 7.76
Erie 64.91 32.12 2.96 66.46 31.85 1.68
N. Pac. 59.25 43.55 53.71 36.34 9.94
Reading 57.04 45.41 52.64 33.91 13.44
Rich. &
Danv.
and
E.
Tenn. 73.49 25.63 .12 68.79 31.15
U. Pac. 59.66 43.18 51.91 36.42 11.66
Atchison 690
77.47 24.96 77.16 21.59 1.24

Page 321

With these figures may be compared statistics for seven roads which went
through the depression of 1893–7 without failure. These roads had a more
extensive margin which could be cut off before interest on their bonds should
be endangered. Furthermore, this margin was secured, not by low operating
expenses, but by low fixed charges, including interest on bonds. Operating
expenses averaged higher than for the preceding group, fixed charges
averaged much lower. In the first group but one road had charges in 1893
which were less than 25 per cent of gross income; in the second group but two
roads had charges which were greater. The condition of the roads of the
second group referred to was as follows:

Percentage to Gross Income
1893 1892
Operating Fixed Operating Fixed
Expenses Charges Surplus Expenses Charges Surplus
C., B. &
Q. 64.46 23.12 12.41 65.17 20.86 13.96
C., M. &
St. P. 65.95 20.78 13.26 64.00 22.36 13.63
C., R. I.
& P. 71.72 13.31 14.96 69.88 19.83 10.28
Great
No. 50.44 34.54 15.01 52.66 32.98 14.34
Ill. Cen. 61.92 25.84 12.23 64.58 23.99 11.12
N. Y.,
N. H.
& H. 72.31 16.07 16.36 73.36 8.77 17.86
N. Y. C. 68.79 20.84 10.36 68.46 21.53 9.96

The causes which lead to railroad failure have now been mentioned.
When bankruptcy has at last occurred, three groups of interests take part in the
reorganization which must ensue. These are the creditors, who find interest
and perhaps principal of their bonds in default; the stockholders; and the
bankers and financiers who advance ready money and subscribe to necessary
guarantees. Of these the creditors and the stockholders are widely scattered,
and are quite unable to protect themselves by individual action. Their first
impulse is, therefore, either to elect committees to represent them, or to
authorize self-appointed committees of well-known men to look after their
interests. Stockholders in a reorganization have little voice. They are the
owners, and all that the corporation has is subject first to the bondholders from
whom it has borrowed money. Occasionally they seem to make their influence
felt. In 1880 the Reading actually attempted to pay off its floating debt by

Page 322

bonds with a lien inferior to the common stock; and in 1892 the Olcott plan for
the reorganization of the Richmond Terminal Company strongly favored the
junior securities. But as a rule stockholders must accept, and rightly, about
what the creditors desire.
The creditors, then, are the most important factors, and they, like the
stockholders, act through committees. There may be a committee for every
class of bonds, or one or more classes may join together. The Union Pacific, in
1893, had committees for the consolidated first mortgage, the collateral trust
5s, the Oregon Railway & Navigation consols, the Dutch bondholders, and
certain branch lines; and in 1894 for the collateral trust 4½s and the Kansas
Pacific consols. As the financial situation grew worse the interest on senior
mortgages became imperilled, and even the Union Pacific first mortgage
bondholders deemed it wise to elect a committee; while a second committee
arose for the Kansas Pacific consols, and a new committee for the Denver
Extension mortgage. By April, 1895, at least fifteen committees were in active
operation, of which fourteen represented not more than two classes of bonds
each. The Reading reorganization of 1884 to 1886 was largely shaped by two
committees representing the general mortgage bondholders; seven
reorganization trustees representing the foreign creditors, the general, income,
junior securities, and stockholders; and an opposition committee known as the
Lockwood Committee. Within four months after the failure of the Erie in 1875
the English bondholders and stockholders each had elected a committee, and
had urged all securityholders to join; a meeting of bondholders had elected Mr.
John Hooper chairman of a committee in New York; and another meeting had
691
elected Mr. N. B. Lord chairman of another committee in that city. The
more general a committee the greater the influence which it seems able to
exert on reorganization, and the greater the likelihood that the plan which it
approves may be accepted. The fact that a scheme has to meet the criticism of
opposing interests during its formation renders it less likely to contain any
injustice which conditions make it possible to avoid; and the endorsement of
their representatives makes all classes of bondholders more ready to accord it
temperate consideration. Among the numerous Union Pacific committees it
was the joint committee, representing the foreign holders, the Denver & Rio
Grande, the Oregon Railway & Navigation, and other interests that took the
leading part. In the case of the Reading from 1884 to 1886 the seven
reorganization trustees outweighed any other representatives of the creditors;
in that of the Northern Pacific the Adams Committee succeeded in becoming a
general reorganization committee, and took the leading part; and the Atchison

Page 323

reorganization was accomplished only by the union into a joint executive
692
reorganization committee of three of the previously existing bodies.
The situation which bankers and financiers occupy in relation to a
bankrupt road is almost equally important. Their aid is essential to a
reorganization while that of the officers and receivers of the company is not.
And they are not subject to the pressure of imminent financial loss which
forces creditors and stockholders to accept plans of which they do not
altogether approve. It is true that these bankers may have money invested in
the securities of the road. It may even happen that they have been formerly in
control. In this case a certain pressure does exist. But as bankers their function
is to do one or both of two things; namely, to advance cash to keep the railroad
system together pending reorganization, and to underwrite assessments or the
sale of securities. Either one of these involves them in new risks, and in
undertaking either they will be only indirectly affected by investments which
they may previously have made. Their influence on reorganization is strong
because they are necessary, and because they are free to participate or not to
participate according to their opinion of the precise reorganization plan
proposed. For much the same reason their influence is a wholesome one. We
shall see that the primary conflict which takes place in any reorganization is
between the interests of the corporation which needs a lessening of its
burdens, and the interests of the securityholders which is opposed to any
693
reduction in their claims. The degree to which the former interest prevails
determines the strength of the reorganized company. In this conflict the
bankers naturally take the side of the company. As bankers, who advance cash,
and who usually receive their pay in securities, they wish to make the
corporation prosperous, and to raise the quotations of its securities to a high
figure. An important factor also is that as reputable banking firms they wish
the future career of corporations which they have handled to reflect credit
upon themselves.
An example of the influence of bankers and financiers appears in the case
of the Union Pacific. A committee comprising General Louis Fitzgerald, Jacob
Schiff, T. J. Coolidge, Oliver Ames, and two railway presidents took the road
out of receivers’ hands, cut charges per mile by over one-half, and paid the
Government’s claim in full. The Reading reorganization of 1886 to 1887 was
the work of a syndicate which took hold after interests closely connected with
the properties had failed to produce a satisfactory plan. The result was the best
plan ever applied to the Reading Railroad. The Richmond Terminal Company

Page 324

was reorganized by a single banking firm. In this case the operation cut
charges less than could have been desired, though the other parts of the plan
were well-advised. The intervention of a syndicate has fortunately been usual
of late years. And it is doubtful if the compensation accorded has been
exorbitant, even for the direct services rendered. In 1886 the Reading agreed
to pay a syndicate 5 per cent upon $15,000,000 of subscribed capital, plus 6
per cent on all money advanced. The Richmond Terminal paid Drexel, Morgan
& Co. $100,000 in cash to cover their office expenses and $750,000 in
694
common stock at $15 per share for their work of coöperation and
supervision. The Union Pacific paid the syndicate which financed its
reorganization $5,000,000 in preferred stock quoted at 59, or 19 per cent at
current prices on a subscribed capital of $15,000,000. All three syndicates,
however, ran the risk of depreciation in the value of the stock given them, and
all three rendered great service in providing large sums of cash at a time when
capital was not readily to be obtained.
Payments to bankers or trust companies receiving deposits of bonds and
stocks and undertaking the clerical work of a reorganization, should be sharply
distinguished from those made to underwriting syndicates above described.
Depositaries assume no risk, and are paid a definite sum for definite services
performed. In 1895 the Erie set the compensation of Messrs. J. P. Morgan &
Co. and J. S. Morgan & Co., for their services as depositaries and in carrying
out the plan of reorganization, at $500,000 in addition to all expenses incurred;
and the same year the Union Pacific allowed $1,000,000 in preferred stock to
the bankers who managed its underwriting syndicate, as against $5,000,000 to
the syndicate itself. It should be said that the compensation to depositaries is
in part payment for the use of the name of the firms employed as well as in
part payment for clerical work performed. Bondholders are more ready to
deposit their securities with a well-known house than with an obscure one; and
are to some extent influenced by the implied approval of the reorganization
plan which acceptance of deposits by such houses involves.
At the beginning of the ordinary reorganization, then, creditors,
stockholders, syndicate, and corporation find themselves face to face. The
interests of the syndicate and of the corporation most nearly coincide except in
so far as the syndicate is an owner of stocks or bonds. The syndicate desires a
radical reorganization,—the corporation requires it. But as between stock- and
bondholders and the corporation; between the stockholders and the
bondholders; or between the junior and the senior bondholders; there is well-

Page 325

nigh complete antagonism. The corporation, to repeat, needs a reduction in the
fixed charges which it has to pay. The securityholders wish to lose as little as
possible. The stockholders hope to force sacrifices from the bondholders, and
the bondholders to levy a heavy assessment upon the stock. The junior
bondholders call upon their seniors to bear their part; and the seniors reply that
they are well secured and that the juniors and the stock must take care of
themselves.
The first question which arises is that of the cash requirements. How
much cash must be raised to pay off the floating debt, and how much working
cash capital will the new corporation require? It is almost always true that a
large floating debt has accumulated prior to reorganization. The Northern
Pacific in 1893 had a gross debt of no less than $15,000,000; the Reading in
1895 one of $13,800,000; the Baltimore & Ohio in 1896 one of $13,000,000;
the Atchison in 1893 one of $16,000,000. In part this means simply the
accumulation of unpaid bills. In part, however, it represents promissory notes
or other short time paper which the corporation has issued, generally to pay
current indebtedness, but occasionally for financing somewhat extensive
operations. Thus Mr. McLeod carried his purchases of New England railroad
stock by means of advances from brokers, and the Government Directors of
the Union Pacific reported that $15,000,000 out of $21,400,000 of floating
debt of that road in 1891 were the result of expenditure and advances in the
construction of branch or tributary lines. The cost of carrying such
indebtedness is naturally high. Mr. McLeod is reported to have paid an
average of 9 per cent for his loans. The reorganization committee of the
Atchison stated in 1895 that during the five years preceding, the road had paid
over $1,100,000 in discounts and commissions to secure the renewal of
$9,000,000 of guarantee fund notes. And floating indebtedness is by far the
most dangerous as well as the easiest sort of obligation to incur. It represents a
possible demand for large sums of cash on short notice which even a solvent
company may find it impossible to meet;—a demand, moreover, which is
likely to be made at a moment of stringency in the money market. For this
reason, and on account of the high interest demanded, corporations endeavor
to fund their floating debts when these reach unwieldy proportions. In 1891
the Union Pacific authorized three-year 6 per cent notes to the amount of
$24,000,000 to be used in taking up its floating debt. In 1893 the Northern
Pacific authorized $15,000,000 collateral five-year 6 per cent notes for the
same purpose. In each case it was hoped to refund these short time issues with
bonds of longer term when the date of their maturity should arrive. After a

Page 326

company has been in receivers’ hands, issues of receivers’ certificates are
pretty sure to swell the current liabilities. These, again, may be issued to pay
current bills, or to maintain or to improve the railroad when other resources
prove insufficient. For whatever reason incurred, it is plain that the problem of
the floating debt is a serious one for the creditors and owners of a bankrupt
road to meet. If the provision which they make is insufficient their company
will not regain a safe financial footing. And if, in addition to cancelling the
debt outstanding, they do not provide a margin for working capital, the
company will be forced to incur new floating debt and their work will have to
be done over again.
In general there are two ways by which cash for floating debt and working
capital can be raised:
(1) By assessment on securityholders. (2) By the sale of securities.
Sales of securities may comprise the sale of securities of the bankrupt, or
of other corporations held in that company’s treasury, or they may be sales of
part of new bond or stock issues reserved for that purpose. In 1898 the
Baltimore & Ohio sold among other things $3,800,000 of Western Union
Telegraph stock held in its treasury since 1887; while in 1889 the Atchison
issued and sold $12,500,000 general mortgage 4s and $1,250,000 income 5s.
When outside securities are sold the value of which is in no way dependent
upon the prosperity of the road which sells them; and which are such,
moreover, as the selling road can readily spare, this method of raising capital
is open to few objections. Its chief disadvantage is that the sale is apt to be
made at a time when the level of general prosperity is not high, and the price
obtained is therefore apt to be low. But the question is quite different when the
securities are those of the embarrassed or bankrupt road itself. In this case the
credit of the company and the price of its securities are sure to be at a low ebb.
The initial sacrifice entailed is necessarily great; while if the securities sold are
bonds, as they are almost sure to be, the company increases its annual interest
charge without receiving an equivalent value in return. If, on the other hand,
the railroad endeavors to prevent a rise in charges by the use of income bonds
or stock, the gain is usually neutralized by the extremely low price
695
obtained. In general we may say that sale of a railroad’s securities in time
of general depression is impossible except at a ruinous sacrifice; that sales
should not be resorted to at all except when the road’s difficulties are acute
rather than chronic, as in the case of the Reading in 1896; and that when

Page 327

securities are to be sold the best of the available bond issues should be used
and not the worst.
The case of an assessment is very different. Securities may be sold to
outsiders or to present securityholders. In the one event no pressure at all can
be brought to bear; in the other only that of the indirect loss which the
696
difficulties of the reorganizing company would involve. An assessment, on
the other hand, is levied solely on securityholders and is compulsory.
Stockholders or bondholders who refuse to pay are ordinarily debarred from
all participation in the reorganization, and lose all chance to recoup their
losses from their share in subsequent prosperity. In return for the assessment
some security is usually given, so that from one point of view an assessment
and a sale resemble each other. But the element of compulsion appears in this:
namely, that in the case of a sale the new securities are taken at the buyers’
valuation; but in the case of an assessment the company determines what it
shall give for the cash paid in. Hence the usual compensation for an
assessment is an equal nominal amount of preferred stock;—while that for the
purchase money in a sale is a greater nominal amount in bonds. Either an
assessment or a sale of securities may be fortified by a syndicate guarantee. In
the one case the syndicate agrees to substitute itself for all non-assenting or
defaulting stock- or junior bondholders; in the other it engages to take and
dispose of the new securities offered, or such part of them as the company is
unable to sell. The advantages of syndicate assistance we have already
discussed.
It will be recalled that both assessments and sales of securities have been
freely employed in the reorganizations which have been considered, and that
syndicate guarantees have been of ordinary occurrence. Out of eighteen
reorganizations, fourteen were forced to pay attention to the raising of cash;
the four which did not consisting of the consolidation of the Union Pacific
with the Kansas Pacific and of the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific with its
branch lines in 1880, the income conversion reorganization of the Atchison in
1892, and the Rock Island reorganization of 1902,—each a reorganization of a
more or less peculiar nature. Of the fourteen remaining, four provided cash by
assessment, three by the issue of securities, and five by a combination of both
methods. Adding to this the Northern Pacific reorganization of 1896 and that
of the Erie in 1859, which combined an assessment with funding provisions,
we have eleven reorganizations which relied on assessments in whole or in
part. This preponderance is, however, due to the extensive use of assessments

Page 328

from 1893 to 1898; since the earlier reorganizations show assessments in only
about one-half of the cases. This does not mean that the value of an
assessment was not understood before 1893. For the reorganization of the
Northern Pacific in 1895 was otherwise so radical that an assessment was less
necessary; and that of the Atchison in 1889 took place at a time when business
conditions were not in general depressed. The effect of widespread depression
697
on the means employed for raising cash is, however, perfectly clear.
Of the reorganizations of 1893 to 1898, to repeat, there was none which
we have considered which did not make use of assessments. The following
table shows the amount and distribution thereof:

Assessments, 1893–8
Common 1st 2d
Stock Preferred Preferred Junior Securities
Atchison 4 per cent on 2d mortgage
$10 $20 and income
B. & O. 20 $2
Erie 12 8
N. Pac. 15 10
Richm.
Term. 10
E. Tenn. 7.20 3 6
Reading 20 per cent on 1, 2, and 3
20 incomes
4 per cent on deferred
incomes
U. Pac. 15

It thus appears that the assessments varied from $7.20 on the East Tennessee
to $20 on Reading common, with less sums on the preferred stock and the
698
junior securities. The real sacrifice demanded of the stockholders is
ascertained by deducting from the above the value of securities given for
assessments whenever such were allowed. Taking for the purpose the market
quotations of these securities six months after actual reorganization, that is,
after the sale of the road, or the putting into effect of the plan proposed, it
appears that the common stock of the Atchison received $1.90; that of the
Baltimore & Ohio $15.20; that of the Richmond Terminal $5.02; that of the
East Tennessee $3.55; and that of the Union Pacific $8.10. The Erie, the
Northern Pacific, and the Reading gave nothing for assessments in the
699
nineties. Preferred stock, whenever assessed, received the same relative

Page 329

amount and kind of securities for assessment as did the common stock, and the
same is true of the junior securities. Since, however, these new securities had
but a prospective value at the time of the issue of the various reorganization
plans, it is advisable to make no attempt to determine precisely the net
assessment, and to call attention to their allowance merely as a fact on which
the stockholders could rely as they could count on a future rise in the value of
their shares. With this qualification the relative height of assessments and
stock quotations one month after the publication of each reorganization plan,
and six months after the completion of each reorganization may be given.

Six Reorganizations, 1893–8
Common Stock Preferred Stock
Price Price
1 Price 1 Price
month 6 months month 6 months
after after after after
Assessments plan reorganization Assessments plan reorganization
Atchison $10 $ 5¾ $13⅛
B. & O. 20 12⅜ 56¾ $20 $114
Erie 12 8½ 14⅛ 8 $22 36⅛
N. Pac. 15 1½ 13¼ 10 10 26¼
Reading 20 2½ 22¼
Richm.
Term. 10 2⅞ 11⅜
E. Tenn. 7.20 ½ 6⅕ 3 10 13¼
U. Pac. 15 10⅛ 20

Four Reorganizations before 1893
E. Tenn.,
’86 6 2½ 5⅘
Erie, ’59 2½ 2½
Erie, ’77 4 18½ 2 29
Reading, 700
’86 10 38⅜ 58 10 53¼

In every case during the nineties the amount of assessment exceeded the
sum for which common shareholders could have sold their stock one month
after the publication of the reorganization plan. The difference ranged from
$3.50 for the Erie to $17⅔ for the Reading; in other words the assessments
wiped out the whole value remaining to common stockholders, and exacted an
additional contribution as the price of participation in any future prosperity. In

Page 330

the case of the preferred stock, where values were greater and assessments less
heavy, the results were not the same; but even here the proportional demand
was large, and amounted to 100 per cent of current quotations in the case of
the Northern Pacific. Before 1893 assessments were fewer in number and not
so great in amount. It is to the subsequent rise in stock quotations to which we
must turn for an explanation of the willingness of stockholders to contribute
such heavy sums. The assessments, we find, did not come out of the
stockholders’ pockets in the end; for their payment, in connection with other
features of reorganization, so enhanced the value of shares that only six
months after reorganization the price of stocks in all cases was nearly equal to
the assessment plus the previous market quotation. In some instances, such as
701
the Baltimore & Ohio, the sum amounted to much more than this total.
Refusal to pay would have wiped out the stockholder’s interest and have kept
him from benefiting from the rise. It is needless to add that quotations to-day
are many times the amount of the assessments. The increase in value has
occurred alike for common and preferred stock, even in times of severe
depression. On the whole, it has abundantly justified the payments which
stockholders were asked to make.
The use of assessments alone represents the most radical and the soundest
method of raising cash. It disposes of the accumulated quick liabilities once
and for all; and involves no subsequent increase in interest charges. It was the
method of the Atchison and the Union Pacific after 1893, of the Reading from
1883–6, and of the Erie from 1875–7. It was furthermore the method of the
702
Western, New York & Pennsylvania in 1893, of the Norfolk & Western in
703
1896, and of other railroads which might be named. Probably its most
drastic application was in the case of the Houston & Texas Central in 1887,
where an assessment of 73 per cent was found necessary to discharge the
floating debt and to provide cash payments for interest and bonus to first
mortgage bondholders, and to pay the charges, expenses, and other liabilities
704
made or incurred by the Trust Company.
The sale of securities also has been relied upon for the production of cash.
The most striking example of the use of securities alone is afforded by the
Reading reorganization of 1883, which at the same time illustrates the possible
unsoundness of the method. The floating debt of the Reading companies
amounted in June, 1880, to $12,155,248, the bulk having been incurred in
attempts to maintain solvency. To cover this Mr. Gowen proposed an issue of

Page 331

705
$34,300,000 deferred income bonds, to be sold at 30 per cent of their par
value, and to be entitled to dividends after 6 per cent had been paid on the
common stock. These securities were practically worthless, and had to be set
aside in favor, first, of new general mortgage bonds, and then of old unissued
general mortgage 7 per cent bonds which the company happened to have in its
treasury. So ineffective was even this expedient that in October, 1884, the
floating debt amounted to a sum nearly one-third greater than that reported in
1880. Another example was the Erie scheme of 1886, which was not, however,
a reorganization, according to our definition. The floating debt of the Erie in
September, 1884, amounted to $5,455,338, of which $1,007,922 consisted of
unpaid coupons. On the suggestion of English securityholders these coupons
were funded; and the balance was raised by a new terminal mortgage issued
and disposed of by a subsidiary terminal corporation known as the Long Dock
Company. The result was an increase in fixed charges, which contributed to
the final failure in 1893. The history of the Southern Railway affords a third
example. At the end of 1888 the Richmond & West Point Terminal Railway &
Warehouse Company found itself with a floating debt of $5,000,000, and
proceeded to authorize an issue of $24,300,000 5 per cent 25-year collateral
trust bonds, of which $5,000,000 were to be sold to cancel this indebtedness.
In subsequent years the current liabilities again increased, and for this and
other reasons a general reorganization became necessary, in which both an
assessment and a sale of securities were required. On the whole the result of
experience bears out the statement as to the unsoundness of reliance on the
issue of securities for cash even when the sale of the securities is guaranteed.
Yet another method of raising cash has been the combination of
assessments with the sale of bonds or stock or both. In 1898 the Baltimore &
Ohio disposed of $3,800,000 Western Union Telegraph stock. It also provided
a total of $37,900,000 prior lien and first mortgage bonds and preferred stock,
which was in part given for assessments, and in part turned over to a syndicate
in return for cash. The Erie, in 1895, besides its assessment sold $15,000,000
in prior lien bonds; while the Reading sold $4,000,000 in new general
mortgage bonds and $8,000,000 in new first preferred stock. In each case the
success of the sale was ensured by a syndicate agreement. In 1886, to go
outside of the reorganizations which have been particularly described, the
Texas & Pacific provided funds with which to cancel a part of its floating debt
by an assessment of $10 and an issue of $6,500,000 common stock. Three
years later, the St. Louis, Arkansas & Texas assessed its second mortgage
bondholders 5 per cent and its stock 10 per cent and sold securities to the par

Page 332

706
value of $4,490,880 to cover $3,400,000 of cash requirements. In 1894 the
New York & New England issued $4,355,000 in securities and levied $20 and
707
$25 respectively upon its common and preferred shares. In 1896 the St.
Louis & San Francisco planned to raise $821,410 by assessment and
$5,500,000 by sale of securities. Such examples might be multiplied
708
indefinitely.
The problem of cash requirements must be met and solved before the
parties interested can consider the fixed charges. It is the reduction in charges,
nevertheless, which is usually of the more fundamental importance. A floating
debt accumulated through inability to pay current expenses is the direct result
of excessive charges, and a settlement which did not lower these, as well as
pay off the debt, could give but temporary relief. Only when failure has been
due to special causes can a decrease in the annual burden be even a matter for
debate. The following tables show the absolute changes brought about by
those of the reorganizations earlier considered for which precise figures are
available:

FIXED CHARGES
Seven Reorganizations, 1893–8
Per cent Per cent
Road Before After decrease increase
Atchison $9,423,160 $6,486,842 31.16
B.& O. 7,202,855 6,359,896 11.70
Erie 8,637,700 8,126,283 5.92
N. Pac. 13,813,945 6,761,960 51.04
Reading 709
11,422,054 9,043,944 20.81
Richm.
Term.
system 7,498,584 4,195,925 44.04
U. Pac. 7,985,921 4,502,134 43.62
$65,984,219 $45,576,984 30.92

Seven Reorganizations before 1893
Atchison,
’89 $11,157,770 $7,256,054 34.9
Atchison,
’92 7,189,199 9,423,160 31.0
E. Tenn. ’86 1,742,495 1,167,000 33.0
Erie, ’75 4,697,802 5,215,146 11.0

Page 333

Reading, ’80 7,734,031 11,535,078 49.1
Reading, ’83 8,235,047 7,581,032 7.9
Rk. I. ’80 1,508,989 1,271,836 16.3
$43,276,372 $43,449,306 .53

One Reorganization, 1902
Rk. I. ’02 710
$4,780,649 $10,485,882 119.3

From these tables, it appears that each of the reorganizations from 1893–8
occasioned an absolute reduction in fixed charges which varied from 5.92 per
cent in the case of the Erie to 51.04 per cent in that of the Northern Pacific. On
the other hand the reductions in the earlier reorganizations were more irregular
711
and were exceeded by the increases. Absolute figures, however, reveal
little. Charges may be reduced and the road be worse off than before because
of more than proportional reductions in mileage or in earnings. The preceding
table must therefore be supplemented by one showing the changes in charges
per mile of road and changes in the relations of charges to earnings.

FIXED CHARGES
Seven Reorganizations, 1893–8
Charges per mile Per cent of charges to net income
Before After Before After
Atchison $1415 $1001 110.5 80.9
B.& O. 3438 3107 98.2 86.3
Erie 4116 3824 114.7 95.8
N. Pac. 2630 1494 106.8 50.2
Reading 9856 6611 111.3 82.1
Southern 1553 955 105.1 81.5
U. Pac. 4381 1859 105.7 40.6

Seven Reorganizations before 1893
Atchison, ’89 $1603 $1064
Atchison, ’92 1079 1415 85.8 110.5
E. Tenn. ’86 1578 1083 134.3 79.5
Erie, ’75 4984 5619 93.9 91.1
Reading, ’80 9138 7287 98.1 83.0
Reading, ’83 8760 7185 78.3 77.0
Rk. I., ’80 1200 952 13.2 10.2

One Reorganization, 1902

Page 334

Rk. I. ’02 712
1231 1448 39.8 59.0

A summary of the preceding tables is as follows:

FIXED CHARGES BEFORE AND AFTER REORGANIZATION
Seven Reorganizations, 1893–8
Per cent Decrease Per cent Increase
Charges Charges
Absolute to Charges Absolute to Charges
Charges Income per mile Charges Income per mile
Atchison 31.1 26.7 29.2
B. & O. 11.7 12.1 9.6
Erie 5.9 16.4 7.0
N. Pac. 51.0 53.0 43.0
Reading 20.8 26.2 32.9
Southern 44.0 22.4 37.7
U. Pac. 43.6 61.5 57.5
30.9 31.2 31.2

Seven Reorganizations before 1893
Atchison,
’89 34.9 33.6
Atchison,
’92 31.0 28.5 31.1
E. Tenn.
’86 33.0 40.8 31.3
Erie, ’75 2.9 11.0 12.7
Reading,
’80 15.3 20.2 49.1
Reading,
’83 7.9 2.2 17.9
Rk. I. ’80 16.3 22.7 20.6
10.3 13.1 .53

One Reorganization, 1902
Rk. I. ’02 713
119.3 48.2 17.6

These tables show plainly that substantial reduction in fixed charges was
the rule in the reorganizations of 1893–8, though less universal and less
important in the reorganizations before that date. Even before 1893, however,
the fact that reductions must be made was apparent. Three reorganizations
increased absolute charges instead of decreasing them. Of these the Atchison

Page 335

reorganization of 1892 was not due to lack of prosperity, and the Erie
reorganization was a failure. The Reading reorganization of 1880 increased
absolute charges, increased mileage more than correspondingly, but was also a
failure. And it is significant that only those roads which generously reduced
charges regained even a temporary prosperity.
The distribution of losses which a reduction in fixed charges requires can
best be made by a comprehensive redistribution of securities. All the bonds
and stocks which are to suffer must be called in; and varying amounts of new
securities must be given in their place. Among the important considerations to
those who fix the rates for exchanges are these:
(1) Maximum charges under the new régime should approximate
minimum net earnings under the old.
(2) As large a proportion of the charges as possible should consist of the
one item of interest on bonds.
(3) Losses should fall most heavily on the junior securityholders.
(4) The nominal value of outstanding securities should be reduced as little
as possible.
(5) Bondholders whose claims have been cut down should be afforded
some chance to participate in future increased earnings of the property.
These rules may be considered in turn. The point to which the best
practice should reduce fixed charges is readily understood. Nothing less than
solvency under the least favorable conditions is the goal toward which a
reorganization plan should strive. It appears, accordingly, that the minimum
earnings of the Atchison property from 1891–4 had been $5,204,880; while
the fixed charges proposed for it were $4,528,547. The lowest net earnings
which the Union Pacific had ever recorded had been $4,315,077. The interest
on its new bonded indebtedness was placed at $4,000,000. The net earnings
for the Northern Pacific in 1895 were $6,052,660, which was the least that the
road had earned for eight years. The new fixed charges were estimated at
$6,015,846. The minimum net earnings of the Baltimore & Ohio from 1887 to
1898 had been $6,610,774. The fixed charges of the plan of 1898 were set at
$6,252,351.
In order to simplify the charges, as well as for other reasons, it is desirable
to have the item of interest bear a large proportion to the whole. The fixed
charges of six of our seven reorganizations from 1893–8 amounted together to

Page 336

$54,562,165. Of this sum, interest on bonds comprised $35,239,146 or some
64 per cent. The charges of the same railroads after reorganization amounted
to $36,533,040, of which sum interest on bonds comprised $30,926,638 or 84
per cent.
The distribution of losses should bear most heavily on the junior
securities. The simplest readjustment would seem at first sight to demand a
proportionate concession from all creditors. But this would be both unjust and
impossible. In no sense do all bond- and stockholders stand upon an equal
footing. In the first place, the cost at which senior bondholders have acquired
their claims has much exceeded the cost at which junior bondholders and
stockholders have acquired securities of equal nominal amount. Apparently
equal claims represent very unequal investment. In the second place this
increased cost has been due to certain legal provisions touching security which
become prominent during reorganization. All mortgage bonds possess by law
a lien upon the property pledged to secure them. Upon default in repayment of
principal, and usually also upon default in payment of regular interest, their
owners have the right to sell the pledged property at auction and to recoup
themselves from the proceeds. After the underlying bonds have been satisfied
the selling price is applied as far as it will go to the settlement in full of
mortgages in the order of their issue; while the stock, representing the owners
of the property, takes what is left. As a rule a railroad will not sell for anything
like the sum required to pay off all its mortgages, and the junior issues are
threatened with extinction. Usually, however, it is possible for the junior to
guarantee interest on the senior bonds, or to buy the railroad at foreclosure
sale under some senior mortgage, thus preserving to themselves the benefit of
the earning power of the corporation. When this is done earnings are
distributed according to the relative priority of the various junior issues on
penalty of still further foreclosure and readjustment. The principle of
reorganization which is followed prescribes because of this the payment in full
of all claims which can be satisfied by the purchase price of the bankrupt
railroad at foreclosure sale, and the distribution of losses among the remainder
according to the relative priority of their liens.
The consent of securityholders to a reduction in their claim to an annual
return is more easily obtained if the nominal value of their holdings be little or
not at all reduced. There is a magic in the par value stamped upon a certificate
which affords a certain consolation to those from whom sacrifices in interest
are demanded. An unimpaired principal, moreover, constitutes a real

Page 337

advantage when the date of maturity arrives. But if the low earning power of
the corporation compels it to ask sacrifices from the holders of its securities, it
is only fair that these sacrifices should cease when the earning power
improves. In other words, it is but just that old bondholders be given securities
upon which payment of interest is optional, so that they may share in future
prosperity, and obtain the same return which they once enjoyed whenever the
road earns enough to pay it.
The foregoing rules dictate the amount of reduction to be made in charges,
and also the kind and amount of new securities which are usually offered in
the exchanges. Interest and rentals must be cut down without decreasing the
nominal value of the securities outstanding. To reduce interest without
reducing nominal value, either the interest rate on outstanding securities must
be lowered, or mortgage bonds must be replaced by income bonds or by stock.
To reduce rentals annual payments may be arbitrarily cut down, or rental
contracts may be funded into mortgage bonds. These different methods may
be taken up in some detail.
The accompanying tables (see opposite page) show for fourteen
reorganizations the number and amounts of outstanding issues before and after
reorganization at the various rates of interest designated.
Few collections of figures in railway finance deserve more careful
attention than those given in these tables. Whereas the greatest number of the
issues before the seven reorganizations prior to 1893 bore 6 per cent, and the
greatest amount outstanding was similarly at that rate; the overwhelming
preponderance in amount after the reorganizations of 1893–8 bore 4 per cent,
and a total of 14.7 per cent of all the bonds outstanding bore a lower rate of
interest than had appeared at all at the earlier date.

BOND ISSUES

Seven Reorganizations, 1893–8
Before After
Per Per Per
Number Amount Number Amount
Cent Cent Cent
7 33 $56,741,222 6.1 13 $43,942,500 4.9
6 85 300,925,695 32.7 30 82,586,000 9.3
5 51 267,623,426 29.0 23 90,853,035 10.3
4½ 11 34,490,800 3.7 5 13,400,000 1.5
4 9 260,055,689 28.2 16 520,709,117 59.0

Page 338

3½ 2 76,733,350 8.7
3 1 53,350,000 6.0
189 $919,836,832 99.7 90 $881,574,002 99.7
Not specified 5,141,238 1,000,529
$924,978,070 $882,574,531

Seven Reorganizations before 1893
7 40 $153,251,000 23.7 21 $81,327,544 10.3
6 59 173,641,790 26.8 55 150,999,589 19.1
5 22 174,060,032 26.9 16 180,341,768 22.8
4½ 2 4,611,000 .7 1 79,000 .01
4 5 140,041,700 21.6 5 375,881,614 47.6
128 $645,605,522 99.7 98 $788,629,515 99.81
Not specified 5,712,749 8,940,939
$651,318,271 $797,570,454

Graphically indicated the change was as follows:

Period prior to 1893 Period of 1893–8.

Comparing the total interest with the total bond issue, we find the average
rate to have decreased from 5.5 per cent to 4.9 per cent by the reorganizations
prior to 1893, and from 5.1 per cent to 4.3 per cent by the reorganizations of
1893–8. Of some significance is a comparison of the rates prior to the
reorganizations before 1893 with those subsequent to the reorganizations of
1893–8. The total interest payable on the issues at the later date was
$38,291,319. If the same proportions of bonds had been issued at the same
rates of interest as before the reorganizations prior to 1893, this interest would
have amounted to $48,552,688. The total interest payable on the issues before
the reorganizations prior to 1893 was $35,658,192. If the same proportions of
bonds had been then outstanding at the same rates as after the reorganizations
of 1893–8 the interest charge would have been $27,941,807. Thus in the first
case there would have been a saving of $10,261,369 annually, and in the

Page 339

second case one of $8,279,775. This computation is inexact because it fails to
take account of the normal reduction of interest rates due to improved credit
and to increased prosperity from causes other than reorganization; but it is
included here because, in the first place, a large part of the reduction was due
to actual reorganization; and in the second place, because much of the
improved credit is attributable indirectly to reductions of charges and other
reorganization features.
It should be noticed that the new bond issues not only bore lower rates of
interest, but were of greater volume and of longer term than the issues which
they replaced. The greater volume is reflected in the considerable reduction in
the number of issues at the same time that the total amount of bonds
outstanding decreased slightly or increased. Thus the reorganizations before
1893 increased the amount of bond issues from $645,605,522 to
$788,629,515, and decreased their number from 128 to 98; while the
reorganizations of 1893–8 decreased the amount of bonds from $919,836,832
to $881,574,002, and decreased the number of issues from 189 to 90, or in far
714
greater proportion. The matter may be viewed in another way. Just before
the beginning of the later reorganizations the predominant rate of interest for
the roads concerned was 6 per cent. The number of issues at 6 per cent
outstanding was 85 and the average amount per issue was $3,540,302. The
predominant rate just after those reorganizations was 4 per cent. The number
of issues at 4 per cent outstanding was 16, and the average amount per issue
was $32,544,319. In other words, the process was to replace numerous small
issues which bore high rates of interest, by a few comprehensive issues at
lower rates; thus simplifying the financial situation, as well as lightening the
burdens which the roads had to bear.
The lengthening of the terms for which the various mortgages were to run
is equally apparent. Before its reorganization in 1897 the Union Pacific had no
mortgage issued for more than 40 years. The first mortgage of 1897 ran for 50
years. The Reading in 1895 had four mortgages, all issued during the
reorganization of 1888, with terms of 70 years. All its other mortgages were
for shorter periods. In 1897 it put forth a grand divisional mortgage with a
term of 100 years. The Erie in 1894 had two mortgages of 91 years each and
one of 84 years, issued during the financial scandals of 1869, but no other of
over $1,000,000 which ran for more than 43 years. Both its prior lien and its
general mortgage bonds now outstanding are to mature 101 years from date of
issue. The Atchison in 1889 could boast of only one mortgage with a term of

Page 340

51 years. Its reorganization at that time gave it two of 100 years. The Northern
Pacific issued one 100-year mortgage in the course of its troubles in 1889, and
two mortgages for 101 and 150 years respectively in its reorganization of
1896. The reason for long terms has been the wish to make new mortgages
attractive. Reorganization mortgages, as has just been said, tend to be large
mortgages, at a lessened rate of interest. They are also blanket mortgages with
an inferior lien. Some inducement besides the compulsion of necessity is
useful in securing the assent of old bondholders to the proposed exchanges of
these bonds for outstanding securities. The long-term bond protects the holder
against the probable steady fall in the rate of interest on capital. It promises
him advantage in the future in return for surrender in the present.
The reduction in charges by the substitution, for mortgage bonds with
fixed interest, of securities upon which payment of interest is optional, has
been as important as the reduction in the rates of interest just described. Such
securities may be either income bonds or stock. The income bond has a lien
upon railroad property similar in kind to the lien of an ordinary mortgage.
Upon default in the payment of its principal it can exercise foreclosure rights.
But it has no claim on earnings except in a right to receive dividends out of net
earnings before any dividend shall be paid upon the stock. Stock certificates
715
control the company by their right to vote, but are entitled to its profits only
after expenses of every kind have been met. When divided into preferred and
common shares the former receive preference in dividends and sometimes in
voting power. Among the reorganizations described in the text three made use
of income bonds before 1893 and one after 1893. The amounts of the issues
and the percentages of incomes to total capitalization before and after the
reorganizations were as follows:

Income Bonds
Per cent
Before After Before After
Atchison, ’95 $51,728,000 31.8
Atchison, ’89 80,000,000 35.4
Reading, ’83 $22,347,227 56,389,466 21.7 39.3
Reading, ’80 11,678,500 18,737,709 15.0 19.3

The East Tennessee reorganization of 1886 did away with income bonds,
as did that of the Atchison in 1892. It will be noted that these bonds were more
used before 1893, owing probably to the fact that the name of bond was
considered to increase the salability of a security on the market.

Page 341

Securityholders hesitated to accept stock, but received bonds without too great
a protest. The extent to which railroads catered to this preference is seen in the
case of the Reading deferred income bonds, on which payment of interest was
deferred to a 6 per cent dividend upon the common stock. From certain points
of view, however, the income bond is inferior to preferred stock. For instance,
preferred stock almost always has voting power, while income bonds usually
have none. And although the income bondholder is sometimes protected from
the insertion of new claims upon earnings between his bond and the
underlying property, provisions in preferred stock certificates may afford an
equal guarantee. In consequence, the use of income bonds has declined as a
more accurate knowledge of their limitations has become widespread, and the
Atchison adjustment 4s represent the sole use of this security in our
reorganizations from 1893–8.
The exchange of preferred stock, with or without new bonds, for old
bonds which have borne a fixed interest rate represents the best current
practice. Six of the seven principal railways reorganized from 1893–8 retired
old bonds with fixed interest by new bonds and preferred stock or by preferred
stock alone. Take for illustration the case of the Erie, which exchanged new
general lien bonds and preferred stock for old second consolidated bonds; of
the Northern Pacific, which exchanged new prior or general lien bonds and
preferred stock for its second and third mortgages; of the Union Pacific, which
gave 4 per cent bonds and preferred stock for its old first mortgage 6s;
exchanges which are but typical of a widely extended use. Even the Reading,
which alone refused so to lighten the claims upon its earnings, employed
preferred stock in retirement of old first, second, and third income bonds.
These issues were all protected from future introduction of new bonds
between them and their property. The preferred stock certificates of the
Atchison in 1897 contain the following words: “No mortgage, other than its
general and its adjustment mortgage, executed in December, 1895, shall be
executed by the company, nor shall the amount of the preferred stock be
increased unless the execution of such mortgage and such increase of
preferred stock shall have received the consent of the holders of a majority of
the whole amount of the preferred stock which shall at the time be
outstanding, given at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose, and
the consent of the holders of a majority of such part of the common stock as
shall be represented at that meeting.” Similar restrictions were imposed by the
Southern in 1893, by the Erie in 1895, by the Northern Pacific in 1896, by the

Page 342

Reading in 1896, and by the Baltimore & Ohio in 1898; or in other words by
all the large corporations except the Union Pacific, whose failures in the
nineties we have described.
As for the years before 1893, in them the use of preferred stock was
known, if not so widely resorted to. The East Tennessee in 1886 offered new
consols and preferred stock for old consols, divisional and debenture bonds. In
1881 securityholders of the Reading proposed, and in 1886 nearly secured, the
adoption of plans which comprised extensive issues of preferred stock in
exchange or in partial exchange for old mortgages. The influence of English
capital, however, and the liking for the name of bond to which we have
referred seems to have prevented large employment of the device. Where
either preferred stock or income bonds were used protection was afforded.
When, in 1875, all the outstanding bonds of the Northern Pacific were
replaced by stock, provision was made for an issue of first mortgage bonds to
an average of $25,000 per mile of road completed; but no other bonds were to
be issued except on a vote of at least three-fourths of the preferred stock at a
meeting specially held in reference thereto on thirty days’ notice. In the
Reading reorganization of 1886 a clause provided that in calculating the net
earnings from which dividends on income bonds should be paid there should
be deducted from gross profits operating expenses, taxes and existing rentals,
guarantees and interest charges, but not fixed charges of the same sort
subsequently created. And in the case of the Atchison in 1889 the provision
that no bonds could be inserted between the incomes and the general mortgage
4s was so absolute as to prove an almost complete bar to new issues.
It is this use of preferred stock and income bonds which makes it possible
to realize the last and highly important rule which the engineers of exchanges
have in mind. Only by the combined use of securities upon which payment of
interest is optional with securities upon which payment is obligatory can the
claims which their corporations are forced to meet be reduced, while at the
same time former bondholders are given the chance to share in future
prosperity. Such a result is deliberately sought. “The general theory of
adjustment of disturbed bonds,” said the Richmond Terminal reorganization
plan of May, 1893, “has been to substitute for them the new 5 per cent bonds
to such an extent as is warranted by the earnings and situation of the properties
covered by the present mortgages, and the new preferred stock for the
remainder of the principal.” This purpose receives, moreover, a natural
development. Justice does not demand that old bondholders be given the

Page 343

unlimited chance at future surpluses which old stockholders should enjoy.
Their former holdings could expect but a fixed amount, and the maximum to
be paid on their new bonds and preferred stock is therefore rightly restricted.
But fair play dictates that they be given opportunity to receive the same
income as before. If they must surrender 6 per cent bonds in exchange for 4
per cent bonds it is equitable to allow to them as well 50 per cent of their
original holdings in new 4 per cent preferred stock. The corporation thus
announces its intention of saving them unharmed if it can possibly do so,
while it insists that its solvency be not dependent on the success of its attempt.
This idea has been realized in a number of cases with approximate exactness.
The old third mortgage 6 per cent bonds of the Northern Pacific in 1896
received 118½ per cent in new 3 per cents, 50 per cent in 4 per cent preferred
stock, and 3 per cent in cash,—which together could yield nearly the same as
the old mortgage. The holders of Chicago Division 5s of the Baltimore &
Ohio in 1898 surrendered an annual income of $50 for a chance to receive
$50.30; the Union Pacific first mortgage 6s in 1898 obtained precisely 100 per
cent in new 4 per cent bonds and 50 per cent in new 4 per cent stock. It would
be too much to expect that such exactness should generally obtain. The
variations in security between issues, the well-founded desire to distinguish
and not at the same time to swell unduly the amount of new stock put forth
lead to fluctuations both above and below the point of equivalence of return.
The important fact to remember is in short this: that the use of bonds with a
fixed rate of interest, together with bonds or stock upon which payment of
interest is optional, provides that compromise between the interests of the old
bondholders and the interests of the corporation which alone can afford justice
to both sides and can allow the reorganization to proceed.
The matter of rentals may now be considered. “The extent of the
716
reduction in rentals from reorganization,” says one authority, “is seen where
the reduction of this item of fixed charges for the entire country is considered.
The net reduction in lease rentals from 1892 to 1898 was $24,527,000, and of
this sum $17,768,000 appears in the South and West where the failures where
most numerous and extensive. The reductions of rentals are most conspicuous
in the Northwest and Pacific coast railroads. It is true that a part of this
decrease in rentals is to be ascribed to the steady movement in the direction of
consolidation which is constantly converting lease into purchase; but coming
so close together, the difference between the figures of 1892 and those of 1898
is sufficiently marked to warrant the conclusion that most of the reduction is
due to the numerous reorganizations which intervened.”

Page 344

This conclusion is at first sight borne out by the following tables, which
show the decreases or increases in absolute rentals and interest for thirteen
reorganizations, of which six fall within the period covered by the quotation:

FIXED CHARGES

Six Reorganizations, 1893–8
Interest Rentals, etc. Total Charges
Decrease Increase Decrease Increase Decrease Increase
Atchison 40.6 13.7 31.1
B. & O. 19.7 77.2 11.7
Erie 33.3 62.7 5.9
N. Pac. 14.2 88.9 51.0
Reading 20.8
U. Pac. 21.8 78.2 43.7
Average
decrease 4.7 58.8 25.7

Six Reorganizations before 1893
Atchison,
’89 39.0 17.3 34.9
Atchison,
’92 38.7 3.9 31.0
Erie, ’75 13.4 .5 11.0
Reading,
’80 15.9 98.1 49.1
Reading,
’83 13.3 .6 7.9
Rk. I.,
’80 11.9 25.2 16.3
Average
decrease 1.0 9.9 5.3

One Reorganization, 1902
Rk. I. ’02 717
139.0 29.0 119.3

It appears that while the decrease in rentals was of little importance in the
six reorganizations before 1893, it was of great importance in the
reorganizations from 1893 to 1898. Whereas absolute interest charges were
reduced by none of the later reorganizations by over 40 per cent, four of the
railroads cut rentals by over 60 per cent, and two others might have shown a
similar result if a satisfactory division between interest and rentals could have

Page 345

been made. Unfortunately, both these statistics and Meade’s statement are
open to criticism for the reason which Meade recognized but to which he did
not give sufficient weight. The relative amounts of interest and of rental paid
by a railroad at any time represent the method by which its system is held
together. If a parent company raises money by the sale of bonds, and
purchases its branches outright, or buys a majority of their shares, its interest
charges will be large and its rentals small; if it leases these same lines its
interest payments will be small and its rentals large. A steady movement in the
direction of consolidation doubtless existed before 1893, but this movement
was certainly accelerated by, and made a prominent feature of many of the
reorganizations of the following five years. Thus the Northern Pacific in 1893
reported a total length of line of 5431.92 miles; of which leased lines and lines
operated under contract constituted 1912.92. In 1898, after reorganization and
surrender of the Wisconsin Central, it reported 4524.45 miles owned and
operated, of which 2430.42 consisted of main line, and 2030.82 of branch
lines owned. The Erie in 1893 reported 551.12 miles leased and 598.51
718
operated for 32 per cent out of a total of 1970.32. Four years later it either
owned outright or held a majority of the stock of 1806.92 miles out of a total
of 2162.81. The Baltimore & Ohio operated 26.5 per cent of its mileage in
1897 under lease or contract, but had reduced this by 1899 to .5 per cent. The
Southern Railway proportion was 38.1 per cent in 1892 and 28.4 per cent in
1895. A reduction in rentals through reorganization has occurred, but a
reduction due nevertheless largely to consolidation of systems, rather than to
revision of rental contracts.
It was partly because of the difficulty of exact statement on the subject
that a discussion of rentals was postponed till the matter of interest should
have been considered. It now appears that the reduction in interest payments
which was so prominent took place in spite of a reduction in rentals. If, for
instance, the annual interest charges fell $10,261,369 in the course of all
reorganizations, and if in later years the interest figures represented charges
which at earlier date appeared as rentals, then the real reduction in interest was
greater than the figures show. It is true that consolidation is not responsible for
all of that decline in rentals which has occurred. It is as open to a reorganizing
railroad to continue old leases at easier terms as it is to absorb the leased roads
into its system; and much of this has been done. The East Tennessee, Virginia
& Georgia, for instance, leased the Memphis & Charleston in 1877 for a
yearly payment of $297,750; while the Southern Railway Security Company a
few years before had agreed to pay $318,763.50 annually for the same

Page 346

property. And it is a fact that both consolidation and direct agreement have
been the occasion of considerable reductions in the payments for the control of
subsidiary lines. There is no reason why leased lines which have not earned
their rentals should not suffer as much as portions of the main system which
have not earned interest on their bonds. On the whole, then, rentals have
decreased, both by means of direct negotiation and through an absorption of
leased roads into the main system accomplished by exchange of new securities
for old. The significance of precise figures must not be exaggerated. The
losses which have occurred have been distributed according to the same
principles which have already been detailed.
It is now clear that creditors, stockholders, and syndicate in practically all
successful reorganizations agree that cash must be raised, fixed charges
reduced, and the losses distributed according to the seniority of existing
claims; and that of all methods the comprehensive exchange of new securities
for old is best suited to accomplish at least the last two of these necessities. To
give a comprehensive view of the operations the capitalization after
reorganization of the roads which have been studied may be compared with
the capitalization before. It will then be possible to see at a glance the
consequences of the great variety of exchanges. The following table gives the
percentages which the stock and bonds of these companies bear before and
after reorganization to the total capitalization before.

CAPITALIZATION

Seven Reorganizations, 1893–8
Before After
Preferred Common Preferred Common
Bonds Stock Stock Total Bonds Stock Stock Total
Atchison 69.2 30.7 100 48.9 39.6 30.7 119.2
B. & O. 72.9 4.5 22.5 100 121.3 35.4 31.6 188.3
Erie 58.4 4.1 37.4 100 59.0 22.1 48.1 129.2
N. Pac. 61.0 16.5 22.4 100 71.3 34.2 36.5 142.0
Reading 80.3 19.6 100 61.2 33.2 33.2 127.6
Southern 52.5 8.8 38.6 100 43.8 23.5 59.8 127.1
U. Pac. 719
40.9 27.3 31.7 100 50.4 45.7 39.1 135.2
Average 65.8 4.6 29.5 100 59.1 33.6 39.2 132.0

Seven Reorganizations before 1893

Page 347

Atchison,
’89 67.7 31.8 100 95.6 31.8 127.4
Atchison,
’92 68.8 31.1 100 70.2 31.1 101.3
E. Tenn.
’86 48.2 19.2 31.9 100 22.1 34.2 31.9 88.2
Erie, ’75 38.5 61.4 100 47.4 60.5 107.9
Reading,
’80 69.1 1.3 29.5 100 86.3 1.3 29.6 117.2
Reading,
’83 71.9 .4 27.6 100 100.4 27.6 137.7
Rk. I. ’80 32.2 67.7 100 40.3 135.4 175.7
62.5 1.7 35.7 100 73.9 2.8 37.6 114.4

One Reorganization, 1902
Rk. I. ’02 54.2 45.7 100 55.7 40.0 57.2 152.9

The most striking fact is that every reorganization but one has occasioned
720
an increase in total capitalization. The increase varies from 1.3 per cent for
the Atchison in 1892 to 88.3 per cent for the Baltimore & Ohio in 1898; and
the average increase is 32 per cent for the later period and 14.4 per cent for the
earlier. This reflects the exchange of new securities on which a lower rate of
interest is payable with securities on which all payments are optional, for old
securities which claim a high annual return. It is the result of the attempt to
reduce the demands upon reorganized corporations without materially
reducing the sums which old securityholders may in times of prosperity
receive. It reflects also, however, the sale of securities for ready cash, or the
exchange of these for assessments, as well as the investment of minor sums in
the improvement of the roads. A closer examination of the table shows that the
increase comes chiefly in bonds before 1893 and in stock after that date. The
average increase in bonds of the seven reorganizations before 1893 was 11.4
per cent and of common stock .9 per cent; whereas bonds decreased between
the reorganizations of 1893–8 from 65.8 per cent to 59.1 per cent of the
previous capitalization, although common stock increased 9.2 per cent and
there was introduced a great volume of preferred stock which is scarcely
found at all before. The less radical nature of the early reorganizations and the
use of income bonds instead of preferred stock as a security with optional
interest are here apparent. In brief, the statement of capitalization before and
after reorganization summarizes and confirms the conclusions which we have
reached. A few fundamental principles have underlain the complicated details
of the exchanges of new securities for old. These principles appear when the

Page 348

reorganizations are examined one by one, and they show not less clearly when
all the reorganizations are taken in two general groups.
Another question now naturally arises. If an increased capitalization has
been obtained without an increase in charges, owing to the lowering of the
rates of bond interest and to the liberal use of stocks or income bonds, what
has been the effect on the market value of the securities concerned? Is the
aggregate value of the new securities less or greater than the aggregate value
of the securities which they have replaced? It has been seen that taken as a
whole less annual payments can be claimed from the railroads as of right. Has
this fact decreased aggregate quotations, or has the larger volume of securities
and the chance for dividends over and above the minimum interest, raised
such quotations higher than they were before? The following tables compare
the quotations of securities disturbed by the various reorganizations one year
before the failure of their railroads, with the quotations one year after
reorganization of the new securities issued to exchange for them. A third
column is inserted to show the effects of years of prosperity upon quotations
subsequent to reorganization.

Seven Reorganizations, 1893–8
Lowest quotation
Lowest quotation of month one
of month one year after Lowest quotation
year before failure reorganization December, 1906
Atchison $184,857,934 $129,364,451 $342,941,683
B. & O. 26,955,000 34,092,518 45,634,437
Erie 67,190,748 38,895,077 82,230,457
N. Pac. 157,555,214 135,507,699 289,557,415
Reading 88,940,250 71,607,223 179,190,107
Southern 45,653,414 35,231,356 71,411,937
U. Pac. 83,241,672 103,329,339 187,596,748
$654,394,232 $548,027,663 $1,198,562,784
D. 16.2 per cent I. 83.1

Four Reorganizations before 1893
Atchison, ’89 $129,142,003 $113,993,417
Atchison, ’92 35,100,000 42,600,000
E. Tenn. ’86 17,657,377 21,746,188
Reading, ’83 39,061,531 48,664,864
$220,860,911 $227,004,469
I. 2.7 per cent

Page 349

It thus appears that the increased volume of securities of the
reorganizations of 1893–8 sold for a less aggregate price than did the smaller
volume which it replaced. Whereas the disturbed securities of the seven roads
in question, multiplied by their quotations one year before reorganization, give
a product of $654,394,232, the new bonds and stock given for the disturbed
securities, multiplied by their quotations one year after reorganization, give a
721
product of $548,027,663. This is not true for three of the four
reorganizations before 1893, and it is not true for the reorganizations of the
Baltimore & Ohio and of the Union Pacific in the later period. Individual
causes account for most of the difference. The Reading reorganization of
1886–8 took place so soon after the previous failure that our method makes it
necessary to take the quotations of securities “before reorganization” only five
days after the railroad has left receivers’ hands. These figures are therefore
unduly depressed. The Atchison reorganization of 1892 was voluntary, and
was not caused by financial difficulties. The reorganizations of the Union
Pacific and of the Reading in 1897 and 1898 respectively occurred later than
most of the other reorganizations and benefited from the sharp increase in
stock and bond quotations which began in 1897. For the seven reorganizations
of 1893–8, to repeat, the aggregate market value of old securities before
reorganization was greater than the market value after reorganization of the
new securities given in exchange for them. The smallest changes took place in
the senior securities. In the case of the Northern Pacific the aggregate value of
the three prior mortgages disturbed increased from $85,498,685 one year
before failure to $86,158,702 one year after foreclosure; while the
consolidated or blanket mortgage of the company decreased from $36,032,360
to $29,235,111. In the case of the Reading the value of the general mortgage
4s increased from $37,160,977 to $37,383,503, while the first, second, and
third income bonds decreased from $32,353,497 to $22,784,700. The reason
was not generally a smaller increase in volume, but the fact that new bonds of
fairly stable value were given for the better sorts of old securities, while old
junior mortgages were apt to receive new income bonds or preferred stock, of
which the value varied within wide limits.
The wide difference in the nature of the securities of the different roads
forbids any attempt at precise classification. The following divisions may,
however, be made: Three of the reorganizations from 1893–8 retired branch-
line bonds for which quotations are obtainable, with a resultant increase in
value for the issues of $3,256,127, or 14.2 per cent. Five of the reorganizations
dealt with what may be classed as general mortgage bonds, and the value of

Page 350

the new securities given was to the value of the old as $182,160,406 to
$196,186,382, or a decrease of 7.1 per cent. Three of the reorganizations
retired junior bonds other than income. The value of the old securities was
$47,874,648 and that of the new $22,272,174, or a decrease of 53.6 per cent.
Four of the reorganizations retired income bonds. The value of the old
securities was $40,913,662, the value of the new was $28,177,721, and the
decrease was 31.1 per cent. Three of the reorganizations retired old preferred
stock, and reduced the aggregate market value from $36,509,662 to
$13,825,138, or 62.1 per cent. Finally, the common stock decreased 21.3 per
cent from an aggregate value of $125,160,409 to one of $98,316,060. Stated in
tabular form the result is as follows:

Value
Value one year Per Cent
one year after increase
before failure reorganization or decrease
Branch-line bonds $22,840,928 $26,097,055 I. 14.2
General mortgages 196,186,382 182,160,406 D. 7.1
Junior mortgages 47,874,648 22,272,174 D. 53.6
Income mortgages 40,913,662 28,177,721 D. 31.1
Preferred stock 36,509,662 13,825,138 D. 62.1
Common stock 125,160,409 98,316,060 D. 21.3

This makes more definite the conclusion which has been outlined in
general terms before. The burden of the reorganizations from 1893–8 fell on
the junior securities and stockholders. The holders of prior lien bonds actually
had more value than before one year only after reorganization had taken place;
the general mortgage bondholders had nearly recouped their losses; while the
former position of the other creditors and of the stockholders was far from
being regained.
It may be objected that the decreases in market quotations were due to a
general decline in prices of securities and not to reorganizations of the roads in
question. This objection, however, cannot hold. It is true that a general decline
began in the United States in February, 1893, and continued through 1894,
reaching its lowest point in August, 1893, and, after that, in March, 1895; and
that this decline was due to general conditions of panic and depression. In
1895, however, a revival took place, and, proceeding with uncertain steps
through 1896, became obvious and important in 1897 and 1898. The average
date of failure from 1893–8 of the seven roads described in the text was
October 1, 1893, and the average date of reorganization was September 1,

Page 351

1896. Since the market price figures quoted are taken one year before failure
and one year after reorganization, conditions in October, 1892, should be
compared with those in September, 1897. The following diagram traces the
movements of twenty-six important railroad common stocks between those
722
dates. Quotations for none of the seven railroads in question are included.

It is evident that the prices of the above stocks were not materially lower
on September 1, 1897, than on October 1, 1892. The exact average was 73¾
for the earlier month, and 71⅛ for the later. The comparison may fairly,
however, be carried further than this, and considerable pains have been taken
to arrive at general figures which are conclusive. Such, it is believed, are the
following. The market value of thirty-nine different bond issues of seventeen
companies, taken at random from among those frequently bought and sold
upon the New York and Philadelphia exchanges, was in October, 1892,
$388,628,968. This differed little from the market value of the same securities
in September, 1892, which was $388,198,432, or that in November, 1892,
which was $390,170,323. The market value of these issues in 1897 was
$371,125,135 in August, $373,875,293 in September, and $372,962,239 in
October. Represented in tabular form the situation appears as follows:

Market Value of Securities
1892 1897 Decrease
September $388,198,432 August $371,125,135 4.4 per cent
October 388,628,968 September 373,875,293 3.7 per cent
November 390,170,323 October 372,962,239 4.4 per cent

Page 352

In other words, the quotations for this large mass of representative
securities were within 4½ per cent in 1897 of what they were in 1892. If to
these are now added the same proportions of stock that existed for the
disturbed securities of the seven reorganizations from 1893–8 there appears
the following result:

Market Value of Securities
1892 1897 Decrease
September $641,105,160 August $620,794,202 3.1 per cent
October 644,276,634 September 631,061,329 2.0 per cent
November October 2.3 per
723
644,131,632 629,005,577 cent

This is, as nearly as possible, a computation comparable with figures
already cited. It is made up the same way, has too broad a basis to give a non-
typical result, and is not dependent upon the selection of a single month for its
conclusion that security prices had nearly regained their former level by the
last half of 1897. A decrease in value of 16.2 per cent for the securities of
seven reorganized railroads has been determined. Less than one-fifth of this
can be attributed to general causes. The significance of the decrease therefore
remains.
In conclusion, two other points of interest may be mentioned. First, the
provision which sound reorganization plans should make for the future
development of their properties, and second, the creation of voting trusts to
prevent sudden changes in control. It has been seen that restrictions on new
mortgages have accompanied the issue of income bonds and of preferred
stock, in order to afford to these latter a desirable protection. If old
bondholders demand these clauses, a certain amount of new issues is required
by the interests of the corporation. A railroad is never finished. New
extensions and improvements which shall increase earnings are generally
called for to a degree which current earnings are insufficient to meet. Some
provision for regular increments of new capital, without the need of
stockholders’ approval in each case, is highly advisable, and implies no lack of
conservatism. In fact, some such provision is often forced upon a railroad.
Take the case of the successive reorganizations of the Atchison properties. In
1889 no new bonds were to be allowed to be inserted between the income and
the mortgage issues, but it was left optional with the management to deduct all
improvements before estimating the earnings applicable to dividends on the

Page 353

former bonds. This proved quite inadequate, and the reorganization of 1892
provided definitely a fund of $20,000,000 second mortgage bonds, which were
to be issued to a limit of $5,000,000 each year, for specific improvements on
the Atchison, exclusive of the Colorado Midland and the St. Louis & San
Francisco. The right was reserved to the company, when all the above should
have been used up, to issue more bonds of the same sort for the same purpose,
and on the same mileage up to a limit of $50,000,000. Finally, in 1895, there
were reserved $30,000,000 general first mortgage bonds, to be issued each
year to a limit of $3,000,000, and $20,000,000 adjustment bonds, to be issued
each year to a limit of $2,000,000, after the general mortgage fund should
have been exhausted. In each of the reorganizations in the nineties considered
in this study, in which restrictions on new bond issues were imposed, there
was concomitant provision for regular increments of mortgage bonds to be
used for improvements, betterments, and new construction. Thus the
Baltimore & Ohio in 1898 reserved $5,000,000 prior liens and $27,000,000
general mortgage bonds, of which the latter were to be issued at the rate of not
exceeding $1,500,000 for the first four years after the organization of the new
company, and not exceeding $1,000,000 a year thereafter; and the former were
to be put forth at the rate of not exceeding $1,000,000 a year after January 1,
1892, for enlargements, betterments, and extensions. The Erie in 1895
provided $5,337,208 in cash to be spent at once, and $17,000,000 in general
lien bonds to be issued during the years following the reorganization. The
Northern Pacific in 1896 set aside $25,000,000 prior lien bonds, of which not
more than $1,500,000 were to be issued in any one year, and $4,000,000
general lien bonds, presumably to be used as needed. The Reading in 1895
reserved $20,000,000 general mortgage bonds for new construction, additions,
and betterments, of which not over $1,500,000 were to be used in any one
year. And, finally, the Richmond Terminal reserved $20,000,000 in 5 per cent
bonds to be used at the rate of $2,000,000 per year, and has recently
authorized a $200,000,000 4 per cent mortgage which will raise the yearly
724
limit of expenditure to $5,000,000.
Before the nineties, as after, provision for new capital accompanied
restriction on the future issue of bonds. In 1886 the Reading provided a lump
sum of $9,792,000 general mortgage bonds for future use in the improvement
of the railroad; and in 1875 the Northern Pacific contemplated the issue of first
mortgage bonds to an average of $25,000 per mile of new road actually
completed. Where, as with the Atchison in 1889, some such provision did not
accompany the general restrictions placed upon new bond issues, or where, as

Page 354

with the Northern Pacific in 1875, the provision proved inadequate, fresh
measures of relief were compelled. The Atchison reorganization of 1892 has
been mentioned; in 1889 a financial operation of the Northern Pacific, which
according to our definition was not properly a reorganization, provided
$20,000,000 5 per cent consolidated mortgage bonds for additional branches
at a rate not to exceed $30,000 per mile, and a like sum for betterments, etc.
Even where no restrictions on future bond issues are imposed, it is highly
advisable that some provision for future capital requirements be made, and
that the management have at its disposal a fund of bonds issuable without the
approval of stockholders in each case. It is probable, therefore, that some such
provision would have been a feature of some, at least, of the reorganizations
even had the restrictions described not made the clauses an imperative
necessity; but if we may judge from the rather restricted basis on which we are
here at work, the provisions would have been far less liberal than we have
found to be the case. In 1895 the Union Pacific set aside $13,000,000 4 per
cent bonds and $7,000,000 preferred stock to dispose of equipment
obligations, and for reorganization and corporate uses. Of these, corporate
uses were stated to be those which would be proper to the corporation
thereafter, such as the issue of securities in extension of the property. This, of
course, was quite inadequate. Similarly the Rock Island in 1902 and the Erie
in 1875–7 provided for a certain issue of stock or bonds to be applied to future
capital requirements. It is undoubtedly true that both the Erie and the Reading
railroads were hampered by the lack of adequate provision of this nature;
though as the main difficulty of each corporation was the continued existence
of heavier charges than it could bear, an automatic increase of indebtedness
would not have proved a solution of their troubles.
The essence of a voting trust is the deposit of stock in the hands of
trustees (most frequently five in number). These trustees issue certificates in
return. All dividends declared on the stock are paid over to holders of
certificates, but all the voting power is exercised by the trustees so long as the
trust endures. Of the reorganizations which we have described, ten
reorganizations with foreclosure included five voting trusts and one proxy
committee; eight reorganizations without foreclosure included two voting
trusts; ten reorganizations before 1893 included two voting trusts (though a
third was proposed for the Atchison in 1889); seven reorganizations in 1893–8
included five voting trusts and one proxy committee. The use of voting trusts
has therefore become more general, denoting a realization of the dangers of

Page 355

fluctuating and speculative control at critical periods in a railroad’s history.
This desire to secure conditions of stable control has been the dominant one in
the cases under consideration. “In order to establish such control of the
reorganized company for a series of years,” said the reorganization plan of the
Baltimore & Ohio in 1898, “both classes of stock of the new company shall be
vested in ... five voting trustees.” “The importance of vesting in the present
creditor class the management of the properties until their productiveness is
considerably increased ... is manifest,” said the syndicate reorganization plan
of the Reading in 1886. It is of supreme importance that a reorganized
company be well started on its way by men who have an interest in making the
reorganization plan permanently successful, and that conservative direction be
assured until danger of bankruptcy be past. For this reason we should expect
the use of voting trusts to increase in direct relation to the seriousness of the
difficulties experienced, and to the vividness with which the need for stability
is felt. If we may generalize, and say that a railroad which cannot be
reorganized without a foreclosure sale is usually in more desperate straits than
one which can be saved by voluntary concessions, we have an explanation of
the coincidence of foreclosures and voting trusts. The teachings of experience,
which have shown both the usefulness of voting trusts as tools, and the
necessity of a solution such as they offer, further explain the increased
prominence of the trust in later years.
It is not true that voting trusts are always used for the purposes indicated.
In 1892 certain stockholders of the Baltimore & Ohio agreed to deposit their
certificates in a trust for one year and five months. The stock deposited
amounted to $8,975,000 out of a total outstanding of $25,000,000, and a limit
of $11,000,000 was set to the amount to be so placed, the object of the
arrangement apparently being to increase the influence of the stockholders
725
concerned by concentration of their holdings. Again, in 1895, to take an
outside example, the stock of the Oregon Railway & Navigation Company
was placed in trust with the Central Trust Company in order better to protect
the preferred stock. It was provided that during the continuance of the trust the
Central Trust Company should vote all the stock: first, against any increase in
the preferred stock unless the holders of all the voting trust certificates of both
classes should give their unanimous consent at general meetings; second,
against all propositions relating to the mortgaging, selling, or leasing of the
railroad and telegraph lines of the company, or to the consolidation thereof,
unless a majority of each class of certificates should consent; third, on all
other questions as directed by the holders of a majority of the aggregate of all

Page 356

726
voting trust certificates of both classes represented at general meetings.
Further provisions gave to the preferred stock control of a majority of the
board of directors. These instances are of interest; but the principal purpose of
the voting trusts in the reorganizations which we have considered has been
nevertheless the securing of stability of control for a definite period after the
rehabilitation of the bankrupt companies.
The duration of the voting trust varies from company to company. The
most usual provision is for five years. Frequently the voting trustees may
terminate the trust earlier at their discretion, as in the case of the Baltimore &
Ohio trust of 1898, the Richmond Terminal trust of 1894, or the Northern
Pacific trust of 1896. Frequently, also, certain conditions must be fulfilled
before termination. In the case of the Erie in 1895 no stock certificates were to
be due or deliverable before December 1, 1900, nor until the expiration of
such further period, if any, as should elapse before the Erie Railroad Company
in one year should have paid 4 per cent cash dividend on the first preferred
727
stock. In the case of the Reading in 1896 4 per cent cash dividends on the
first preferred stock were required for two consecutive years, and this delayed
728
dissolution three years beyond the time originally contemplated. The
Richmond Terminal trust had provisions similar to those of the Erie.
The number of trustees also varies. The scheme proposed for the Atchison
in 1889 contemplated a trust of seven; the Baltimore & Ohio in 1898 and the
Richmond Terminal in 1894 provided for five; and the Erie in 1896 for three;
but this point is not material. When the reorganization plan requires the
consent of stockholders to an increase in the issue of securities the consent of
holders of trust certificates is apt to be required on similar occasions during
the existence of the trust. Thus the Northern Pacific agreement of 1896
forbade the trustees to increase the preferred stock or to issue any new
mortgage, except with the consent of the holders of a majority of the whole
amount of preferred stock trust certificates, and of the holders of a majority of
the common stock trust certificates represented at the meeting.
This ends the present treatment of the subject of railroad reorganization.
The results of the discussion may be briefly summed up as follows:
First. Reorganization is most frequently an attempt to extricate an
embarrassed company from its difficulties.

Page 357

Second. These difficulties can generally be traced either to an unrestricted
freedom of capitalization, or to destructive competition.
Third. The shape in which trouble appears is likely to be that of a large
floating debt or of excessive fixed charges; either or both of which may have
brought the corporation to a critical condition some time before the actual
collapse.
Fourth. The best practice favors the retirement of floating debt by
assessments on securityholders, though sales of securities are sometimes
resorted to, or a combination of sales and assessments is employed.
Fifth. Fixed charges are composed chiefly of interest and rentals. Interest
payments are reduced by the retirement of outstanding bonds by new bonds
which bear a lower rate of interest, or by income bonds or stock, or by a
combination of securities with a fixed rate of interest with securities upon
which payment of interest is optional. Rentals may be reduced by direct
negotiation, or the leased roads may be absorbed into the main system, and
their securityholders receive new stocks and bonds as above.
Sixth. The new bonds are of fewer kinds and have longer terms to run than
the bonds which they displace.
Seventh. This reduction in fixed charges imposes a loss on the greater part
of securityholders, both in respect to the annual interest which they can claim,
and in respect to the selling price of their holdings. A similar loss is suffered
by those securityholders who pay the required assessments.
Eighth. The loss falls on securityholders according to the seniority of their
holdings,—those bonds escaping which can expect to satisfy their claims from
the selling price of the railroad at foreclosure sale.
Ninth. The most important development in reorganization practice has
been the increasing use of new securities bearing a fixed rate of interest with
new securities bearing a conditional rate of interest; a use which may make the
losses of junior securityholders temporary instead of permanent, and yet
safeguard the interests of the corporation. In this connection preferred stock
has gained in popularity over income bonds.
Tenth. This development, and the issue of new securities for floating debt
and for other purposes, have caused the capitalization after reorganization in
all but one of the cases which we have examined to exceed the capitalization
before.

Page 358

Eleventh. In order to perfect a reorganization additional provisions are
often inserted, which protect junior securityholders against the reckless issue
of new bonds, supply the corporation with ability to make necessary
betterments from capital account, protect the corporation from sudden changes
in control, and similarly supplement the main clauses.

Page 359

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE
Information about railroad reorganization must be gathered from a wide
variety of sources. The most important are five in number. First, there are
the annual reports of the railroads themselves. Second, there are the files of
financial and railroad papers. Third, there are contemporaneous pamphlets.
Fourth, there are memoirs and biographies containing first-hand material.
And fifth, there are government documents, which comprise (1) regular
reports by and testimony before bodies like the state and national railway
commissions; (2) reports by and testimony taken before occasional
committees; (3) legislative records; (4) state and federal court proceedings.
Of the five sources mentioned, the files of contemporary papers are the
most useful. The Commercial and Financial Chronicle, the Railroad
Gazette, the Railway Age, the Railway and Engineering Review, the
Railway Times of London, the New York Tribune, the New York Journal of
Commerce, the Wall Street Journal, and many others are generally accurate
and trustworthy, though it should be noted as a limitation that they seldom
have inside information, and that their comment is not always independent.
These papers are supplemented by pamphlets and circulars. Many
reorganization plans are published in pamphlet form. Opposition to them is
not infrequently thrown into the same shape. Reports of experts are printed
in pamphlets. In general, the live literature of reorganization must be put out
on short notice, and so is issued in this informal way. The official statistics
of railroads are to be found in the reports of the railroad companies
themselves, made to stockholders or to supervisory government bodies.
These statistics, like the news items in the financial and railroad papers,
must be used with care. They are sometimes incomplete, and they are
sometimes purposely misleading. Nevertheless, they are useful, and serious
inaccuracies in any of them are usually exposed within a few years after
their original publication. The material to be found in legislative records is
not abundant. Railroads almost invariably, however, appear before the
courts in the course of their reorganizations, and in the decisions of these

Page 360

tribunals some facts of interest may be found. The records of the
receivership of the Union Pacific have been published in fourteen volumes.
The decision of the United States Supreme Court in Pearsall vs. Great
729
Northern blocked the first of the reorganization plans proposed for the
730
Northern Pacific in 1895. An earlier decision enabled the Union Pacific
to postpone the payment of interest upon the public debt until the principal
should have fallen due. The Erie has been at times almost continuously
before the courts, and the same is true of the Reading during its
reorganizations, of the Northern Pacific, and of other roads. The student is
most fortunate when he can uncover testimony before government
committees, of men who have taken part in reorganization proceedings, or
who are personally acquainted with developments which have led up to
731
railroad failures. Mr. Blanchard, before the Hepburn Committee, and Mr.
732
Fink, before the Hepburn and the Cullom Committees, helped their
hearers to understand the policy which finally resulted in the failure of the
Baltimore & Ohio. The report of the Poland Committee disclosed the
733
scandal of the Crédit Mobilier. The testimony of Gould, Adams, Ames,
Holmes, and others before the United States Pacific Railroad Commission
734
of 1887–88 made clear the iniquity of the Union Pacific reorganization
of 1880. The statements of Mr. Pierce before the Senate Committee on
735
Pacific Railroads in 1896 explained the attitude of the Union Pacific
towards the repayment of that company’s debt to the Government. The
testimony of Messrs. McLeod, Rice, Harris, and others before the Industrial
Commission of 1900 threw much light upon the Reading bankruptcy of
1893. The arguments of counsel in the matter of export differentials,
736
reprinted in the fifth volume of the Elkins Committee report, gave
valuable information on the subject of trunk-line competition. Many of the
witnesses before these committees are frank in criticism of the railroads
with which they have been connected. Others are forced to admissions by
the keen questioning to which they are exposed. The only similar material
737
to be found elsewhere lies in memoirs, such as those of Henry Villard, or
738
in biographies like Oberholtzer’s Life of Jay Cooke and Pearson’s An
739
American Railroad Builder which make use of private papers of men
740
prominent in railroad finance. Perhaps White’s Book of Daniel Drew,

Page 361

741
Depew’s Retrospect of Twenty-Five Years, and the Life of Isaac Ingalls
742
Stevens by his son, should be included in this class.
This enumeration, while in no way exhaustive, indicates the principal
sources from which material may be obtained. Secondary works do not
exist which treat solely of railroad reorganization. There is an article by
743
E. S. Meade in the Annals of the American Academy, articles by Simon
744 745
Sterne in the Forum, and an article by A. Lansburgh in Die Bank, but
no books of which the author is aware. Mention may be made of an
intelligent discussion of an industrial reorganization by A. S. Dewing in the
746
Quarterly Journal of Economics. Poor’s Manual for 1900 contains the
most convenient set of general statistics. On railroad receiverships, besides
747
legal works, there is a monograph by H. H. Swain, which has a brief
bibliography, and articles in the Forum, North American Review, and other
periodicals.
On the history of the great American railroad systems the literature is
also quite inadequate. The Union Pacific has been written up frequently,
because of its relations with the United States Government. Works by
748 749 750 751 752 753
Davis, von der Leyen, Bromley, Dillon, Crawford, Hazard,
754
and White treat various phases of the company’s development up to its
755
final reorganization, an article by Meyer describes the settlements
between the Pacific railroads and the Government, and another article by
756
Mitchell in the Quarterly Journal of Economics deals with Union Pacific
finance since that time. There may also be mentioned an account by
757
Bailey, which covers the whole of the road’s history, but in a superficial
way, and a vicious attack by Robinson upon all the government-aided
758
lines. The student of the Erie has at his disposal the elaborate narrative
759 760
by E. H. Mott, the chapters by Charles Francis Adams, Jr., and the
761
sketch by Crouch. Milton Reizenstein has dealt with the progress of the
762
Baltimore and Ohio up to 1853, and for this road there is material to be
763
found in Smith’s Book of the Great Railway Celebrations of 1857, and in
a compilation of the Laws, Ordinances, and Documents Relating to the

Page 362

764
Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, published in 1840. For the Northern
Pacific the history by Smalley covers in popular style the period from 1864
765
to 1883, the careful History of the Northern Securities Case, by B. H.
766
Meyer, treats of an interesting later development, chapters in von der
Leyen’s book contain acute and independent discussions of Northern
767
Pacific as well as of Union Pacific finance, and there is a fifteen-page
768
pamphlet by Chapman entitled The Northern Pacific Railroad.
Schlagintweit in 1884 described his travels on the Santa Fe and Southern
769
Pacific. Wilson has written two volumes upon the Pennsylvania
770 771 772
Railroad, while Worthington and Bishop have described the
internal improvements undertaken by the state of Pennsylvania. Ackerman
773
is the author of a Historical Sketch of the Illinois Central Railroad, and
774 775 776
Hollander and Ferguson of works on the Cincinnati Southern. Potts
777
and Briscoe have written on railroads in Texas. The Chicago &
778
Northwestern has published a volume called Yesterday and To-day,
which contains some information. Hinsdale has worked up the History of
779
the Long Island Railroad. Bishop has sketched the history of the St. Paul
780
& Sioux City Railroad. Bliss is the author of a Historical Memoir of the
781
Western Railroad. Cary in 1893 described the Organization and History
782
of the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul Railroad Company. Phillips
discusses in excellent fashion the early history of a number of Southern
783 784
carriers. The autobiography of George Francis Train and Smyth’s
785
biography of Henry Bradley Plant are serviceable. Works like those of
786 787 788 789
Van Oss, Snyder, Carter, and Spearman, and brief descriptions
which have appeared in the columns of the Railway World and in Moody’s
Magazine, treat of a number of railroads, but make no attempt at a scholarly
examination of any one. Some general works like Ringwalt’s Development
790
of Transportation Systems, Adams’ Railroads: Their Origin and
791 792
Problems, Hadley’s Railroad Transportation, Kupka’s Die
793
Verkehrsmittel in den Vereinigten Staaten von Nordamerika, Singer’s
794
Die Amerikanischen Bahnen, Myers’ History of the Great American

Page 363

795 796
Fortunes, Bancroft’s History of the Pacific States, and Chronicles of
797 798
the Builders, Davidson and Stuvé’s Complete History of Illinois,
799
Hollander’s Financial History of Baltimore, Sanborn’s Congressional
800
Grants of Land in Aid of Railways, Haney’s Congressional History of
801 802
Railways, and Million’s State Aid to Railways in Missouri, contain
incidental information about individual railroads.
These books are of service. Their number is, however, small and their
scope limited. It is surprising that a field so rich as that of the history of
American railroad systems should have attracted so little attention from
competent students. It is not too much to say that the history of the Erie by
Mott is the only comprehensive work of the kind which our literature
possesses, and that is already thirteen years old.

Page 364

FOOTNOTES
1
Milton Reizenstein, The Economic History of the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad,
Johns Hopkins University Studies, July-August, 1897.
2
Reizenstein estimates the original cost of the first 379 miles to have been
$37,612 per mile, and, adding the cost of reconstruction and extension to
1853, he gets a figure of $41,237 per mile. Vide infra, p. 75.
3
6th Annual Report, 1832, p. 4.
4
35th Annual Report, 1861.
5
Testimony of Mr. Blanchard, Hepburn Committee Report, p. 3171. See also
Chron. 20:547, 1875.
6
The Baltimore & Ohio had no line to New York. The Pennsylvania had had
one since 1873, and over it Mr. Garrett was forced to send all his New York
business. Disputes arose over the proper pro-rating of charges. President
Garrett alleged that the terminal charge of four cents per 100 pounds which
the Pennsylvania Company imposed on freight coming to or going from New
York was exorbitant, and that he was paying for 100 miles of transportation
when the real distance was only 90. President Scott replied that the rates for
terminal services in New York were not sufficient to cover the cost of doing
the business, and that the Pennsylvania’s New York and Philadelphia line was
open to the Baltimore & Ohio on the same terms as to all others. R. R. Gaz.
7:71–2, 1875.
7
R. R. Gaz. 6:8, 1874. The outcome was an agreement whereby the Baltimore
& Ohio restored rates and fares, and the Pennsylvania agreed to haul two of
the former’s trains daily each way between West Philadelphia and Jersey City,
to sell through tickets West over the Baltimore & Ohio, and to give that road
all necessary facilities for the handling of through freight.
8
Sugar, coffee, salt, etc.
9
The traffic between Cumberland and Baltimore was mostly coal. In an
interview the last of May or first of June, 1875, President Garrett said that as
soon as the right was conceded to his road to enter New York over the
Pennsylvania Railroad as he had been doing for thirty years, and to make such
rates from Baltimore and Chicago as he chose, he was ready for peace and not

Page 365

sooner.... The Saratoga combination, which had been gotten up to ruin the
Baltimore & Ohio Railroad, had only served to establish the road and give it a
standing in the West.... It had been and was now his firm object to maintain
the freight rate on fourth class, the principal freight shipped from the West, at
35 cents per 100. This was a reasonable rate and gave his company a fair
profit. The other lines had to submit to this rate or there could be no peace.
R. R. Gaz. 7:237, 1875.
10
R. R. Gaz. 7:261, 1875; Ibid. 7:270, 1875; Ibid. 7:289, 1875; Chron. 20:593,
1875. The compact was to last for ten years, the companies to agree upon and
to maintain moderate rates between all competing points. Each board of
directors was to appoint a special committee to which was to be referred all
differences which might arise. The Pennsylvania opened its lines to the
Baltimore & Ohio between Philadelphia and New York on the same terms that
it gave other connecting roads at Philadelphia.
11
See Interstate Commerce Commission, Railways in the United States in 1902,
part 2, entitled, “A Forty-year Review of Changes in Freight Tariff,” p. 79.
12
For an account of the differentials at different times see the argument of
counsel and the opinion of the Interstate Commerce Commission, “In the
Matter of Differential Rates to and from North Atlantic Ports,” April 27, 1905,
in Elkins Committee Report, vol. 5, Appendix E. See also 7 I. C. C. Rep. 612.
13
Albert Fink, Report on Adjustment of Railway Rates; also Testimony of Mr.
Blanchard, Hepburn Committee Report, pp. 3171 ff.
14
“Additional Arguments on the Division of [Dead] Freight from Cincinnati of
the Atlantic & Great Western,” etc., N. Y. 1879, p. 5. Speaking from the
standpoint of an impartial observer, Mr. Fink declared that $1,840,494 had
been lost between December 19, 1878, and May 1, 1879, through the failure
of the Michigan Central, Lake Shore, Pennsylvania, and Baltimore & Ohio
and their connections to observe their published tariffs. Chron. 28:578, 1879.
15
By agreement of March 11, 1881, the chairman of the Joint Executive
Committee, Mr. Fink, was given authority to proclaim a general reduction in
published rates when it should be shown that any pool line had been accepting
traffic at less than the regular rate. This authority he exercised in April. Rates
were restored almost immediately by special action of the Joint Executive
Committee, only to be reduced again in June for similar reasons.
16
The actual outbreak of the war was due to the conviction of the New York
Central that traffic was being diverted to other roads by secret departures from
the published tariff. R. R. Gaz. 13:347, 1881.
17
Hepburn Committee Report, vol. 3, p. 558.
18
Cullom Committee Report, vol. 2, p. 98.

Page 366

19
In January the Pennsylvania announced that it would take provisions from
Chicago to New York for ten cents per hundred pounds. R. R. Gaz. 14:28,
1882.
20
See Albert Fink, Report upon the Adjustment of Railroad Transportation Rates
to the Seaboard, 1882; also, Letter to a New York Merchant, by the same,
Hepburn Committee Report, vol. 2, Exhibits, pp. 106–119.
21
For agreement see Chron. 34:116, 1882. The Commissioners’ functions were
purely advisory. They reported in July that “no evidence has been offered
before us that the existing differentials are unjust, or that they operate to the
prejudice of either of the Atlantic seaboard cities.” Senate Committee on
Interstate Commerce Report (Elkins Committee), 1905, vol. 2, pp. 1243 ff.
22
The question was passed upon by C. F. Adams as arbitrator in November,
1882 (Chron. 35:603, 1882), and by the Trunk-Line Board of Arbitration in
January, 1884 (Chron. 38:31, 1884).
23
The attempt of the Pennsylvania to cut off the New York connection of the
Baltimore & Ohio caused especial bitterness between those roads. See Chron.
39:420, 1884.
24
Chron. 41:393, 1885.
25
Cullom Committee Report, vol. 1, Appendix, pp. 237, and 240 ff.
26
Chron. 45:692, 1887.
27
The amount of issue was £2,400,000 ($11,678,400) at 4½ per cent, maturing
April 1, 1933, and placed through Brown, Shipley & Co. of London. Chron.
36:426, 1883.
28
Chron. 40:453, 1885.
29
Chron. 41:555, 1885.
30
Chron. 43:190, 1886.
31
The Staten Island Rapid Transit possessed an extensive water front on Staten
Island, besides franchises for two ferries from Staten Island to the Battery,
New York City. Some trouble was experienced in securing permission to
bridge the Kill von Kull between Staten Island and the New Jersey mainland.
Congress passed an act permitting construction, New Jersey protested, and the
courts upheld the authority of Congress. Stockton v. Baltimore & New York
Railroad Co., 32 Fed. Rep. 9.
32
R. R. Gaz. 19:170, 1887; Ibid. 19:490, 1887. For an account of the Richmond
& West Point Terminal Railway & Warehouse Company see the chapter on the
Southern Railway.

Page 367

33
R. R. Gaz. 18:49, 1886. Interview with Mr. Albert Fink. A passenger rate war
between the Pennsylvania and the Baltimore & Ohio took place early in 1886,
and resulted in the indirect cutting by the former of the pool rate which it had
agreed to maintain. Chron. 42:73, 1886.
34
From $34,713,696 in 1884 to $56,868,201 in 1887.
35
Such as connecting lines, iron bridges over the Ohio River, elevators, wharves,
terminal facilities, etc.
36
The lowest average price of the common stock before announcement of the
measures taken for relief was 160, from which point the quotations rapidly
dropped to 125, and on January 5, 1889, to 85.
37
Chron. 45:304, 1887; Ibid. 45:824, 1887.
38
About $5,000,000 of the floating debt in March, 1888, consisted of advances
by the syndicate, for which they held 50,000 shares of Western Union
Telegraph Company stock, and 15,000 shares of United States Express
Company stock, which at current prices about covered their loan. Statement of
President Spencer, Chron. 46:344, 1888.
39
Ry. Age, 12:640, 1887.
40
“If it [the stock] is sold,” said a statement in the New York Tribune, purporting
to represent the views of Senator Gorman, a large stockholder, “it will place
the control of the road practically in the hands of the syndicate.... It is clearly
preferable to keep the control of the stock here [Baltimore], as the road is a
city and state institution of the first importance to our business interests.” Ry.
Age, 13:44, 1888. Another objection was that an issue of additional preferred
stock would postpone indefinitely dividends upon the common.
41
Mr. Spencer had succeeded Robert Garrett in December, 1887.
42
Chron. 46:319, 1888. In connection with this proposition President Spencer
made the following statement: Of the $11,148,007 floating debt, December,
1887, $7,769,314 consisted of loans and bills payable. This is now reduced to
$6,446,173. There will probably be added to this $1,400,000 for equipment,
already either under contract or to be constructed in the company’s shops. In
addition there should be, in the near future, not less than $2,000,000
additional put into this property for the purpose of improvement. The total
requirements are thus $10,000,000. Of this $5,000,000 will be disposed of by
assets in the hands of the syndicate as collateral, or in the hands of the
company. Of the remaining $5,000,000, $1,500,000 is floating debt. This will
be more than provided for by the $2,500,000 of consolidated bonds remaining
in the hands of the company for its future use after the sale of the $5,000,000
to the syndicate. The remaining $3,500,000 needed for equipment and
improvements it is the desire of the company to provide for by that portion of

Page 368

the $2,500,000 not required for the floating debt, and by the $2,500,000 in the
sinking-fund loan of 1890. Chron. 46:344.
43
Ry. Rev. 28:192, 1888.
44
Ry. Age, 12:728, 1887.
45
R. R. Gaz. 20:417, 1888.
46
Ry. Rev. 28:192, 1888. The amiability of the syndicate was profitable to it. On
May 21 the subscription books of the $7,500,000 mortgage were opened in
London and New York, and the whole issue was subscribed in London before
the inhabitants of the American city, in spite of their proverbial alertness, were
out of bed. In September, 1888, the Baltimore & Ohio was reported as
“having all the funds needed for the present.” R. R. Gaz. 20:343, 1888.
47
Ry. Rev. 28:163, 1888.
48
Ibid. 28:236, 1888.
49
Ry. Rev. 28:678, 1888; Ibid. 28:689, 1888. The coincidence was so suggestive
that it was thought necessary to “credibly inform” certain bankers that the
investigating committee was expected to continue its investigation and to
make a full report. In December the committee was instructed by a directors’
resolution not to report till its full statement was ready, and further notice does
not appear.
50
Ry. Age, 16:882, 1891. At the same time the directors decided to sell
$5,096,600 additional common stock to meet expenditures which would be
necessary in connection with the World’s Fair at Chicago.
51
Chron. 47:575, 1888. It is impossible to give an adequate account of these
wars without straying too far from our subject. Some of the methods by which
rebates were granted are revealed in the case of Jacob Shamberg v. Del., Lack.
& W. R. R. Co. et al., 4 I. C. C. Rep. 630. The differential question took on a
new phase in 1888 through the demand of weaker roads for protection against
stronger. This had long been a demand of the Grand Trunk, and had been
conceded to it in the last part of 1887. In January, 1888, the Pennsylvania and
the New York Central agreed to allow besides a differential rate to the Erie,
the Lackawanna, the West Shore, and the Baltimore & Ohio, which should
vary from five cents per hundred pounds from Chicago to New York on first
class to one cent on fifth and sixth classes. R. R. Gaz. 20:26, 1888; Chron.
46:57, 1888. This did not prevent active warfare throughout the year.
52
Known as the Presidents’ and Bankers’ Agreement.
53
There was, however, a shortage in the wheat crop in 1888.

Page 369

54
The comparative peace of 1889 was due as much to the abundance of traffic
offering as to the efficacy of the agreement concluded in February of that year.
According to the Chronicle the apportionment of traffic then contemplated
proved difficult to carry out, and considerable discontent arose. Chron.
50:892, 1890.
55
In 1890 difficulties occurred through the competition of the Canadian Pacific,
and more particularly through the attempt of the Lake Shore to reduce the
differential formerly granted to the Grand Trunk. Chron. 50:850, 1890. The
matter was left to arbitration, Chron. 51:625, with the result that the lines
north of Lake Ontario were allowed to charge two and one-half cents less per
hundred pounds on dressed beef to the seaboard than the lines further south.
R. R. Gaz. 23:64, 1891. This had the effect of putting the Canadian Pacific on
an equality with the Grand Trunk. Late in 1892 still another agreement
between the trunk lines was found necessary to maintain rates. Chron. 55:857,
1892.
56
Ry. Rev. 30:382, 1890.
57
Chron. 50:800, 1890; Ibid. 50:833, 1890; Ry. Rev. 30:348, 1890; R. R. Gaz.
22:448, 1890.
58
Application for listing of Trustee certificates, Chron. 54:369, 1892.
59
Certain extensions had been made, which it is not necessary to describe at
length. The most important had been those of the Pittsburgh & Western in
1891, Chron. 52:238, 1891, the Akron & Chicago Junction, Chron. 53:756,
1891, and the West Virginia & Pittsburgh, Chron. 54:725, 1892. In 1893 the
Baltimore & Ohio Southwestern and the Ohio & Mississippi Railway
companies consolidated, and the Baltimore & Ohio guaranteed the principal
and interest of the first consolidated mortgage gold bonds of the consolidated
company for $25,000,000. Chron. 56:332, 1893.
60
Chron. 59:696, 1894. In October, 1893, the Baltimore & Ohio was borrowing
in London on one year 5 per cent promissory notes, and 2 per cent
commission, paying, therefore, an equivalent of 7 per cent interest. Ry. Times,
64:499, 1893.
61
Chron. 60:42, 1895.
62
In 1895 the directors speak of the unremunerative rates prevailing. Chron.
60:711, 1895. At the end of the year Mr. Alexander Shaw, chairman of the
board of directors, felt called upon to say, “The two subjects which are giving
the new board of directors the most to think about are the floating debt and the
future management of the property. We have to fund the former, and as to the
latter there is a difference of opinion among the directors.... I deny specifically
that the January interest on the bonds of the company will be passed; that a
receivership, either friendly or otherwise, is contemplated; that the Baltimore

Page 370

& Ohio and the Southern Railway systems are to be consolidated; and the
statements that there has been an irregularity in the manner of keeping the
books of the company.” Chron. 61:1153, 1895.
63
Ry. Rev. 36:138, 1896. The receivers were appointed February 29.
64
Chron. 62:777, 1896.
65
The period covered was from September 30, 1888, to November 30, 1895.
Report of Mr. Stephen Little to General Louis Fitzgerald, chairman of the
reorganization committee.
66
Chron. 64:999, 1897.
67
President J. K. Cowen, Vice-President Oscar G. Murray.
68
Chron. 62:907, 1896.
69
Ibid. 69:128, 1899.
70
R. R. Gaz. 28:781, 1896; Ibid. 29:563, 1897; Chron. 65:110, 1897; Ry. Rev.
38:628, 1898. The status of the Baltimore & Ohio stock was somewhat
peculiar, in that when first issued to the state of Maryland it had been
accompanied by a guarantee, or conditional guarantee, of dividend payments;
and Johns Hopkins University, to which the stock had been transferred,
maintained that this contract, added to the continuous payment of dividends
for over fifty years, gave them rights even against the bondholders.
71
Chron. 66:1235, 1898.
72
The prior lien bonds were “to be secured by a mortgage upon the main line
and branches, Parkersburg Branch and Pittsburg Division when acquired by
the new company, covering about 1017 miles of first track, and about 964
miles of second, third, and fourth track and sidings, and also all the equipment
now owned by the company of the value of upward of $20,000,000, or
hereafter acquired in any manner by the use of the $34,000,000 reserved first
mortgage bonds, as hereinafter stated.”
73
The first mortgage 4s were to be a first lien “upon the Philadelphia, Chicago,
and Akron divisions and branches and the Fairmount, Morgantown &
Pittsburg Railroad, covering about 570 miles of first track, and about 332
miles of second, third, and fourth track and sidings, and also on the properties
now included in the present Baltimore & Ohio Terminal mortgages of 1894,
when said lines and properties are acquired by the new company; also on the
Baltimore Belt Railroad, if and when the same shall be acquired by the new
company. They will also be a lien subject to the prior lien mortgage upon the
lines, properties, and equipment covered by the latter.”
74
Annual Yield of Old and New Securities:

Page 371

Annual
Annual return
Previous return from new
annual from new bonds and
Loan return bonds given stock given
B. & O. Loan, 1853 $40 $40.87 $46.47
Consol. Mtg. 5s, 1887 50 41.75 44.35
Loan of 1872 60 40.41 42.01
Loan of 1874 60 40.41 46.81
Parkersburg Br. 6s 60 41.75 41.75
P. & C. 1st Ex. 4s 40 40.87 42.70
P. & C. 1st 7s 70 40.00 40.00
B. & O. 5s, Loan of 1885 50 40.00 44.00
P. & C. Consol. 6s 60 40.67 48.67
Chicago Div. 5s 50 46.30 50.30
Phila. Div. 4½s 45 40.00 50.60
B. & O. 4½ Term. Bs 45 40.00 40.00
Akron & Chicago Junc. 5s 50 40.00 42.00
75
Headed by Messrs. Speyer & Co. and Kuhn, Loeb & Co. of New York, and
Messrs. Speyer Bros. of London. R. R. Gaz. 30:733, 1898.
76
The Western Union stock was sold to the same syndicate which took the
Baltimore & Ohio’s securities, at a price said to be about 90. At this price the
yield would have been $3,420,000; so evidently very little other stock was
sold.
77
In fact they were never quite so low as this.
78
Chron. 69:128, 1899.
79
Chron. 67:27, 1898.
80
Ry. Rev. 38:656, 1898.
81
R. R. Gaz. 31:500, 1899.
82
Ry. Age 28:570, 1899.
83
The chief addition has been that of the Cleveland, Lorraine & Wheeling.
84
Chron. 72:1079, 1901. In February, 1906, the Pennsylvania Railroad and three
other companies which it controlled owned $28,480,000 of Baltimore & Ohio
preferred and $42,900,000 of Baltimore & Ohio common stock out of an
authorized capital of $60,000,000 preferred and $125,000,000 common.
Report of the Interstate Commerce Commission on the Pennsylvania
community of interest, February 6, 1906.

Page 372

85
See Chron. 76:102, 1903; and Interstate Commerce Commission, Report on
Discriminations and Monopolies in Coal and Oil, January 25, 1907. The
interest of the Baltimore & Ohio in the Reading dated from 1902, and was
influenced in turn by the ability of the Reading to control the Central of New
Jersey, over which the Baltimore & Ohio reached New York. The latter’s
holdings of Reading stock were shared with the Vanderbilts. Both the
Baltimore & Ohio and the Lake Shore sold a block of their Reading stock in
1904.
86
See statement by the Pennsylvania management in Chron. 83:563, 1906.
87
It is not necessary to do more than to mention the recent contest between the
Baltimore & Ohio and the Hill-Morgan people over the Chicago Terminal
Transfer Railway. By arrangement with this company the Baltimore & Ohio
had enjoyed terminal facilities at Chicago on favorable terms. When the
Terminal Railway went bankrupt the Baltimore & Ohio paid off the first
mortgage bonds in order to prevent the loss of its privileges. Litigation
followed, to end finally in an agreement between the Hill and Baltimore &
Ohio interests for joint ownership of the Chicago Terminal by the Burlington
and the latter, and for the use of its facilities in accordance with an equitable
division of its trackage. The Pere Marquette and the Chicago Great Western,
which had shared in the use of the property to that time, were left to shift for
themselves. Ry. World, August 23, 1907.
88
E. H. Mott, Between the Ocean and the Lakes—the Story of Erie. N. Y. 1899.
89
Ibid. pp. 79–80.
90
Mott, p. 129. Default was also made on the first, second, third, and fifth
mortgages.
91
See Adams’s Chapters of Erie, Boston, 1871.
92
The capital per mile rose from $81,068 in 1864 to $117,760 in 1872.
93
Chron. 12:203, 1871; Ibid. 16:489, 1873.
94
R. R. Gaz. 6:100, 1874. See affidavit of S. H. Dunan in the suit of John C.
Angell against the Erie Railway Company and others, reprinted in Hepburn
Committee Report, vol. 2, Exhibits, pp. 591–610.
95
Hepburn Committee Report, vol. 2, Exhibits, pp. 623–643.
96
Angell suit, R. R. Gaz. 6:269, 1874.
97
R. R. Gaz. 7:224, 1875.
98
Chron. 20:520, 1875.

Page 373

99
From a loan of £3,000,000 placed in London, the company had received but
£1,232,029 in cash; £508,431 being retained by the London Banking
Association and by James McHenry for claims and commissions on which the
critical condition of the company enabled them to insist. Chron. 20:500, 1875.
For statement of the physical condition of the property, May 26, 1875, see
Extracts from joint letter to Hon. H. J. Jewett, Hepburn Committee Report,
vol. 2, pp. 517–518, Exhibits.
100
See R. R. Gaz. 7:423, 1875.
101
R. R. Gaz. 7:423, 1875.
102
R. R. Gaz. 7:479–80, 1875.
103
Chron. 21:277, 1875.
104
R. R. Gaz. 7:511, 1875.
105
R. R. Gaz. 7:533, 1875; Chron. 21:612, 1875.
106
R. R. Gaz. 8:818, 1876.
107
Chron. 22:233, 1876.
108
R. R. Gaz. 8:178, 1876.
109
Chron. 22:423, 1876.
110
Amounts received from assessments to January 18, 1878, were:

$3 per share on 23,372 Preferred, $70,116
$2 58,095 116,190
$6 72,982 Common, 437,892
$4 698,095 2,792,380
Total, $3,416,578
Shares forfeited for non-payment,—Preferred, 3902
Shares forfeited for non-payment,—Common, 8923

R. R. Gaz. 11:30, 1879. Report of Pres. Jewett, Chron. 28:67–8, 1879.
Shares with assessment paid sold in October, 1878, at $15 for common and
$30 for preferred. R. R. Gaz. 10:516, 1878.
111
Chron. 23:233, 1876; Ibid. 26:419; Ibid. 29:358, 1879; Hepburn Committee
Report, vol. 2, pp. 252–7, Exhibits.
112
Chron. 26:419, 1878.
113
Ibid. 26:469, 1878. For indenture executed by the new corporation and for text
of the first and second consolidated mortgage and of the second consolidated

Page 374

funded coupon mortgage, see Hepburn Committee Report, vol. 2, Exhibits,
pp. 315–50.
114
Mott, p. 268.
115
Mott, p. 269.
116
Annual Report, 1882.
117
Chron. 36:427, 1883. For the necessity of Erie’s extension westward see
testimony of First Vice-President Felton before the Senate Committee on
Transportation Interests of the United States and Canada, 51st Congress, 1st
Session, Report no. 847, pp. 130–1.
118
For some account of the trunk-line rate wars see the chapter on the Baltimore
& Ohio.
119
Chron. 39:234, 1884.
120
Annual Report, 1884, p. 12.
121
R. R. Gaz. 16:421, 1884.
122
Chron. 39:349, 1884.
123
R. R. Gaz. 17:446, 1885.
124
For terms of reorganization see Annual Report, 1890; also R. R. Gaz. 19:188,
1887.
125
Annual Report, 1886.
126
Upon such redemption a corresponding amount of the original coupons were
to be cancelled.
127
Annual Report, 1886.
128
From .662 in 1887 to .610 in 1892.
129
Testimony of Messrs. King and Felton, Senate Committee on Transportation
Interests of the United States and Canada, pp. 44 and 121–2.
130
Annual Report, 1887.
131
Mott, p. 272.
132
In 1890 a traffic agreement was made with the Cincinnati, Hamilton &
Dayton, to take the place of that with the Big Four. R. R. Gaz. 22:314, 1890.
133
Figures for 1891 were, fixed charges, $4298 per mile; net revenue, $4897 per
mile.

Page 375

134
Chron. 57:179, 1893.
135
Mott, p. 273.
136
Chron. 57:938, 1893; Ibid. 57:1083, 1893.
137
Ry. Times, 65:3, 1894.
138
R. R. Gaz. 26:18, 1894.
139
Ry. Times, 65:120, 1894.
140
Ibid. 65:152, 1894.
141
Chron. 58:264, 1894.
142
Ibid. 58:383, 1894.
143
Ibid. 58:430, 1894.
144
According to the law of 1892 the bonded indebtedness, including mortgages
given as consideration for the purchase of real estate and mortgages
authorized by contract prior to May, 1891, could not exceed the amount of the
paid up capital stock.
145
Ry. Rev. 34:181, 1894.
146
R. R. Gaz. 26:472, 1894.
147
Ibid. 27:554, 1895.
148
New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio voting trustees agreed to foreclose and
deliver the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio property, subject only to the prior
lien, equipment, and leased-line securities for which reservation was made.
149
Chron. 61:368, 1895; R. R. Gaz. 27:583–4, 1895.
150
The following was the rate of exchange of Erie securities for New York,
Pennsylvania & Ohio securities on payment by the latter of $12 per new
share:

To be exchanged for
Prior
1st 2d Com.
Old securities Lien
Pref. Pref. Stock
in amounts of Bonds
1st mortgage, $5,000 $1000 $500 $100 $750
2d mortgage, 500 100
3d mortgage, 1,000 100
Pref. Stock, 6,000 100
Com. Stock, 10,000 100

Page 376

151
Capital Stock—
Before reorganization Common Preferred
Erie, $77,837,000 $8,536,600
N. Y., P. & O., 34,999,350 10,000,000
$112,836,350 $18,536,600
After reorganization
Erie, $100,000,000 $46,000,000
Nypano, 20,000,000
$120,000,000 $46,000,000
152
This real rental was increased somewhat by the assumption of New York,
Pennsylvania & Ohio prior liens.
153
Chron. 61:831, 1895.
154
Capital—
Stock Bonds
1896 $146,000,000 $137,704,100
1907 176,271,300 209,633,900
155
Calculated. Poor gives the figure of 340.3 miles of track. In 1867 the miles of
track were reported as 418.1, and the miles of line as 147, the latter being 35.1
per cent of the former. Supposing the proportion to have been the same in
1862, to 340.3 miles of track there would have been 119.4 miles of line,
which, divided into a capital of $23,094,829, gives $193,417.
156
Annual Report, 1881, p. 63.
157
Industrial Commission, vol. 19, p. 445. Area of fields as given in Annual
Report for 1881 was: Schuylkill, 146 sq. miles; Western Middle, 91 sq. miles;
Lehigh, 37 sq. miles; Wyoming, 198 sq. miles.
158
An analysis of the Coal & Iron Company’s operations in 1881 (Annual Report,
1881) showed that there had been expended:
For coal and timber lands and leasehold
collieries, and for dead work, colliery
equipments and improvements, real estate
and miners’ houses, etc., $39,385,080
For stocks and bonds and loans to secure the
control of tributary properties, 5,672,394
For iron ore lands, iron furnaces, mills, and
other properties, 1,720,566
For profit and loss account in working
properties, including interest payments,
etc., 22,454,500

Page 377

For supplies and miscellaneous accounts, 1,485,426
For bills and accounts receivable, cash, etc., 2,608,702
$73,326,668
Of which amount there was furnished by the
Railroad Company, 54,886,647
And the Coal & Iron Company’s obligations
held by the public, for which the Railroad
Company became responsible as
guarantor, amounted to 14,929,557
Other direct liabilities of the Coal & Iron
Company amounted to 3,510,464
$73,326,668
159
Annual Report, 1881.
160
Part of the difference was due to the inflation of the currency before 1879.
161
R. R. Gaz. 9:225, 1877; Ibid. 9:146, 1877.
162
Ibid. 9:284, 1877.
163
Annual Report, 1881, p. 28.
164
Chron. 31:46, 1880, Report of the English Bondholders’ Committee, June 18,
1880. This committee was in the interests of the Messrs. McCalmont.
165
Ry. Age, 5:365, 1880.
166
R. R. Gaz. 12:363, 1880.
167
Ry. Age, 5:351, 1880; R. R. Gaz. 12:350, 1880.
168
R. R. Gaz. 12:542, 1880.
169
R. R. Gaz. 12:564, 1880.
170
Chron. 31:536, 1880.
171
Chron. 31:607, 1880.
172
R. R. Gaz. 12:609, 1880.
173
Ibid.
174
Ibid. 13:11, 1881.
175
Ibid. 12:704, 1880.
176
R. R. Gaz. 12:652, 1880.

Page 378

177
Ibid. 12:704, 1880.
178
Ibid. 13:11, 1881.
179
R. R. Gaz. 13:25, 1881.
180
Chron. 32:206, 1881.
181
R. R. Gaz. 13:43, 1881.
182
R. R. Gaz. 13:132, 1881.
183
Chron. 32:313, 1881.
184
Chron. 32:445, 1881.
185
Chron. 32:469, 1881.
186
R. R. Gaz. 13:446, 1881.
187
Ry. Age, 6:528, 1881.
188
Annual Report, 1881, p. 52.
189
Annual Report, 1881, pp. 50 ff.
190
Annual Report, 1881, pp. 50 ff.; see also Chron. 33:177, 1881.
191
Ry. Age, 6:486, 1881.
192
Chron. 33:256, 1881.
193
Ry. Age, 6:628, 1881.
194
R. R. Gaz. 13:624, 1881.
195
R. R. Gaz. 13:672, 1881.
196
Chron. 34:265, 1882; R. R. Gaz. 26:156, 1882.
197
Chron. 34:409, 1882.
198
R. R. Gaz. 14:354, 1882.
199
Industrial Commission, vol. 9, p. 607.
200
Ry. Age, 10:218, 1885.
201
Annual Report, 1883, pp. 111 ff.
202
Annual Report, 1883, pp. 139 ff.
203
Chron. 37:563, 1883.

Page 379

204
Annual Report, 1883, pp. 25–7.
205
Annual Report, 1883. The proposition was made by Mr. Gowen.
206
From November 30, 1883, to January 2, 1884, reliable figures subsequently
showed a deficit of $2,000,000.
207
Chron. 38:679, 1884.
208
Ibid. 39:461, 1884.
209
Annual Report, 1884, pp. 21–8.
210
R. R. Gaz. 17:80, 1885.
211
R. R. Gaz. 17:144, 1885.
212
Ibid. 17:160, 1885.
213
Ibid. 17:224, 1885.
214
Collateral bonds were to be given for the assessment.
215
Chron. 40:569, 1885. The trustees were to be appointed as follows: One by
foreign creditors, two by the general mortgage bondholders, one by the
income mortgage bondholders, one by holders of securities junior to the
income mortgage, and two by the shareholders.
216
Ry. Age, 10:314, 1885.
217
R. R. Gaz. 17:607, 1885.
218
Chron. 41:307, 1885.
219
Chron. 41:654, 1885.
220
Preferred from $846,950 to $36,381,820; common from $36,822,975 to
$60,134,462.
221
R. R. Gaz. 18:138, 1886.
222
Chron. 42:216, 1886.
223
Chron. 42:365, 1896. Assessments ranged from 2½ per cent on the deferred
income bonds to 15 per cent on certain junior securities and $10 on both
classes of stock.
224
R. R. Gaz. 18:271, 1886.
225
Ibid. 18:138, 1886.

Page 380

226
Ry. Age, 11:376, 1886.
227
R. R. Gaz. 18:502, 1886.
228
Chron. 43:368, 1886; Ibid. 43:747, 1886; Annual Report, 1887.
229
R. R. Gaz. 18:897, 1886.
230
Ry. Age, 12:692, 1887. These bondholders even proposed a plan of
reorganization of their own, which it is not worth while going into.
231
Ry. Age, 12:746, 1887; Chron. 45:539, 1887.
232
R. R. Gaz. 22:370, 1890.
233
Chron. 50:37, 1890.
234
Chron. 53:408, 1891.
235
Chron. 54:288, 1892; Industrial Commission, vol. 19, pp. 455–7.
236
R. R. Gaz. 24:138, 1892.
237
Industrial Commission, vol. 9, p. 738.
238
Annual Report, 1892.
239
R. R. Gaz. 24:420, 1892.
240
Chron. 55:680, 1892.
241
Chron. 56:82, 1893.
242
R. R. Gaz. 25:102, 1893.
243
Industrial Commission, vol. 9, p. 567, testimony of A. A. McLeod.
244
Ibid. vol. 9, p. 574.
245
Ry. Age, 17:109, 1892.
246
Ry. Rev. 32:507, 1892.
247
Chron. 55:723, 1892.
248
R. R. Gaz. 25:386, 1893.
249
Ry. Age, 18:314, 1893.
250
Ibid. 18:164, 1893.
251
Industrial Commission, vol. 9, p. 573.

Page 381

252
Ibid.
253
Ry. Times, 63:265, 1893.
254
Ry. Age, 18:314, 1893.
255
Industrial Commission, vol. 9, p. 739, testimony of I. L. Rice.
256
Chron. 57:105, 1893; Ibid. 57:423, 1893.
257
New York Herald, May 29, 1893.
258
Ry. Times, 63:783, 1893.
259
Ry. Age, 18:501, 1893.
260
Chron. 56:905, 1893.
261
Ry. Times, 63:751, 1893.
262
Ry. Times, 63:783, 1893.
263
R. R. Gaz. 25:496, 1893. The deposits required were: general mortgage,
$41,828,000; stock, 480,424 shares.
264
Industrial Commission, vol. 9, p. 737, testimony of I. L. Rice.
265
Ry. Times, 64:369, 1893.
266
Ry. Age, 18:897, 1893.
267
Ry. Age, 18:735, 1893.
268
Ry. Rev. 34:55, 1894; Ry. Times, 65:87, 1894.
269
Chron. 58:774, 1894.
270
Ry. Times, 65:623, 1894. See also the report of the company’s comptroller to
the receivers in Annual Report, 1893.
271
Ry. Rev. 34:307, 1894.
272
Chron. 59:515, 1894; Ry. Age, 19:557, 1894; Ry. Rev. 34:561, 1894; Ry.
Times, 66:571, 1894.
273
Deposits of bonds were up to the last of January (R. R. Gaz. 27:78, 1895):
Total Issue Deposits
General Mortgage $44,663,000 $33,099,000
1st preferred 23,948,133 12,182,300
2d preferred 16,176,326 6,261,600

Page 382

3d preferred 18,591,099 8,631,400
274
Chron. 60:43, 1895.
275
Ry. Times, 68:802, 1895; Chron. 61:1109, 1895.
276
Ry. Age, 20:625, 1895.
277
Chron. 63:560, 1896.
278
Chron. 64:84, 1897.
279
Chron. 63:923, 1896.
280
See testimony of Mr. Baer before the Interstate Commerce Commission, 1904,
“Synopsis of Stenographers’ Minutes, etc., in the case of W. R. Hearst against
the Philadelphia & Reading Railway Company,” p. 55. The managers wished
to take no chances.
281
Organization and scope of the three Reading Companies. The Reading
Company owns practically the whole of the capital stock of the Philadelphia
& Reading Railway Company and the Philadelphia & Reading Coal & Iron
Company, and all of the other stocks and securities which were acquired by
the purchases under the sale made by the Trustees and the Receivers. It also
owns the $20,000,000 purchase money mortgage bonds issued by the
Philadelphia & Reading Railway Company, the locomotives, cars, steam
collieries, tugs, and barges constituting the railway and marine equipment, and
all the real estate of the old Philadelphia & Reading Railroad Company which
was not appurtenant to the railroad itself. This, of course, does not include the
depots, rights of way, etc., which belong to the Railway Company. The
Philadelphia & Reading Railway Company owns all the roads formerly
belonging to the Philadelphia & Reading Railroad Company, and it controls
the roads hitherto leased to that company, either by transfer of the old leases
or by new leases made since November 30, 1896. It leases from the Reading
Company the railway and marine equipment which it uses in the conduct of its
business and a number of wharves and warehouses on the Delaware River.
Annual Report, 1898.
282
Chron. 64:84, 1897.
283
There are certain duplications in both of these figures, but the same
duplications appear in each.
284
Chron. 79:2087, 1904.
285
See the nineteenth volume of the Industrial Commission’s report for a brief
description of the renewed attempt at consolidation in the anthracite coal
fields; also testimony in the case of W. R. Hearst against the Philadelphia &
Reading Railway Company.

Page 383

286
The Virginia state bonds were redeemable in 34 years from April 8, 1853, to
September 30, 1854, by the payment of an annuity of 7 per cent. Of this rate 6
per cent covered the interest and 1 per cent, by continuous reinvestment at 6
per cent, was expected to yield the principal sum in the 34 years agreed upon.
Annual Report, 1867. Like most new companies, the Richmond & Danville
found difficulty at first in meeting its obligations, and was obliged to issue
bonds to provide for overdue interest to the state and to keep its floating debt
within bounds. R. R. Gaz. 5:499, 1873, and Ibid. 5:507, 1873.
287
R. R. Gaz. 3:279, 1871. This road stretched from Goldsboro in the eastern part
of North Carolina to Charlotte in the southwestern part, via Greensboro. It
was principally owned by the state of North Carolina. By the terms of the
lease the Richmond & Danville agreed to pay $260,000 per annum for thirty
years.
288
The whole road was opened for traffic in September, 1873. It went into the
hands of a receiver in 1874, and was sold in foreclosure in 1876; but the
Pennsylvania Railroad relieved the Richmond & Danville from all collateral
liabilities incurred on its account. The reorganized line was leased by the
Richmond & Danville in 1881. Chron. 32:367, 1881.
289
Annual Report, 1878.
290
Ibid. 1874.
291
Ulrich B. Phillips, A History of Transportation in the Eastern Cotton Belt to
1860. New York: The Columbia University Press, 1908, pp. 372 ff.
292
Including 37 miles of running rights over the N., C. & St. L.
293
R. R. Gaz. 5:475, 1873.
294
Ibid. 6:178, 1874.
295
Ibid. 8:540, 1876.
296
The Memphis & Charleston stockholders agreed to the lease in order to avoid
bankruptcy. At a meeting in May, 1877, it was pointed out to them that the net
earnings of the road had not been enough to pay the interest on its bonds, and
that a large amount was due to the state of Tennessee which the company had
no present means of paying. Either an assessment on the stock or a lease to the
East Tennessee was declared to be necessary. Accordingly, a lease was
concluded. The East Tennessee agreed so to discharge the principal of the
company’s indebtedness to the state as to reduce the annual interest account
from $360,000 to $310,000 as a maximum, and upon the fulfilment of this and
of certain other minor conditions took over the operation of the road. Two
years later the lease was extended for twenty years at a definite rental

Page 384

amounting to 7 per cent on $4,225,000 or a yearly payment of $295,750. See
R. R. Gaz. 9:421, 1877, and Ibid. 11:672, 1879.
297
The Selma, Rome & Dalton was bought from the purchasers at foreclosure
sale for $2,600,000. The Georgia Southern cost $367,369. Outstanding debts
were assumed. To provide for these and other outlays $10,000,000 new 5 per
cent bonds were authorized. R. R. Gaz. 12:622, 1880.
298
This line was completed in 1882. Chron. 35:430, 1882; R. R. Gaz. 13:420,
1881.
299
Chron. 33:357, 1881.
300
R. R. Gaz. 13:420, 1881.
301
Prominent among them were Messrs. Clyde, of the Coast Line railroads,
Wilson and McGhee of the East Tennessee, Stewart, Plant, Logan, and others.
302
This had been the Atlanta & Richmond Air Line.
303
Chron. 37:128, 1883.
304
Chron. 39:733, 1884.
305
Chron. 40:29, 1885.
306
The committee overestimated the net earnings of the next few years. Instead of
$1,400,000 each year these proved to be $1,288,343 in 1885 and $1,382,749
in 1886.
307
Chron. 40:60, 1885. There was some dispute as to the jurisdiction of the
different courts in this connection. The Circuit Court appointed Mr. Fink
receiver for the whole line on January 7. The next day a state court appointed
R. T. Dorsey and E. P. Alexander receivers for the lines in Georgia under
another mortgage. This suit was removed to the Federal Court and Dorsey,
who had meantime been appointed sole receiver in Georgia, was displaced.
Subsequently the Georgia Supreme Court held that the transfer was illegal,
and Dorsey vainly endeavored to regain his position. The dispute was ended
by the withdrawal of the suit upon which the Georgia application was based.
308
Son-in-law of George Seney.
309
This committee was chosen by the consolidated bondholders. Its membership
consisted of Robert Fleming, a representative of the foreign holders; Charles
McGhee, president of the Memphis & Charleston; G. W. Smith, of Kountze
Bros.; Frederic D. Tappan, president of the Gallatin National Bank; E. W.
Corlies, vice-president of the Bank of America; and Frederick P. Olcott,
president of the Central Trust Company, which was trustee of the mortgages
of the company. Chron. 42:155, 1886.

Page 385

310
As might have been expected, this estimate was too optimistic. The actual
reduction was to $1,167,000. Even this constituted a cut of about one-third.
311
Chron. 42:186–7, 1886. See also Poor’s Manual for 1886.
312
The reader will remember that that same year the general manager had
estimated the sum required for steel rails, iron bridges, and other
improvements at $1,000,000.
313
It is true that the severity of the treatment of the junior securities caused sharp
protest. A number of the stockholders met in New York February 23, and
appointed a committee to prepare a plan of assessment and to oppose
foreclosure. Under the auspices of this committee, Messrs. William H. Sistare
and Harold Clemens filed a suit against the reorganization committee of the
East Tennessee Company. The capitalization of the company, said they, had
been fraudulently inflated by the members of the Thompson-Seney-Brice
syndicate. By false reports these financiers had unloaded upon the public
securities which they had previously distributed among themselves, and then
had entered upon a scheme for wrecking the property. The suits made specific
charges of irregularity, and prayed for relief. Ry. Age, 11:192, 1886.
314
Chron. 42:364, 1886.
315
Ibid. 42:575, 1886.
316
Ibid. 42:663, 1886. In a circular to their constituents this committee said:
“That after a full and satisfactory presentation of the case by very able counsel
it appeared that the committee had been misinformed as to the material facts
upon which their case was predicated. It especially appeared to the Court that
there was no ground for the charge of fraud against the directors of the
Company or the Central Trust Company. It further appeared that the litigation
must be a protracted one, without substantial benefit to either party. Your
committee were not willing to assume the responsibility of such a contest, in
view of the expressed willingness of the majority to give to the minority the
same terms which they had accepted for themselves. It was deemed wise to
harmonize all interests, and join hands to promote the future of the property.”
317
Annual Report, East Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia, 1887.
318
Chron. 37:344, 1883. The debentures were cumulative income bonds entitled
to 6 per cent out of earnings after payment of interest, rentals, and operating
expenses, including expenditures made for the repair, renewal, and
improvement of existing property and equipment necessary for the proper
conduct of the business of the railroad. Certain provisions of the mortgage
protected them against the insertion of new mortgage bonds before them.
Chron. 37:373, 1883.

Page 386

319
Curiously enough the chief saving seems to have been in maintenance of cars,
an expenditure which one would expect to be least affected by the syndicate
control.
320
Chron. 36:56, 1883.
321
R. R. Gaz. 18:138, 1886.
322
Chron. 42:575, 1886.
323
The Richmond & Danville guaranteed interest on some $12,500,000 of
Virginia Midland bonds.
324
Cf. Poor’s Manual for 1887.
325
The very high average price of $200 per share was reported to have been paid.
R. R. Gaz. 18:825, 1886; cf. R. R. Gaz. 19:162–3, 1887. The Terminal
Company issued $5,000,000 new preferred and $9,000,000 common stock. Of
this it sold the preferred and $7,500,000 of the common, giving to every
holder of 100 of its shares the right to subscribe to the extent of one-third of
the par value of his stock, and to receive for his subscription 33⅓ shares of the
new preferred and 50 shares of common. Then to the $5,000,000 cash thus
secured the Terminal Company added the $1,500,000 common stock left from
its $9,000,000 issue, and turned the whole over to the Richmond & Danville
in payment for the securities which it had purchased. R. R. Gaz. 18:825, 1886.
326
The floating debt amounted to $3,161,325 when Mr. Sully assumed the
presidency, and $1,708,700 of it matured January 1. Chron. 44:401, 1887. To
provide for it, and for the Richmond & Danville shares, $5,500,000 6 per cent
collateral trust bonds were issued, secured by East Tennessee first preferred,
Richmond & Danville stock, Columbia & Greenville stock, Virginia Midland
stock, and Western North Carolina bonds; and also $16,000,000 common
stock. The bonds were sold for cash and the returns applied to the East
Tennessee purchase and to the floating debt; $5,000,000 of the stock went for
East Tennessee first preferred, and the rest for Richmond & Danville common,
Washington, Ohio & Western stock and income bonds, and for other purposes.
Chron. 44:149, 1887. Also Poor’s Manual, 1890.
327
It was reported that the East Tennessee first preferred stock had been offered
to the Norfolk & Western before the Richmond Terminal acquired it.
328
Chron. 47:410, 1888.
329
Chron. 47:532, 1888.
330
Chron. 47:532, 1888; Ry. Rev. 28:663, 1888; R. R. Gaz. 20:778, 1888.
331
Chron. 47:625, 1888.

Page 387

332
Chron. 47:663, 1888.
333
Ry. Rev. 28:679, 1888.
334
Ry. Age, 13:788, 1888.
335
Cf. Central Railroad Company vs. Georgia, 2 Otto, 665. The Central Railroad
was granted certain exemptions from taxation, and the question came up in
1874 whether the right to these exemptions was surrendered by consolidation
with the Macon & Western, and whether, if not, they extended to the Macon &
Western as well as to the original company.
336
Including 67 per cent paid in Confederate notes during the war.
337
See Ulrich B. Phillips, op. cit., chap, vi, for the early history of the Central of
Georgia Railroad System.
338
The following is representative from a pamphlet issued by the Rice
Committee:
“The matter of the purchase of sixty-five thousand shares of the first
preferred stock of the East Tennessee Railroad Company and the
circumstances attendant thereon.
“1st. Why did the directors of the Terminal Company purchase sixty-five
thousand shares of that stock at par, when fifty-five thousand and one shares
would have been sufficient to have given the Terminal Company a majority of
that stock, the minority stock at that time selling at about eighty?
“2d. Why was the minority stock of the Danville Railroad Company
purchased at the same time at a price which then amounted to about two
hundred dollars per share, being a premium of one hundred per cent?
“3d. Is it true that the majority of the committee appointed for the purpose
of negotiating the purchase of the stock of the East Tennessee Company
consisted of directors of the Terminal Company largely interested in the
minority stock of the Danville Company?” Chron. 46:579, 1888.
339
Chron. 46:449, 1888. The opposition pamphlet is reprinted in Chron. 46:579,
1888. It contained thirteen heads, each of which charged or insinuated fraud
on the part of the existing board of directors.
340
Chron. 46:699, 1888. The vote was 298,006 to 94,645. For resolutions
condemning the action of the minority see Ry. Rev. 28:332, 1888.
341
Chron. 47:499, 1888.
342
The Erlanger or Queen & Crescent system comprised the following roads:
Cincinnati Southern (336 miles); Vicksburg & Meridian (142 miles);
Vicksburg, Shreveport & Pacific (189 miles); New Orleans & Northwestern
(195 miles); Alabama Great Southern (295 miles). Total mileage, 1157. The

Page 388

road actually acquired was that of the Cincinnati Southern and Alabama Great
Southern between Cincinnati and Meridian (about 631 miles); a close working
contract being concluded with the rest. Ry. Age, 15:230, 1890. The East
Tennessee made payment by the issue of $6,000,000 5 per cent collateral trust
bonds, put out jointly by the East Tennessee and Richmond & Danville
Companies and secured by deposit of the shares purchased. Chron. 50:560,
1890. For a monograph on the Cincinnati Southern Railway the reader is
referred to a study by J. H. Hollander in the Johns Hopkins University Studies
for January-February, 1894.
343
Chron. 46:828, 1888.
344
Ry. Rev. 28:386, 1888; Ibid. 397, 1888.
345
Ry. Age, 16:76, 1891.
346
Chron. 52:862, 1891.
347
From the reorganization plan prepared by Drexel, Morgan & Co., dated May
1, 1893. Chron. 56:874 ff., 1893.
348
Ry. Age, 14:78, 1889.
349
The failure of this initial suit encouraged the Richmond Terminal to take steps
to make its position more secure. In February, 1889, a collateral trust
mortgage of $24,300,000 was announced, intended not only to pay off the
floating debt and several classes of bonds, but also to purchase the balance of
common stock of the Central of Georgia and Richmond & Danville and of the
first preferred stock of East Tennessee outstanding. See Poor’s Manual for
1890; also Chron. 48:764, 1889. Subsequently the company issued common
shares of its own instead of bonds in exchange for the East Tennessee first
preferred, and succeeded in securing nearly $2,000,000 of the outstanding
issue. Chron. 49:374, 1889. The rate of exchange was 3¼ to 1. The Richmond
& Danville shares were retired by new collateral bonds at 85, plus $26 per
share in cash, and in connection with the operation more stock and $5,700,000
collateral bonds were sold on favorable terms to stockholders to provide for
the floating debt.
350
For replies by Alexander and Inman, see New York Herald, August 10, 1891,
and Chron. 53:224, 1891.
351
At 97½. See R. R. Gaz. 23:718, 1891.
352
Chron. 53:674, 1891.
353
R. R. Gaz. 23:870, 1891. The composition of this committee was severely
criticised, partly on the ground of the relations of Norton and Schiff to the
Louisville & Nashville and to the Norfolk & Western respectively, and partly
on the ground that the other members were creditors only and had no interest

Page 389

other than the repayment of their loans. It would seem, however, that the
property was likely to have fared better in the hands of reputable New York
bankers than in the hands in which it had formerly reposed.
354
Chron. 53:922, 1891.
355
Chron. 53:969, 1891. The members were: F. P. Olcott; Col. Oliver H. Payne;
F. D. Tappan, president of the Gallatin National Bank; W. H. Perkins,
president of the Bank of America; and Henry Budge, of Hallgarten & Co.
These gentlemen appointed Messrs. Olcott, Budge, and Perkins a sub-
committee to prepare a plan. Ry. Rev. 32:14, 1892.
356
This excluded the Central of Georgia and the Alabama Great Southern. The
figure was based on existing bonded debt, floating debt, and rentals. It
included car trust payments, but excluded taxes, which were included in
operating expenses, and excluded also the interest on securities owned by the
system or the various corporations composing the system.
357
The plan in full is reprinted in Chron. 54:487, 1892.
358
Consider for instance the treatment of the Richmond Terminal preferred stock.
This was quoted in December, 1891, as low as 45. The plan accorded it 100
per cent in new bonds and 20 per cent in new preferred stock. Per contra, the
Richmond & Danville consolidated 5s were quoted the same months at 75 and
received 100 per cent in new bonds and 40 per cent in new preferred. Was it
any wonder that the holders of prior liens refused to come in?
359
Chron. 54:846, 1892.
360
These notes were to be secured by the same securities that were then pledged
to secure the floating debt and were to be exchanged for $170 in new
preferred stock if the plan should prove successful.
361
Ry. Age, 17:414, 1892. It was not proposed to retain control of the Central of
Georgia, but instead certificates of aliquot parts in the holdings of the Georgia
stocks were to be issued to each stockholder, making him the actual owner of
his proportionate share.
362
This committee was subsequently enlarged and became known as the
“Independent Committee of Seventeen.”
363
Chron. 54:888, 1892.
364
Ibid. 55:23, 1892. On July 6, Chairman Strong, of the Advisory Committee of
Seventeen, appointed Messrs. George F. Stone, J. C. Maben, and W. E. Strong
a sub-committee to further consider reorganization. Chron. 55:59, 1892.
Subsequently Mr. Strong appointed Messrs. Coppell, Manson, and Plant a
committee to look after the Terminal 5s, and Messrs. Bull, Goadby, and Cyrus
J. Lawrence a committee to look after the 6s. Mr. Strong, as chairman of the

Page 390

Advisory Committee, was ex-officio member of each. The first of August
Messrs. Thompson Dean, Albert B. Boardman, and Charles P. Huntington
were appointed a committee by the holders of between 50,000 and 60,000
shares of stock and other securities of the Richmond Terminal system, “for the
purpose of removing the obstacles which now stand in the way of a fair and
equitable reorganization of the Richmond & West Point Terminal Railway &
Warehouse Company and its constituent corporations, and to this end to
employ attorneys and to take all necessary steps to secure the appointment of
permanent receivers, who will be in the interest of no clique or faction in said
companies.” Chron. 55:216, 1892. See in this connection Ry. Rev. 32:521,
1892.
365
R. R. Gaz. 24:33, 1892. The deposit was made and the dividend paid.
366
Ibid. 24:237, 1892.
367
Chron. 54:965, 1892.
368
It will be observed that although the minority stockholders of the Central of
Georgia objected to the Terminal’s stock control they were not averse to
having the precise terms of the lease to the Georgia Pacific carried out: that is,
to being guaranteed 7 per cent upon their stock.
369
W. P. Clyde, etc.
370
Chron. 54:1010, 1892. Messrs. Huidekoper and Foster were also appointed
receivers by courts in Virginia, North Carolina, and South Carolina. For reply
by President and Receiver Comer, of the Central, to Clyde’s statement, see
Chron. 55:22, 1892.
371
Ry. Rev. 32:549, 1892. The committee also stated that the Terminal Company
had been made to purchase $1,800,000 Georgia state bonds at par and interest,
which paid only 3½ per cent a year, although the company was unable to
borrow money at less than 6 per cent; that the drafts of the directors to a large
amount were paid by the company, and that no vouchers were on file to show
how this money was expended.
372
Chron. 55:938, 1892.
373
Chron. 55:1078, 1892. For replies of defendants see Chron. 56:414, 1893, and
Ibid. 972, 1893.
374
This was the letter finally declining to undertake the reorganization in 1892
because of lack of assurances of support.
375
The correspondence appears in full in Chron. 56:207, 1893, and Ibid. 56:622,
1893.
376
Ry. Rev. 33:95, 1893.

Page 391

377
These needs had already been emphasized by the Olcott plan.
378
Lack of space forbids a full statement of the criticisms which the Drexel plan
had to make upon the physical condition and financial practice of the
Richmond Terminal properties. The following is from the plan, section 9: “As
an example of the manner in which accounts have been kept, it may be
mentioned that in the operating expenses of the entire Richmond & Danville
system only $20,000 were charged for renewal of rails in the fiscal year
ending June 30, 1890, and not a dollar in the fiscal years ending June 30, 1891
and 1892, respectively. In seven months under the receivership (July, 1892, to
January, 1893, inclusive) about $600 were charged. Since that date, it is
understood, about $18,000 have been charged. With these exceptions all
renewals of rails were charged to construction accounts. Renewals, properly to
be included in operating expenses, would be at least $100,000 to $150,000 per
annum.” Other instances, almost as bad, could be stated.
379

Total cash requirements, as estimated, were:
Floating debt, including equipment
notes $12,900,000
New construction and equipment during
two years 8,000,000
Expenses of reorganization and
contingencies 2,350,000
$23,250,000
To be provided from:
Assessments on Terminal stock $8,750,000
Assessments on East Tennessee stocks 2,700,000
Sale of $33,333,000 new common stock 5,000,000
Sale of $8,000,000 new bonds 6,800,000
$23,250,000

380
The new company reserved the right at any time to redeem its preferred stock
in cash at par.
381
Of which $104,303,894 for stock and the rest for bonds outstanding.
382
The reorganization plan estimated the capitalization under its provisions at
about $20,000 per mile of road owned and controlled; about $10,000 preferred
stock per mile owned and controlled; about $25,000 common stock per mile
owned and controlled.
383
The plan is published in full in Chron. 56:874, 1893.
384
Ry. Rev. 33:388, 1893.

Page 392

385
Modified reorganization plan. Chron. 58:385, 1894. Some information
concerning traffic conditions in the South in 1894 is to be found in the Eighth
Annual Report of the Interstate Commerce Commission, pp. 20–24.
386
From $140,000,000 5 per cent bonds, $75,000,000 preferred and $160,000,000
common stock to $120,000,000 bonds, $60,000,000 preferred and
$125,000,000 common stock. Since, however, some of the poorer properties
were cut off and the terms granted to others were made more liberal, the
smaller absolute amount of new securities represented a greater relative
increase than before.
387
The actual charges in 1895 were $4,195,000.
388
“The increase in car trusts is due to the existence of about $1,200,000 of such
obligations on the Richmond & Danville system, which, up to the date of the
plan of reorganization, had not been entered on the ledger of either the
Railway Company or its Receivers, although, as it appears, they were well
known.” Modified reorganization plan.
389
R. R. Gaz. 26:613, 1894.
390
Statement compiled by the reorganization committee. Chron. 59:515, 1894.
The mileage controlled by the Richmond Terminal system on November 30,
1892, had been 9053.3.
391
J. P. Morgan, Charles Lanier, and George F. Baker. See Chron. 59:836, 1894,
and Ibid. 880, 1894.
392
See statement by Receiver Comer. Chron. 55:805, 1892.
393
Chron. 60:1008, 1895.
394
With a charter from the state of Georgia.
395
The capital stock of the Central of Georgia Railway was held by the
Richmond Terminal Reorganization Committee until the spring of 1907. It
was then sold to Oakleigh Thorne, president of the Trust Company of
America, and Marsden J. Perry. Later the same year these gentlemen resold
this stock to E. H. Harriman and his associates.
396
The original estimate was $19,000,000. The amount available seems to have
been finally $20,000,000.
397
The voting trust was extended in 1902, in respect to a majority of the stock,
for a period of five years. See Chron. 75:442, 1902, and R. R. Gaz. 34:826,
1902.
398
Annual Report, 1906.

Page 393

399
The narrow-gauge equipment included in these figures is as follows:
1895 1907
Locomotives 9 4
Locomotives 9 4
Freight cars 86 106
400
“It will hardly be claimed,” said the Interstate Commerce Commission, of the
Southern Railway in 1900 (8 I. C. C. Rep. 583), “that the cost of reproducing
that property in its present state would equal $40,000 a mile.”
401
This route followed roughly the old Santa Fe Trail.
402
Chron. 29:583, 1879.
403
Ibid. 33:23, 1881.
404
Chron. 34:315, 1882, Circular of Sonora Railroad Company to stockholders.
405
Chron. 29:630, 1879. Statement by Vice-President Baker.
406
Ibid. 29:630, 1879.
407
Chron. 34:243, 1882.
408
Chron. 41:444, 1885.
409
Annual Report, 1885, contains a discussion of the Atlantic & Pacific and of
the California Southern projects.
410
Chron. 42:462, 1886; Annual Report, 1887.
411
Ibid. 42:518, 1886.
412
Annual Reports, 1886 and 1887.
413
Annual Report, 1888.
414
Ry. Rev. 29:511, 1889.
415
Ry. Age, 12:107, 1887.
416
Ibid. 12:325, 1887.
417
This increase in dividend gave rise to sharp and well-merited criticism. The
directors defended their action as follows:
“In forming a just opinion of this matter,” said they, “it is necessary to
recall to the stockholders the statement made in the circular of July 30,
1887.... It was stated in the circular referred to that for the six months ending
July 1, 1887, the net earnings exceeded by more than $1,200,000 the net

Page 394

earnings for the first six months of the year 1886, that the earnings were still
increasing, and what has always been true in the past may be expected this
year also; namely, that the revenue of the second six months of the year will
be considerably in excess of that of the first six months.... It will ... be seen
that ... the year 1887 formed a remarkable exception to what had hitherto been
the regular course of Atchison’s earnings; the second half of that year showing
an increase over the first half of only $278,096 gross, and $204,144 net....
Drouths, failure of crops, excessive competition, continually decreasing rates,
unwise legislation, strikes, and other calamities have befallen us as they have
other Western roads; but your directors could not know in advance that any of
these unfavorable conditions would have to be met, much less that they would
all have to be met at one and the same time.” Annual Report, 1888.
This defence was altogether unsatisfactory. An increase in the dividend rate
is too important to be justified by anything but earnings actually in hand.
Moreover, the conditions which the directors held responsible for the decline
in Atchison earnings were either well known at the time when the dividend
was declared, or could easily have been anticipated. It was even alleged that
the decrease in business which the annual report for 1888 disclosed was due to
lessened carriage of company material to the West for construction of new
track, and not to crop failure or other decline in general business. See R. R.
Gaz. 21:327, 1889.
418
Chron. 47:472, 1888. The use of $3,000,000 of the notes was specifically
deferred.
419
Ry. Age, 14:644, 1889.
420

Cash requirements were (Circular No. 63,
Oct. 15, 1889):
To retire outstanding lease warrants $1,445,660
To expend on incomplete construction
of existing lines,
and for new equipment as required 5,000,000
To pay floating debt 3,554,340
$10,000,000
And the provision for cash subscription was
General mortgage 4s $12,500,000
Income 5s 1,250,000
$13,750,000

421
The income bond certificate is printed in full in W. A. Wood, Modern Business
Corporations, pp. 237–9.
422
Ry. Age, 14:682, 1889.

Page 395

423
Annual Report, 1890. Economies were secured at this time through
consolidation of branch lines with the main stem and in other ways.
424
Annual Report, 1891.
425
Chron. 51:171, 1890.
426
Ibid. 53:474, 1891.
427
Annual Report, 1892.
428
Ry. Age, 17:413, 1892.
429
Annual Report, 1892.
430
Chron. 56:1014, 1893; Ibid. 57:1038, 1893.
431
Ry. Rev. 34:68, 1894.
432
Ry. Times, 64:533, 1893.
433
See Chron. 58:42, 1894, for an official statement of the reasons for the
application to the courts.
434
Ibid. 57:1121, 1893. Some information concerning subsequent railroad
competition during the Atchison receivership is to be found in 7 I. C. C. Rep.
61.
435
R. R. Gaz. 26:465, 1894.
436
Ry. Rev. 34:358, 1894.
437
Ry. Times, 65:817, 1894.
438
Ry. Rev. 34:379, 1894.
439
Report of Mr. Stephen Little to the New York, London, and Amsterdam
Committees of Reorganization, 1894.
440
Chron. 59:233, 1894.
441
Ry. Times, 66:543, 1894.
442
Chron. 59:878, 1894; Ibid. 59:919, 1894.
443
In addition, prior lien bonds were authorized to a maximum of $17,000,000, of
which $12,000,000 might be used if desirable in place of general mortgage
bonds in the retirement of guarantee fund notes, equipment bonds, etc., and
$5,000,000 for necessary improvements within five years.

Page 396

444
Second mortgage A bonds received 113 per cent in new preferred stock.
Second mortgage B bonds received 118 per cent. “After careful
consideration,” said the plan, “it was decided to be best for the interest of
those [the second mortgage] securities that they should now be converted into
5 per cent preferred stock, possessing full voting powers and preferential
rights as to principal as well as interest, rather than revert to their original
form of ‘Income Bonds.’ It was not thought that a greater assessment than $10
could be raised from the stock, and the remainder had to come from the junior
bonds.”
445
The plan of reorganization was published separately, but was reprinted in
Chron. 60:658, 1895.
446
Ry. Rev. 35:208–9, 1895.
447
Ry. Age, 20:199, 1895.
448
Ry. Times, 67:482, 1895.
449
R. R. Gaz. 26:675, 1894.
450
Ry. Times, 66:506, 1894.
451
Ry. Rev. 34:589, 1894.
452
Chron. 61:1064, 1895.
453
Chron. 64:609, 1897.
454
Ibid. 67:841, 1898.
455
This was not all the Atchison stock which Union Pacific interests acquired.
President Ripley testified before the Interstate Commerce Commission on
January 8, 1907, that two years before E. H. Harriman and his associates had
secured $30,000,000 of Atchison stock, and had caused the election of Messrs.
H. C. Frick and H. H. Rogers to the Atchison directorate to represent them.
456
Statutes at Large, 37th Congress, 2d Session, chap. 120.
457
Statutes at Large, 38th Congress, 1st Session, chap. 216.
458
Aldrich Committee Report. The value of gold used is that given in the
American Almanac for 1878, and varied from year to year as follows:
1864 155.5
1865 216.2
1866 140.1
1867 134.6
1868 138.5
1869 135.6

Page 397

459
John P. Davis, History of the Union Pacific Railroad, p. 151.
460
Useful accounts of the Crédit Mobilier may be found in Davis, Union Pacific
Railroad; Crawford, Crédit Mobilier of America; Hazard, The Crédit Mobilier
of America; White, History of the Union Pacific Railroad; Poland Committee,
Report and Testimony, 42d Congress, 3d Session, House Reports, No. 77.
461
Davis, pp. 163–70.
462
Union Pacific Railway Commission Report, 1887, p. 52. The Government
endeavored to force the cancellation of the above mentioned construction
contracts and the restoration of unlawful profits, but was held by the Supreme
Court to have no standing in the case which would entitle it to demand relief.
U. S. vs. Union Pacific Railroad Company, 98 U. S. 569.
463
Statutes at Large, 39th Congress, 1st Session, chap. 159.
464
United States Pacific Railway Commission Report, 1887, p. 55.
465
Ibid. vol. 8, p. 4975.
466
Records in Union Pacific Railway Foreclosure Cases, 55th Congress, 1st
Session, Senate Document 10, Part 3.
467
Parties to agreement were: Sidney Dillon, Fred L. Ames, Jay Gould, C. S.
Greeley, John D. Perry, Robert E. Carr, Adolphus Meier, B. W. Lewis, Jr.,
Henry Villard, John P. Usher, D. M. Edgerton, Artemas H. Holmes.
468
United States Pacific Railway Commission Report, 1887, testimony of A. H.
Holmes, p. 165.
469
Ibid. Testimony of Jay Gould, pp. 454–6. The change to a mortgage was made
between April, 1878, and May, 1879.
470
Records in Union Pacific Railway Foreclosure Cases, 55th Congress, 1st
Session, Senate Document 10, part 3 (contains text of mortgage).
471
United States Pacific Railway Commission Report, 1887, testimony of A. H.
Holmes, pp. 130 and 133.
472
Ibid. vol. 8, p. 4987, Report of William Calhoun, Accountant.
473
United States Pacific Railway Commission Report, 1887, testimony of Jay
Gould, p. 463.
474
United States Pacific Railway Commission Report, 1887, p. 58.
475
Ibid. pp. 59 to 65.

Page 398

476
Ibid. Testimony of F. L. Ames, p. 668. The combined capital is given in the
agreements as $51,762,300, but this is apparently a mistake.
477
Quotations of Kansas Pacific common during 1879 (Chron. 1880):
January February March April
Low High Low High Low High Low High
9⅛ 13 11½ 22¼ 17 22½ 20½ 60
May June July August
Low High Low High Low High Low High
50 59¾ 54 59 56 60 53⅝ 59½
September October November December
Low High Low High Low High Low High
55 73½ 70 85¼ 83½ 92 85 92½
478
United States Pacific Railway Commission Report, testimony of Jay Gould.
479
United States Pacific Railway Commission Report, 1887, p. 100.
480
Except the Missouri Pacific, which Gould retained.
481
United States Pacific Railway Commission Report, 1887, testimony of Jay
Gould, pp. 467–9, 523, 524.
482
United States Pacific Railway Commission Report, 1887, testimony of Charles
Wheeler, pp. 1735–6. Amount, $571,000.
483
Ibid. Testimony of John Evans, pp. 1853–4.
484
Ibid. Testimony of C. F. Adams, p. 47.
485
United States Pacific Railway Commission Report, 1887, pp. 91 ff.
486
Thirty Years of American Finance, pp. 86 to 98.
487
Chron. 35:578, 1882.
488
United States Pacific Railway Commission Report, 1887, p. 67.
489
Annual Report, 1884, p. 5.
490
United States Pacific Railway Commission Report, 1887, testimony of C. F.
Adams, pp. 45–6.
491
Chron. 53:436, 1891.
492
Annual Report, 1884, p. 165.
493
91 U. S. 72.

Page 399

494
Statutes at Large, 45th Congress, 2d Session, chap. 96.
495
The Court held that while up to the passage of the Thurman Act expenditures
for improvements could be deducted from gross earnings in calculating net,
the language of that Act seemed to preclude the deduction of any charges for
improvements or betterments, or increase of permanent value of the works in
any manner whatever. See 99 U. S. 402; 99 U. S. 455; 138 U. S. 84.
496
Report of the Government Directors for 1893.
497
Chron. 57:684, 1893.
498
Ibid. 57:639, 1893.
499
Sen. Com. 1896, 54th Congress, 1st Session, Doc. No. 314, p. 42, testimony of
E. E. Anderson. For bill of complaint see Report of the Commissioner of
Railroads, 1894, pp. 99–120.
500
Ibid. pp. 391–2, testimony of O. W. Mink. This gave to the Government three
out of the five receivers. For petition of the Attorney-General see Report of
the Commissioner of Railroads for 1894.
501
Chron. 16:292, 1873.
502
Report of the Commissioner of Railroads, 1895, p. 14.
503
Ry. Rev. 34:335, 1894.
504
Chron. 58:775, 1894.
505
Ibid. 60:132, 1895.
506
Report of the Commissioner of Railroads, 1895, pp. 9–10.
507
Senate Commission, 54th Congress, 1st Session, Document 314, testimony of
W. S. Pierce. See generally the report of this committee for a discussion of
alternatives from the government point of view.
508
Ibid. Testimony, pp. 451–2.
509
Chron. 60:303, 1895.
510
Ry. Times, 64:732, 1893. Mr. Brice was also a member of the Senate
Committee on Pacific Railroads.
511
Ry. Age, 18:883, 1893.
512
Ry. Times, 65:336, 1894.
513
Ry. Times, 65:750, 1894. The reorganization committee stated that this plan
was not final. They concurred, however, with Mr. Boissevain in his

Page 400

recommendation of the above scheme.
514
Chron. 60:132, 1895.
515
Ibid. 60:303, 1895.
516
For a summary of the foreclosure suit pending in 1895 see the Report of the
Government Directors for that year.
517
Chron. 60:303, 1895.
518
Chron. 60:132, 1895.
519
Ry. Rev. 35:153, 1895.
520
Chron. 61:663, 1895.
521
Chron. 61:705, 1895. (Reorganization plan in full.)
522
See testimony of W. S. Pierce, Senate Commission, 1896, 54th Congress, 1st
Session, Document 314.
523
Testimony, Senate Commission, 1896, p. 23.
524
Ibid.
525
Chron. 62:187, 1896.
526
Report of Commissioner of Railroads, 1897, p. 8. The Government’s dealings
with the reorganization committee followed upon the defeat in the House of a
renewed proposition for refunding the Government’s loan.
527
The guarantee was provided by a syndicate with the same personnel as that
which had agreed to advance the money for reorganization expenses.
528
Chron. 65:730, 1897; Report of Commissioner of Railroads, 1897, p. 9.
529
Ry. Age, 24:897, 1897.
530
Report of the Commissioner of Railroads, 1898, p. 9.
531
The entire indebtedness of the Kansas Pacific to the Government was
$12,891,900. After the sale the Government brought suit for the balance, but
received a decree for $821,898 only.
532
Cf. H. R. Meyer, The Settlements with the Pacific Railways, Quarterly Journal
of Economics, July, 1899. The receivership records have been published in
fourteen volumes.
At its final meeting in 1898 the reorganization committee nominated a
proxy committee of five members “to permanently represent, at the annual
and other meetings, such holders of common and preferred stock as (should)

Page 401

desire to entrust their proxies to the said committee for the purpose of
maintaining the management and general policies inaugurated by the
reorganization committee.” This took the place of a compulsory voting trust.
533
Thomas Warner Mitchell, The Growth of the Union Pacific and its Financial
Operations, Quarterly Journal of Economics, vol. 21, p. 569, 1907.
534
Besides $824,910 in Northern Securities stubs.
535
See B. H. Meyer, A History of the Northern Securities Case, Bulletin of the
University of Wisconsin, July, 1906.
536
As in the Southern Pacific purchase the acquisition of the Northern Pacific
stock was financed mainly by the issue of convertible collateral bonds. Some
$30,000,000 besides, it is supposed, were borrowed from the banks.
537
Testimony of Mr. Harriman before the Interstate Commerce Commission. It is
true that the Northern Securities stock held by the Union Pacific system had
been pledged as security for an equal amount of Oregon Short Line 4 per cent
and Participating 4s, and that when these bonds were refunded there was
pledged for the new issue whatever the Union Pacific interests should receive
in exchange for their Northern Securities holdings, and any other shares or
bonds at not exceeding 80 per cent of their appraised value. But the purchase
of the Southern Pacific and of the Northern Pacific stocks had been previously
financed by an issue of convertible collateral bonds for which other collateral
had been pledged. From 1904 on, the rising price of Union Pacific stock made
conversion desirable and rapidly released the securities back of the original
issue. These released securities, with $18,000,000 Southern Pacific preferred
stock paid to the Union Pacific in 1904 (with $2,460,960 cash), proved a
sufficient pledge for the Oregon Short Line refunding bonds, and the Great
Northern and Northern Pacific stock shares were therefore free for other
purposes.
538
Annual Report, 1907. See also Interstate Commerce Commission, Report in
the Matter of Consolidations and Combinations of Carriers, Relations between
such Carriers, and Community of Interests therein, their Rates, Facilities, and
Practices, 12 I. C. C. Rep. 319.
539
The Union Pacific acquired a half-interest in the San Pedro, Los Angeles &
Salt Lake Railroad Company in 1904.
540
Recent reports suggest that a holding company is to be formed, which will
take over the securities now owned by the Union Pacific Railroad.
541
Dividends upon Union Pacific Railroad Stock:

Per Cent
1898 1899 1900 1901–4 1905 1906 1907

Page 402

Common 3½ 4 4½ 8 10
Preferred 1½ 3½ 4 4 4 4 4

542
Entitled An Act granting Lands to aid in the Construction of a Railroad and
Telegraph Line from Lake Superior to Puget’s Sound, on the Pacific Coast, by
the Northern Route. Statutes at Large, 38th Congress, 1st Session, chap. 217.
543
To make possible the selection of indemnity lands.
544
Josiah Perham was the prime mover at first and after him certain Boston
capitalists were prominent.
545
Ellis Paxsom Oberholtzer, Life of Jay Cooke. Philadelphia, George W. Jacobs
& Company, 1907. See also Smalley, History of the Northern Pacific.
546
The notes were put on the market at par, though sold to the syndicate at 88.
547
Chron. 18:16, 1874.
548
R. R. Gaz. 6:135, 1874. The indebtedness of the Northern Pacific to Jay Cooke
& Co. amounted to about $1,500,000.
549
R. R. Gaz. 6:496, 1874; Congressional Record, 43d Congress, 1st Session,
May 11, 1874, pp. 3749, 3773.
550
Net earnings “shall be construed to mean such surplus earnings of the said
railroad as shall remain, after paying all expenses of operating the said
railroad and carrying on all its business, including all taxes and assessments
and payments on incumbrances, and including the interest and sinking fund on
the first mortgage bonds, the expenses of repairing or replacing the said
railroad, its appurtenances, equipments, or other property, so that the same
shall be in high condition, and of providing such additional equipment as the
said Company shall deem necessary for the business of said railroad.” Annual
Report, 1876, p. 45.
551
Annual Report, 1876; Chron. 20:522, 1875; Ibid. 21:15, 1875.
552
Annual Report, 1876.
553
R. R. Gaz. 7:330, 1875. Deposits of bonds kept coming in, until on June 30,
1879, when the rights of conversion into preferred stock expired, there
remained outstanding but $529,000. Annual Report, 1879.
554
These lands were reserved for the time because some of them had not been
surveyed, and others which had been surveyed had not yet been deeded to the
company owing to a dispute with the Interior Department over the payment of
the costs of the surveys. R. R. Gaz. 7:340, 1875.

Page 403

555
R. R. Gaz. 7:420, 1875.
556
Annual Report, 1881.
557
Annual Report, 1882, p. 13.
558
Henry Villard, Memoirs, vol. 2, pp. 272–94.
559
Memoirs, p. 297.
560
For the manner in which the Northern Pacific directors attempted to keep
Villard from obtaining control, see notices in the Chronicle for 1881.
561
See First Annual Report of the Oregon & Transcontinental Company; R. R.
Gaz. 14:516, 1882 (contains statement of organization and purposes).
562
Annual Report, 1883. Arrangements had been made with the Oregon &
Transcontinental Company for necessary advances in order to avoid the
accumulation of a large floating debt.
563
R. R. Gaz. 15:716, 1883. For attempted explanation of this deficit, see
Villard’s statement to the stockholders in 1884, just after his retirement from
the presidency.
564
Memoirs, p. 315.
565
Villard was back in control by 1887 with the backing of German capital.
566
In 1886 the Oregon Railway & Navigation was obtaining 28 cents per 100
pounds for its haul of 213 miles from Wallula Junction to Portland, leaving to
the Northern Pacific 28 cents for its haul of 1699 miles from St. Paul to
Wallula. R. R. Gaz. 18:681, 1886, Report of Vice-President and General
Manager Oakes.
567
For the negotiations between the Union Pacific, the Oregon Railway &
Navigation, and the Northern Pacific from 1885 to 1889, see the financial
papers of that time and the reports of the railroads concerned.
568
In 1890 it was reorganized as the North American Company.
569
Annual Report, 1888, p. 8; Chron. 44:752, 1887; Ibid. 44:782, 1887.
570
The preponderance of west-bound freight prior to 1888 forced the Northern
Pacific to carry grain east-bound at very low rates in order to fill its empty
cars. See Daniel Buchanan vs. the Northern Pacific Railroad Company, 5
I. C. C. Rep. 7.
571
For immigrant traffic into the Northwest see Ry. Rev. 28:163, 1888.

Page 404

572
The capital stock of the Cœur d’Alene Company was $1,000,000, and there
were $360,000 in 6 per cent guaranteed bonds outstanding. Ry. Rev. 28:551,
1888.
573
Interest due and accrued, bills payable and accounts payable for the following
years were:

1884 $6,941,513
1885 4,748,235
1886 4,959,406
1887 6,504,274
1888 9,287,616
1889 7,858,261

574
Annual Report, 1889.
575
Annual Report, 1889; Chron. 50:279, gives text of mortgage.
576
Ry. Rev. 29:541, 1889. In fact the issues were all made at 5 per cent.
577
Annual Report, 1890. For answer of directors see R. R. Gaz. 21:759, 1889.
578
Chron. 51:539, 1890. The point of view of the stockholders is briefly but
clearly set forth in a circular issued by Mr. Robert Harris, chairman of the
board of directors. Ry. Age, 14:658, 1889.
579
In 1919.
580
Evidence of this appears in the $10,000,000 reserved for premiums.
581
Memoirs, vol. 2, p. 336.
582
Annual Report, 1889; R. R. Gaz. 21:318, 1889. The Wisconsin Central divided
its gross earnings into two parts, 65 per cent and 35 per cent; retained 35 per
cent for its own use, and appropriated 65 per cent for operating expenses and
for certain improvements tending to reduce operating expenses. When
operating expenses were less than 65 per cent the Wisconsin Central was to
pay over one-half of the difference to the Northern Pacific in consideration of
the business which the latter gave it. When operating expenses exceeded 65
per cent the Wisconsin Central was to pay not exceeding 2½ per cent of this
excess out of its 35 per cent, and to divide one-half of any excess of operating
expenses above 67½ per cent equally between the Wisconsin Central and the
Northern Pacific. The Northern Pacific, however, was not bound to pay its
half of such excess except out of future profits received under the contract.
583
Annual Report, 1890. For a brief statement of the complicated relations
between the Wisconsin Central, the Chicago & Northern Pacific, and the

Page 405

Chicago & Great Western, see R. R. Gaz. 22:350, 1890. Terms were agreed
upon with the Baltimore & Ohio for the use of the Chicago terminals of the
Chicago & Northern Pacific, by that corporation. Annual Report, 1891.
584
Annual Report, 1890, p. 14; R. R. Gaz. 21:318, 1889.
585
Chron. 54:845, 1892. Resolutions adopted at the stockholders’ meeting were
in substance:
“Resolved, That the $3,347,000 of consolidated mortgage bonds now
deposited with the Farmers’ Loan & Trust Company as trustee for the
preferred stockholders ... be not sold below 90 and accrued interest.
“Resolved, If all the bonds be not sold as above, and smaller lots can be
disposed of at 90 and interest, then the Directors may sell enough to make up
the deficiency any year between the dividend actually paid to preferred
stockholders and the 4 per cent which should be paid.
“Resolved, If 4 per cent dividends or more are declared by the Board of
Directors any year, then enough bonds shall be sold to produce 1 per cent
additional dividend to be paid to preferred stockholders.” Chron. 55:679,
1892.
586
Ry. Rev. 32:687, 1892. Members were, Henry Clews, Brayton Ives, Frank
Sturges, William Solomon, and Jay Cooke, Jr.
587
Ry. Times, 63:275, 1893; Chron. 56:332, 1893.
588
Ry. Rev. 33:143, 1893; Chron. 56:362, 1893; Ry. Times, 63:302, 1893; Ibid, p.
360. See also R. R. Gaz. 25:161, 1893.
589
Memoirs, pp. 359–60.
590
Among others the investigating committee protested loudly against a sale. Ry.
Rev. 33:127, 1893.
591
Ry. Times, 65:595, 1893.
592
Chron. 56:1017, 1893; R. R. Gaz. 25:398, 1893.
593
The heaviest subscribers were the Rockefellers and Villard and his friends.
594
Annual Report, 1893; Ry. Times, 64:290, 1893.
595
Criticism was aroused by the alleged fact that all three receivers were
adherents and virtually protégés of Henry Villard. Ry. Times, 64:290, 1893.
See also Smalley, p. 291.
596
Except that Henry Stanton of New York was to be the Eastern receiver for all
the branches.

Page 406

597
Ry. Times, 64:337, 1893.
598
These officers had resigned in consequence of the non-payment of their
salaries.
599
Ry. Rev. 33:587, 1893.
600
Chron. 59:697, 1894.
601
Ibid. 57:765, 1893.
602
Ry. Age, 19:40, 1894.
603
Ry. Age, 23:154, 1897.
604
Ry. Rev. 33:783, 1893; Chron. 57:1123, 1893; Ry. Age, 19:11, 1894.
605
Ry. Age, 19:89, 1894.
606
Ibid. 19:231, 1894.
607
R. R. Gaz. 26:294, 1894; Chron. 58:683, 1894.
608
R. R. Gaz. 26:642, 1894; Chron. 59:473, 1894.
609
Chron. 59:738, 1894; Ibid. 59:697, 1894.
610
This is not to be explained by more liberal expenditures by the receivers on
maintenance of way and equipment, for the sums applied to both these
purposes were materially less in 1894 than in 1893.
611
Ry. Times, 65:87, 1894.
612
Ibid. 65:38, 1884.
613
R. R. Gaz. 27:160, 1895.
614
For opposing circulars by the Livingston Committee and by the directors see
Ry. Rev. 35:55, 1895. On February 20, 1896, a Stockholders’ Protective
Committee was appointed, consisting of August Belmont, Brayton Ives, and
George R. Sheldon of New York, and Charlemagne Tower, of Philadelphia.
Chron. 62:365, 1896.
615
Chron. 60:930, 1895.
616
R. R. Gaz. 27:590, 1895.
617
For the use of trackage and terminals at and between St. Paul and
Minneapolis. See Ry. Age, 20:161, 1895; Ibid. 20:198, 1895; Ry. Rev. 35:209,
1895.

Page 407

618
Chron. 61:325, 1895.
619
Pearsall vs. Great Northern Railway Company, 161 U. S. 647.
620
Ry. Rev. 35:461, 1895.
621
Proceedings were begun in the Seattle court in August. See Chron. 61:241,
1895; Ry. Age, 20:394, 1895; Ibid. 20:418, 1895; Ibid. 20:430, 1895.
622
Up to this time such accounts had been filed in the Milwaukee court.
623
Ry. Age, 20:442, 1895; Ry. Rev. 35:503, 1895.
624
Ry. Age, 20:478, 1895; R. R. Gaz. 27:648, 1895.
625
Chron. 61:611, 1895; Ry. Times, 68:442, 1895.
626
Justices Brown, Harlan, Brewer, and Field.
627
“We are of the opinion,” said Justices Field, Harlan, and Brewer, “that
proceedings to foreclose a mortgage upon lines extending through more than
one district should be commenced in the Circuit Court in which the principal
operating offices are situated, and in which there is some material part of the
railroad embraced by the mortgage. Such court should be the court of primary
jurisdiction. But in view of the fact that a portion of the line of road owned by
the Northern Pacific Company is within the State of Wisconsin, and that at the
time of the filing of the creditors’ bill the Northern Pacific Railroad Company
was operating a road through the Eastern District of Wisconsin, although such
road was under lease to it for 99 years; and in view of the further fact that the
railroad company assented to the action of the Circuit Court for the Eastern
District of Wisconsin in taking jurisdiction, and as such jurisdiction has been
recognized by the Circuit Court in every district ... for the space of about two
years, we are of the opinion that the Circuit Court for the Eastern District of
Wisconsin has jurisdiction to proceed to a decree of foreclosure which will
bind the mortgagor company and the mortgaged property, and ought to be
recognized by the Circuit Court of every district along the line as the court of
primary jurisdiction.” Chron. 62:234, 1896.
628
Justice Field of the Supreme Court declined to exercise his authority to
remove Burleigh, intimating that the existing arrangement was satisfactory.
Ry. Age, 21:174, 1896.
629
The existing general mortgage covered only the main line, land grant, and
equipment so far as owned by the company.
630
See Circular of the Reorganization Committee, or Chron. 62:550, 1896; Ry.
Times, 69:287–8, 1896.
631
In addition there were $73,875 of unpaid interest on receivers’ certificates.

Page 408

632
See R. R. Gaz. 28:219, 1896, for editorial on plan.
633
Ibid. 28:349, 1896.
634
Chron. 62:1139, 1896; Ibid. 63:155, 1896.
635
Chron. 62:990, 1896; Ibid. 62:1041, 1896.
636
Chron. 62:1088, 1896.
637
Ry. Times, 69:511, 1896.
638
Chron. 62:779, 1896.
639
Curiously enough the sale did not extinguish the old Northern Pacific Railroad
Company. Some 25,000 or more shares did not assent to the reorganization
plan and are still outstanding. They assert that it is because of them that the
old organization is kept up.
640
From 1898 to 1907 inclusive. This does not include advances to subsidiary
companies, which have aggregated nearly $20,000,000.
641
The average train load in 1907 was 406.77 tons; that in 1898 was 264.59 tons.
642
Chron. 83:1524, 1906; Ibid. 84:103, 1907. The new issue is to go in part for
improvements previously made out of income. The directors have adopted the
questionable policy of charging all such expenditures to capital account.
643
For this and for an account of the Northern Securities episode see B. H.
Meyer, A History of the Northern Securities Case, Bulletin of the University
of Wisconsin, July, 1906.
644
Annual Report, 1901.
645
The dividends declared by the Northern Pacific Railway have been:
1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907
Common
A
stock 2 4 4 5½ 7 6¾ 7 7 5¼
Preferred
stock 5 4 4 4 1
A
Including August.

646
Poor’s Manual, 1878. The name was first the Rock Island & La Salle Railroad
Company, and was changed to the Chicago & Rock Island Railroad Company
in February, 1851.
647
Chron. 30:356, 1880.

Page 409

648
Chron. 30:616, 1880.
649
For the attempt of Vanderbilt to get representation on the board see the
pamphlet issued by the Rock Island Company at this time; also R. R. Gaz.
16:420, 1884; Annual Report, 1884; Ry. Age, 9:428, 1884.
650
R. R. Gaz. 16:891, 1884.
651
R. R. Gaz. 16:709, 1884.
652
Annual Report, 1891.
653
Ibid. 1889.
654
Ibid. 1892.
655
Annual Report, 1892.
656
“With the Chicago, Rock Island & Texas Railway Company this company has
financial and traffic agreements under which the Chicago, Rock Island &
Pacific Railway Company supplies all funds necessary to build and equip the
road in consideration of receiving all the stock and all of the bonds of the
Texas company, the latter issued at the rate of $15,000 per mile of completed
road and additional for equipment to an amount equal to cost of the same, not
exceeding $5000 per mile.” Annual Report, 1893.
657

Bonded indebtedness, 1900, per
amounted to $18,395 mile.
Capital stock, 1900, amounted to 13,711
per
$32,106 mile.
658
Ry. Age, 33:186, 1902.
659
Stock quotations:
June 1, 1901 156¾
July 1, 1901 155¾
July 12, 1901 132½

660
The par was $50 for both common and preferred.
661
R. R. Gaz. 34:562, 1902.
662
This line had been leased before, and the majority of its stock and that of the
Rock Island & Peoria had been owned by the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific.
663
See financial papers for 1897.

Page 410

664
Annual Report, 1903.
665
Quotations of securities:

Jan. 2, Jan. 2, Jan. 2,
1903 1904 1905
Rk. I. Co. common stock 49 22¾ 36¼
Rk. I. Co. preferred stock 83½ 61 84
C., R. I. & P. R. R. Co. 4 per
cent bonds 87⅜ 66¾ 81⅝
666
Chron. 75:212, 1902.
667
Ry. Age, 34:301, 1902.
668
R. R. Gaz. 34:750, 1902.
669
Previous to this the stockholders of the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific
Railroad Company had approved the deal, had authorized the new bonds of
1913, and had voted to increase the capital stock of their company
$20,000,000, which increase was turned into the treasury of the Rock Island
Company of New Jersey, in return for an equal amount of this latter
company’s stock. It is worth noting that the purchase was to be made by
Railroad Company and not by Rock Island Company bonds, although the
desire of the management was ultimately to see the indebtedness of all
subsidiary roads replaced by Rock Island Company bonds.
670
Ry. Rev. 43:408, 1903.
671
Chron. 76:1192, 1903.
672
Ry. Age, 36:1, 1903.
673
Ry. Age, 37:1153, 1904.
674
See the Annual Report of the St. Louis & San Francisco Railroad for 1904.
675
A consolidation in 1905 of the Arkansas Southern Railroad Company, the
Arkansas & Louisiana Railroad Company, and the Little Rock & Southern
Railroad Company. See the Annual Report of the Chicago, Rock Island &
Pacific Railroad Company for 1906.
676
See letter from Mr. C. W. Hilliard, vice-president of the Colorado Southern,
New Orleans & Pacific Railroad, and comptroller of the St. Louis & San
Francisco Railroad Company, in Chron. 84:507, 1907.
677
After October, 1906.
678
Ry. World, 51:531, 1907.

Page 411

679
Chron. 85:468, 1907.
680
Number of Name of Number Fore-
Date reorganizations reorganization of plans closures
1900– Rock Island No
4 1 1
1895– Atchison Yes
9 6 2
Baltimore & No
Ohio 1
Erie 3 Yes
Northern Pacific 2 Yes
Reading 4 Yes
Union Pacific 3 Yes
1890– Atchison No
4 2 1
Richmond Yes
Terminal 3
1885– Atchison No
9 3 1
Reading 6 No
East Tennessee 2 Yes
1880– Reading No
4 3 5
Rock Island 1 No
Union Pacific 1 No
1875– Erie Yes
9 2 4
Northern Pacific 1 Yes
1859 1 Erie 1 Yes
18 42

Carl Snyder, American Railroads as Investments (N. Y., The Moody
Corporation, 1907), offers, inter alia, an analysis of the results of operation of
the railroads considered in the text.
681
The lien of a floating debt is inferior to that of a bond when unsecured, except
as it represents arrears of wages and payment for supplies. But it is usually
very well secured.
682
In the case of the Rock Island in 1902 there was no floating debt to be
considered, while in 1885 the Erie funded overdue coupons and issued a 6 per
cent mortgage on its Jersey City terminals to cover accumulated liabilities, but

Page 412

did not disturb its outstanding mortgage bonds, and cannot, therefore, be said
to have reorganized.
683
This was, in fact, a prominent feature of the reorganizations between 1893 and
1898. The Atchison surrendered the St. Louis & San Francisco; the Erie
absorbed the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio into its system instead of
continuing the lease thereof; the Northern Pacific surrendered the lease of the
Wisconsin Central and cancelled various unprofitable traffic contracts and
traffic agreements; the Reading gave up the Lehigh Valley and its New
England extensions; the Southern reduced its mileage by over one-half; and
the Union Pacific shrunk from 7674 miles in 1892 to 5399 in 1899.
684
See Interstate Commerce Commission: In the Matter of Consolidations and
Combinations of Carriers, etc., 12 I. C. C. Rep. 319.
685
Testimony of C. F. Adams, United States Pacific Railway Commission Report,
1887, vol. 1, p. 45.
686
“It is only by the fullest knowledge of the affairs of the company that a correct
judgment of the best manner of meeting its wants can be formed, and there is
no other practicable way to manage the business of the company to its best
advantage than for the stockholders to elect directors worthy of confidence,
and to leave the management to them.” Annual Report, 1887, Robert Harris,
President.
687
In the case of the Atchison, old income bonds were retired by new second
mortgage bonds, with the result that the aggregate value of creditors’ holdings
was largely increased.
688
Speech at Columbus, Ohio, August 19, 1907.
689
Forum, September, 1890, and March, 1894.
690
The percentages for the Atchison are corrected according to the report of Mr.
Little. Owing to the lack of available detail it has been necessary to increase
operating expenses by the total amount of the errors which he discovered, and
this figure is, therefore, unduly inflated.
691
In 1893, after the Northern Pacific failure, the consolidated 5 per cent
bondholders formed a committee; Mr. Brayton Ives invited bondholders to
send in their names and addresses to him (1894); and later in 1894 the falling
off in the railroad’s earnings induced the formation of the Livingston and Van
Nostrand committees, and the announcement of the consolidated committee
that it would accept the deposit of second and third mortgage bonds. Finally,
within four months after the Atchison failure of 1893, four important
reorganization committees were asking for deposits in the United States and
one was soliciting deposits in London.

Page 413

692
The officers of bankrupt roads have no need of committees to make their
wishes known, but only so far as they are bondholders, or in so far as they can
influence bondholders by argument do their opinions carry weight. President
Ives of the Northern Pacific in 1893 was able to use his position to fight his
opponents through the courts, and secured besides appointment on a
stockholders’ protective committee, but exercised no great influence on the
reorganization; President Jewett, of the Erie, gained the confidence of the
visiting committee of English bondholders in 1875, and had some voice
accorded him; but generally speaking officers have to rest content if they can
successfully defend themselves against charges of inefficiency and
mismanagement. They are, in fact, both the choice and the representatives of
the stockholders, and the stockholders having no authority in the event of
bankruptcy can delegate none. Officers of the courts which are in control of
bankrupt railroads enjoy sometimes a different position from officers of the
corporations themselves, in that they do not represent or depend on
stockholders, and may not be connected with the circumstances which have
caused the ruin of the road. Thus the receivers of the Union Pacific in the
nineties were called to testify before Congressional committees, and those of
the Erie chose a committee which prepared the first reorganization plan
suggested, but in both cases the functions of the court officers were purely
advisory, and so they must always be.
693
In 1895 the final Atchison reorganization plan announced the following
arrangement: “A contract has been made with a syndicate to furnish an
amount of money equal to the assessments of non-assenting or defaulting
stockholders, and such syndicate, by such payment, shall take the place of the
non-assenting or defaulting stockholders, and shall be entitled to receive the
new common and preferred stock, which non-assenting or defaulting
stockholders would have been entitled to receive if they had deposited their
stock and paid their assessment in full. Syndicates may also be formed to
furnish the money needed, in case of foreclosure, to pay the non-assenting
bondholders their pro rata share of the proceeds of sale, and to advance any
cash which may be required during the reorganization and for other purposes.”
Chron. 60:658–62, 1895. The reorganization plan of the Baltimore & Ohio in
1898 contained the following: “A syndicate has been formed ... which agrees:
1st, To purchase $6,975,000 of the new preferred stock, and $30,250,000 of
the new common stock, and to offer the same for sale to depositing holders of
old 1st and 2d preferred and common stock of the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad
Company.... 2d, To purchase $9,000,000 3½ per cent prior lien bonds;
$12,450,000 1st mortgage 4 per cent bonds; $16,450,000 preferred stock. 3d,
To protect the new company in the ownership and possession of the properties
covered by $49,974,098 ... of the existing mortgage bonds of the old company
of different issues by agreeing to purchase from the new company the new
securities not taken, but to which the holders of such bonds would have been
entitled if depositing under the plan, at a price equal to the principal of the
respective old securities, and also to make advances and perform other

Page 414

obligations essential for the purposes of the plan.” Poor’s Manual, 1898, p.
1381. Similar provisions appear in the plans of the Erie, the Northern Pacific,
the Reading, the Southern, and the Union Pacific.
694
In 1894.
695
H. V. Poor (Manual, 1900) compiles the following statement for 57 selected
companies reorganized between 1886 and 1898:

Securities provided for other corporate purposes of new companies

Capital Preferred, $89,971,268 Bonded Int.- $538,277,638
stock: Indebt. bearing,
Common, 96,555,753 Income, 48,902,701
696
Where stock- or bondholders are compelled to subscribe to an issue of new
securities the operation becomes an assessment and not a sale.
697
Among the reorganizations of the eighties, for instance, the Denver & Rio
Grande levied $8 per share in 1885 upon its $38,000,000 common stock; the
Pittsburgh & Western assessed its common stock 4 per cent in 1887; the New
York, Chicago & St. Louis assessed its common $10, and its preferred an
equal sum; and the Central Iowa levied 2½ per cent on its debt certificates, 5
per cent on its 1st preferred stock, 10 per cent on its 2d preferred, and 15 per
cent on its common. See Chron. 40:480; Ibid. 44:212, 370, 653.
698
A syndicate guaranteed the assessment in each case between 1893 and 1898.
The Reading assessment is calculated on a par of $100.
699
The assessments before 1893 were as follows: The Erie levied 2½ per cent on
its common and preferred in 1859, and a minimum of $4 on its common and
$2 on its preferred in 1877, with no allowance of new securities in either case.
The East Tennessee assessed its common stock 6 per cent and its income
mortgage 5 per cent in 1886, and gave to the one a corresponding amount of
2d preferred, and to the other of 1st preferred stock. The Reading assessments
in 1886 ranged from 2½ per cent on the deferred incomes to 15 per cent on
certain junior securities, with an assessment of $10 on both classes of stock.
Preferred stock was given for all assessments up to the full amount of the
sums taken.
700
The quotations six months after reorganization are for the combined securities
given in exchange for the old preferred stock. In the case of the Baltimore &
Ohio e. g., this was 150 per cent in new common; for the Northern Pacific it
was 50 per cent new common and 50 per cent new preferred. Only $5,000,000
of Baltimore & Ohio preferred stock were outstanding before the
reorganization of 1898, and no record of quotations can be found. Quotations
are similarly unobtainable for the Reading in 1886.

Page 415

701
The very large increase in the Baltimore & Ohio quotations was doubtless due
to the lateness of the reorganization.
702
Chron. Investors’ Supplement, January, 1894.
703
Ibid. 62:641, 1896.
704
Chron. 45:792, 1887 (reorganization plan). See also Chron. 49:269, 1889.
705
Pages 84–5, supra.
706
Chron. 50:141, 1890.
707
Ibid. 58:762, 1894.
708
Chron. 62:829, 1896. Poor states in his Manual for 1900 that of $96,094,960
of assessments levied on securities of fifty-seven selected companies,
$86,972,703 were on stock and $9,122,257 on bonds.
709
The figure of $9,043,944 is the true figure for the Reading fixed charges after
reorganization, eliminating duplications. In computing the percentage of
charges to earnings in 1898, however, the unrefined figure of $12,210,291 is
used in connection with a similarly unrefined figure of earnings.
710
The reorganizations omitted are those of the Union Pacific in 1880, which did
not alter fixed charges, and of the Erie in 1859 and the Northern Pacific in
1875, for which precise figures are not available. In this last charges were
almost entirely removed; its exclusion, therefore, tends to lessen the
percentage of reduction shown for the reorganizations before 1893.
711
The six reorganizations before 1893 include that of the Atchison in 1892,
which was not caused by inability to earn charges, and consequently made no
attempt to lower their figure. Excluding this reorganization, the reductions in
charges before 1893 overbalanced the increases. H. V. Poor calculates the
absolute reduction in fixed charges for sixty-eight railroads reorganized
between 1885 and 1897 at $24,007,490. (Manual, 1900, p. cvi.)
712
The decrease in charges per mile for the Reading in 1880 was due, not to any
reduction in charges, but to an increase in mileage through the lease of the
Central Railroad of New Jersey. In this case the increase in absolute charges
better represents the real effect of the reorganization.
713
It is perhaps unnecessary to warn the reader that these tables can be taken as
generally indicative only. The percentage of charges to earnings varies not
only with charges but with earnings; and an increase or decrease in the latter
may conceal a decidedly contrary movement in the former. Since the
reorganizations were accomplished at different dates the error is not in all
cases in the same direction, and in particular the percentage of charges to
earnings for one road cannot be compared with the percentage for another.

Page 416

The figures of charges per mile of line are somewhat more reliable, but are
nevertheless to be used with care. Different railroads report their mileage
differently, and it has not been possible in all cases to use the homogeneous
figure of mileage operated. Further, the significance of high charges per mile
varies with the character of the mileage. A reorganization which lops off many
unprofitable branch lines may conceivably cause thereby an increase in the
charges per mile of road remaining, and yet place the system in a much
stronger position than before. This difficulty disappears if the figure of
charges per mile be used in connection with the percentage of charges to
earnings, and in general the three columns given correct each other.
714
These figures do not include the comparatively small amount of bonds for
which no interest rate was specified.
715
Income bonds sometimes, though rarely, possess the right to vote.
716
E. S. Meade, Annals Amer. Acad. Pol. and Soc. Sci. March, 1901.
717
The figure for the Reading in 1880 is affected by the lease of the Central of
New Jersey, which took place simultaneously with the reorganization.
Excluding the increase in rentals, the remaining increase in fixed charges
amounted to only 9.5 per cent. The East Tennessee reported no rentals in
either 1885 or in 1887. The data for the Southern Railway are not in such
shape that rentals and interest can be compared. Its reorganization reduced
rentals, however, very greatly.
718
The 32 per cent paid has been included under rentals.
719
Government Debt.
720
In considering the capitalization of the Erie before and after the reorganization
of 1895 the securities of the New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio have been
excluded.
721
The difficulties which prevent wider extension of these tables consist partly in
the absence of quotations for certain classes of bonds, and partly in the lack of
sufficiently detailed and precise information in some of the early
reorganization plans. Thus there are no quotations recorded in 1874–5 for the
2d consols and convertible bonds of the Erie Railroad which were disturbed
by the subsequent reorganization; and no detailed figures of the exchange of
new bonds for old appear in the reports of the reorganization plans of the
Reading in 1881–3, and of the Northern Pacific in 1875. The reorganization of
the Union Pacific and of the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific in 1880 did not
disturb the bonds outstanding.
722
The twenty-six railroads are as follows: Canad. Pac.; Canad. So.; C. & O.; C.,
B. & Q.; C. & E. I.; C., M. & St. P.; C. & N. W.; C., R. I. & P.; C., C., C. & St.
L.; D., L. & W.; Ill. C.; L. S. & M. S.; L. & N.; Manh. El.; Mich. C.; M., K. &

Page 417

T.; Mo. Pac.; Mob. & O.; N. Y. C. & H. R.; N. Y., O. & W.; So. Pac.; Wabash;
Tex. & P.; C. of N. J.; L. E. & W.; St. P., M. & M.
723
The securities in the table are taken from the following companies: St. P., M.
& M.; Wabash; N. Y. C.; C., B. & Q.; C., M. & St. P.; L. & N.; D., L. & W.;
Penna.; W. U. Tel.; B., R. & P.; Can. So.; Long I.; P. C. C. & St. L.; Tex. & P.;
C. & N. W.; I. C.; C. & E. I.
724
See Annual Report for 1906.
725
Chron. 54:369, 1892.
726
Investors’ Supplement, April, 1897; Chron. 62:41.
727
Chron. Investors’ Supplement, April, 1897.
728
Chron. 79:2087, 1904.
729
161 U. S. 647.
730
138 U. S. 84.
731
New York, 1879.
732
49th Congress, 1st Session, Senate Report, No. 42.
733
42d Congress, 3d Session, House Reports, No. 77.
734
50th Congress, 1st Session, Senate Executive Document No. 51.
735
54th Congress, 1st Session, Senate Document No. 314.
736
58th Congress, 3d Session, hearings before the Committee on Interstate
Commerce, United States Senate, in Special Session, 1905.
737
Memoirs of Henry Villard, 1835–1900. Boston, 1904.
738
Ellis Paxon Oberholtzer, Life of Jay Cooke. Philadelphia, 1907.
739
H. G. Pearson, An American Railroad Builder. John Murray Forbes. Boston
and New York, 1911.
740
Bouck White, The Book of Daniel Drew. New York, 1910.
741
C. M. Depew, A Retrospect of Twenty-five Years with the New York Central
Railroad and its Allied Lines. New York, 1892.
742
Hazard Stevens, The Life of Isaac Ingalls Stevens by his Son. Boston, 1900.
743
Annals of the American Academy for Political and Social Science, March,
1901.

Page 418

744
Forum, September, 1890, and March, 1894.
745
Die Bank, July, 1911.
746
Quarterly Journal of Economics, November, 1911.
747
H. H. Swain, Economic Aspects of Railroad Receiverships, Economic Studies
of the American Economic Association, April, 1898.
748
John P. Davis, History of the Union Pacific Railroad. Chicago, 1894.
749
Alfred von der Leyen, Die Finanz-und Verkehrspolitik der
Nordamerikanischen Eisenbahnen, 2d ed., Berlin, 1895.
750
I. H. Bromley, Pacific Railroad Legislation. Boston, 1886.
751
J. F. Dillon, Pacific Railroad Laws. New York, 1890.
752
J. B. Crawford, The Crédit Mobilier of America. Boston, 1880.
753
Rowland Hazard, The Crédit Mobilier of America. Providence, 1881.
754
Henry Kirke White, History of the Union Pacific Railroad. Economic Studies
of the University of Chicago, 1895.
755
Hugo R. Meyer, The Settlements with the Pacific Railways. Quarterly Journal
of Economics, July, 1899.
756
T. W. Mitchell, The Growth of the Union Pacific and its Financial Operations.
Quarterly Journal of Economics, August, 1907.
757
W. F. Bailey, The Story of the First Trans-Continental Railroad, its Projectors,
Construction, and History. Pittsburg, 1906.
758
John R. Robinson, The Octopus. A History of the Construction, Conspiracies,
Extortions, Robberies, and Villainous Acts of the Central Pacific, the Union
Pacific, and Other Subsidized Railroads. San Francisco, 1894.
759
E. H. Mott, Between the Ocean and the Lakes; the Story of Erie. New York,
1899.
760
Charles Francis and Henry Adams, Chapters of Erie and Other Essays. Boston,
1871.
761
George Crouch, Another Chapter of Erie. New York, 1869.
762
Milton Reizenstein, Economic History of the Baltimore & Ohio, 1827–53.
Johns Hopkins University Studies, July-August, 1897.
763
W. P. Smith, The Book of the Great Railway Celebrations of 1857. New York,
1858.

Page 419

764
Laws, Ordinances, and Documents Relating to the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad
Company. Baltimore, 1840.
765
E. V. Smalley, History of the Northern Pacific Railroads. New York, 1883.
766
B. H. Meyer, A History of the Northern Securities Case. Bulletin of the
University of Wisconsin, July, 1906.
767
Alfred von der Leyen, v. supra.
768
W. W. Chapman, The Northern Pacific Railroad. Washington, 1880.
769
Robert von Schlagintweit, Die Santa Fe und Sudpacificbahn in Nordamerika.
Köln, 1884.
770
W. B. Wilson, History of the Pennsylvania Railroad Company. Philadelphia,
1899.
771
T. K. Worthington, Historical Sketch of the Finances of Pennsylvania.
Publications of the American Economic Association, May, 1887.
772
A. L. Bishop, The State Works of Pennsylvania. Publications of Yale
University, New Haven, 1907.
773
W. K. Ackerman, Historical Sketch of the Illinois Central Railroad. Chicago,
1890.
774
J. H. Hollander, The Cincinnati Southern Railway: A Study in Municipal
Activity. Johns Hopkins University Studies, January-February, 1894.
775
E. A. Ferguson (Compiler), Founding of the Cincinnati Southern Railway;
with an Autobiographical Sketch. Cincinnati, 1905.
776
Charles S. Potts, Railroad Transportation in Texas. Bulletin of the University
of Texas, Humanistic Series, March 1, 1909.
777
P. Briscoe, The First Texas Railroad. Texas Historical Association Quarterly,
Austin, 1904.
778
Chicago, 1905.
779
E. B. Hinsdale, History of the Long Island Railroad. New York, 1898.
780
Judson W. Bishop, History of the St. Paul and Sioux City Railroad, 1864–
1881. Minnesota Historical Society, Collections, vol. x, pp. 399–415. St. Paul,
1905.
781
George Bliss, Historical Memoir of the Western Railroad. Springfield, 1863.

Page 420

782
Cary, Organization and History of the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul
Railroad Company. Milwaukee, 1893.
783
U. B. Phillips, A History of Transportation in the Eastern Cotton Belt to 1860.
New York, 1908.
784
George Francis Train, My Life in Many States and in Foreign Lands. New
York, 1902.
785
G. H. Smyth, The Life of Henry Bradley Plant, Founder and President of the
Plant System of Railroads and Steamships and also of the Southern Express
Company. New York and London, 1898.
786
S. F. Van Oss, American Railroads as Investments. New York, 1893.
787
Carl Snyder, American Railways as Investments. New York, 1907.
788
Charles F. Carter, When Railroads were New. New York, 1909.
789
F. H. Spearman, The Strategy of Great Railroads. New York, 1904.
790
Philadelphia, 1888.
791
New York, 1887.
792
New York and London, 1900.
793
Leipzig, 1883.
794
Berlin, 1909.
795
Chicago, 1910
796
San Francisco, 1890.
797
San Francisco, 1891.
798
Springfield, 1874.
799
Baltimore, 1899.
800
Madison, 1899.
801
Madison, 1908 and 1910.
802
Chicago, 1896.

Page 421

INDEX

Abbott, E. H., 290, 291.
Accounts, juggling with, Baltimore & Ohio, 11, 15, 21–23;
Erie, 37;
Reading, 127;
Southern, 169;
Atchison, 208–10.
Adams, Charles Francis, Jr., 7, 232–7.
Adams Committee, 293–5, 296–7, 302.
Alabama Central, 149, 151.
Alabama Great Southern, 188.
Aldrich Committee, 221–2.
Alexander, E. P., 154, 164, 169, note.
Ames, Oliver, 250.
Anderson, E. E., 40, 244, 248.
Anthracite coal, see Coal.
Armour, P. D., 31.
Assessments, Baltimore & Ohio, 6;
Erie, 35, 44, 47, 68, 70;
Reading, 107, 111, 114, 139;
Southern, 155–6, 181–2, 185–6;
Atchison, 212–14;
Union Pacific, 252;
Northern Pacific, 269, 303, 305–6;
General, 350–4.
Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe, 192–219, 235, 259, 260, 277, 342.
Atlantic & Great Western, see New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio.
Atlantic & Pacific, 194, 195, 208, 216.
See also St. Louis & San Francisco.

Page 422

Atlantic Coast Line, 148, 158, 161.

Bacon, E. R., 18.
Baer, George F., 111, 142.
Baltimore & Ohio, 1–33, 38, 145, 169, 259, 260, 342.
Baltimore Committee, 24.
Baring Brothers & Co., 11, 215.
Bartol Committee, 103, 104–5.
Belen, 218.
Belmont, August, & Co., oppose Erie reorganization plan, 63–6;
lead opposition to Adams Committee, 290;
members of Northern Pacific reorganization committee, 296, note;
of Northern Pacific voting trust, 307;
underwrite Northern Pacific mortgage, 274.
Bigelow, F. G., 300, 301, 308.
Blanchard, George R., 2, 3.
Boissevain, A. H., 242–4, 245–7.
Bond, Frank S., 89, 90, 91;
plan of reorganization by, 92–5; 95–6.
Boston & Maine, 122, 124, 126, 127–8.
Boston, Hartford & Erie, 36.
Branches, Baltimore & Ohio, 9–10;
Erie, 51–3, 57, 59–60, 74;
Southern, 168;
Atchison, 196–8, 217–18;
Union Pacific, 230–31, 232–3, 236, 248–9, 250–51, 253–4;
Northern Pacific, 275, 276, 277–8, 286–7, 291, 292, 304, 306–7;
Rock Island, 315–16, 319–20, 328–31;
General, 369–71.
Brice, Calvin S., 150, 160, 244.
Brown, Shipley & Co., 9, 11.
Buffalo, New York & Erie, 38.
Burleigh, Andrew F., 300, 301.

Page 423

Cable, R. R., 314.
Caldwell, Stephen A., 81, 82, 97.
Capitalization, Baltimore & Ohio, 1, 9, 11;
Erie, 34, 35, 36, 39, 44, 48, 71–2;
Reading, 75–6, 82, 101, 115, 138, 141;
Southern, 151, 183–4, 186;
Atchison, 198, 200, 211, 219;
Union Pacific, 221–4, 225, 227, 229, 232, 236, 251;
Northern Pacific, 264, 266, 268, 271, 275, 276, 278, 279, 302, 304;
Rock Island, 311–12, 315, 318, note, 322, 331, 332–3;
General, 339, 363–9, 372–4, 374–9.
Cash requirements and floating debt, Baltimore & Ohio, 11–15, 26–7;
Erie, 34–5, 40, 54, 55–6, 61, 68;
Reading, 79, 81–2, 101, 124–6, 127, 133, 139;
Southern, 152, 156, 160, note, 168, 173, 182, 186;
Atchison, 197, 199–200, 213;
Northern Pacific, 266–7, 267–9, 272, 274, 276, 287–9, 295, 304–6;
General, 348–56.
Cass, George W., 266, 267.
Central of New Jersey, 9, 10;
leased by Reading, 97–9, 117, 120, 122;
shares purchased on margin, 99–100.
Central, New England & Western, 123.
Central Railroad & Banking Company of Georgia, 162–6, 169, 175–8,
188.
Charlotte, Columbia & Augusta, 147, 159.
Chicago & Alton, Harriman buys stock in, 259, 331;
Rock Island buys stock in, 330, 331;
reorganization of, 337.
Chicago & Atlantic, 52, 54, 57, 62.
Chicago & Northern Pacific, 283–4, 286, 287;
loss on operation of, 289, 291–2;
Northern Pacific abandons lease of, 290, 302, 308.
Chicago, Burlington & Quincy, 277, 310, 343.

Page 424

Chicago, Indianapolis & Louisville, 189.
Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul, 259, 343.
Chicago Terminal Transfer Company, 33, 283;
Northern Pacific sells stock in, 308.
Childs, Attorney-General, 298.
Choctaw, Oklahoma & Gulf, 319–20, 328.
Cincinnati, Hamilton & Dayton, 52–3, 57, 74.
Cincinnati, New Orleans & Texas Pacific, 189.
Clark, S. H., 240, 253.
Clyde, W. P., 174–8.
Coal, development of Erie’s traffic in, 38, 50–1, 73;
interest of Reading in, 76–81, 97, 99, 118–23, 125–6, 141, 143, 145;
311.
Coal & Iron Company, Reading, 77, 80–83, 88, 92, 97, 101, 118–20,
123, 127, 139, 141–4.
Colby, Charles L., 290.
Colorado Midland, 203, 205, 212.
Columbia & Greenville, 159, 160, note, 168.
Committee of Investigation, Baltimore & Ohio, 15–16, 21;
Erie, 37, 40, 55–6;
Reading, 84, 119;
Southern, 152, 170, 177;
Atchison, 199–200;
Northern Pacific, 285–6.
Committee of Reorganization, see Reorganization Committee.
Competition, a cause of railroad failure, 340–1.
Consolidation, through reorganization, 370–1.
Contracts, trackage and traffic, Baltimore & Ohio, 9;
Erie, 52;
Reading, 121;
Southern, 149;
Atchison, 193–5, 217;
Northern Pacific, 275, 283–4, 308.
Cooke, Jay, interested in Northern Pacific, 264;

Page 425

failure of, 79, 265.
Cooley, Thomas M., 7.
Coppell, George, 128, 175.
Corbin, Austin, 117, 118, 120.
Coudert, F. R., 241.
Cowen, J. K., 20, 29–30.
Crédit Mobilier, 223–4.
Cullom Committee, Albert Fink testifies before, 7.

Davis, J. C. Bancroft, 35.
Davis, John P., 222–3, 224.
Deferred income bonds, 81, 84–6, 87–8, 90, 96, 115.
Delaware, Lackawanna & Western, 120–1.
Denver Pacific, 227, 228–30.
Depew, Chauncey M., 250.
Deutsche Bank, supports Henry Villard, 273; 294;
underwrites Northern Pacific reorganization plan, 296, 304; 307.
Differentials, between eastern seaboard cities, 5, 7;
between stronger and weaker roads, 17.
Dillon, Sidney, 233, 234, 237.
Dressed beef, rates cut on, 17.
Doane, John W., 241.
Drew, Daniel, 34, 36.
Drexel, Anthony J., 125, 126, 134.
Drexel, Morgan & Co., take part in Erie reorganization, 62, 65, 66–9;
in Southern reorganization, 167–8, 175, 178–86;
underwrite Northern Pacific mortgage, 274.
Dunan, S. H., 37.
Durant, T. C., 223.

Earle, George H., Jr., 135.
East Tennessee, Virginia & Georgia, see Southern Railway.
Employees, reorganization of the service, 15, 234;

Page 426

wages reduced or delayed, 37, 39, 41, 79, 81, 100, 199, 234;
wages high, 222.
Equipment, Baltimore & Ohio, 23, 28, 31;
Erie, 73;
Reading, 144;
Southern, 168, 189, 190;
Atchison, 218;
Union Pacific, 261;
Northern Pacific, 309.
Equitable Life Assurance Company, 288.
Erie, 2, 7, 17–18, 34–74, 342.
Erlanger Roads, 166, 167, 185.
Excelsior Enterprise Company, see National Company.
Express companies, 12, 14.

Fairchild, C. S., 170.
Fink, Albert, 6, 7, 10.
Fink, Henry, 154.
Fisk, Jim, 36.
Fitzgerald, General Louis, takes part in Baltimore & Ohio
reorganization, 24;
in Reading reorganization, 136, 138;
in Union Pacific reorganization, 244–5, 250, 251–4;
in Northern Pacific reorganization, 293;
examines Richmond Terminal properties, 170.
Fixed charges, Baltimore & Ohio, 8, 10, 16, 20, 22, 28, 342, 357–9;
Erie, 35, 36, 38, 39, 48, 58, 66, 69, 72, 73–4, 342, 357–9;
Reading, 75, 82, 94, 96, 101, 115, 116, 118, 139–40, 144–5, 342,
357–9;
Atchison, 197–9, 203, 213, 216, 218, 342, 357–9;
Union Pacific, 224–5, 227, 229, 235–6, 251, 253–4, 261, 342, 357–
9;
Northern Pacific, 266, 271, 275, 284, 293, 304, 310, 342, 357–9;
Rock Island, 312, 322, 357–9;
General, 357–61, 363–5, 369–72.

Page 427

Fleming, Robert, 45–6, 155, 216.
Floating debt, see Cash requirements and floating debt.
Foreclosure, Baltimore & Ohio, 28–9;
Erie, 34, 35, 49–50, 73;
Reading, 82, 141;
Southern, 157, 187, 188;
Atchison, 216;
Union Pacific, 254–7;
Northern Pacific, 270, 308.
Foreign investors, Erie, 36, 37, 40–50, 55–6, 63;
Reading, 82, 83, 84, 86–9, 91, 96, 119, 126;
Southern, 155;
Atchison, 206, 207–8, 210, 214, 215;
Union Pacific 244;
Northern Pacific, 264, 273.

Garrett, John, 4, 9.
Garrett, John B., 106, 114.
Garrett, Robert, 9, 16.
Gauge, on Erie, 34, 37, 38, 45, 51.
Georgia Central Company, 164, 165, 177–8.
Georgia Pacific, 149, 166.
Gorman, Senator A. H., 13.
Gould, Jay, prominent in Erie, 36; 194;
causes combination of Union Pacific and Kansas Pacific, 226, 228–
30;
unloads branch roads on Union Pacific, 230–31; 233, 237.
Gowen, F. B., 76, 81, 84, 86, 87–91, 95–7, 99, 101, 112–15, 118–19,
120.
Grand Trunk, 2, 6, 7, 17, 18.
Grant & Ward, 54.
Great Northern, 258, 259, 277;
proposes to guarantee Northern Pacific bonds, 296–8, 309–10.
Gregory, Dudley S., 35.

Page 428

Guarantee fund, 199, 203.
Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fe, 196, 202, 205, 218.

Hallgarten & Co., on Reading underwriting syndicate, 139;
on Southern reorganization committee, 171;
oppose Erie reorganization plan, 63–6.
Harriman, E. H., 32–3, 63–6, 188, 218, 258–60, 309–10, 331.
Harris, Joseph S., 77–8, 83, 97, 125–8, 129, 131.
Harris, Robert, 275.
Hartshorne Committee, 136.
Hepburn Committee, Albert Fink testifies before, 7.
Higginson, H. L., 206, 245.
Hill, J. J., buys interest in Baltimore & Ohio, 31–2;
struggle with Harriman, 258, 310;
proposed guarantee of Northern Pacific bonds, 296–8, 307.
Hollins, H. B., 165, 179, 188.
Hooper, John, 344.
Houston & Texas Central, 328–9, 355.
Houston East & West Texas, 329.
Hoxie, H. M., 223.
Huidekoper, F. W., 176, 177, note.
Huntington, Collis P., 194, 258.

Illinois Central, 19, 146, 259–60, 343.
Improvements, Baltimore & Ohio, 15, 23, 28, 30–31;
Erie, 42, 51, 60, 73;
Reading, 80–81, 118, 144;
Southern, 152, 168, 170, 189, 190;
Atchison, 202, note, 204, 212, 218–19;
Union Pacific, 234, 260–1;
Northern Pacific, 276, 278–9, 309;
Rock Island, 332, 333.
Income bonds, 203–5;
before and after reorganization, 365–6.

Page 429

See also Deferred income bonds.
Inman, John H., 164, 165.
Iselin, A. & Co., 139.
Ives, Brayton, 285, 287–8;
president of Northern Pacific, 290;
secures removal of receivers, 291–2, 298–9; 294, 295;
endorses Northern Pacific reorganization plan, 302.

Jenkins, Judge, 289, 292, 300, 301.
Jewett, H. J., 39, 40, 41, 49, 50–53, 55, 57.
Joint Executive Committee, 6.
Joint Executive Reorganization Committee, 210–16.
Junior Securities Protective Committee, 137.

Kansas Pacific, poor condition of, 225;
attempt at reorganization of, 226–7;
consolidated with Union Pacific, 228–30;
sale of, 256–7.
King, Edward, 206, 210–16.
King, John, 55, 57, 59, note, 61.
Kuhn, Loeb & Co., take part of securities issued under Baltimore &
Ohio reorganization plan, 26;
oppose Erie reorganization plan, 63–6;
represented on Richmond Terminal investigating committee, 170;
on Union Pacific reorganization committee, 250;
agree to take Northern Pacific collateral trust bonds, 288.

Lacombe, Judge, 61, 300, 301.
Lake Shore & Michigan Southern, 3, 18, 32, 145.
Land grants, see State and federal aid.
Leases, Baltimore & Ohio, 2, 27;
Erie, 51–3, 56, 58, 59–60, 71–2, 74;
Reading, 97–9, 117, 120, 122, 123, 128, 130;
Southern, 147, 148, 149, 159, 161–2, 166, 188;
Atchison, 197;

Page 430

Northern Pacific, 276, 283–4.
Leeds, W. B., 317–18.
Lehigh Valley, 74, 75;
leased to Reading, 120, 122, 123, 128–9, 130, 133.
Lehigh Valley Terminal Railroad, 128.
Lewis, Edwin A., 81–2, 97.
Lewis, Howard, 119.
Little, Stephen, report on Baltimore & Ohio, 21–3;
on Atchison, 208–10, 213;
set to work on the Reading, 128.
Live stock, 17.
Livingston, Johnston, 294, 307.
Lockwood, E. Dunbar, 106, 112, 117.
Logan, T. M., forms Georgia Central Company, 164;
seeks control of Richmond Terminal, 164–6.
Long Dock Company, 58.
Lord, N. P., 345.
Loree, S. F., 32.
Louisville & Nashville, 146, 149.

Maben, J. C, 175, note, 178.
McCalmont Brothers, 86–91, 96.
McCormick, Attorney-General, 143.
McCullough, J. G., 61.
McGill, Chancellor, 122.
McHenry, E. H., 300, 301, 308.
McHenry, James, 39–40, 49.
McLeod, A. A., leases Lehigh Valley, 120;
extends Reading into New England, 122–5;
statement by, 125–6;
resigns by request, 126–7; 132.
Macon & Brunswick, 149, 151.
Manville, Allen, 202.

Page 431

Maryland, subscribes to Baltimore & Ohio stock, 1, 18.
Mayer, Charles F., 16, 18–20.
Memphis & Charleston, 148, 158, 168, 185, 188.
Mercantile Trust Company, 206, 288, 294.
Miller, O. G., 45–6.
Mills, Captain J. H., 300.
Mink, O. W., 240, 253.
Missouri Pacific, 196, 229.
Mobile & Birmingham, 146, 167, 168, 185, 188.
Mobile & Ohio, 189, 329.
Moore, James H., 318.
Moore, William H., interested in Rock Island, 317–18;
reorganization plan by, 321–6;
buys St. Louis & San Francisco, 327–8;
extends Rock Island to the Gulf, 328–30;
relations with Chicago & Alton, 330–1;
distrusted by investors, 332.
Morgan, J. P. & Co., organize syndicate to relieve Baltimore & Ohio,
11–13;
sell Cincinnati, Hamilton & Dayton to Erie, 74;
reorganize Reading, 108–11, 139, 140, 141;
members of Southern voting trust, 188;
of Union Pacific reorganization committee, 245;
take part in Northern Pacific reorganization, 296, 304, 307.
Morgan, J. S. & Co., 11, 69.
Morris, John, 40, 41.
Mullen, Attorney-General C. W., 327.

National Company, see Philadelphia & Reading.
New capital, provision for, 379–82.
New York & Erie, 34, 35.
New York & New England, 123, 124, 356.
New York Central, 2–7, 17, 35, 38, 259, 343.
New York, Lake Erie & Western, see Erie.

Page 432

New York, Pennsylvania & Ohio, leased by Erie, 51–3, 59–60; 70–2.
Norfolk & Western, 149, 151, 355.
Northern Pacific, 18, 19, 232, 236, 258, 263–310, 315, 342.
Northern Pacific & Manitoba, 292, 306.
Northern Securities Company, 258, 259.
Notes, short time, Atchison, 199, 203;
Union Pacific, 237, 250, 251, 257;
Northern Pacific, 287–9.

Oakes, ——, 287, 289, 291, 292, 293, 299–300.
Oakman, W. G., 176.
Olcott, F. P., prominent in Reading reorganization, 135–6, 138, 140;
in Southern reorganization, 155, note, 171–4, 179.
Olney, Richard, 243.
Oregon & Transcontinental Company, 272–3, 275, 276.
Oregon Railway & Navigation Company, 236–7, 245, 249, 257, 272–
3, 275–6.
Oregon Short Line, 232–3, 236, 249, 257, 276.

Patterson & Corwin, criticise Mr. Little’s report on the Baltimore &
Ohio, 23.
Payne, Henry C, receiver of Northern Pacific, 289, 292, 293, 299.
Payne, Oliver H., 171, note.
Pearsall vs. Great Northern Railway Company, 298.
Pennsylvania Railroad, 2–8, 10, 17, 31–3, 38, 87, 108–10, 143, 147,
148.
Perham, Josiah, 264, note.
Pennsylvania Coal Company, 74.
Pere Marquette, 74.
Philadelphia & Reading, 9, 10, 18, 32, 75–145.
Philadelphia, Reading & New England, 123, 128.
Pierce, W. S., 243, 252, 253.
Port Reading Railroad, 120, 122.

Page 433

Poughkeepsie Bridge, 123.
Powell, T. W., 55, 56, 57–8, 84.
Preferred stock, use of, in reorganizations, 366–8.
Prevost, S. M., 31.

Railroad failure, causes of, 336–42.
Rate agreements, 4–7, 275.
Rates, 3–5, 6–8, 17, 235.
Rate wars, 3–5, 6–8, 17, 34–5, 38, 53, 196–7, 240.
Ream, Norman D., 31.
Receivers, Baltimore & Ohio, 20, 23, 28, 29;
Erie, 35, 36, 38–9, 50, 61;
Reading, 81–2, 97, 100–1, 117, 125–6, 127, 133–4;
Southern, 175, 176, 187;
Atchison, 205;
Union Pacific, 240–1, 248–9;
Northern Pacific, 289, 291–2, 295, 298–301.
Receivers’ certificates, 23, 68, 127, 293.
Reinhart, Joseph H., 202, 204, 205, 209–10.
Reid, D. G., 317–18.
Rentals, reduced through reorganization, 369–72.
Reorganization, definition of, 335;
causes of, 336–42;
cancellation of floating debt by, 348–56;
reduction of fixed charges by, 357–72;
distribution of losses under, 361–2, 368–9, 376–7;
general principles of, 384–6.
Reorganization committees, Baltimore & Ohio, 21, 24, 29;
Erie, 35, 40, 45–6, 55–6, 61–2, 63–5;
Reading, 82, 84, 86, 101, 103–5, 112, 114, 117, 126, 128, 133–5,
138;
Southern, 152, 155, 170, 171, 174, 175, 178–9;
Atchison, 199–200; 206–8, 210, 215, 216;
Union Pacific, 244–5, 249–50, 257;
Northern Pacific, 267, 293–4, 308;

Page 434

General, 343–5.
Reorganization plans, Baltimore & Ohio, 24–8;
Erie, 34, 35, 41, 42, 43–9, 57–8, 61–5, 66–73;
Reading, 83–6, 91–4, 96–7, 101–3, 104–5, 106–8, 110–13, 114–16,
129, 133–4, 135–6, 138–40;
Southern, 152–3, 155–6, 171–4, 179–84, 185–6, 187;
Atchison, 200–2, 204, 206–8, 211–16;
Union Pacific, 226–7, 228–30, 241–4, 245–8, 250–4;
Northern Pacific, 265–6, 267–70, 296–8, 302–8;
Rock Island, 312–13, 321–4.
Reorganization trustees, for Erie, 35, 47;
for Reading, 104–5, 106, 107–10, 114.
Resolutions, Baltimore & Ohio, 15, 39;
complimentary to Mr. Gowen, 99;
by London bondholders’ committee, 207;
by Northern Pacific bondholders, 268;
by Northern Pacific preferred stockholders, 281, 285, note;
by Northern Pacific directors, 285.
Rice, I. L., 121, 124, 127, 132, 136, 164–6.
Richmond & Danville, see Southern Railway.
Richmond & West Point Terminal Railway & Warehouse Company,
10, 18;
see Southern Railway.
Riddle, Hugh, 314.
Ripley, E. P., 216.
Roberts, George B., 109, 110.
Rock Island, 196, 277, 311–33, 337, 343.
Rockefeller, J. D., 288.
Rouse, Henry C., 289, 292, 293, 295, 299.
Ryan, Thomas F., 178.

St. Joseph & Grand Island, 249, 259.
St. Louis & San Francisco, controlled by Atchison, 194, 202, 216;
by Rock Island, 327–8, 329, 330, 356.
St. Paul & Northern Pacific, 287, 288, 290, 296.

Page 435

St. Paul, Minneapolis & Manitoba, see Great Northern.
Saratoga agreement, 4.
Schiff, Jacob H., 170, 250.
Securityholders, divergence in interest between, 335.
Selma, Rome & Dalton, 149, 151.
Sickles, General Daniel E., 86.
Siemans, George, represents Deutsche Bank, 307.
Simmons, J. Edward, 128, 134.
Sonora Railroad, 194, 197, 217.
Southern Kansas Railway Company, 196.
Southern Pacific, 193–5, 217, 258.
Southern Railway, 146–91, 330, 342.
Southern Railway Security Company, 148.
Speer, Judge, 176.
Spencer, Samuel, 12–13;
president of Baltimore & Ohio, 15, 16;
of Southern Railway, 187;
killed, 191.
Speyer & Co., 26, 125, 333.
Speyer Bros., see Speyer & Co.
Stanton, Henry, 289, note.
State and federal aid, Baltimore & Ohio, 1;
Erie, 34;
Richmond & Danville, 146;
East Tennessee, 147;
Atchison, 192, 194;
Union Pacific, 220–1, 225, 238–40, 241–4, 249, 254–7;
Northern Pacific, 263–6, 271.
Staten Island Rapid Transit Company, 10, 29.
Stockholders’ Protective Committee, 215, 296, 302.
Stockton, Attorney-General, 121–2.
Strong, W. E., prominent in Southern reorganization, 174–5, 178;
president of the Atchison, 194–5, 202.

Page 436

Sully, Alfred, 133, 160, 164.
Surplus, on Baltimore & Ohio, 15, 22;
on railroads in 1893, 342–3.
Syndicates, Baltimore & Ohio, 11–15, 20, 26;
Erie, 68, 69;
Reading, 86, 108–10, 113–15, 120, 134, 139;
Southern, 150;
Union Pacific, 226, 237, 252;
Northern Pacific, 264–5, 271, 274, 276, 288, 296, 304;
General, 345–8.
Syndicates, compensation to, Erie, 69;
Reading, 109, 111, 112;
General, 347–8.

Tappan, F. D., 155, note, 171, note.
Terminals, of Baltimore & Ohio, 3–4, 9–10, 19, 33;
of Erie, 58;
of East Tennessee, 152;
of Atchison, 217;
of Northern Pacific, 283–4, 302, 308;
of Rock Island, 300.
Texas & Pacific, 194, 330, 356.
Texas Railroad Commission, 329.
Thomas, General Samuel, 160, 174, 175.
Thurman Act, 238–9, 242.
Trunk lines, see Rate wars.
Trunk-line arbitrators, letter of Mr. King to, 6.
Tyler, Captain, report of, 37.

Union Pacific, 32–3, 220–62, 275–6, 277, 310, 342.
United States Government, relations with Union Pacific, 220, 221–2,
238–40, 241–4, 249, 252–3, 254–6;
with Northern Pacific, 263–4, 265–6.
United States Supreme Court, decisions by, 238, 239, 298, 301.

Page 437

Valuation, of Reading coal properties, 77–8, 82–3.
Vanderbilt, Commodore, 36, 95–6, 100, 314–15.
Van Nostrand, 294.
Vermilye & Co., 63–6.
Villard, Henry, 237, 272–4, 275, 281–3, 286–7, 288, 290, 291–2.
Virginia, subscribes to stock of Baltimore & Ohio, 1;
aids Richmond & Danville, 146.
Virginia Midland, 150, 159, 160, note.
Voting trusts, Baltimore & Ohio, 18–19, 27, 32;
Erie, 67;
Reading, 111, 115, 119, 140;
Southern, 183, 188;
Atchison, 201, 212–13;
Northern Pacific, 303, 307, 310;
General, 382–4.

Walker, Major Aldace F., 209, 216, 217.
Watkin, Sir Edward, 40, 41, 43–5.
Watson, P. H., 38, 39.
Welsh, John Lowber, 108–10, 111, 128, 134.
Western Union Telegraph Company, 14, 22, 27.
Westlake, J., 55, 56, 57–8.
Whelen, Townsend, 101–3, 104, 104–5, 108, 112.
Wilbur, E. P., 125, 127, 128.
Winslow, Lanier & Co., 274.
Wisconsin Central, leased to Northern Pacific, 283–4, 286, 289, 290–
92, 302, 308.

Page 438

Transcriber’s Notes
Punctuation and spelling were made consistent when
a predominant preference was found in this book;
otherwise they were not changed.
Simple typographical errors were corrected;
occasional unbalanced quotation marks retained.
Ambiguous hyphens at the ends of lines were
retained; occurrences of inconsistent hyphenation have
not been changed.
Index not checked for proper alphabetization or
correct page references.
Volume:page references sometimes were printed as
123:456 (no space after the colon) and other times as
123: 456 (with a space after the colon). In this eBook, all
such references omit the space (123:456).
Duplicate headings were removed by Transcriber.
Page 11: "J. S. Morgan" was printed that way, and
there was such a company.
Page 205: The reference to Footnote 430 was
missing. Transcriber arbitrarily added it at a likely place.
Page 244: "the interest were cancelled" was printed
that way.
Page 341: Numbered list has no item #6.
Page 379: The year-headings in the original book
appeared above the dollar values, which seems to be a

Page 439

typographical error. In this eBook, they have been
centered above the Month-dollar values columns.

Page 440

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK RAILROAD
REORGANIZATION ***

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.

START: FULL LICENSE

Page 441

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the

Page 442

collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United
States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it
away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™

Page 443

License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States,
you will have to check the laws of the country where you are
located before using this eBook.

1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format

Page 444

other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:

• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive
from the use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the
method you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The
fee is owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark,
but he has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to
the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty
payments must be paid within 60 days following each date on
which you prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your
periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4,
“Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation.”

• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who
notifies you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt
that s/he does not agree to the terms of the full Project
Gutenberg™ License. You must require such a user to return or
destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
Project Gutenberg™ works.

Page 445

• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund
of any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect
in the electronic work is discovered and reported to you within
90 days of receipt of the work.

• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE

Page 446

FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any

Page 447

volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration,
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg

Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.

Page 448

The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other

Page 449

ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

Page 450

PDF language

简体中文 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f91bd3a389cd66fd5feae53483a3c9c6&bl=zh Translating…
Español https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f91bd3a389cd66fd5feae53483a3c9c6&bl=es Translating…
Français https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f91bd3a389cd66fd5feae53483a3c9c6&bl=fr Translating…
Deutsch https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f91bd3a389cd66fd5feae53483a3c9c6&bl=de Translating…
日本語 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f91bd3a389cd66fd5feae53483a3c9c6&bl=ja Translating…
한국어 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f91bd3a389cd66fd5feae53483a3c9c6&bl=ko Translating…
Português https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f91bd3a389cd66fd5feae53483a3c9c6&bl=pt Translating…
Русский https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f91bd3a389cd66fd5feae53483a3c9c6&bl=ru Translating…
العربية https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=f91bd3a389cd66fd5feae53483a3c9c6&bl=ar Translating…